The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutBelle Terrace Senior Citizens Center Augusta Richmond GA DOCUMENT NAME: BeJI e TeryCcCL Sen,Or C( +j-z..enS C.en-r--e.r DOCUMENT TYPE: C'c/l-i-ro..c..f YEAR:' ! qqw BOX NUMBER: :;2 FILE NUMBER: / t) ~ 19 NUMBER OF PAGES: &~!( d~:# /cfJP7'9 -...___....r2 ~..i#!. _r.~........-M.....""'I",.]1 !r.ft'P~."~~iiI.~ ~~~!t~~~~..._~,..-~ CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -~~-'''''~ ~~""'--~"'~ ----------- FOR THE =:,o~M"m ~;;~f!~i ~~ ~-~-..~ --- -----------..-- -----~-~ BELLE TERRACE SENIOR CITIZENS CENTER "'---=-~~""..........-.. - ------~~ ............~-~..-.. --------------- -==---= -. ~- ==,=,'-'"==.="-- -----_..._- ~~,} OWNER ____._ _.s_.-~ ""'._-~."""'-'- \ \ \ \ AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION-COUNCIL \ Richmond County, Georgia -~~~ ---- ~---~ --------- ~~~ I.~!!!!!!!!!!~~ -..--...-. --,------~ -------------- ~,~Dwii~~-'t ----- --------- -- --------. -- ------- ~~~~~!.!',~ - "'!"l....!l~~IIA1I'A~ Prepared by; _ -===--1 PRECISION PLANNING, INC. Consulting Planners, Engineers, Architects, & Surveyors 400 Pike Boulevard P. O. Box 2210 Lawrenceville, Georgia 30246 (770) 338-8000 - .. ------- -----~... -- ------ -----~ ..-...-.._~ ---- May, ! 996 _._c_~_ ~1__.~_=1'1"!r.. =.-'~~~;:~~~f ~ ~ ~ .~ ~ '.~ Q ~ ~. ........ .~ . .... ~ . .... ~ C .... ~ ,~ ~. .~ ~ C 9696 This certificate is issued as a matter of information only and confers no rights upon the certificate holder. This certificate does not amend. extena or alter the coverages afforded by the policies below. COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE CODE COMPANY A LETTER COMPANY B LETTER SUB-CODE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY AMERICAN INTERSTATE INS CO INSURED Continentai Constmction Co. PO Box 204198 ugusta, GA 30917-4198 COMPANY C LETTER COMPANY D LETTER E This is. to certify that policy of insurance listed below have been issued to the insured for the policy period indicated. Notwithstanding any requirement, term-or-condition of any contracts or other document respect to which this certificate may be issued or may pertain, the insurance afforded by the policies described herein s subject to all the terms, exclusions and conditions of such olicies. Limits shown ma have been reduced b aid claims. 1/1/96 1/1/97 CSL $ 1 (}(}(J. BI ea per $ $ CO LTR A Type of Ins Policy Number Policy Eff Policy Exp Date Date it 1/96 1/1/97 GENERAL LIABILITY COllin Gen Liab ] Claims I!J Occur Owner & Cont Prot CPP5524455 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Ahy Auto Ali Owned Autos Scheduled Autos Hired Autos Non-owned Autos Garage Liability CPP5524455 CCC4392725 1/1/96 1/1/97 EXCESS LIABILITY B Other than Umbrella WORKER'S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY 96WCGAII3833 2/15/96 01/01/97 OTHER All limits in THOUSANDS EA OCCUR AGGREGATE $ 5, (}(}(), ... G'EO'DG'L''A..... ...... .... ~{::: ': n .. ;.::~:;:~:;:}?}::::::;::;:; .......... ...... ..--.-......... . . . . . . . . . . .. .................,. Description of operations/locations/vehlcles/restrictions/special items PROJECJ': BELLE TERRACE SENIOR CITIZENS CENTER THE GENERAL LIABILITY CARRIES AN UNLIMITED AGGREGATE. THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER IS ALSO SHOWN AS ADD . ONAL NAMED INSURED JUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION-COlIN COUNTY MUNICIPAL BLDG 1I ROOM 605 UGUSTA. GEORGIA 30911 .. . . . ~ ! Addendum No. One (1) ADDENDUM ! Date: Julv 12. 1996 Architect's Project No. 96-016 Project: Belle Terrace Senior Citizens Center CLIENT: . Augusta-Richmond County Commission Council '\. Contract for: General Contracting This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and Construction Drawings and modifies the original Bid Documents for the above referenced project. CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. SPECIFICATIONS 1. Section 00101 Supplemental Instructions to Bidders 4. Permits and Inspections Delete first sentence. Revise second sentence to: General Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for all required permits, fees and inspections required by State, Federal and Local laws, ordinances, etc... 2. Section 00101 Supplemental Instructions to Bidders Add 5. Geotechnical Report General Contractor shall review all aspects of the geotechnical report contained herein. Special consideration shall be focused on the presence of any soils whose moisture content is generally greater than other soil classifications. General Contractor shall anticipate all means and methods required for proper handling of this soil classification. . 3, Add Section 00200 Subsurface Investigation Report (CSRA Testing and Engineering Co., Inc.) (attached). 4. Section 01023 Contingency Allowance 1.03 Allowance Page 1 . 5. 6. Add Section 09300 Tile (attached). A. Revise to allow the lump sum of $7,500.00 for disbursal at Owner's instructions. Delete Section 02711 Foundation Drainage Systems. 7. Delete Section 08410 Aluminum Entrances and Storefront. 8. Section 04200 Unit Masonry 2.03 Brick A. General: Replace first and second sentences with: Brick is to be provided and transported to the site by the Owner. Contractor is responsible for labor required to handle and fully install brick as detailed. 9. Manufacturers of products submitted "As Equal" and approved (pending compliance with project technical specifications): . B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. . Section Manufacturers/Products Model or Series 15100 National Controlled Air, Manual Dampers Sheet M2.2 Thermaflex, Spin-Ins DRAWINGS Delete dumpster pad "alternate" indicated on Sheets C-l, C-2, C-3 and L-1. This item is not in Contract. Sheet A4.1: Delete [C 9'-0 "] notation at Pantry Room 11. Sheet AS.l: Refer to dimensions on Detail 7/ AS.1. (See attached Sketch # 1.) Signage lettering is to be on one (1) side only. Sheet A6.1: Refer to complete Detail 5/ A6.1. (See attached Sketch #2.) Sheet A8.1: Vinyl coated steel ventilated shelving indicated on Detail 9/ A8.1 shall be as manufactured by Closet Maid, Inc. or Architect approved equal. Add plastic laminate at countertops and backsplashes on details 10/A8.1 and 12/A8.1. Sheet A9.l: Door Type "D" in Door Type Schedule shall be a pair of 3' - 0" x 7' - 0" x 1 3/4" hollow metal doors with view panels as detailed on 10/ A5.1 and hollow metal frame. Several sets of Bid Documents include two (2) sheets titled M2.1. Delete Sheet M2.l dated 6/03/96. Sheet S-2: Revise dimensions at covered entrance on Foundation and Floor Plan as indicated (see attached Sketch #3). Page 2 . . .' 10. Several sets of Bid Documents include two (2) sheets titled S-3. Delete Sheet S-3 dated 6/03/96, noted Fire Marshal. END OF ADDENDUM NO. ONE (1) Page 3 " j ie' J ,.J ] , -, I ..J I I I I. I I , i ..J I I ] Ie ] J csra TESTING AND ENGINEt:RING CO., INC. 1005 EMMm STREET. SUITE A AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 30904 (706) 733-6960 FAX (706) 737-0629 ,April 16, 1996 .'-,.-" ',., - ~ '--" ~..- ....:~..-:-+....._-'-., , ., t~~:~.i_... . j. . ~ ~ ~- t I I ,r; r ! APR 1 8 10qS ' t! .' I .,)..., i ! ! I " i I ;'-.-,~;~~~'-:" --'-. ,,',', ~ . ~ , "'-.,' . :: "'-"1e-..,.u"'-..:_ .~._ .....i .--'-'''__~. ~_~,......._i Ms. Linda Beazley Suburban Services District Administration Augusta-Richnlond County Conunission-Council 605 City/County Building Augusta, Georgia 30911 Dear Ms. Beazley: Re: Senior Citizens Swim Center Golden Camp Road Augusta, Georgia (B-03496 ) ,As requested, this firm has performed a subsurface exploration at the above subject site. We are enclosing two (2) copies of the completed report. This report describes the methods of exploration and presents the results of our tests. If there are any changes in the plans or if we can be of further service, please do not hesitate to contact us. JMP/dq Sincerely, cc: Precision Planning, Inc. IvIr. Joseph J. Powell, AIA Member of .~r:1eriS2n Scc:e~'1 'r:r -~:::~r; :!r.-: ~kll~rials "' i . .} ., I:. j 1 , -'j I J I I I .- I 1 ") \ , I .J I I 1 ~ I. ! ] INTRODUCTION This report presents the results of a foundation exploration for a 'proposed nevv Senior Citizens Building and a Swilll Center at the Belle Terrace recreation comple.'X on Golden Camp Road in Augusta, Georgia. It is our understanding that the planned construction is to consist of single story buildings of conventional design. The scope of this exploration was to determine the character and composition of underlying soil strata and to define the soil profile. Field 'and laboratory analyses were made to assess engineering characteristics of the foundation materials and to provide criteria for use by the design . ' engineers and architects in preparing the foundation design. 1 ... , fie ] 1 , .1 .J I I I I- I. I ] I ! -1 J . ] '1 t j jFIELD INVESTIGATION The field exploration todetennine the engineering characteristics of the foundation materials included a reconnaissance of the project site, the :makiilg of the borings, the performance of standard penetration tests and the recovery of disturbed split spoon samples. The apparent ground water level was recorded in each boring after completion. Six (6) test borings have been made, and these were drilled to depths shown on the individual test boring records. The borings were located by means of normal taping procedures and are shown on an attached Boring Location Plan. Soil sampling was performed in accordance with ASTM D-1586. utilizing a truck mounted drill rig. The borings were made wlth continuous steel auger flights. At regular intervals, standard penetration tests were conducted "'lith a two inch (2") split tube sampler. The salnpler was first seated sLx inches (6") to penetrate any loose cuttings, then driven an additional foot with blows of a 140 pound hanlrner falling thirty inches (30"). A record was made of the .number of hamnler blows required to drive the sanlpler the final foot. This number is designated the penetration resistance and is an index of the soil strength and density. 2 ~ . ,,i , . ) l' \ j I I ) I- I I '1 J i 1 .., I ..J .. ] J SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Representative san1ples of the soils obtained by the standard penetration tests were visually examined in the field and returned to our laboratory for further analysis. In the laboratory, each sample was exan1ined and. classified by composition and texture a.ccording to the Unified Soil Classification System. The types of subsurface materials encountered in these test borings are described on the accompanying test boring records. The results of our standard penetration tests and water level observation at the time of this exploration are listed in numerical form on the test boring records. The soil conditions described in the tes~ boring records represent our interpretation 'of the field boring logs, visual examination of the. soil samples, and comparison to typical samples from' past explorations in this geophysical region. Representative salnples 'of the soil were placed in special sample jars and are now stored in our laboratory if further analysis is desired. Unless we are notified otherwise, all of the soil san1ples from this exploration will be disposed of after thirty (30) days. 3 .~ g J; 1. , \ .1 -' ) , , i .J I I I .- I I -1 I .J I I J I. I ] SITE COl'vTIITTONS This property is located at an existing Richmond County recreation facility on Golden Camp Road in Augusta, Georgia. There is an e..xisting recreation building on the site, and these new buildings are to be located on opposite ends of the existing building. At the present time, the building areas appear to be rather flat with no unusual topographic. features evident on the surface from our visual observations. The subsurface conditions underlying this site were found to be fairly unifonn in density but varied somewhat in composition between the different areas. In general, the upper soils. consist of firm sands on stiff sandy clays, underlain by very stiff silty clays or firm to dense sands. The results of our standard penetration tests indicate that there are moderate soil bearing qualities .at reasonably shallow depths on this site vvith conditions suitable for normal spread foundations. Further discussions of soil bearing values and foundation' treatment are given in a following section ,of this report. 4 '.. .;: ,j , :. . 1 'J .. "1 ..j I I ) I- I I '1 ., .J I I l ..J '. I J J vVATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Water level observations were lnade during the boring operations and are noted on the test boring records for each of the respective test boring locations. In relatively pervious or sandy soils, the indicated levels are considered reliable ground water elevations. In relatively impervious soils, the accurate determination of the ground water elevation may. not be possible even after several days of observation. Seasonal variations may influence the levels of the ground water table and volumes of water will depend on the permeability of the upper soils. If deep excavations or pits . are planned, additional long-term studies of the ground water table would be advisable. This can be done with the installation of piezometers or perforated casings whiche.xtend below the bottom of proposed excavations. No ground water was encountered in these borings to the depths drilled at the time of this exploration. 5 1 ::. 'I , ....., .J J I I I- I I '1 1 .J j ! 1 \ .J l_ " 1 1 ~DISCUSSION It is our understanding that the planned construction is to consist of single story buildings and would expect light to moderate loading . conditions. Based upon the results of conditions encountered in these test borings, it is our opinion that satisfactory support can be obtained for normal spread foundations at shallow depths. Footings placed at depths of two to three feet (2'-3') below the existing surface level can be designed for a net uniform soil pressure of 3~OOO psf. In the area of Boring No.5 (B-5), an odor was noted that indicated there may be an old septic tank drain field and excavations in this area . should be visually inspected. No other conditions which would affect this construction were encountered by this exploration. 6 --, ...,.j I , -, -.J I I I I I I '" \ ..J I ! '1 -.-: I 1 - N C FUl\JRE PARKING~ csra BORING LOCA TlON PLAN SENIOR CITIZENS/SWIM CENTER. AUGUSTA, GEORGIA JOB NO ~GNED BY B-~ SCALE DRAwN BY 1.-eO' OIT '/ J TI:snNG a ENGINEERING co., INC. 1COll EIalETT STREET. SUlt A AlICUSTo\ lEOR(JA.lOl104 (7011) ~ DATE ()jECKED BY 4-1o-lNl IIWI' oBI 9eo2OQ , '. csra TESTING & ENGINEERING CO., INC. AUGUST A. GEORGIA 30904 (706) 733-6960 (FAX) 737-0629 1005 .::.tME"iT STREET. SUITE A PROJECT Senior Citizens Swim Center LOCATION Augusta, Georgia j i DEPTH FEET. --; i ~ j 5' I I I I I J 1 oJ 25'. I I 30~ 1 f J 35' Ie I 40' . VISUAL SOIL DESCRIPTION Stiff, Fean ; ~h-Tan, Fine Sandy Clay Stiff., Tan and White, Fine Silty Clay Very Stiff, Tan and White, Fine Clayey Silt Stiff, Tan and White, Kaolinitic, Fine Silty Clay Boring Te:rminated at 15 feet. N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer required to drive 2" split-tube sampler one foot after seated. .1 J BORING NO. B-1 DATE April 5, 1996 PENETRATION VALUE (N) UNIFIED CLASS. 13 @ 2' 14 @ 4' 18 @ 7' 16 @ 9' 15 @ 14' oJ None -===- WATER TABLE PERCENT MOISTURE ., ;4t PROJECT csra TESTING & ENGINEERING CO., INC. AUGUSTA. GEORGIA 30904 ' (706) 733-6960 (FAX) 737-0629 1005 EMMETT STREET. SUITE A Senior Citizens Swim Center ) LOCATION Augusta, Georgia ~ .~ DEPTH FEET .. , . ] I ) I I I 20' ..." j I I VISUAL SOIL DESCRIPTION Fi1:m, Redn; ~h-Brown, Fine Cla:yey Sand 5' Stiff to Very Stiff, Tan and White, Fine Silty Clay Very Stiff, Tan and White, Fine Clayey Silt , . Very Stiff, Tan and White, Kaolinitic, Fine Silty Clay Boring Tenninated at 15 feet. 25' 30' 35' 40' N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer required to drive 2" split-tube sampler one foot after seated. ., J BORING NO. B-2 DATE April. 5, 1996 PENETRATION VALUE (N) UNIFIED CLASS. 12 @ 2' 17 @ 7' 18 @ 9' 17 @ 14' None -===- WATER TABLE PERCENT MOISTURE csra TESTING & ENG I N EER I N G CO., I i'l C. AUGUSTA. GEORGIA 30904 (7G6) ;:;:H~oO (FAX) i3i -C6,9 ""l 1; '. 1005 EMMETT STREET. SUITE A PROJECT Senior Citizens Swim Center BORING NO. B-3 ..1 LOCArlON Augusta, Georgia DATE April 5, 1996 :) , DEPTH FEET VISUAl SOIL DESCRIPTION PENETRATION UNIFIED PERCENT VALUE (N) CLASS. MOISTURE 11 @ 2' 16 @ 4' 19 @ 7' 21 @ 9' Finn, RPrlr1;!':h-BrowIl, Fine Clayey Sand , , ; ....wi 5' Very Stiff, Fedr1;!':h-Tan, Fine Sandy Clay ] I I I I I ] I I l Very Stiff, Tan and White, ~ine Clayey Silt 16 @ 14 I Boring Temti.nated at 15 feet. 20' 25', .J 35' I ] 40' N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer required to drive 2" split-tube sampler one foot after seated. l'bne -===- WATER TABLE I j "' '" '.i , i. I 11 ..1 DEPTH FEET j 5' ] I ) I I I 1 .J 20' 25' I ~ 1 .J 35' J ] 40' csra T EST 1 i'1 G & EN GIN E E R I N G CO., I N C. AUGUSTA. GEORGIA 30904 (706) 733-6960 (FAX) 737-0629 1005 EMMETT STREET. SUITE A Senior Citizens Swim Center VISUAL SOIL DESCRIPTION Finn, Brown, Fine Silty Sand Finn, Brown, Fine Clayey Sand Very Stiff, Grayish-Tan, Fine Clayey Silt Very Stiff, Redc'l;~h-Tan, Fine Clayey Silt Finn, White, Slightly Kaolinitic, Fine Sand Boring Te:rminated at 15 feet. N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer required to drive 2" split-tube sampler one foot after seated. "" ! J BORING NO. DATE April 5, 1996 B-4 PENETRATION VALUE (N) UNIFIED CLASS. 12 @ 2' 16 @ 4' 18 @ 7' 21 @ 9' 15 @ 14' None -===- WATER TABLE PERCENT MOISTURE ~ t. csra TESTING & ENGINEERING CO., INC. . AUGUST A, GEORGIA 30904 (706) 733-6960 (FAX) 737-0629 1005 EMMETT STREET, SUITE A PROJECT Senior Citizens Swim Center LOCATION Augusta, Georgia j , DEPTH FEET ....a 5' J I ) I I I 10':, "' i , ~ I I 30' 35' '"! 1 . < ,.j .. I ] 40' VISUAL SOIL DESCRIPTION' FiIm, Brown, Fine Clayey Sand BORING NO. B-5 DATE April 5, 1996 PENETRATION VALUE (N) UNIFIED CLASS. 12 @ 2' 21 @ 7' Very Stiff, FeOn;~h-Brown, Fine Clayey Slit 24 @ 9' FiIm, White, Slightly Kaolinitic, Fine Sand Boring Temrlnated at 15 feet. N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer required to drive 2" split-tube sampll~r one foot after seated. 14 @ 14' None -===- WATER TABLE PERCENT MOISTURE " I j' ',~ ~ . csra TESTING & ENGINEERING CO., INC. AUGUSTA. GEORGIA 30904 (706) 733-6960 (FAX) 737-0629 1005 EMMETT STREET. SUITE A PROJECT Senior Citizens Swim Center LOCATION Augusta, Georgia 'I DEPTH FEET , ..., i .J 5' I I I I, I 20' : I J '1 J I I '1 J 35' : I J VISUAL SOIL DESCRIPTION Finn to Dense, F~rH !':h....,Tan, Fine Clayey Sand Very Stiff, FMrH !':h-Tan, Fine Clayey Silt Finn, White, Slightly Kaolinitic, Fine Sand Boring Terminated at 15 feet. 40' N Value is number of blows of 140 pound hammer required to drive 2" split-tube sampler one foot after seated. BORING NO. B-6 DATE April 5, 1996 PENETRATION VALUE (N) UNIFIED CLASS. 13 @ 21 15 @ 4' 21 @ 9' 15 @ 14 I None -===- WATER TABLE PERCENT MOISTURE . SECTION 09300 TILE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCillv1ENTS A. Drawings and general provIsIons of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Unglazed quarry tile. 2. Stone thresholds. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 3 Section "Concrete Work" for monolithic slab finishes specified for tile substrates. 2. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers" for sealing of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile surfaces. . 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type of product specified. C. Shop drawings indicating tile patterns and locations and widths of expansion, contraction, .. control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tile surfaces. 1. Locate precisely each joint and crack in tile substrates by measuring, record measurements on shop drawings, and coordinate them with tile joint locations, in consultation with Architect. D. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual tiles or sections of tile showing full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type. and composition of tile indicated. Include samples of grout and accessories involving color selection. E. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience, Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, names of Architects and Owners, plus other information specified. . 96-016/5-96 TILE 09300 - I . . . 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility for Tile: Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, composition, and variety of tile from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. B. Single-Source Responsibility for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality from one manufacturer for each cementitious and admixture component and from one source or producer for each aggregate. C. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has successfully completed tile installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirement of ANSI A137.1 for labeling sealed tile packages. . B. Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water, freezing, foreign matter"and other causes. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions and protect work during and after installation to comply with referenced standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations. B. Vent temporary heaters to exterior to prevent damage to tile work from carbon dioxide buildup. C. Maintain temperatures at 50 deg F (10 deg C) or more in tiled areas during installation and for 7 days after completion, unless higher temperatures are required by referenced installation standard or manufacturer's instructions. 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials that match products installed as described below, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels clearly describing contents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2,01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Unglazed Quarry Tile: a. Universal Ceramics, Inc.- Sunset Red b. American Olean Tile Co" Inc. c. Dal-Tile. 2. Mortars and Grouts:. 96-016/5-96 TILE 09300 - 2 . a. b. Custom Building Products C-Cure Chemical Co. Laticrete International Inc. c. 2.01 PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. ANSI Standard for Ceramic Tile: Comply with ANSI A 137.1 "American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile" for types, compositions, and grades of tile indicated, 1. Furnish tile complying with "Standard Grade" requirements unless otherwise indicated. B. ANSI Standard for Tile Installation Materials: Comply with ANSI standard referenced with products and materials indicated for setting and grouting. C. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated for tile, grout, and other products requiring selection of colors, surface textures, patterns, and other appearance characteristics, provide specific products or materials complying with the following requirements: 1. Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors, textures, and patterns for products of type indicated. 2. Provide tile trim and accessories that match color and finish of adjoining flat tile. D. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during sample submittals, blend tile in factory and package accordingly so that tile units taken from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved samples. - . E. Mounting: Where factory-mounted tile is required, provide back- or edge-mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer unless another mounting method is indicated. 2.02 TILE PRODUCTS A. Unglazed Quarry Tile: Provide square-edged flat tile complying with the following requirements: 1. Wearing Surface: Nonabrasive, 2. Nominal Facial Dimensions: 6 inches by 6 inches. 3. Nominal Thickness: 3/8 inch. 4. Face: Plain. B. Trim Units: Provide tile trim units to match characteristics of adjoining flat tile and to comply with following requirements: 1. Site: As indicated, coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable. 2. Shapes: As follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes: a. Base for Portland Cement Mortar Installations: Coved. b. Base for Quarry tilc to be 6" with bullnosc top. c, Internal Corners: Field-butted square corners, except use coved base and cap angle pieces designed to membcr with strctcher shapes. . 96-016/5-96 TILE 09300 - 3 . . . d. Tapered Transitiori Tile: Shape designed to effect transition between thickness of tile floor and adjoining floor finishes of different thickness, tapered to provide a reduction in thickness from 1/2 inch to 1/4 inch across nominal 4 INCH dimension (to be used in kitchen area). 2.03 STONE THRESHOLDS A. General: Provide stone that is uniform in color and finish, fabricated to sizes and profiles indicated or required to provide transition between tile surfaces and adjoining finished floor surfaces. B. Marble Thresholds: Provide marble thresholds complying with ASTM C 503 requirements for exterior use and for abrasion resistance. where exposed to foot traffic, a minimum hardness of 10 per ASTM C 241. 1. Provide white, honed marble complying with MIA Group "A" requirements for soundness. . 2,04 SETTING MATERIALS A. Portland Cement Mortar Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI AI08.l and as specified below. 1. Cleavage Membrane: Asphalt felt, ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15), or polyethylene sheeting ASTM D 4397,4.0 mils thick. Reinforcing Wire Fabric: Galvanized welded wire fabric, 2 inches by 2 inches - WO.3 by WO.3 (16 ASW gage or 0.0625 inch diameter); comply with ASTM A 185 and ASTM A 82 except for minimum wire size. Latex additive (water emulsion) described below, serving as replacement for part or all of gauging water, of type specifically recommended by latex additive manufacturer for use with job-mixed portland cement and aggregate mortar bed. a. Latex Additive: Manufacturer's standard. 2. 3. B. Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A 118.1. C. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A 118.4, composition as follows: I. Prepackaged dry mortar mix composed of portland cement, graded aggregate, and the following dry polymer additive in the form of a re-emulsifiable powder to which only water is added at job site. a. Dry Polymer Additive: Manufacturer's standard. 2. Latex additive (water. emulsion) of type described below, serving as replacement for part or all of gauging water, combined at job site with prepackaged dry mortar mix supplied or specified by latex additive manufacturer. a. Latex Type: Manufacturer's standard. 2.05 GROUTING MATERIALS A. Latex-Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A 118.6, color as indicated, composition as follows: 96-016/5-96 TILE 09300 - 4 . 1. Prepackaged dry grout mix composed of portland cement, graded aggregate, and the following dry polymer additive in the form of a re-emulsifiable powder to which only water is added at job site. a. Dry Polymer Additive: Polyvinyl acetate or ethylene vinyl acetate. Latex additive (water emulsion) serving as replacement for part or all of gauging water, added at job site with dry grout mixture, with type of latex and dry grout mix as follows: a. Latex Type: Manufacturer's standard. b. Dry Grout Mixture: Commercial portland cement specified or supplied by latex additive manufacturer. 1) Application: Use commercial portland cement grout combined with latex additive for grouting joints in floor tile unless otherwise indicated. 2. 2.06 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with requirements of referenced standards and manufacturers including those for accurate proportioning of materials, water, or additive content; type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer spe<;:ds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures needed to produce mortars and grout~ of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION . A. Examine substrates and areas where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile. 1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm, dry, clean, and free from oil or waxy films and curing compounds. 2. VerifY that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed before installing tile. B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during sample submittals, verifY that tile has been blended in factory and packaged accordingly so that tile units taken from One package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at ProjeCt site before installing. . 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. ANSI Tile Installation Standard: Comply with parts of ANSI. 1 08 series of tile installation standards included under "American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to type of setting and grouting materials and methods indicated. . 96-016/5-96 TILE 09300 - 5 . . . B. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation"; comply with TCA installation methods indicated. C. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form a complete covering without interruptions except as otherwise shown. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. D. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so that plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. E. Jointing Pattern: Unless otherwise shown, lay tile in grid pattern. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Layout tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise shown. 1. For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so that extent of each sheet is not apparent in fmished work. F. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, imd tile. Do not saw cut joints after installation of tiles. 1. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers." G. Grout tile to comply with the requirements of the following installation standards: 1. For ceramic tile grouts (sand-portland cement, dry-set, commercial portland cement, and latex-portland cement grouts), comply with ANSI AI08.10. 3.04 FLOOR INSTALLATION METHODS A. Quarry Tile: Install tile to comply with requirements indicated below for setting-bed method, TCA installation method related to type of sub floor construction, and grout type: 1. Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI Al 08,1. a. Bond Coat: Latex-portland cement mortar on cured bed, ANSI A108.5. b. Concrete Sub floor, ,Interior: TCA Fl12 (bonded). c. Grout: Latex-portland cement. 2. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI AI08.5. 3,05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Cleaning: Upon completion of placement and grouting, clean all tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. I. Remove latex~portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Unglazed tile may be cleaned with acid solutions only when permitted by tile and grout manufacturer's printed instructions, but no sooner than 14 days after 96-0 \6/5-96 TILE 09300 - 6 . installation. Protect metal surfaces, cast iron, and vitreous plumbing fixtures from effects of acid cleaning. Flush surface with clean water before and after cleaning. B. Finished Tile Work: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded, and otherwise defective tile work. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer that ensures that tile is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 1. When recommended by tile manufacturer, apply a protective coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper'or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. 2. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least 7 days after grouting is completed. D. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surfaces. END OF SECTION 09300 . . 96-016/5-96 TILE 09300 - 7 -k 8'-0" - ~ I ~'Y€. <Qy;, SENIOR ITIZENS CE TER - U) ~ (ONE) BRICK ROWLOCK COURSE BRICK VENEER 8" PLASTIC LETTERING CONTROL JOINT (ONE) BRICK SOLDIER COURSE 2'_011 HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCING GROUT SOLID MASONRY WALL TIES :'~ :" # >.. ;,: . ..... : .:'f " ' "'~::":'a,>~,".:. = .'.: .',." :4(~: ....: :.:" ',.. : ..... :. . '.;. ..... 4!'~""': . :,";. ',;;A.:.. ..~:...: :; :.. ,...' ".....' ;....:. ...... " .... .' ..,' ..~..... ..', .~. ;' ",,";. . .. .... .' . " .... .. .' . .' Sign Detail SCALE 3/4" = 1'-/Z)" DATE" NO. 96 II JOB NUMBER, 9601611 DESCRIPTION REVISION - ADDENDUM #1 ~TE: 25 JUN 7/12/96 1 IBIEJLILIE 1IEJRMCCIE SJENl[OJR. CCITlIZJENS CCJEN11ER GREENSBORO, GEORGIA SKETCH NUMBER 1 I) ~~~.s~~~~~eT;'~~t~~SN&Gsu2~~; 400 PIKE BOULEVARD P.O. BOX 2210 PHONE: (770) 338-8000 LAWRENCEVILLE, GEORGIA 30246 FAX: (770) 822-5990 1""IET AL DRIF EDGE F"RE-ENGINEERED WOOD TRUSSES AT 24" o.C. - ' ~;EE STRUCTURAL 1>:8 FIR FRIEZE BOARD (\=>AINTED) 2x4 STUDS KICKER AT -48" O.C. ViNYL SIDING, SEE EXTERIOR FINISl-l . ~iCl-lEDULE 1/2" RIGID INSULATING e,l-lEATl-lINGWITl-l BUILDING lI.JRAF '-'ENTED VINYL SOFFIT OVER EAvE BEYOND 2x4 STUDS AT 24" O.C. Section Detail SCALE t 1/2" = 1'-0" : 9601611 ~ TE: 25 JUN 96 II JOB NUMBER 7/12/96 1 DATE NO. DESCRIPTION REVISION - ADDENDUM #' IBSIEILlJE 11EJRMCJE SJEN1IO]R CffJIZlENS CJEN11ER GREENSBORO, GEORGIA SKETCH NUMBER 2. (I ~~~eS~~~~eT:'~~~t~~SN&GSU!~~; 400 PIKE BOULEVARD P.O. BOX 2210 LAWRENCEVlLLE. GEORGIA 30246 PHONE: (770) 338-8000 FAX: (770) 822-5990 " C2 C2 U5~- AT MID DEPni Qf~ - Rtot ~ C5 r-+-I ~~'-O. ~~.-O\-+-, I r----- -.------ --.----- L.. = r T , I , I' -----r , ----+- ' I I., \f.3 C2 S. -ct' 12'-8'" b I ..,. 'io I ~ b I io co b I r.. '+ I co "..,. I in ~ I ;0 b I ~ 'ilo 1 ~ - ~ I ~ Partial Foundation and Floor Plan SCALE 1/8" = 1'-"," . ~E: 25 JUN 96 II JOB NUMBER: 9601611 DATE . NO. DESCRIPTION. 7/12/96 1 REVISION - ADDENDUM #1 SKETCH NUMBER ? IffiJElLlLJE m~CJE SIEN1[(OJR CCITJIZIENS CCIENTJER GREENSBORO, GEORGIA (i ~~~~}~~~~er:.~~~t~~~Psul~~; 400 PIKE BOULEVARD P.O. BOX 2210 PHONE: (770) 338-8000 LAWRENCEVlLLE, GEORGIA 30246 FAX: (770) 822-5990 . . . Addendum No. Two (2) ADDENDUM Date: Julv 18. 1996 Architect's Project No. 96-016 Project: Belle Terrace Senior Citizens Center CLIENT: Augusta-Richmond County Commission Council Contract for: General Contracting: This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and Construction Drawings and modifies the original Bid Documents for the above referenced project. CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT DOCUlVIENTS A. SPECIFICATIONS 1. Section 00300 Bid Form Refer to revised Bid Form which includes a revision to the Bid Bond sum and an additional alternate (see attached). 2. Section 01030 Alternates 1.03 Alternates B. Add Alternate No. Seven (7): Remove and dispose of all ballfield fencing (total of 900 linear feet .of 6 foot fence and one 12' x 40' backstop) and associated lights and light poles (total of six 60' high wood poles). 3. Section 07631 Gutters and Downspouts 2.01 I. Revise to: Gutters to be pre finished aluminum, color as selected by Architect. 4. Add Section 08510 Steel Windows (attached). 5. Section 10420 Signage 3.02 B. Add Note: Door No. 14 and Door No. 15 shall havesignage which includes the International Symbol for Accessibility. Page I . . . ,B. 6. Manufacturers of products submitted" As-Equal" and approved (pending compliance with project technical specifications): Section Manufacturers/Product, Model or Series 10420 American Graphics, Signage Atlanta ADA Sign Systems, Signage 15100 Ferguson Enterprises, York Air Conditioning Equipment 15200 Precision Plumbing Products, Water Hammer Arrestor, "SC Series" 15200 (cont.) Precision Plumbing Products, Trap Primer-Fixture P-2, Model ULP- 500LP MCC Powers Process Controls, Mixing Valve, Model 431-1065 Rockford Separators, GT-Grease Trap, Model GF-3050 50 GPM with .220 LB Greasy sludge capacity Beneke, P-l, IH Seat Chicago, P-2 Faucet Stern-Williams, P-5 Sink and Trim Just, P-6, 9, 10 Sink and Trim EBC, Supplies and Traps DRAWINGS 1. Sheet C-l: Delete General Note #1 - Refer to partial revised site layout plan (see attached Sketch #1, Sketch #2, and Sketch #3). 2. Sheet C-2: Refer to partial revised grading plan (see attached Sketch #4). 3. Sheet C-3: Refer to partial revised site utility plan (see attached Sketch #5 and Sketch #6). 4. Sheet C-4: Revise Rate of permanent grassing DSl to 40#/A.C. 5. Sheet C-5: Disregard detail of cross-tie retaining wall, wheelchair ramp, sidewalk curb, and concrete dumpster pad. These items are not in contract. Revise high back curb detail (see attached Sketch #7). Refer to new handicap ramp detail (see attached Sketch #8). 6. Sheet L-l: No new grass is to be included in price for landscaping Alternate #2. 7. Sheet A2.1: Partition type PI shall be 2 x 4 studs at 16" o.c. at loadbearing walls (as indicated on Structural Drawings) and 2 x 4 studs at 24" o.c. at non-loadbearing walls. 8. Sheet A2.1: Partition type P2 noted at Kiln Room #21 shall be modified to include one layer of gypsum board furred out from CMU wall on Dining Room side only. Page 2 . 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. , 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. . 19. 20. 21. Sheet A4.1: Refer to revised Detail 7/A4.1 (see attached Sketch #9). Sheet AS.l: Decorative wood truss referenced on Detail. 9/ A5.1 is to be constructed from Grade 1 lumber (finish quality grade). Sheet A6.1: Refer to revised Details 4/A6.1 and 5/A6.1 (see attached Sketch #10). Sheet A6.1: The installation of 7/16" OSB plywood panels shown on Details 8/ A6.1 and 9/ A6.1 shell include the use of aluminum H-shape plywood clips at panel joints. Sheet A6.1: Perimeter slab insulation indicated on Detail 9/A6.1 shall extend 2' - 0" under the building slab. Sheet A9.1: Revise symbol "WB" in Fini~h Schedule to Epoxy painted gypsum board, and add symbol "WC" - painted CMU. Revise finish symbol in Room 21 to show wall type "WC." Eliminate modifier A on all fmish symbols on Finish Plan. Sheet A9.1: Add note at bottom of Equipment Schedule to read: Manufacturers of products equal to those specified may be acceptable if approved by Architect. Sheet A9.1: Delete Glazing Schedule. Sheet S-1: Revise General Note F to reference SBC 1994. Sheet S-2: Depth of brick ledge at building perimeter is -1' - 4". Sheet S-2: SWl shown below some dimensions indicates location and dimension of sheer wall. Sheet S-3: Exterior grade OSB shown on Detail4/S3 should be 7/16" rather than 5/8". Sheet M2.1: Detai12/M2.1 shows a flue from F-3B. This flue should be routed to 8" diameter. flue up through the roof. CLARIFICATIONS . 1. Revise Addendum No. One (1), A: Specification, Item 2, last sentence to: General Contractor shall anticipate all means and methods required for proper handling of soils referenced in geotechnical report. ~ND OF ADDENDUM NO. TWO (2) Page 3 Section 00300 . BID FORM Proposal for General Contracting for the Belle Terrace Senior Citizens Center Proposal submitted by ,(hereinafter referred to as "BIDDER"). (Name o/Contractor) Augusta-Richmond County Commission-Council (Hereinafter referred to as "OWNER") Room 605, City-County Municipal Building II Augusta, Georgia 30911 Gentlemen: The BIDDER by making a bid represents that the following have taken place: . The BIDDER has read and understands the bidding documents and the bid is made in accordance therewith. The BIDDER has read and understands the bidding or contract documents to the extent that such documentation relates to the work for which the bid is submitted and to other portions of the project, if any, being bid concurrently or presently under construction. . The BIDDER has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the work is to be performed, and has correlated the BIDDER'S personal observations with the requirements of the proposed contract documents. The BID is based upon the materials, equipment, and systems required by the bidding documents, without exception. The BIDDER has studied and compared the bidding documents with each other and has reported to the architect any errors, ~ inconsistencies, or ambiguities discovered. The BIDDER hereby agrees to commence work under this contract on or before a date to be specified in a written ''Notice to Proceed" of OWNER and to fully complete the project within the time frame as described in Section 00030 Advertisement for Bids. The BIDDER acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: I .d .." , ., .... I :AbbENDUM:NO~:~;;:: " ::bATE'RECEIVED\: . .". . .... ".,.... . . . . .. .. . .' ., . .. .. :':1 . . 96-016/5-96 BID FORM 00300-1 . . . The BIDDER understands that the OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informalities in the bidding.. The BIDDER agrees that his bid shall be binding and may not be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The BIDDER agrees that the bid security attached in the sum of ten (10%) percent of the total bid is to become the property of the OWNER in the event the Contract and bonds are not .executed within the time set forth, as liquidated damages for the delay and additional expense to the OWNER caused thereby. The BIDDER proposes to furnish all services, labor, and materials required by them for the entire work and to include a construction contingency amount of $7,500.00 within the Lump Sum Base Bid in accord with said documents for the sum of: LUMP SUM BASE BID $ (Dollars) ($ ) Which sum is hereinafter called the "Base Bid". . The undersigned further proposes that should any of the following alternates (See Section 01030 for description) be accepted and be incorporated in the Contract, the Base Bid will be altered in each case as . follows: (Circle either Add or Deduct, To or From Base Bid, whichever applies). Alternate No. I: Provide and install residential electrical range with hood and wall cabinet at Break Room No. 12 as shown on drawings. ADD/DEDUCT $ ($ ) Dollars Alternate No.2: Provide and install landscaping as indicated on Landscaping Plan Sheet L-l: ADD/DEDUCT $ ($ ) Dollars 96-016/5-96 BID FORM 00300-2 . Alternate No.3: Provide and install two (2) wall hung mirrors as indicated on drawings in Activity Room No. 26: ADD/DEDUCT $ ($ ) Dollars Alternate No.4: Provide and install brick veneer at building gables in lieu of vinyl siding: ADD/DEDUCT $ ($ ) Dollars Alternate No.5: Provide and install toilet fixtures and toilet accessories in Toilet Room No. 10 as indicated: ADD/DEDUCT $ ($ ) Dollars . Alternate No.6: Provide and install a security system as indicated on Electrical Drawings: ADD/DEDUCT $ ($ ) Dollars Alternate No.7: Add Alternate No. Seven (7): Remove and dispose of all ballfield fencing (total of 900 linear feet of 6 foot fence and one 12' x 40' backstop) and associated lights and light poles (total of six 60' high wood poles). ADD/DEDUCT $ ($ ) Dollars Respectfully Submitted: By: (Signatllre) Title: . 96-016/5-96 BID FORM 00300-3 . . . Business Address: Federal I.D. or Social Security No.: ATTEST: Name: (Please Type) NOTE: AItest for a corporaJion must be by the corporate secretary; for a pannership by another partner; for an individual by a Notary. END OF SECTION 00300 BID FORM 00300-4 96-016/5-96 . SECTION 08510 STEEL WINDOWS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes standard intermediate steel fixed windows. ij. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Joint sealing between windows and adjacent materials is specified in Division 7 Section" Joint Sealers." 2. Glazing requirements, including windows specified to be factory gl~ed, are specified in Division 8 Section "Glass and Glazing." 3. Field painting of factory prime coated windows is specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." . 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. I. Product data for each type of window are required, including: a. Construction details and fabrication methods. b. Profiles and dimensions of individual components. c. Data on hardware, accessories, and fInishes. d. Weight per foot of each steel section. e. Recommendations for maintenance and cleaning of exterior surfaces. 2. Shop drawings for each type of window are required. Include information not fully detailed in manufacturer's standard product data and the following: a. Layout and installation details, including anchors. b. Elevations of continuous work at 1/4 inch = 1 foot (1 :50) scale and typical window unit elevations at 3/4 inch = I foot (1 :20) scale. c.Full-size section details of typical, composite members, including reinforcement. d. Accessories. e. Glazing details. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design Concept: The drawings indicate the size, profiles and dimensional requirements of the steel window types required and are based on the specific types and models indicated. . 96-016/5-96 STEEL WINDOWS 085 10 - 1 . . . Steel window units by other manufacturers may be considered provided deviations from dimensions and profiles indicated are minor and do not change the design concept as judged by the Architect. The burden of proof of equality is on the proposer. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Check actual window openings by accurate field measurement before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of the work. I. Where necessary, proceed with fabrication without tidd measurements, and coordinate fabrication tolerances to ensure proper fit of window units. 1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Scheduling: Except where steel window units have been pre glazed before installation, complete field painting of window units before installation of glass. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.0 1 MANuFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. A & S Window Associates, Inc. William Bayley Company. Bliss-Cashier Metal Products, Inc. Coast to Coast Manufacturing Co. Hope's Architectural Products, Inc. Torrance Steel Window Co., Inc. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Steel Window Members: Provide frame and ventilator members formed from hot-rolled new billet steel sections. Size and weight of principal frame and ventilator members shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Standard Intermediate Windows: Combined weight of frame and ventilator members shall not be less than 3.0 lb per lineal ft. (4.5 kg per linear m). Front to back depth of frame or ventilator section shall not be less than 1-1/4 inches (32 rom). B. Trim members, including glazing beads, screen frames, retainers for weatherstripping, flashing and similar items shall be extruded aluminum, formed sheet aluminum or stainless steel. Trim located entirely on the interior face of windows may be of formed steel. y. Fasteners: Provide bronze, brass, stainless steel or other metal fasteners warranted by the manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible \vith steel window members, trim, hardware, anchors and other components. 96"016/5-96 STEEL WINDOWS 08510 - 2 . 1. Exposed Fasteners: If exposed fasteners are used, providl: Phillips, llal-hl:au machined screws that match the fInish of the member or hardware being fastened, as appropriate. D. Anchors, Clips and Window Accessories: Provide units of stainless steel, hot-dip zinc coated steel or iron complying with ASTM A 123, or bronze!brass. Provide units with sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated. E. Sealant: For sealants required within fabricated window units, provide type recommended by the manufacturer for joint size and movement. Sealant shall remain permanently elastic, nonshrinking, and nonmigrating. Comply with Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" of these specifications for selection and installation of sealants. F. Glass and Glazmg Materials: Refer to the "Glass and Glazing" sections of these specifications. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide the manufacturer's standard accessones that comply with indicated standards. B. Window Cleaner's Bolts: Provide window cleaner's bolts of standard design, complying with governing regulations and ANSI A39.1. Fabricate bolts of stainless steel or bronze. Reinforce window units or mullions to receive bolts, and provide additional anchorage of units at locations of bolts. . 2.04 F ABRICA nON A. General: Fabrication steel window units to comply with indicated standards. Include a complete system for assembly of components and anchorage of window units. 1. Provide units that are reglazable without dismantling ventilator framing. 2. Prepare window ventilators for glazing except where preglazing at the factory is indicated. B. Provide weepholes and internal water passages to conduct infiltrating water to the exterior. C. Provide mullions and cover plates formed of hot-rolled or cold- rolled steel matching window units, complete with anchors for support to structure and for installation of window units. Provide mullions of profile inqicated. Allow for erection tolerances and provide for movement of window units due to thermal expansion and building deflections, in the manner indicated. D, Glazing Stops: Provide screw-applied or snap-on glazing stops' coordinated with glass selection and glazing system as indicated. Finish glazing stops to match window units, if fabricated of steel; otherwise provide the manufacturer's standard finish as selected by the Architect. E. Glazing Clips: Where face glazing (without stops) is indicated, furnish glazing clips for concealment in glazing compound. . 96-016/5-96 STEEL WINDOWS 085 10 - 3 . . . F. Preglazed Fabrication: Preglaze window units at the factory where possible and practical for applications indicated. Comply with glass and glazing requirements of the "Glass and Glazing" sections of these specifications. 2.05 FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes. B. Surface Preparation: Before fabrication clean surfaces of dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants followed by a zinc-phosphate pretreatment applied in accordance with the window manufacturer's recommendations. . C. Shop Prime Coat Finish: After fabrication provide 1.0-mil (0.03 mm) dry film thickness shop prime coat finish consisting of a hot alkali solution cleaning, followed by a rinse and hot-phosphate solution treatment, then a chromic-acid rinse, drying and a special-dip metal primer coating, and oven drying for 30 minutes at 300 deg F (150 deg C). D. Protect shop ftnishes from damage due to shipping, handling, and exposures prior to application of field finish or prior to time of substantial completion where shop finish is the final finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect openings before beginning installation. Verify that rough or masonry openings are correct and the sill plate is level. 1. Masonry surfaces shall be visibly dry and free of excess mortar, sand and other construction debris. 2. Wood frame walls shall be dry, clean, sound, and well-nailed, free of voids and without offsets at joints. Ensure that nail heads are driven flush with surfaces in the opening and within 3 inches (75 mm) of the opening. 3. Metal surfaces shall be dry, clean, free of grease, oil, dirt, rust and corrosion, and welding slag, and shall be without sharp edges or offsets at joints. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations for installation of window . units, hardware, operators, and other components of the work. B. Set window units plumb, level and tnie to line, without warp or rack of frames or ventilators. Provide proper support and anchor securely to surrounding construction with approved fasteners. 1. Separate zinc-coated steel and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion of electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials, by inserting a bituminous coating or plastic sheet materials. 96-016/5-96 STEEL WINDOWS 08510 - 4 . C. Set sill members and other members in a bed of compound or with joint fillers or gaskets, as shown, to provide weathertight construction. Refer to the "Joint Sealer" Section of Division 7 for compounds, fillers, and gaskets to be installed concurrently with window units. Coordinate installation with wall flashings and other components of the work. 1. Seal exterior joints between sash, trim and mullions watertight with sealant. 2. Compounds, joint fillers, and gaskets to be installed after installation of window units are specified as work in another Section in Division 7. 3. Repair abraded areas of factory applied finishes. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean surfaces promptly after installation of windows. Exercise care to avoid damage to the fmish. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt, and. other substances. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. B. Clean glass of preglazed units promptly after installation of windows. Comply with requirements of the "Glass and Glazing" Section for cleaning and maintenance. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Initiate and maintain protection and other precautions required through the remainder of the construction period, to ensure that, except for normal weathering, window units will be free of damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 08510 . . 96-016/5-96 STEEL WINDOWS 085 10 - 5 . --- ).~ 0:: o 0::/ -WCli . 2 I-r 2: CIi . ';' ',. ". j <{2: ,...~ .... ti3.~ 0: ~ .':~ IU ;;i lJ.J CIi ~ I cr:E==1 --,.0-0 => 6 ~ ~ _____I I- . -r- UJ I '" U <..? lJ.J fj (, . VJ lJ.J2:o / /(f) 2' t:: 6 Of " '0 lU 3==12: '1/ Q N cr => <{ I ....,...OJ I ~. T OF=fj6 o Ct: - Clil!.. / Q U . 7 I ) / ~ ~ <..? :z <{, I ~"" 0:: . "w..-'~ . ':;>' o lL. . .0 o 0:: I DATE: 18 JULY 96 II JOB NUMBER: 960161 7/18/96 2 SKETCH NUMBER OA IT NO. DESCRIPTION RE\I1SION - ADDENDUM #2 IBSIETIlLIE 11EJRMCCIE. SJENlI OTIt CCflfJIZJENS CCIEN1I1ETIt AUGUSTA, GEORGIA liP) ~~~e~} ~~i~er:' ~fc~t~~~P su2~S; 400 PIKE BOULEVARD P.O. BOX 2210 PHONE: (770) 338-8000 LA~ENCEV1LLE. GEORGIA 30246 FAX: (770) 822-5990 . Ti j r \ "-... IJr............... ~. TIE TO EX. WALK SITE SIGN (SEE ARCH DWG) DATE: 18 JULY 96 IIJOB NUMBER: 960161 DATE NO. 7/18/96 2 SKETCH NUMBER Z DESCRIPTION REVISION - ADDENDUM #2 .]REILILIE 1nElRAACIE S1EN1IO!R. CfTIlIZJENS CIENllE!R. AUGUSTA, GEORGIA II ~~~eS~~~i~eT~~~t~~~hu2~S; 400 PIKE BOULEVARD P.O. BOX 2210 PHONE: (770) 338-8000 LAWRENCEY1LLE, GEORGIA 30246 FAX: (770) 822-5990 . A. - co 00') ~ Q CO.,.., . CO' ~~~ '. . 0 1/ I') 0::: 1/ wQ . . . -G... s: f2!j= cJI~ -= ::::=- ~ -= LINE Jt /-" C/} ~ 4J i9' 55" 'N REMOVE AND REPLACE APPROXIMA E 650 S.F. OF ASPHALT TRACK WIT SAME MATERIAL TO MATCH EXISTI G TRACK. PALCEMENT AND COMPA ION PER SPECIFICATIONS. :'RES8YTERI \TED PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH ..... I DATE: 18 JULY 96 IIJOB NUMBER: 96016\ SKETCH NUMBER '3 DA TE NO. DESCRIPTION REVISION - ADDENDUM #2 7/18/96 2 }BELLE 1nElRAACIE ~~1EMO!R. Cff1[Z]ENS CIENllER AUGUSTA, GEORGIA II ~~~S}~~~eT~~~t~~~&G su2~S; 400 PIKE BOULEVARD P.O. BOX 2210 PHONE: (770) 338-8000 LAWRENCEY1LLE, GEORGIA 30246 FAX: (770) 822-5990 . DATE NO. 7/18/96 2 Q. 1- _ 51 /' / WI / / I I I , I ,";1' \' \ \ ') \' \ \' / J \ \' '" I \ , I :.-\,/,/ / , ",- -: ' + 1;..1 c" I\i .- "l + N '" <oj '" .., " .' - - - - - - - - - - - - - @ill ~ ~ ~8~2 IJ ' , . 8-:) ~ , ""'" SEN\OR PROPOSED N1ER C\1lZEt~S 37~~O F.F.E., 372.75 ~B '\ , , ) ~ {i) I I I I , \\ \)( ) DATE: 18 JULY 96 IIJOB NUMBER: 96016-1 SKETCH NUMBER 4 DESCRIPTION REVISION - ADDENDUM #2 JEEILLIE 1nElRAACIE ~~IEN1(OIft CIl111Z1ENS- CIENllER AUGUSTA, GEORGIA II ~~~e:}~~~eT~~~~t~~~&Gsu2~S; 400 PIKE BOULEVARD P.O. BOX 2210 PHONE: (770) 338-8000 LAWRENCEY1LLE, GEORGIA 30246 FAX: (770) 822-5990 100 L I 0 I 5 ell./[ # J C/1 <- ;; ... Cy Cy I\i too .., ~ Uc # I DATE: 18 JULY 96 IIJOB NUMBER: 960161 DATE _ NO. DESCRIPTION REVISION - ADDENDUM #2 SKETCH NUMBER S 7/18/96 2 lBEllE 1nElRAACIE SJENKOIR. CITlLZIENS CIEN1[1EJP( AUGUSTA, GEORGIA II ~~~:}~~i~eT~~~t~~~&G su2~S; 400 PIKE BOULEVARD P.O. BOX 2210 PHONE: (770) 338-8000 LAWRENCEY1LLE. GEORGIA 30246 FAX: (770) 822-5990 e ---.... -- MANHOLE TOP 373.00 I.E. 368.11(6"OUT) ~ I.E. 368.31(4"IN) 4" THICK, 3000 PSI CONCRETE TRANSFORMER PAD. SEE MECH. DWGS. FOR ACTUAL SIZE 'REQUIRED . ! 4"~ CONDUIT . FOR TELEPHONE SERVICE CONNECTION . . . NOTE: THE REQUIREMENT N LOWERING TI-fE EXISTING UNDERGROUND ]81lpHON LINE. IN CURRENT LOCATION OR. RELOCATING NEW SERVICE IN 4" u CONDUIT TO BE . DETERMINE IN TI-fE ELD BY BELL SOUTH. REMOVE EX. PAVING AND C&G, SAW CUT' EDGE WHERE SHOWN 1 + DATE:: 18 JULY 96 II JOB NUMBER : 960161 ~ DATE NO. 7/18/96 2 DESCRIPTION REVISION - ADDENDUM #2 SKETCH NUMBER ~ JEEILlLIE 1nElRAACCIE ~s)IENJIOR CfJI1ZJENS CIENllETht AUGUSTA, GEORGIA II ~~~e:}~~~eT:'~~t~~&Gsu2~S; 400 PIKE BOULEVARD P.O. BOX 2210 PHONE: (770) 338-8000 LAWRENCEY1LLE, GEORGIA 30246 FAX: (770) 822-5990 e 2-R 3/4- / FT 1-R. . " ,'. . 4 12- ~ 4' . 6- 24- 1/4- / FT <1.. 18- 2: EX IRED AT ALL STRUCTURES. CURB RETURNS AND PLACED EVERY MAXIMUM 50' C.C. . 3: CONCRE1E STRENG1H 30QOpsi (CLASS -8-) (@) aSlON Pl..JINNING. (He. ~~ .00 fW:[ SOl.I.L'lMD ,..0.. 8CIC 1201 ~~.XrZ.tO _ I02-ecca HIGH BACK CURB REV. BY DATE DESCRIPTION I DATE': 18 JULY 96 II JOB NUMBER: .960161 DATE NO. DESCRIPTION REVISION - ADDENDUM #2 7/18/96 2 JEEILLIE 1nElRAACIE ~~lENJIOR CIl111Z1ENS CIEN1[1ER AUGUSTA, GEORGIA BE NO. .lOB NO. S1D. DETAIl NO. BY DATE PP20 SKETCH NUMBER 1 II ~~~.s~~~~~eT~~~t~~~&G su2~S~ 400 PIKE BOULEVARD P.O. BOX 2210 LAWRENCEY1LLE. GEORGIA 30246 PHONE: (770) 338-8000 FAX: (770) 822-5990 . DA TE NO. 7/18/96 2 DATE: 18 JULY 96 II JOB NUMBER : 960~161 SKETCH NUMBER B DESCRIPTION REVISION - ADDENDUM #2 JEIE1LJLIE 1nElRAACIE ~~JEN1[OlR. Cff1[Z]ENS CIENllETht AUGUSTA, GEORGIA II ~~~~~~~~~eT:'~~t~~~&Gsu2~S; 400 PIKE BOULEVARD P.O. BOX 2210 PHONE: (770) 338-8000 LAWRENCEY1LLE. GEORGIA 30246 FAX: (770) 822-5990 . 7/18/96 2 FIBERGLASS SI-HNGLES ON ..,s. BUILDING FELT 1/16" ORIENTED STRAND SOARD 05B-APA RATED FOR EXTERIOR 24/16 PRE-ENGINEERED WOOD TRUSSES AT 24" O.C. 1 x 4 FIR FASCIA (PAINTED) ~~'-0" AFF TRUSS BEARINC; !3'-8" AFF TOP OF MASONRY I X e FIR FASCIA (PAINTED) \ X 2 WOOD NAILER l"1ANUFACTURED BY WOLVERINE Ixe FIR FRIEZE BOARD BEYOND (PAINTED) FRE-FINISI-4ED DOWNSPOUT BEYOND lXe FIR FRIEZE BOARD WAINT) lXe FIR FRIEZE BOARD CUT TO FIT (PAINT) Q Partial Eave Detail SCALE 1 In" = 1'_0" DATE: 18 JULY 96 II'JOB NUMBER: 960161 SKETCH NUMBER 4 DATE NO. DESCRIPTION REVISION - ADDENDUM #2 lBJEILlLIE 1nElRAACIE ~~IENJ[OIft CITJIZlENS CIEN11ETht AUGUSTA, GEORGIA II ~~~eS~~~~eT~~~t~~~&Gsu2~S; 400 PIKE BOULEVARD P.O. BOX 2210 LAWRENCEY1LLE, GEORGIA 30246 PHONE: (770) 338-8000 FAX: (770) 822-5990 .' 7/18/96 2 t-1ET AL DRIP EDGE 2x6fiJ 24" O.C. 1:<8 FIR FRIEZE BOARD (PAINTED) 2x4 STUDS KICKER AT 48" O.C. ViNYL SIDING, SEE r:XTERIOR FINIS~ !;C~EDULE 1/2" RIGID INSULATING ~;~EAT~ING UJIT~ BUILDING UJRAP VENTED ViNYL SOFFIT OVER EAVE BE"T"OND :i!x4 STUDS AT 16\1 O.C. Section Detail SCALE I 1/2" = l'-~". DATE: 18 JULY 96 II JOB NUMBER: 960161 DATE NO. DESCRIPTION REVISION - ADDENDUM #2 SKETCH NUMBER I 0' JEIEILLIE 1nElRAACIE S1EN1IOIR. CmmNS CIENTlETht AUGUSTA, GEORGIA II ~~~e:}~~~i~eT~~~t~~~&Gsu2~S; 400 PIKE BOULEVARD P.O. BOX 2210 LAWRENCEY1LLE, GEORGIA 30246 PHONE: (770) 338-8000 FAX: (770) 822-5990 . BELLE TERRACE SENIOR CITIZENS CENTER TABLE OF CONTENTS . SECTION TITLES PAGES I. BIDDING REQUIREMENTS: SECTION 00030 - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS .................... 00030-1 to 00030-2 SECTION 00100 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (AlA A701) . . . . . . . . . .. 00100-1 to 00100-7 SECTION 00101 - SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS .............. 00101-1 SECTION 00300 - BID FORM .................................. 00300-1 to 00300-4 SECTION 00310 - PARTNERSHIP CERTIFICATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00310-1 SECTION 00320 - CORPORATE CERTIFICATE .............................. 00320-1 SECTION 00321 - INDIVIDUAL CERTIFICATE .............................. 00321-1 SECTION 00410 - BID BOND (AlA A31O) .......................... 00410-1 to 00410-2 SECTION 00420 - CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT (AlA A305) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 00420-1 to 00420-7 SECTION 00430 - SUBCONTRACTOR LIST (AlA G805) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00430-1 to 00430-3 SECTION 00480 - NON-C;:OLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PRIME BIDDER ........... 00480-1 SECTION 00481 - NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF SUBCONTRACTOR ........ 00481-1 . II. CONTRACT FORMS: SECTION 00500 - AGREE~NT BETwEEN OWNER & CONTRACTOR (AlA A101) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00500-1 to 00500-7 SECTION 00520 - CERTIFICATE OF COUNTY ATIORNEY .......... . . . . . . . . . . . 00520-1 SECTION 00530 - NOTICE OF A WARD .......................... 00530-1 to 00530-2 SECTION 00540 - NOTICE TO PROCEED ................................. 00540-1 SECTION '00610 - PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND (AlA 312) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 00610-1 to 00610-7 III. CONTRACT CONDITIONS: SECTION 00700 - GENERAL CONDITIONS (AlA A201) ............. 00700-1 to 00700-25 SECTION 00800 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ................. 00800-1 to 00800-8 SECTION 00820 - SPECIFIC PROJECT REQUIREMENTS .............. 00820-1 to 00820-32 SECTION 00830 - WAGE RATE. DECISIONS ........................ 00830-1 to 00830-7 SECTION 00840 - ADMINISTRATIVE & PROCEDURAL ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . 00840-1 to 00840-7 IV. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: DIVISION 1 SECTION 01023 - CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE. ........................... 01023-1 SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01030-1 to 01030-2 SECTION 01055 - CON$TRUCTION STAKING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01055-1 to 01055-2 . SECTION 01300 - SUBMITIALS ....;;.:......................... 01300-1 to 01300-8 SECTION 01500 - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS ............. 01500-1 to 01500-3 SECTION 01630 - MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS ..,....:........ 01630-1 to 01630-4 SECTION 01631 - REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION,. .. .: ......... ....... 01631-1 to 01631-2 . SECTION 01701 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01701-1 to 01701-7 -. 96-016/5-96 Table of Contents TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (Continued) . SECTION TITLES PAGES SECTION 01710 - FINAL CLEANING ............................. 01710-1 to 01710-3 SECTION 01720 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS .................. 01720-1 to 01720-3 SECTION 01730 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . 01730-1 to 01730-4 SECTION 01740 - WARRANTIES AND BONDS ...................... 01740-1 to 01740-2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02110 - SITE CLEARING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02110-1 to 02110-3 SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK .............................. 02200-1 to 02200-11 SECTION 02281 - TERMITE CONTROL .......................... 02281-1 to 02281-2 SECTION 02480 - LANDSCAPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 02480-1 to 02480-10 SECTION 02511 - HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING ................... 02511-1 to 02511-5 SECTION 02520 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING . . . . . . . . .. 02520-1 to 02520-13 SECTION 02665 - WATER SYSTEMS ............................ 02665-1 to 02665-21 SECTION 02700 - SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 02700-1 to 02700-23 SECTION 02711 - FOUNDATION DRAINAGE SySTEM................ 02711-1 to 02711-4 DIVISION 3 SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-1 to 03300-15 DIVISION 4 SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 04200-1 to 04200-20 . DIVISION 5 SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05120-1 to 05120-5 DIVISION 6 SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY... ..... . . ... ......... . . . . 06100-1 to 06100-11 SECTION 06190 - WOOD TRUSS SYSTEM. ........................ 06190-1 to 06190-4 SECTION 06400 - FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06400-1 to 06400-8 DIVISION 7 SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION ....................... 07210-1 to 07210-6 SECTION 07270 - FIRESTOPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07270-1 to 07270-11 SECTION 07310 - ROOF SHINGLES .............................. 07310-1 to 07310-5 SECTION 07460 - SIDING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07460-1 to 07460-3 SECTION 07631 - GUTIERS AND DOWNSPOUTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07631-1 to 07631-3 SECTION 07901 - JOINT SEALANTS ........................... 07901-1 to 07901-12 DIVISION 8 SECTION 08111 - STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES .......... 08111-1 to 08111-5 SECTION 08210 - WOOD DOORS ............................... 08210-1 to 08210-5 SECTION 08410 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS .......................... 08410-1 to 08410-3 SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 08710-1 to 08710-10 SECTION 08800 - GLAZING .................................. 08800-1 to 08800-5 96-016/5-96 11 Table of Contents . . TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (Continued) SECTION TITLES PAGES DIVISION 9 SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 09510 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING ........................ SECTION 09688 - CARPET GLUE-DOWN ......................... SECTION 09900 - PAINTING .................................. 09250-1 to 09250-6 09510-1 to 09510-4 09650-1 to 09650-4 09688-1 to 09688-4 09900-1 to 09900- 7 DIVISION 10 SECTION 10165 - PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS. . . . . . . SECTION 10420 - SIGNAGE . -. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 10522 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS & ACCESSORlES ... SECTION 10800 - TOILET & BATH ACCESSORlES ................. 10165-1 to 10165-3 10420- I to 10420-2 10522-1 to 10522-2 10800-1 to 10800-4 DIVISION 11 NOT USED DIVISION 12 NOT USED . DIVISION 13 NOT USED DIVISION 14 NOT USED DIVISION 15 SECTION 15100 - AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, VENTILATION ...... 15100-1 to 15100-15 SECTION 15200 - PLUMBING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 15200-1 to 15200-6 DIVISION 16 SECTION 16050 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL ....................-;.. 16050-1 to 16050-4 SECTION 16110 - RACEWAYS ................................'. 16] 10-] to 16] 10-7 SECTION ]6120 - CONDUCTORS .............................. 16]20-1 to 16120-5 SECTION 16130 - BOXES: . . ; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 16130-] to 16130-5 SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES .........................:.. 16140-1 to 16140-5 SECTION 16170 - MOTOR & EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS'. . . . .: . . . . . .'.. . .'..... 16170-1 SECTION 16195 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION ..............-............. 16195-1 SECTION 16420 - SERVICE ENTRANCE .......................... 16420-1 to 16420-2 SECTION 16440 - DISCONNECT SWITCHES .......... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 16440-1 to 16440-2 SECTION 16450 - GROUNDING. ................................ 16450-1 to 16450-4 SECTION 16470 - PANEI,.BOARDS. .. " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 16470-1 to 16470-3 SECTION 16475 - OVERCURRENT PROTECTION. ................... 16475-1 to 16475-4 SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING ........................... .'. . . : . '.. 16500-1 to 16500-2 SECTION 16748 - LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 16748-1 to 16748-8 . 96-016/5-96 111 Table of Contents . SECTION 00030 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS PROJECT: Belle Terrace Senior Citizens Center OWNER: Augusta-Richmond County Commission-Council Sealed bids will be receivep by the Augusta-Richmond County Commission,Council of Richmond County, . Georgia for a General Contract to furnish and install all materials, labor and equipment, necessary for the construction of the Belle Terrace Senior Citizens Center located in Richmond County, Georgia. Bids will be received by the Augusta-Richmond County Commission-Council at Room 605, City-County Municipal Building II, Augusta, Georgia 30911, no later than 2:'00 p.m. on July 23, 1996. Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud at this location. Any bid received after 2:00 p.m. on bid opening date will not be considered by The Owner. Bids will be evaluated by The Owner and the project award is anticipated upon completion of this evaluation. BASE BID: Materials, labor, tools, equipment and all other miscellaneous andJor necessary items for the construction of an approximate 6,276 square foot Senior Center. The Center is located in Richmond County, Qeorgia. Alternates: (If authorized. by Owner) The required time of completion is one hundred eighty (180) consecutive calendar days from the date of the written Notice to Proceed. . Copies of Bidding Docwnents may be obtained at the office of Precision Planning, Inc., 400 Pike Boulevard, P. O. Box 2210, Lawrenceville, Georgia 30246 upon payment of a non-refundable cost of $75.00. Checks shall be made payable to Preci~ion Planning, Inc. Bid Documents may be examined at the following locations: Augusta-Richmond County Commission-Council Room 605, City-County Municipal Building II Augusta,GA 30911 (706) 821-2400 F. W. Dodge'Room 4170 Ashford-Dunwoody Road Suite 200 Atlanta, GA 30319 (404) 255-2565 AGC Builders Exchange 312 Bradford Street, N.W. Gainesville, GA 30501 (770) 536-5047 . 96-016/5-96 Precision Planning, Inc. 400 Pike Boulevard P. O. Box 2210 Lawrenceville, GA 30246 (770) 962-8000 Construction Market Data 4126Pleasantdale Road Suite B-I02 Atlanta, GA 30340 (770) 447-0601 F.W. Dodge Room Oglethorpe Office Park 400 Mall Blvd. . Savannah,GA 31406 (912) 354-6696 F. W. Dodge Room New South Building, Suite 110 360 Bay Street Augusta, GA 30901 (706) 722-3939 F. W. Dodge Room Executive Park North, Suite I 10 2710 Sheraton Drive Macon, GA 31204 (912) 746-3313 Augusta Builder's Exchange 304- 14th Street Augusta, GA 30901 (706) 724- 1846 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 00030-1 Atlanta Builders Exchange 1575 Northside Drive, Suite 120 Atlanta, GA 30318 (404) 355-1091 . OWNER requires a bid bond issued by a Surety listed on the Treasury as licensed in the State of Georgia, or a cashier's check in the amount of ten percent (10%) of your total bid to be enclosed with your bid at the time of bid opening to be made payable to OWNER. No other fonn of security will be acceptable. Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope, addressed to OWNER. Each sealed envelope containing a Bid must be plainly marked on the outside as, "Bid for Belle Terrace Senior Citizens Center Project". If bid is forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the Bid must be enclosed in another envelope to the attention of OWNER at the address previously given. Any and all Bids received without the aforementioned criteria enclosed, will be returned to BIDDER. All Bids must be made out on the bid fonn of the type bound in the Contract Documents, in accordance with the instructions in the Infonnation for BIDDERS. No interlineations, additions, or deletions shall be made in the proposal fonn by BIDDER. No conditional Bids will be acceptable. Contract will be awarded on a stipulated sum to the most responsive BIDDER presenting the lowest acceptable Bid, based on the Lump Sum Base Bid plus any combination of Alternates (if appropriate) acceptable to Owner. OWNER reserves the rights to waive any infonnalities or to reject any or all Bids, to evaluate Bids, and to accept any Bid which in its opinion may be in the best interest of OWNER. No Bid will be rejected without just cause. . No BIDDER may withdraw his bid within the time limit specified in the Instructions to Bidders Section 00 100. AUGUST A-RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION-COUNCIL 96-016/5-96 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 00030-2 . Section 00 100 ., . INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AlA Document A701 . . 96-016/5-96 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100-1 . . . .j Instructions to Bidders AlP{3DS AlA Document A701 TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. DEFINITIONS 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3. BIDDING DOCtnv1ENTS 4. BIDDING' PROCEDURES s. CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 6. POST-BID INFOR.J.\i1A TION 7. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 8. FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR THIS DOCDIE:-;T HAS 1:-'IPORTA:-lT LEGAL CO:-lSEQVENCES; CO:-lSVLTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS CO:\.IPLETION OR :\.IODIFICATlON. AUTHE:-1TICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AlA DOCU:-'IE:-1T ~lA Y BE :-'IADEBY USING AlA DOCU:-'IE:-IT 040 I. Copyright \970. \97-1. \918. \987 by The Ame:ric:1n Institute of Architects. \7J 5 :-lew York Avenue. :-I. W., W:1shington. D.C. 20006-5292. Reproduction .:If the m:1teri:11 herein or subst:1nti:11 quot:1tion of its provisions without written permission of the: AlA viol:1te:s the: copyright \:1WS of the L'nited St:1tes :1nd will be subject to Ic:g:11 prosecution. "I.' DOCt:~IE~7 ,.'~I .1:-lSTRUCTIO:;S TO 810DERS. FOURTH EDIT!O,",' "(,,. COPYRJCHT 1917. TilE "~tERJC":-l I:-lSTITUTE OF "IlCHlTECTS. Pll NEw YORJ< "VE~UE. :-I,\V. \V..SII1:-lCTO", :J ~ . :000..1:0:. W"R:-Il:-lC' UnlicenlCO p.o,ocopy,nl ,,01.<<. Ii.S, COPY"5"' I... .nO " .ubl'c' '0 ('5.1 ~rolCcullon, T";, Oocum.nl .u "cc..on<<.lIy proOuceO unOcr hc~nsc number t ~~~':~U.lo,J: ..nd ,an:'c rcpro,Juccd wllhoul vloJlallon until 11I::.~' Elc::ctronic Documc::nt Sc::rvicc:: A 701-\ 937 00100-2 \- ! rNSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS 1.1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents. The Bidding Requirements consist of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, the bid form, and other sample: bidding and contract forms. The proposed Contract Documents consist of the form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract. 1.2 Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A20 I, or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents. 1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections. 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents. 1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents as the base, to which Work may be added or from which Work may be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids. 1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents, is accepted. 1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment or services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents. 1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid, 1.9 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials. equipment or labor for a portion of the Work. ARTICLE 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 2.1 The Bidder by making a Bid represents that: 2.1.1 The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents and the Bid is made in accordance therewith. 2.1.2 The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents or contract documents, to the extent that such documentation relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, for other portions of the Project, if any. being bid concurrently or presently under construction. 2.1.3 The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and has correlated the Bidder's personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. 2.1.4 The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. ARTICLE 3 _ BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.1 COPIES 3.1.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the issuing office designated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated therein. The <icpe:lit ',viH be I'cftl1~dea te Di<ideI'] wae :lHbmit a boaa fide Did al'1ci return t:he Diddiag DeeHmeat] ia geed eeaditiea v. ithia tea daY:I after reeeipt ef Did]. The e63t ef replaeemeat of miJJiag III' damaged deCUmel'1tJ \. ill be deducted frem the dcpeJit. :. Didder reeei..iag a Ceatnet aHara '-!'lay retain tae Diddiag Deel:1mel'ltJ and the Didder'J dep"3i~ H ill be refl:l1'l.ded. 3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub-bidders or others unless specifically offered in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, or in supplementary instructions to bidders. 3.1.3 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. - AlA DOCl:~.E:-;T ,,'Jl ,l:-;ST!ll:CTIOSS TO SIODE!lS' FOURTH ECITIOS, AlA, COPYRIGHT 19>', THE A.\tEiUC.'" ISSTITl:TE OF ARCHITECTS. t71l SEW YORK A\'ESI:E, S IV, WASHISGTO:-;, ::J': :JJJ..;:~:, IVARSISG' l:a""n.eJ pha'ac.py'n~ ..al.'" l: S copytl~hl I..., ,n4" ;uojw '0 le~.1 ~r""ullon. n.. Jaeumen' wu eleman.cdly proJoceJ unJet hccnu numtlcr 11~~.J").,).&,,): al'\~ ':In:U tcprQJuc:c:\1"'lt~out Wlohtl!)" unld I t/:::9~ Ekctronic Document Service ;\701-1037 ., 00100-3 . 3.1.4 In making copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above terms, the Owner and the Architect do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the' Work and do not confer a license or grant permission for any other us.e of the Bidding Documents. 3.2 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents with each other, and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the Work for which the Bid is suomitted, shall examine the site and local conditions, and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. 3.2.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or intf:rpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a wri tten request which shall reach the Architecnlt.least ~four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids.' 3.2.3 Interpretations, 'corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum. Interpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding Do(:uments made in any other manner will not be binding; and Bidders shall not rely upon them. . 3.3 SUBSTITUTIONS 3.3.1 The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substituti<?n. 3.3;2 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless 'written request for approval has been received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Such requests shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitution including drawings, performance and test datn, and other information necessary for an:evaluation. -A statement setting forth changes in other materials, equipment or other portions of the Work inCluding _ changes in the work of other contracts that incorporation of the proposed substitution would require shall be included. The burden of proof of the.merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. - The Architect's decision'of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. 3.3.3 If the Architect approves a proposed sub'stitution prior to, receipt oi Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals m.Jue in .Jny other manner. . 3.3.4 No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4 ADDENDA 3.4.1 Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who arc known by the issuing office to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents. 3.4.2 .Copies of Addenda. will be mad~ available for inspection wherever Bidding' Documents are on file for that purpose. 3.4.3 No Addenda will be issued later than f&ttf'three days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing t~e request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. . 3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a Bid that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued, and the Bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the Bid. ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES 4.1 FORM AND STyLE OF BIDS 4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on forms identical to the form included with the Bidding Documents. 4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be filled in by typewriter or manually in ink. 4.1.3 Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid form, sums shall be expressed in both words and figures, and in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount written in words shall govern. 4.1.4 Interlineations, alterations and erasures must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. 4.1.5 All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no c.hange in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change." 4.1.6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions of' the Work have been requested, the Bidder may, without . forfeiture of the bid security, state the Bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of Bids stipulated by the Bidder. The Bidder shall make no additional stipulations on .the. bid form nor qualify the Bid in anyother manner. 4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall include the legal name of the Bidder and a statement that the Bidder is a sole proprietor, partnership, corporation or other legal entity, Each copy shall be signed by the person or pers,ons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract. A Bid by a corporation shall further give the state of li,uliC numOcr I :~~J"\1"l.I: J.lhJ on!)c npro,Juccl! ....Ilhout "'lolllll1n unlll 11/:::9$ .\lA DOC\:ME:-;~ "',, . I:-<ST::l\:C~IO:-<S TO BIDDEllS. FO\:ll~H EDITIO~. AlA, COPYlllCHT 193", TilE "~IEIllCA~ I:-ISTIT\:TE OF AllCHITECTS. 1111 1<EW YOllK'A\'E:-;\:E. ~ w. W^SIlI~c.;T9~. ::'':. :;J""'.S:9:. WARSISG: 1..'ahccnHd'pftOlocopYlnJ vloI1Icsl.:.S.-copyn,ht law, lnGlS ~utlJcct 10 Ic~'1 j:ltOucutlon. Thil Jocumcnl wu c1cctronlcJ.lIy pro,JucclJ un..!cr Ekctronic Document Service A 70 l-I987 " 00100-4 incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the Bidder. 4.2 BID SECURITY 4.2.1 If so stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, or supplementary instructions to bidders, each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form and amount required, pledging that the Bidder will enter into a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in the Bid and will, if r.equired, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Should the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds if required, the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages', not as a penalty. The amount of the bid security shall not be forfeited to the Owner in the event the Owner fails to comply with Subparagraph 6.2.1. 4.2.2 If a surety bond is required, it shall be written on AlA Document A3l0, Bid Bond, unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents, and the attorney-in- fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. 4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of Bidders to whom an award is being considered until either (a) the Contract has been executed and bends, if required, have been furnished, or (b) the specified time has elapsed so that Bids may be withdrawn, or (c) all Bids have been rejected. 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4.3.1 All copies of the Bid, the bid security, if any, and other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and shall be identified with the Project name, the Bidder's name and address and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Work for which the Bid is submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. 4.3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. 4.3.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely ddivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 4.3.4 .oral, tele~honic or telegraphic Bids are invalid and Will not receive consideration. . 4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID 4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by th~ Bidder during the stipulated time period fo.Howmg the tlI!~e and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a Bid. 4..4.2 Pri~r to the. time and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn bv notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for re~eipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the Bidder or by telegram; if by telegram, written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. 4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. 4.4.4 Bid security, if required, shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted. ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS . 5.1 OPENING OF BIDS 5.1.1 Unless stated otherwise in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, the properly identified Bids recJ:ived on time will be opened publicly and will be read aloud. An abstract of the Bids will be made available to Bidders. When it has been stated that Bids will be opened privately, an abstract of the same information may. at the discretion of the Owner, be made available to the Bidders within a reasonable time. 5.2 REJECTION OF BIDS 5.2.1 The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids, reject a Bid not accompanied by a required bid security or by other data required by the Bidding Documents, or reject a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular. . . 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) 5.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest responsible Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner shall have the right to waive . AlA OOCt:~'E~7"" . !);S7!U:C710SS 70 oloons ' FOt:R TH EDITIO~ . AlA. COPYRICHT 1.S7 ' THE A~IERICA~ I:-lS7ITt:TE OF ARCHITECTS. 111 S :-lEW YORK ,\ \'E:-lUE. S W . WASHISCTOS, :: ;: . :~~~.,l :.: WARSI);G t:nh"n"~ pho,oc.py,ns ...1'1<.1:,5, c.py".h' ,.~. .nJ " ;ub,e<< I. les.1 pr..ecullon, n.. .ocumCRl wu clectr.nlC.lly pr.Juc<J "nJcr license nutnl)tt \: ~~J\JJ~I): .niJ ":100 ":Ie reproducc":' "11~ou1 "I,ol:ulon \Jntll ! 11::.'9~ Ekctronll; Document Service A 701-1987 4 00100-5 . informalities or irregularities in a Bid received and to accept the Bid which, 'in the Owner's judgm~nt, is in the Owner's own best interests. 5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combina~ion, unless' otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents, and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates accepted. ARTICLE 6 POST-BID INFORMATION 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S aUALlrlCATION ~TATr.MDJT 6.1.1 Dieee.,] ta .,hem a\,are af a Centra.:t i3 tinder ee113iaeratian ,]aa1l3116mit te tae :.:rehitee;t, l11len. l"eejtu:3t, a preperl~ ueel:J.tea :.1:. Deeumeat :.:05, Centfaeter'3 Etttalifieatien State:neat, unle33 3t:le;h a Statement aa3 been. pre. ie1131} reejt1irea /lae 31:1omitteti a3 a 1lrere/:l Ui3i te to the i331:1llf1ee ef Biaain.g Deet1meat3. 6.2 OWNER'S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY . 6.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Bidder to whom award of a Contract is under consideration and no biter than seven days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrawal of Bids, furnish to the Bidder reaso~able evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under .the Contract. Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished, the Bidder will not be required to execute the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. 6.3 SUBMITTALS . 6.3.1 The Bidder shall, as soon as practicable after notification of selection for the award of a Contract, furnish to the o~~r through the Architect in writing: .1 a designation of the Work to be. performed with the Bidder's own forces; .2 names of the manufacturers, products and the s~ppliers of principal items or systems, 'of milterials and equipment proposed for the Work; and ' ' .3 names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials ,or equipment fabricated to a sp~cial design) proposed for th~ ' principal portions of the Work. 6.3.2. The Bidder will be requi~e.d to es~tablish to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner 'the reliability and responsibility of the p~rsons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in' th~ Bidding Documents. 6.3.3 Prior to the award of the Contract, the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Bidder. If the Own.er or Architect has reasonable objection to a proposed 'peHon or entity, the Bidder may, at the Bidder's option, (1) withdraw the Bid, or (2) submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder. In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be forfeited. 6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Owner and Architect have made no reasonable objection must be used on the Work for which they were proposed a'nd shall not be changed except with th~ written consent of the Owner and Architect. ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BONO AND PAYMENT BONO 7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS 7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the Bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Bonds may be secured through the Bidder's usual sources. 7.1.2 If the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the cost shall be included in the Bid. If the furnishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and before execution of the Contract, the cost of such bonds shall be added to the Bid in determinmg the Contract Sum. 7.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be secured from other than the Bidder's usual sources, changes in cost will be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents. 7.2 TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONOS 7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date of execution of the C.ontract. If the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, prior to commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered in accordance with this Subparagraph 7.2.1. 7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided. the bonds shall b~ written on AlA Document A312, Performance Bond and Payment Bond. Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the Contract Sum. ",enle nurnOcr :: :J~'~J~"'''': 1nJ ":Ion :u. (cprolJucccJ without Ylolatlon unlll I t(::19' AI" DOCt.'~IE~7 ,']1 . I:-ISTllUC-:-IO:-lS TO DIDDERS. FOURTH EDITIO:-l. AlA, COPYIUOHT '91'. THE A.\IEllICA:-II~STlTUTEOF ARCHITECTS. I'll NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W;; \V"SHl~C~O:"'ol. ~.:. :OOOet.':9:. WAR.:.lt~C: Unlicensed pnotocopYll\! vlQlalCs C.S. cOPYrI!hl IJ.W$ :anrJ IS subject to Icp.1 prosccullon:Thu document _as clcclronu:ally prolJucciJ unlJ Electronic Docum~nt Sc:rvice A701-19S7 5 00100-6 7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the Contract. 7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf 0 f the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the powe'r of attorney, ARTICLE 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 8.1 FORM TO BE USED 8.1.1 Unless otherwise required in the Bidding . Documents, the Agreement for the Work: will be written on AlA Document AIOI, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Where the Basis of Payment Is a Stipulated Sum. . . AlA D<JCt:"E:<T\ 'J' ' t:<STRt:C-:-tO:<S -:-0 SIDDERS . FOURTH EDITlO:-l . AlA. COPYllJGHT I'.' ' THE A"ElUCA:-I I:-;STITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. I 7H :-IEW YORK .\VE:-It:E. :-I W. WASHI:-IGTOS, J ':. :00"0,1:':, WAR:-II:-IG t:n"ccn". pho,ocopy,nl "0'"'' us, 'OPY"I.' I.w, .n." ,.bJ""o 'cI.1 pro",olOon, nu .oc.mcnl wu <I""o.,,,lIy pro..". un." IIl;cnsc number II ~~,~IIJiJJ": },nd .;:~n::'c rcprooJuccd wlthoul YlolUlon until 11::::9~ Elc::ctronic Document Service A701-19S7 6 00100-7 Section 00101 . SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. PREPARATION OF BID Documents required in the Bid Package: A. Section 00300,,. Bid Fonn and Bid Schedule B. Section 00410 - Bid Bond (AlA A31 0) C. Section 00420 - Contractors Qualification Statement (AlA A305) Each Bid must be submitted on the prescribed Bid Fonn and accompanied by the Bid Bond issued by a Surety listed on the most current Treasury list as licensed in the State of Georgia (or Cashier's Check), and include the Contractors Qualification Statement. All blank spaces for luinp sum price and alternate prices (if any) must be filled in, in ink or typewritten, in both words and figures (In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words will govern), and the foregoing items must be fully completed and executed when submitted. Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside, the name of the Bidder, his address, and the name of the project for which the Bid is submitted. Prior to bid opening date and hour, errors may be stricken or revisions may be made and correctiolls entered on the Bid Fonn, provided that any such strike-over or revision is signed in ink by the person signing the bid or his agent. Anv revision made on the outside of the envelope will not be accepted. 2. SCHEDULE OF CONSTRUCTION . A. Notice ,of Award is anticipated to be issued within 3 days of Bid opening. B. Notice to Proceed shall be issued upon receipt of Contractor's Perfonnance and Payment Bonds. C. Contractor must commence work no later than 10 days after receipt of a Written Notice to Proceed. . 3. MATERIALS TESTING The following materials shall be tested according to the procedures outlined in their respective . specification sections or as described on the drawings. All costs for the Testing shall be paid for by the General Contractor. A. Cast-in-place concrete (footings and slabs) B. Soils bearing (for trenches, slabs, footings, utility trenches - etc.) 4. PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS Richmond County shall waive all fees related to building pennit, HV AC perinit, plUmbing pennit and electrical penn it. . General Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for all additional required penn its, fees and inspections required by State, Federal and Local laws, ordinances, etc. General Contractor shall also be responsible for securing all Local licenses for Subcontractors. END OF SECTION 00101 . 96-016/5-96 SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00101-1 " ., . . . Section 00300 BID FORM Proposal for General Contracting for the Belle Terrace Senior Citizens Center Proposal submitted by Continental Construction Co.. mc. ,(hereinafter referred to as "BIDDER"). (Name of Contractor) Augusta-Richmond County Commission-Council (Hereinafter referred to as 'OWNER") Room 605, City-County Municipal Building II Augusta, Georgia 30911 Gentlemen: The. BIDDER .by making a bid represents that the following have taken place: The BIDDER has read and understands the bidding documents and the bid is made in accordance therewith. The BIDDER has read and understands the bidding or contract documents to the extent that such documentation relates to the wo'rk' for which the bid is submitted and to other portions of the project, if any, being bid concurrently or presently under construction. The BIDDER has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the work is to be performed, and has correlated the BIDDER'S personal observations with the requirements of the proposed contract documents. The BID is based upon the materials, equipment, and systems required by the bidding documents, without exception. The BIDDER has studied and compared the bidding documents with each other and has reported to the architect any errors, inconsistencies, or ambiguities discovered. The BIDDER hereby agrees to commence work under this contract on or before a date to be specified in a written ''Notice to Proceed" of OWNER and to fully complete the project within the time frame as described in Section 00030 Advertisement for Bids. The BIDDER acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: ,.. . ,>.~p'p~~UM'NQ~,"""""" ..::i~::,.I'):;:',"':'::':<bA*iRE'9~~~.pi'.::':S::'::::.;1 ,I. 1 2 Julv 12. 1996 Ju1v 18 199fi 96-016/5-96 BID FORM 00300-1 . <~ . . . The BIDDER understands that the OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informalities in the bidding. The BIDDER agrees that his bid shall be binding and may not be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The BIDDER agrees that the bid security attached in the sum of ten (10%) percent of the total bid is to become the property of th~ OWNER in the event the Contract and bonds are not executed within the time set forth, as liquidated damages for the delay and additional expense to the OWNER caused thereby. The BIDDER proposes to furnish all services, labor, and materials required by them for the entire work and to include a construction contingency amount of $7,500.00 within the Lump Sum Base Bid in accord with said documents for the sum of: LUMP SUM BASE BID $~~~-'~ ~~ ~,~ . ~ '. , (D~larS) ($~ ls, 1 SO "4, 0 0 \:J ~lvvv'" Which sum is hereinafter called the "Base Bid". The undersigned further proposes that should any of the following alternates (See Section 01030 for description) be accepted and be incorporated in the Contract, the Base Bid will be altered in each case as follows: (Circle either Add or Deduct, To or From Base Bid, whichever applies). Alternate No. I: Provide and install residential electrical range with hood and wall cabinet at Break Room No. 12 as shown on drawings. 80EDUCT $ ~ .~~ \0.,~ ($ 300D .J ) Dollars Alternate No.2: Provide and install landscaping as indicated on Landscaping Plan Sheet L-I: (~EDUCT $ ~ :).~~~ .&~ ~u~ ~~- ~ \O-~ ($ I 3 I 1 ~ l..p ) Dollars ,. ,. 96-016/5-96 BID FORM 00300-2 I:: . Alternate No.3: Provide and install two (2) wall hung mirrors as indicated on drawings in Activity Room No. 26: @EDUCT $ ~ ~ ~~ ~0JLfY' ($ ~ 0 () ) Dollars Alternate No.4: Provide and install brick veneer at building gables in lieu of vinyl siding: (3oEDUCT $ ~UL'Jt~~ b ~~JAul ~LL~ -~ \\)~M.tl.- ($ t..f1 ~3 ) Dollars /, Alternate No.5: Provide and install toilet fixtures and toilet accessories in Toilet Room No. 10 as . ' indicated: @oEDUCT $ ~"- ~""" <ML\. ~ ~.J),,,",, ~ .::n ~ 'W.>ull.A-A--' ($ ~()"4 q ) Dollars . Alternate No.6: Provide and install a security system as indicated on Electrical Drawings: @DEDUCT $ ~~, ~~~ ~~ ~ ~L\.Ci.JLfY ($ ~& a 0 ) Dollars Alternate No.7: Add Alternate No. Seven (7): Remove and dispose of all ballfield fencing (total of 900 linear feet of 6 fo()t fence and one 12' x 40' backstop) and associated lights and light poles (total of six 60' high wood poles). ~EDUCT $ d-AAu- ~1)'U-6~ ~ ~Jt \U.~ ($ 3 S D D j Respectfully Submitted: ) Dollars" . "~, Y/~ ~~J ~ ,.\ .... '11 ~ "":-\ ""\ ':--.., . = .-: ,'~ ; - ff :"4".'J.1'~~... -I-;,. f ~ :.~ ; '1"--e,...:' .. ...,.!":~ "'....?' ~ -' ... ~~"":~~~... ....~ (Signature) Richcii:'d~, J,,; "Ho.+:tan By: Title: President . 96-016/5-96 BID FORlvI 00300-3 ! -- ~EST: ' ~ ) ..LOL.\,~\u-' '0\" .O~ Name: Dianne Neese. (Please Type) Business Address: 4190 Crosstcime Court t.vans, (;a. Jutlu9 Federal LD. or Social Security No.: 58-1395030 NOTE: Attest for a corporation must be by the corporate secretary: for a partnership by another partner; for an individual by a Notary. " '~"",:'.-'-'~' /;,t, .' ., ~',," X?\"" 0, .~, . - ";;, :f ,~,'~.?,\ J ,,"'. '" 0 ~~ . ~,c~~,~ ~_ \ ~ !"O ,~' 6 .. ~ 5 ,,\0;; ~~ C) ~; T: -, 0J '" ~ f ,'-,: ' ~! - .~ ~ ' '-t- 0 "t.. J: ,.' '. ~ ~~ - .~-- - _ _ - :~ct.l~~ ~_,:" ~ ':J'~6 co -"';~ ,,' 'i:F;-j1~ <;""7:; , . . 96-016/5-96 ENDOF SECTION 00300 BID FORM 00300-4 Section 00310 . PARTNERSHIP CERTIFICATE STATE OF ) )SS ) COUNTY OF On this day of , 19_, before me personally appeared known to me to be the person who executed the above instrument, who, being by first duly sworn, did depose and say that he is a, general partner in the firm of and that firm consists of himself and and that he executed the foregoing instrument on behalf of said firm for the uses and purposes stated therein, and that no one except the above named members of the firm have any financial interest whatsoever in said proposed contract. PARTNER PARTNER . ,PARTNER PARTNER Subscribed and sworn to before me, this _ day of ,19_. NOTARY PUBLIC My Commission Expires: (Date) NOTE: If only one panner signs;' a power of attorney executed by all other panners authorizing him to act in the name of the Company must be attached, otherwise, all panners must sign. ~ END OF SECTION 00310 . 96-016/5-96 PARTNERSHIP CER TIFICA TE 00310-1 . . . CORPORATE CERTIFICATE I, Dianne Heese , certify that I am the Secretary of the CorpQration named as Contractor in the foregoing bid; that Richard L. Horton who signed said bid in behalf of the Contractor was then President of said Corporation; that. said authority was duly signed for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of Directors, and is, within the scope of its corporate powers; that said Corporation is organized under the laws of the State of Georgia . This 23 July , 1926 day of Qv:;.<<-'Ov\v~ CORPORATE SECRETARY , "00,.0 '"0 '- - ~.. '- . (Seal) '~ - - - - . ... p- PP. ~~,: . >P...,.._r.............___. . Section 00321 . INDIVIDUAL CERTIFICATE STATE OF ) )SS ) CITY OF On this day of , 19_, before me personally came and appeared to me known, and known to me to the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged that he executed the same. . NOTARY PUBLIC My Commission Expires (SEAL) . 96-016/5-96 INDIVIDUAL CER TIFICA TE 00321-1 . Section 00410 BID BOND AlA Document A310 . . 96-016/5-96 BID BOND 00410-1 .,~r '. . . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AlA Document A310 Bid Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we Continental Construction (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor) Company, Inc., Augusta, Georgia as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and Peerless Insurance Company, Keene, (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety) New Hampshire a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Augusta-Richmond , . (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner) County Commission-Council of Richmond County, as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Amount of Principal's Bid Georgia, Augusta, Georgia Ten Percent (10%) of Total Dollars ($ ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for (Here insen full name. address and description 01 project! Belle Terrace Senior Citizens Center, Augusta, Georgia; Project No. 96-016 NOW, TH ERE FOR E, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the ~vent of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligalion shall be null and void, oth~rwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this day of \, ~,:'19' -96 ..:.........~...."'...,.. .'~"'''' .. ---- -- :. 23rd July ~~~~In_~ (Witness) I::~tinental ..... . lJC tion . C ojup any , Iiic~. - '; ~~ incipa/) - . .--(Seal) : .' (Title) ~ mt'~ (Witness) ( Peerless Insurance Company I,y,(via /.3:' (~ Della B. Case (Title) Attorney-in-Fact (Seal) AlA DOCUMENT A310 . BID BOND. AlA @. FEBRUARY 1970 ED. THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006 1 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. ...- N~ 0569 1 0 . February 1, 1997 Frank W. Hafner, Jr. and/or Jane McCoy and/or Carolyn D. Owens and/or Derelle E. Bigby and/or Della B. Case and/or Alfred T. Johnson and/or Robert J. Lavisky and/or W. Scott Hull Columbia South Carolina , ., j. , ~. .. '. . , ~- ..'l'-t' . ; ,.J ,'." bonds, undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, unlimited as to Dollar Amount: . :; . x x Form PS-97-E 341.629 (03193) Section 00420 ~. CONTRACTOR'S OUALIFICATION STATEMENT AlA Document A305 e- . 96-016/5-96 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT 00420-1 THE I I . . . AMERICAN INSTITUTE o F ARCHITECTS AlA Document A305 Contractor's Qualification Statement 1986 EDITION This form is approved and recommended by The American Institute of Architects (AlA) and The Associated General Contractors of America (AGC}for use in evaluat- ing the qualifications of contractors. No endorsement of the submitting party or verification of the informatioll is made by the AlA or AGe. The Undersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and suffi- ciently complete so as not to be misleading. SUBMITTED TO; ADDRESS: Augusta-Richnond COltrlty Canrnission-Cotmci1 Roan 605, City-County Mtmicipa1 Building, Augusta, Ga.. 30911 SUBMITTED BY: Richard L. Horton Corporation 8C NAME: Continental Construction Co., Inc. Partnership 0 ADDRESS: P.O. Box 204198, Augusta, Ga. 30917-4198 Individual 0 PRII\CIPAL OFFICE; 4190 Crosstowne Court, Evans, Ga. 30809 Joint Venture 0 Other 0 NAME OF.PRO]ECT (if applicable): TYPE OF WORK (file separate form for each Classification of Work): x General Construction I-IVAC Plumbing Other , Electrical (please specifrl Copyright 1964, 1969, 19-9. @ 1 <)86.b)' The Americ~n Instilule of Architecl". 175" New York :hcnue, N. 'VI'.. \\'ashing- ton, D.C. 20006. Reproduction of lhe material herein or substalllial quotation of ils provisions ,,,ilhout wrilten permission of lhe AlA \'iolates the copyrighl la\\'s of the l'niled Stales and will be suhject to lcg;ll prosecution, AlA DOCUMENT A305. CO;>;THACTOH'S Qt'ALlFICATIO:\ ,1.\1'E.\IE:\T. !()H(, EDITIO:\. AI.I! . @I')H(, TIlE A.\IERICA:\ INSTITlTE OF AHCHITECTS. t-5'; :-<E\X' YOHf,; ,\\'E:\IE. N.\X'q \\'ASlfl:\CTO:\. DL 20()(J(, A305-1986 1 / , . . . 1. ORGANIZATION 1.1 How many years has your organization been in business as a Contractor? 1.2 20 years (October, 1976) How many years has your organization been in business under its present business name? 20 years (October, 1976) 1.2.1 Under what other or former names has your organization operated? N/A 1.3 If your organization is a corporation, answer the following: 1.3.1 Date of incorporation: 1-12-79 ' 1.3.2 State of incorporation: Georgia 1.3.3 President's name: Richard L. Horton 1.3.4 Vice-president's name(s): Ralph C. (Skip) Nevman, Jr. 1.3.5 1.3.6 M. Dianne Meese Secretary's name: Treasurer's name: 1.4 If your organization is a partnership, answer the follo\\'ing: 1.4.1 Date of organization: 1.4.2 Type of partnership (if applicable): 1.4.3 Name(s) of general partner(s): N/A 1.5 If your organization is individually owned, answer the follmving: 1.5. \ Date of organization: \ .5.2 Name of owner: N/A AlA DOCUMENT A305. CO:\THACT{)lr~ VI ',\JYICATIO:\ ~T,\TI'~IF:\T. I')H() EllITIO\. .\IA'. "'H() TilE ,\~\E\{Il'.\\ 1\,Tnrn: OF AHUIITEU,. 1-," \1'\\' )'llHK ,\\'E\IT. \,\\,' \\'A'III\li\"O\, III ~""II(' A305.1986 2 . . eJ .:.: 1.6 If the form of you~ organization is other than those listed above, describe it and name the principals: N/A .' 2. LICENSING 2.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified to do business, and indicate registration or license numbers, if applicable. Georgia - General Contractor South Carolina - General Contractor 2.2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or trade name is filed. N/A 3. EXPERIENCE 3.1 List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own forces. Steel) Carpentry) Concrete 3.2 Claims and Suits. (If the' answer to any of the questions below is yes, please attach details.) 3.2.1 Has ~gur organization ever failed to complete any work aw.arded to it? ,\.3 3.2.2 Are there any judgments, claims, arbitration proceedings or suits pending or outstanding against your organization or its officers? No 3.2.3 Has your organization filed any law suits or requested arbitration with regard to construc- tion contracts within the last five years? No Within the last five years, has any officer or principal of your organization ever been an officer or principal of another organization when it failed to complete a construction contract? (If the answer is yes, please attach details.) No AlA DOC '\lENT A30S · CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATE.\1ENT . 1986 EDITION . AIA~ . @1986 THE AMI ,;ICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, NW., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A305.1986 3 l.' 3.4 -- On a separate sheet, list major construction projects your organization has in progress, giving the name of project, owner, architect, contract amount, percent complete and scheduled completion date. . See' Attached 3.4.1 . .State total worth of work in progress and under contract: 'Appr~~' $1,900,000 . :' ~: ~ . . On a separate sheet, liSt the major projects your organization has completed in the past five years, giving the name of project, owner, architect. contract amount, date of completion and percentage of the cost of the w~rk performed with your own forces. See Attached 3.5.1 State average annual amount of construction work performed during the past five years: Approx.'$3,190,000 3.6 On a separate sheet, list the construction experience and present commitments of the key individ- . uals of your organization. See Attached .~~ ~5 4. REFERENCES 4.1 Trade References: ' Maner Builders ~upply - A~ta,. Ga. - Dave. Maner - 706-863-6191 Augusta ReadyNix ... Augusta~. Ga. - Alan Francis - 706-733-9781 . Boral Bricks, Inc~ - Augtl$ta, Ga. - Gary FUlmer - '706-722-6831 }.hooch Steel ProdUcts':'" Augusta, Ga.';' ROn Starks - 706-823-2420 Augusta Concrete Block Co. - A~l.lSta, Ga. - Wylie McDaniel _ 803-279-7620 Mulherin lunber - AugUsta, Ga. - Sean Grady - 706-736-2039 -. 4.2 Bank References: NationsBank ... Augusta, Ga. Robert Swearingen - 706~828-8370 4.3 Surety: Peerless Insurarice. 4.3.1 Name of bonding company: Peerless InSurance 4.3.2 Name and address of agent: Boyle-Vaughan Associates, Inc. ... Bobby Lavisky - 803-748-0100 p ..0. Box 8628 Colunbia, S.C. 29202 . AlA DOCUMENT A30S. CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT. 19!16 EDlTION. AIAIt . @19!l6 TilE A.\IEI</CAN INHITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, I73S NEW YORK AVENUE, I'.W., WASHINCTON. D.C. 20006 A305.1986 4 './. . (e (e 5. FINANCING 5.1 Financial Statement. 5.1.1 Attach a financial statement, preferably audited, including your organization's latest balance sheet and Income statement showing the following Items: DUNS t~9~858~8015 . Current Assets (e.g., cash, joint venture accounts, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials Inventory and prepaid expenses); Net Fixed Assets; Other Assets; Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, pro- vision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes); Other Liabilities (e.g., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares par, values, earned surplus and retained earnings). 5.1.2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial statement, and date thereof: Coursey, Deiming & CO.. P ..D. Box 15113, Augusta, Ga. 30919 5.1.3 .' Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named on page one? 'Yes 5.1.4 If not, explain the relationship and finanCial responsibility of the organization whose financial statement is provided (e.g., parent.subsidiary). 5.2 Wi1\ the organization whose financial statement is attached act as guarantor of the contract for con. struction? Yes .;. AlA DOCUMENT A305 . CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATioN STATEMENT' 1986 EDITION' AlA C . @ 1986 THE AMERICAN INSTITCTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YOgK AVENL'E. N.\'C. WASHINGTON. o,c. 20006 A30S.1986 5 1.- " 6. SIGNA lURE 6.1 Dated at Continental this 23 . 1996 day of July Name of Organization: Continental Construction Co., Inc; By, (2.l{~-- (Richard L. Horton) ....... ~ ~-" " . '- -- -- --- -: Title: President - -- -- 6.2 " / ." Mr. Richard L. Horton being duly sworn deposes and says that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading. Subscribed and sworn before me this 23 day of July . " " ,~ot;l.ry PUbQLu~v'VL- 'Dl"\ L~,,----, .o.;..~ ......-......=-::r ""'//'r- . ,;::,>.4~: My. C6i}Jmission Expires: 4-28-2000 'f . ~ ~ .% ...r \<:::~-:=~:~{.1~ 19 96 (Dianne Meese) . AlA DO.::)MENT A305. CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT. 1986 EDITION. AlAi!> . @1986 THE AMI !{(CAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.w.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 A305-1986 6 . . . RICHARD L HORTON. PRESIDENT RALPH C. (SKIP) NEWMAN. VICE PRESIDENT DIANNE MEESE. CORPORATE SECRETARY 706-860-3846 706-863-0306 (FAX) CONTINENTAL CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. P.O. BOX 204198 . AUGUSTA. GEORGIA 30917-4198 3.4 Augusta College Bookstore Expansion Richmond County, Ga. Board of Regents of University System, Ga. - Owner The Hinman Architectural Group - Architect Augusta, Ga. - 706-722-3052 527,445.00 - Contract to date 90% complete as of 6-96 Tri-County Health Systems Warrenton, Ga. Tri-County HEalth Systems - Owner Wood, Morris and Associates - Architect Macon, Ga. - 912-745-4945 1,230,825.00 - Contract to date 25% complete as of 6-96 Elijah Clark State Park Comfort Station Lincolnton, Ga. Georgia Department of Natural Resources - Owner Ga. Dept. of Natural Resources - Architect Lithia Springs, Ga. - 770-732-5800 145,400.00 - Contract to date 94% complete as of 6-96 . . . RICHA RD L HORTON. PRESIDENT RALPH C. (SKIP) NEWMAN. VICE PRESIDENT DIANNE MEESE. CORPORATE SECRETARY 706-860-3846 706-863-0306 (FAX) CONTINENTAL CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. P.O. BOX 204198 . AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 30917-4198 3.5 Savannah Place Multipurpose Center Richmond County, Ga. Board of Commissioners of Richmond County - Owner The Woodhurst Partnership - Architect Augusta, Ga. - 706-724-4343 466,095.00 - Contract 100% complete as of 11-95 Brookwood & Westmont School Additions Columbia County, Ga. Columbia County Board of Education - Owner Harley & Sipper - Architect Augusta, Ga. - 706-724-2475 1,142,212.00 - Contract 100% complete as of 8-95 J. Madden Reid Building Richmond County, Ga. Housing Authority of the City of Augusta -Owner Virgo Gambill Architects Augusta, Ga. - 706-722-1992 417,322.00 - Contract 100% complete as of 1-96 Wilkes County Health Department Wilkes County, Ga. Wilkes County Board of Commissioners - Owner Precision Planning - Architect Lawrenceville, Ga. - 770-338-8000 459,478.00 - Contract 100% complete 4-96 . . . RICHARD L HORTON. PRESIDENT RALPH C. (SKIP) NEWMAN. VICE PRESIDENT DIANNE MEESE. CORPORATE SECRETARY 706-860-3846 706-863-0306 (FAX) CONTINENTAL CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. P.O. BOX 204198 . AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 30917-4198 3.5 Augusta Turf & Tractor Augusta, Ga. Robert Stevens & Doyle Tunison - Owner Marvin Powell - Architect 305,861.00 - Cotract to date 100% Complete as of 1-95 Westmont Elementary School Renovation Columbia County, Ga. Columbia County School System - Owner Contact - Bill Pittman - 706-541-2731 Harley & Sipper Architects - Architect Augusta, Ga. - 706-724-2475 806,072.50 - Contract to Date 100% Complete as of 9-94 Bel Air Elementary School Renovation Columbia County, Ga. Columbia County School System - Owner Contact - Bill Pittman - 706-541-2731 Hinman Architectural Group - Architect Augusta, Ga. - 706-722-3052 834,585.00 - Contract to Date 100% Complete as of 9-94 Savannah River Ecology Lab Conference Center Aiken County, S.C. University of Georgia Research Foundation - Owner Hinman Architectural Group - Architect Augusta, Ga. - 706-722-3052 486,614.00 - Contract to Date 100% Complete as of 12-94 Georgia Carpet Outlet Aiken, S.C. Willis Edmondson - Owner Marvin Powell - Architect 202,723.00 - Contrsct to date 100% Complete as of 4-95 . . . RICHA RD l. HORTON. PRESIDENT RALPH C. (SKIP) NEWMAN. VICE PRESIDENT DIANNE MEESE. CORPORATE SECRETARY 706-860.3846 706-863-0306 (FAX) CONTINENTAL CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. P.O. BOX 204198 . AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 30917-4198 3.5 Grovetown Police/Fire Station City of Grovetown - ()wner Precision Planning, Inc. - Architect Lawrenceville, Ga. - 404-962-8000 805,650.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 2-94 Scruggs Clinic New Office Building Augusta, Ga. Wanda Scruggs - Owner Marvin Powell - Architect Augusta, Ga. - 706-796-4901 161,448.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 8-93 Riverside Park Facility Martinez, Ga. Columbia County Board of Commissioners - Owner Roger W. Davis - Landscape Architect, Inc. -Architect Augusta, Ga. - 706-724-4666 621,029.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 2-94 Addition to Admin. Bldg.-Augusta Youth Development Augusta, Ga. State of Georgia - Owner Gary B. Coursey & Assoc. - Architects Atlanta, Ga. - 404~998-3333 156,837.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 3-94 Distribution Center for Maner Builders Supply Martinez, Ga. Maner Builders Supply - Owner (Dave Maner) Wallace Watts - Architect Evans, Ga. - 706-863-2988 1,220,934.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 6-94 AAFES Warehouse Fort Gordon, Ga. Army & Air Force Exchange Service - Owner Doug Olney, CF-O - Architect 286,370.00 - Contract to Date 100% Complete as of 7-94 . . . RICHARD L HORTON. PRESIDENT RALPH C. (SKIP) NEWMAN. VICE PRESIDENT DIANNE MEESE. CORPORATE SECRETARY 706-860-3846 706-863-0306 (FAX) CONTINENTAL CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. P.O. BOX 204198 . AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 30917-4198 3.5 Administrative/Community Building-Southside Terrace Housing Authority of the City of Augusta, Ga. Completion Contract for Amwest Surety Insurance Co. Holroyd Johnson & Partners - Architect Augusta, Ga. - 706-724-6180 237,998.50 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 10-92 Augusta Fire Station #5 City of Augusta, Georgia - Owner Completion Contract for Amwest Surety Insurance Co. VGR Architects - Architect Augusta, Ga. - 706-722-1992 363,471.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 07-93 Grovetown Public Works Department City of Grovetown - Owner Precision Planning, Inc. - Architect Lawrenceville, Ga. - 404-962-8000 215,116.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 12-92 Hephzibah High School Football Bleachers Hephzibah, Ga. Richmond County Board of Education - Owner Marvin E. Powell - Architect Augusta, Ga. - 706-796-4601 114,300.00 - Contract to date 100% as of 9-92 Medipac Plant - Modoc, S.C. Upper Savannah Development Corporation Surgimach Corp. - 706-790-7793 203,4822.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 05-93 Hammond Hill Elementary School Renov/Addition North Augusta, S.C. Aiken County Board of Education - Owner VGR Architects - Architect Augusta, Ga. - 706-722-1992 1,553,210.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 2-94 . . . RICHARD L HORTON. PRESIDENT RALPH C. (SKIP) NEWMAN. VICE PRESIDENT DIANNE MEESE. CORPORATE SECRETARY 706-860-3846 706-863-0306 (FAX) CONTINENTAL CONSTRUCTION COMPANY. INC. P.O. BOX 204198 . AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 30917-4198 3.5 Renovation of The Augusta College Gymnasium Board of Regents of the University System of Ga. - Owner VGR Architects - Architect Augusta, Ga. 706-722-1992 234,547.26 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 8-91 Hart County Senior Citizens Center Hartwell, Ga. Hart County Board of Commissioners - Owner G. Hubert Jones & Associates - Architect Marietta, Ga. - 404-973-2615 363,922.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 11-91 Holy Trinity Greek Orthodox Church Renovation Augusta, Ga. Greek Orthodox Church - Owner Sande ford & Webb Architects, Inc. - Architect Augusta, Ga. - 706-733-0555 206,437.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 1-92 New Public Safety Building- Georgia Southern University Statesboro, Ga. Board of Regents of the University System of Ga. -'Owner Facilities Planning & Space Utilization - Architect Statesboro, Ga. - 912-681-5237 578,551.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 10-92 Edgefield County Water & Sewer Authority Office Bldg.- Edgefield County Water & Sewer Authority - Owner Edgefield, S.C. Martin Buckley - Architect Aiken, S.C. 92,998.82 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 7-92 Renovations to the Bulloch County Courthouse Annex for the E 911 Center Statesboro, Ga. Bulloch County Board of Co~nisaionera - Owner Robert M. Hagan - Architect Stateaboro, Ga. - 912-764-9586 140,782.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 10-92 . . . RICHARD L HORTON. PRESIDENT RALPH C. (SKIP) NEWMAN. VICE PRESIDENT DIANNE MEESE. CORPORATE SECRETARY 706-860-3846 706-863-0306 (FAX) CONTINENTAL CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. P.O. BOX 204198 . AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 30917-4198 3.5 Tabernacle Baptist Church Elevator Addition Augusta, Ga. Tabernacle Baptist Church - Owner Fred G. Sigg - Architect Augusta, Ga. 706-733-2439 84,832.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 8-31-90 Old Medical College Elevator Addition The City of Augusta, Ga. - Owner Norman Askins - Architect Atlanta, Ga. - 404-233-6565 57,225.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 5-91 Department of Family & Childrens Services Appling, Ga. Columbia County Board of Commissioners - Owner Nicholas Dickinson & Associates - Architect Augusta, Ga. 706-722-8488 574,690.53 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 7-91 Stinson Guest House-Replace HVAC System Ft. Gordon, Ga. Department of the Army, Ft. Gordon - Owner 218,461.64 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 3-91 Avery Landing Shopping Center . Martinez, Ga. Robert Stephens/Doyle Tunison - Owners Martinez, Ga. 706-868-5050 301,413.68 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 7-91 Administrative Office Building Augusta, Ga. The Housing Authority of the City of Augusta - Owner VGR Architects - Architect Augusta, Ga. 706-722-1992 862,365.10 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 11-91 . . . RICHARD l. HORTON. PRESIDENT RALPH C. (SKIP) NEWMAN. VICE PRESIDENT DIANNE MEESE. CORPORATE SECRETARY 706-860-3846 706-863-0306 (FAX) CONTINENTAL CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. P.O. BOX 204198 . AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 30917-4198 3.5 RECENT PROJECTS (Continued) Metter High School (New Kitchen) Metter, Ga. Candler County Board of Education - Owner James W. Buckley & Associates - Architect Swainsboro, Ga. 912-237-6467 272,441.00 - Contract Amount to date 100% Complete as of 12-89 Senior Citizens Center Augusta, Ga. The City Council of Augusta, Ga. - Owner Nicholas Dickinson & Associates - Architect Augusta, Ga. 706-722-7488 146,634.97 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 12-89 Health & Human Services Facility Glascock County, Gibson, Ga. Glascock County Board of Commissioners - Cmner Chandler, Armentrout & Roebuck, P.C. - Architect Athens, Ga. 404-548-8211 276,387.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 6-90 Improvements to Underwood Homes Augusta, Ga. The Housing Authority of City of Augusta, Ga. - Omler Fred G. Sigg - Architect Augusta, Ga. 706-733-2439 632,130.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 11-90 DNR Regional Headquarters & Dept of Public Safety Bldgs Thomson, Ga. McDuffie County Board of COlnmissioners - Owner Precision Planning, Inc. - Architect Lawrenceville, Ga. 404-962-8000 338,141.00 - Contract to date 100% Complete as of 10-90 . . . RICHARD L HORTON. PRESIDENT RALPH C. (SKIP) NEWMAN. VICE PRESIDENT DIANNE MEESE. CORPORATE SECRETARY 706-860-3846 706-863-0306 (FAX) CONTINENTAL CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. P.O. BOX 204198 . AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 30917-4198 3.5 RECENT PROJECTS- Econo Lodge Augusta, Ga. Sapna & Nisha, Inc. - Owner Dort B. Payne - Architect Augusta, Ga. 706-724-2475 762,688.75 - Contract Amount to date 100% Complete as of 1-27-89 Econo Lodge Recreation Building Augusta, Ga. Sapna & Nisha, Inc. - Owner Dort B. Payne - Architect 165,835.00 - Contract Amount to date 100% Complete 6-30-89 Riverside Forest Products Office Building Augusta, Ga. Magnum Properties - Owner Fred G. Sigg - Architect Augusta, Ga. 706-733-2439 194,991.68 - Contract Amount to date 100% Complete as of 11-30-88 Monte Sano Elementary School Renovations Augusta, Ga. Richmond County Board of Education - Owner Woodhurst Partnership - Architect Augusta, Ga. 706-724-4343 544,557.12 - Contract Amount to date 100% Complete as of 11-30-88 Harlem Baptist Church Renovations & Modifications Harlem, Ga. Harlem Baptist Church - Owner Woodhurst Partnership - Architect 236,022.60 - Contract Amount to date 100% Complete as of 4-30-89 MICU Modifications at the V.A. Medical Center Augusta, Ga. Veterans Adminsitration - Owner 100% Complete as of 7-28-89 . . . RICHARD L HORTON. PRESIDENT RALPH C. (SKIP) NEWMAN. VICE PRESIDENT DIANNE MEESE. CORPORATE SECRETARY 706-860-3846 706-863-0306 (FAX) CONTINENTAL CONSTRUCTION COMPANY. INC. P.O. BOX 204198 . AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 30917-4198 3.6 CONSTRUCTION EXPERIENCE OF KEY INDIVIDUALS- Richard L. Horton-President & Owner Southern Technical institute in Atlanta, Ga. 5 years Superintendent for construction company 2 years self-employed Sub-contractor with own crew 20 years in business as General Contractor- (Continental Construction Company, Inc.) Skip Newman-Project Manager, Vice President Southern Technical Institute in Atlanta, Ga. 16 years construction experience 4 of which were high rise commercial W. Paul Cannady-Construction Superintendent Attended Augusta Technical Institute 11 years construction experience with Continental Billy R. Walden-Construction Superintendent Attended Chipola Junior College Journeyman Carpenter since 1976 8 years Superintendent with Continental Kenneth V. Faglier - Construction Superintendent 21+ years construction experience Carpentry, Supervision 3 years Superintendent with Continental . Section 00430 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST AlA Document G805 . . 96-016/5-96 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST 00430-1 . . . CONTINENTAL CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. RICHARD L HORTON. PRESIDENT RALPH C. (SKIP) NEWMAN. VICE PRESIDENT DIANNE MEESE. CORPORATE SECRETARY 706-860-3846 706-863-0306 (FAX) P.O. BOX 204198 . AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 30917-4198 September 10, 1996 Precision Plarming, Inc. P.O. Box 2210 Lffivrenceville, Ga. 30246 Re: Belle Terrace Senior Citizens Center Major Subcontractors Site Scott's Paving & Grading 1579 Edgefield Hwy. Aiken, S.C. 29801 Plumbing C.H.S. Plunbing, Inc. 3205 WindiQgwood Place Augusta, Ga. 30907 lNAC Southern Mechanical, Inc. P.O. Box 1328 Evans, Ga. 30809 Electrical Bartles Electric, Inc. 3521 Mistletoe Road Appl~, Ga. 30802 :~~~~' '~::-"~~"'- . . ~.. :. . . . I I I Je J I I I L '; Section 00480 NONCOLLUSION AFFIDA VIr OF PRIME BIDDER State of Georgia) County of Colunbia ~ Richard L. Horton , being duly sworn, deposes and says that: (1) . He is President Construction Co. \ (Owner, Partner, Officer, Representative, or Agent) of Continental the Bidder that has submitted the attached Bid. (2) He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached Bid and of all pertinent circumstances respecting such Bid. (3) Such Bid-is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid. (4) Neither the said Bidder, nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives, employees or parties in interest, including this affiant, has in any way colluded, conspired, connived or agreed, directly or indirectly with any other Bidder, firm or person to submit a collusive or sham Bid in connection with the Contract for which the attached Bid has been submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Contract, or has in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion or communication or conference with any other Bidder, firm or person, to fix the price or prices in the attached Bid or of any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the Bid price or the Bid price of any other Bidder, or to secure through any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement any advantage against Owner (Local Public Agency) or any person interested in the proposed Contract. (5) The price or prices quoted in the attached Bid are fair and proper and not tainted by any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder or any of its agents, represen~ives. owne~. employees, or pwes m m::~:lnd~1i7~(-__ ~d L. HortOn,"'..:_- Title President -'.." - ---__ -..-...... -- -.....- Subscribed and Sworn to before me this 23 day of July , 19-2.6... Notary SignaturW-ll,\."':"\..-L 'o"Y\ ,~ lJlarme Meese My Commission ex~i~es 4- 28- 2000 (SEAL) ..... ...."':.... :..t'~~4/'" . .' ';" : "'... . . : 96-016/5-96 NONCOLLUSION bFfII5~o\ VIT :OF .PRlrJE BIDDER . .><..: ~/ 00480-1 .. ~; '"...." ...,......... .~...~......~... . Section 00481 'NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF SUBCONTRACTOR State of ) County of , being duly sworn, deposes and says tha~: (2) He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the Subcontractor's Proposal submitted by the Subcontractor, tei , the Contractor for certain work in connection with the Contnict pertaining to the Project as described in the Advertisement for Bids, Section 00030 of these Contract Documents. (3) Such Subcontractor's Proposal is genuine and is not a collusive or. sh<!1ll Proposal. (4) Neither the Subcontractor, nor ,any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives, employees or parties in interest, including this affiant, has in any way colluded, conspired, connived or agreed,' directly or indirectly with any other Bidder, fIrm or person to submit a collusive or sham Proposal in connection with the Contract or to refrain from submitting ,a Proposal in connection with such Contract or has in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by unlawful agreement or connivance with and other Bidder, firm or'person,-to fIx the price or prices in said Subcontractor's Prop()sal, or to secure through any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement any advantage against Owner (Local Public Agency) or any person interested in the proposed CQntract. . , (5) The price or prices quoted in the Subcontractor's Proposal are fair and proper and not tainted by any collusion, conspiracy, conniv3I?-ce or unlawful agreement on the part Qf the Bidder or any of its agents, representatives, owners, employees, or parties in interest, including this affiant. Signature Title Subscribed and Sworn to before me this day of ',19_. Notary Signature My Commission expires (SEAL) . 96-016/5-96 . NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF SUBCONTRACTOR 00481-1 Section 00500 . STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR WHERE THE BASIS OF PAYMENT IS A " STIPULATED SUM AlA Document AIOI . . 96-016/5-96 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 00500-1 . ~. Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum AlA Document A1 01 - Electronic Format THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES: CONSULTATION WITH A1~ ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLEnON OR MODIFICAnON. AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFrED ALA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AlA DOCUMENT D40 1. The 1987 Edition of AlA Document A201, General Conditions oflhe Contract for Construction, is adopted in lhis document by reference. Do not use with other general conditions unless lhis document is modified. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. Copyright 1915,1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1962, 1967,1974,1977, copyright 1987 the American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C., 20006-5292. Reproduction of lhe material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions wilhout written permission of the ALA violates the copyright laws oflhe United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AG"REEMENT made as oftheJ>y:~no/DK9~ dayof~~pJ$m8~f in the year of Nineteen Hundred an::::~frt~D't~ix BETWEEN the Owner: (Name and address) .i"llitit't~l~\*gmm!~iJml$&gRqH and the Contractor: (Name and address) ~t~~r~$~t~[4,j~~EHffiI9n:89mgf:nX;:l:mqi 11'~'q:9:ffi~#~9WQ~::8:9Yn . tY~Q~~:g~8t~!~?8~17IT~1.g~ The Project is: (Name and location) ~~~~~~f:f~f~~~~~~r~li~6r~tt'gE~1~ The Architect is: (Name and address) ~~WI~lfji~;~i!r,~ W#:w,'~~fip:~y.m.~!:@.~Brqi~8qg19 TIle Owner and Contractor agree as set forth below. .AIA DOCUMENT AIDI . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT' TWELFTH EDITION' ALA' COPYRIGHT 1987 . Tl'lE AMERICAN INSTIl1JTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C., 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopYlllg VIOlates U.S. copynght laws allll.s subject to \eg:.1 pnls.:cutillil. 111is document was electronically produced with pemlission of the AlA and can be reproduced without violation unlil the date of expiration as lloted below. Electronic Fonnat A 10 1-1l)~7 User Document: A101BESR.DOC -- 9/13/1996. AlA license Number 102745, which expires on 8/31/1997 -- Page #1 ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS .e Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), rawings, Specifications, addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement; these form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents other than Modifications, appears in Article 9. . ' ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall execute the entire Work described in the Contract Documents, except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others, or as follows: ~}11!i~lf~lt~llll~lli\~~'11[~~~~III~t~~r~~\,!!~m1!!!1RN~m~~m\jI~\t,(!1!if1q\\\~~m;t']%?!:tfJ*t!9m~9t;tlJ~t99: ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 3.1 The date of commencement is the date from which the Contract Time of Paragraph 3.2 is measured, and shall be the date of this Agreement, as first written above, unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert the date of commencement. if it differs from the date of this Agreement, or, if applicable. state that the date will be fIXed in a notice to proceed) [Dt:9~lt'gf::r'~mmtns't):Dtn~:Bn5112r::f?:'~~:!gH!f~r:8::2~:~n~:rNgm:;t:~A:Bn2t~tq; Unless the date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed issued by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages, mechanic's liens and other .ecurity interests. 3.2 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than (Insert the calendar date or number of calendar days after the date of commencement. Also insert any requirements for earlier Substantial Completion of certain portions of the Work. ifnot stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents) 8nt:BYn9.t~8::pj~m~:q~m::8~p:~~gmiy~g:~:\tP9~W94*R:ffBIn:lmr:~~~t::9~'8~mtn~n8~mtnF , subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. (Insert provisions. if any,for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time) ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the Contractor's performance of the Contract the Contract Sum of ~~~~~W1~~~~28g!gt9bgh~~~~~i8~Y~':~W1cjf$~~~Y~N)WW.jp~DOllars ($tZ%B7WP9 ), subject to additions and deductions as .AIA DOCUMENT AlGI' OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEII'(ENT . TWELm'I EDITION' AlA' COPYRIGHT 1987. THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C" 20006-5292. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. cllpyright laws and is suhjcct to legal prosecution. '\llis documcnt was electronically produced with pennission of the AlA and can he rcproduced witllllut violatil\ll \l\lIil the date 01" expiration as noted helow. Electronic Fonnal A l\ll-l \)X7 User Document: A101BESR.DOC -- 9/13/1996. AlA license Number 102745, which expires on 8/31/1997 -- Page #2 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any, which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner: (State the numbers or other identification of accepted alten/ates. If decisions on other alten/ates are to be made by the Owner subsequent to the execution of this Ei~~~"a" a "~,~i~\tq~J9t aU.rna", ,hvw;ag ,u. amaaa'fo"~' aM ,.. da" aam wM" 'hv, amoaa' ;, ,aUd) ~!f~r~ifi~lI!l~11~iIIWI1'1~liliill~~1~\il~llir:~1~~~,,~~g~:&~A~\ftffig~!~1~:HQiM~3m!t!m\t\~ 4.3 Unit prices, if any, are as follows: ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 5.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 5.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month, or as follows: ..3 Provided an Application for Payment is received by the A.rchitect not later th~the tZ~gW:(~;:\tBfh1 ~ay of a month, ~e Owner shall make payment to the Contractor not later than the ~9~~ day of the f9n8Wm~ month. If an Appl1catlOn for Payment IS received by the Architect after the application date fixed above, payment shall bi:i'miidi:iby the Owner not later thanf9W.;j:(49) days after the Architect receives the A lication for. Pa ent.TliisisfuiW..:'. 'ersede:an: ':artdttU : rombrts:bfthe Geot ., W:Prom' {Ph: 'Act' illlftlr~!~llllillil~.i"9~~.i!.!n1ll1~Mgg~ifI~!1!\*i!fu;&1l1\]\Yl~]~\9t,)Jj~,:~W~!tW~~ 5.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based upon the Schedule of Values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Schedule of Values,shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work and be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the 'Contractor's Applications for Payment.E.,ac:rApP'Uc:a~i.onJor 'jltl~1~~iJ~i.i!t\J[g;\'!1,;~~'!!JIl!R'tqy0'!X~'fiIIli1:~fERWj!llk'it\jfi9i,:~tmiF;9H\w;\\ljj!~i!:~mY~\~N~J,%(i\i~li}~1'?~i\8H~ 5.5 Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. 5.6 Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: 5.6.1. ,Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as detennined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the total Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the Schedule of Values, less retainage ofJ~n percent (19 %) . Pending final detemiination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in dispute may be included as provided'in Subparagraph 7.3.7 of the General Conditions even though the Contract Sum has not yet been adjusted by Ch1mge Order; .AIA DOCUr-IENT AIOI . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT' TWELFTH EDITION' AlA' COPYRIGHT 1987' THE AMERICAN INSTllllTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C., 20006-5292. WARNING; Unli.:~nsed photo.:opying violat~s U.S. .:opyright laws and is subje.:t to I~gal pros~.:ution, lllis do.:um~nt was ek.:troni.:ally produ.:ed with pennission of the AlA and .:an b~ reprodu.:~d without violation until the date or ~xpiratioll as Iwkd bdo\\'. Electronic Format A 10 I-llJX7 User Document: A101BESR.DOC -- 9/13/1996. AlA License Number 102745, which expires on 8/31/1997 -- Page #3 5.6.2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction (or, if approved in advance by the Owner, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing), less retainage ojO:~~ percent\UJO %); .6.3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and 5.6.4 Subtract amounts, if any, for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.5 of the General Conditions. 5.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Paragraph 5.6 shall be further modified under the following circumstances: 5.7.1 Add, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments t(:pm:)i@f:li:~d percent. rOO %) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for incomplete Work and unsetiledPcIaims; and 5.7.2 Add, if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, any additional amounts payable in accordance with Subparagraph 9.10.3 of the General Conditions. 5.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage, if any, shall be as follows: (/fit is intended. prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work, to reduce or limit the retainage resulting from the perce1Jtages i/lserted in Subparagraphs 5.6. I and 5.6.2 above. and this is not explained elsewhere in the Contract Documents. insert here provisionsfor such reduction or limitation) . ARTICLE 6 FINAL PAYMENT Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when (1) the Contract has been fully performed by the Contractor except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work as provided in Subparagraph 12.2.2 of the General Conditions and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which necessarily survive final payment; and (2) a fmal Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect; such fmal payment shall be made by the Owner not more than 30 days after the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate for Payment, or as follows: . ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of the General Conditions or another Contract Document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. 7.2 Pa)'Blents.ffite-tli*l-aRf*lid-mldeF-the C ORtraot 4all~ interest ..ffem-the-date pa)'ment is .ffite-at-the-fate-statea b elew, or-ill- the absence thereef, at the legal rate pre';ailir.g frem time te tiRle at the place where the Projeot is 10cateEl~ ([/Isert rote ofilllerest'agreed upon, ifany) (USUI)' Im.'s and requirements lindeI' the Federal Tnlth in Lending Act, siuiilar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulatiollS at the OWller's and COlllractor's principal places of business. the locatioll of the Project and elsewhere may affect the validity of this provisiol/. Legal advice should be obtailled with respect to deletions or modificatiolls, ami also regarding requiremellts such as written disclosures or waivers) 7.3 Other provisions: .AIA DOCUMENT AlOl . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT' TWELITH EDITION' AlA' COPYRIGHT In7 . TI'IE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK A VENUE. N.W.. WASI-IINGTON, D.C.. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. .:"pvright laws amI is . subject (ll legal prose.:ution. 111is do,:ulllent W:L' ek.:troni.:ally produ.:ed with pennission of the AlA and .:an he reprodu.:ed without violati,'n nntil the date of expirati,)Jl :L' noted below. Electronic Format A I 0 I-I I)S7 User Document: A 101 BESR.DOC -- 9/13/1996. AlA license Number 102745, which expires on 8/31/1997 -- Page #4 ARTICLE 8 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION .1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. 8.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows: 9.1.1 The Agreement is this executed Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, AlA Document AlGI, 1987 Edition. 9.1.2 The General Conditions are the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AlA Document A20 I, 1987 Edition. 9.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated.M@~J:i;J9.Q!?, and are as follows: ................... .... . Document ' Title Pages Secti6tLO~800BYPR!~m~NArx:8~m~jY8~~: 8 9.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated as in Subparagraph 9.1.3, and are as follows: (Either lis/the Specifications here or refer to an exhibit aI/ached to this Agreement.) Document Title Pages B~~:;,n!1~qh~9d5%hi9tt:':lof-~;'m~.B!~:R~:8.9iltgm~:(~:p:gQ~~~ ..1.5 The Drawings are as follows, and are dated :tBRS,f@:~~~5: unless a different date is shown below: (Either list the Drawings here or refer to an exhibit aI/ached to this Agreement.) Number Date y~~:!fit~fgnxg:S3mRi,t.1':~::::9tf~\nq:r~9;~X 9.1.6 The addenda, if any, are as follows: Number m;J~~;~i~~~i~~~ Pages Date qply:1gitg~9.: 8@y:1:~ij.~.~8 Pages gZ 22\ Portions of addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents tmless the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 9. 9.1.7 Other documents, if any, fOffiling part of the Contract Documents are as follows: (List here any additional documents which are intended to fonn part of the Contract Documents. The General Conditions provide that bidding reqlliremel,ts sllch as advertisement or invitation to bid. Instntctions to Bidders. samplefonns and the Contractor's bid are not part of the Contract Documents unless cllllmerawd ill this Agreement. They should be listed here 011/.1' ifintended to be part of the Contract Documents.) This Agreement is entered into as of the day ,md year first written above and is executed in at least three original copies of which one is to be delivered to the Contractor, one to the Architect for use. in the administration of the Contract, and the remainder to the Owner. AlA DOCU!\IENT Alai' OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT' TWELFTH EDITION' AlA' COPYRIGHT 19X7 . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YOR\\. AVENUE. N.W.. WAS\-llNGTON. D.C.. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unli,,"ns~d photocopying violates U.S, copyright bws amI is subj"ct 10 1"ga1I'rl""cuti'llL '111is llocull1"nt was ekctronically produced with pennission of the AlA and can b" reproduc"d withoul violatillll ulltil th~ lbk of ~xpirati\,)n as IHltClt bd\l\\', Electronic Fonnat A III I-I % 7 User Document: A101BESRDOC -- 9/13/1996. AlA License Number 102745, which expires on 8/31/1997 -- Page #5 OWNER I ~T ~ lET;~";:~~';- (S;gnn"'ro) (, '- - "'" -0, _,' .' ............ ~' - ...._--....-,..:.....,..... .,::' - <"- ". .... ." ,,_~r-'... ....r.....,....r:r-......._~,__ ...-' ~~Wit~Jt,~[I}q~@KtR~~iqffit (Printed name and tit/e) ~e) The:H9np@l?I~.,. (P':';~t~d ~~riJ~a~dtiil~) . .AIA DOCUr,IENT AI01 . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT' TWELFTH EDITION' AlA' COPYRIGHT 1987. THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHlTECTS. 1735 NEW YORK A VENUE, N,W.. WASHINGTON. D.C., 20006-5292. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. cllPyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This doculllent was declronically pmduced with pennission of the AlA and can be reprllduced without villlatioll until the date of expiratillll as noted bdow. Electronic Format A 10 1-1%7 User Document: A 101 BESR.DOC -- 9/13/1996. AlA License Number 102745, which expires on 8/31/1997 -- Page #6 . EXHIBIT "A" BELLE TERRACE SENIOR CITIZENS CENTER T ABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLES P AG ES I. BIDDING REQUIREMENTS: SECTION 00030 - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS .................... 00030-1 to 00030-2 SECTION 00100 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (AlA A701) . . . . . . . . . .. 00100-1 to 00100-7 SECTION 00101 - SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS .............. 00101-1 SECTION 00300 - BID FORM .................................. 00300-1 to 00300-4 SECTION 00310 - PARTNERSHIP CERTIFICATE.................. . ...... . . .. 00310-1 SECTION 00320 - CORPORATE CERTIFICATE .............................. 00320-1 SECTION 00321 - INDIVIDUAL CERTIFICATE .............................. 00321-1 SECTION 00410 - BID BOND (AlA A310) .......................... 00410-1 to 00410-2 SECTION 00420 - CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT (AlA A305) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 00420-1 to 00420-7 SECTION 00430 - SUBCONTRACTOR LIST (AlA G805) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00430-1 to 00430-3 SECTION 00480 - NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PRIME BIDDER ........... 00480-1 SECTION 00481 - NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF SUBCONTRACTOR ........ 00481-1 . II. CONTRACT FORMS: SECTION 00500 - AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER & CONTRACTOR (AlA A101) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00500-1 to 00500-7 SECTION 00520 - CERTIFICATE OF COUNTY ATTORNEY ............... . . . . . . 00520-1 SECTION 00530 - NOTICE OF A WARD .......................... 00530-1 to 00530-2 SECTION 00540 - NOTICE TO PROCEED ................................. 00540-1 SECTION 00610 - PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND ' (AlA 312) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 00610-1 to 00610-7 III. CONTRACT CONDITIONS: SECTION 00700 - GENERAL CONDITIONS (AlA A201) ............. 00700-1 to 00700-25 SECTION 00800 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ................. 00800-1 to 00800-8 . SECTION 00820 - SPECIFIC PROJECT REQUIREMENTS .............. 00820-1 to 00820-32 SECTION 00830 - WAGE RATE DECISIONS ........................ 00830-1 to 00830-7 SECTION 00840 - ADMINISTRATIVE & PROCEDURAL ITEMS .... . . . . . . 00840-1 to 00840-7 IV. TECHNICAL SPECIFICA nONS: . DIVISION 1 SECTION 01023 - CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01023-1 SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES. . .-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01030-1 to 01030-2 SECTION 01055 - CONSTRUCTION STAKING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . 01055-1 to 01055-2 SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01300-1 to 01300-8 SECTION 01500 - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS ............. 01500-1 to 01500-3 SECTION 01630 - MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS ................ 01630-1 to 01630-4 SECTION 01631 - REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01631-1 to 01631-2 SECTION 01701 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01701-1 to 01701-7 96-016/5-96 Table of Contents . . . TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (Continued) SECTION TITLES PAGES . SECTION 01710 - FINAL CLEANING ............................. 01710-1 to 01710-3 SECTION 01720 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS .................. 01720-1 to 01720-3 SECTION 01730 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . 01730-1 to 01730-4 SECTION 01740 - WARRANTIES AND BONDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 01740-1 to 01740-2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02110 - SITE CLEARING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02110-1 to 02110-3 SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK .............................. 02200-1 to 02200-11 SECTION 02281 - TERMITE CONTROL .......................... 02281-1 to 02281-2 SECTION 02480 - LANDSCAPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 02480-1 to 02480-10 SECTION 02511 - HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING................... 02511-1 to 02511-5 SECTION 02520 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING. . . . . . . . .. 02520-1 to 02520-13 SECTION 02665 - WATER SYSTEMS ............................ 02665-1 to 02665-21 SECTION 02700 - SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 02700-1 to 02700-23 SECTION 02711 - FOUNDATION DRAINAGE SYSTEM ................ 02711-1 to 02711-4 DIVISION 3 SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ................... 03300-1 to 03300-15 DIVISION 4 SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY. . . . .'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 04200-1 to 04200-20 DIVISION 5 SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05120-1 to 05120-5 DIVISION 6 , SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY .......................... 06100-1 to 06100-11 SECTION 06190 - WOOD TRUSS SYSTEM. ........................ 06190-1 to 06190-4 SECTION 06400 - FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06400-1 to 06400-8 DIVISION 7 SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION.. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 07210-1 to 07210-6 SECTION 07270 - FIRESTOPPING .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 07270-1 to 07270-11 SECTION 07310 - ROOF SHINGLES .............................. 07310-1 to 07310-5 SECTION 07460 - SIDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07460-1 to 07460-3 SECTION 07631 - GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 07631-1 to 07631-3 SECTION 07901 - JOINT SEALANTS ........................... 07901-1 to 07901-12 DIVISION 8 SECTION 08111 - STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES .......... 08111-1 to 08111-5 SECTION 08210 - WOOD DOORS.... ......... . ... ... . ....... ... 08210-1 to 08210-5 SECTION 08410 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND . STOREFRONTS...... .'................... 08410-1 to 08410-3 SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE: . . . .. . . . . . .'. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 08710-1 to 08710-10 . SECTION 08800 - GLAZING .................................. 08800-1 to 08800-5 96-016/5-96 Table of Contents II / . TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (Continued) SECTION TITLES PAGES DIVISION 9 SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 09510 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING ........................ SECTION 09688 - CARPET GLUE-DOWN ......................... SECTION 09900 - PAINTING .................................. 09250-1 to 09250-6 09510-1 to 09510-4 09650-1 to 09650-4 09688-1 to 09688-4 09900-1 to 09900-7 DIVISION 10 SECTION 10165 - PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS. . . . . . . SECTION 10420 - SIGNAGE .................................... SECTION 10522 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS & ACCESSORIES ". . . SECTION 10800 - TOILET & BATH ACCESSORIES ................. 10165-1 to 10165-3 10420-1 to 10420-2 10522- I to 10522-2 "10800-1 to 10800-4 DIVISION 11 NOT USED DIVISION 12 NOT USED . DIVISION 13 NOT USED DIVISION 14 NOT USED DIVISION 15 SECTION 15100 - AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, VENTILATION ...... 15100-1 to 15100-15 SECTION 15200 - PLUMBING. . .'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 15200-1 to 15200-6 DIVISION 16 SECTION 16050 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL ....................... 16050-1 to 16050-4 SECTION 16110 - RACEWAYS ...;............................. 16110-1 to 16 I 10-7 SECTION 16120 - CONDUCTORS .............................. 16120-1 to 16120-5 SECTION 16130 - BOXES. . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 16130-1 to 16130-5 SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES ;........................... 16140-1 to 16140-5 SECTION 16170 - MOTOR & EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS....... .............. [6170-1 SECTION 16195 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION ........................... 16195-1 SECTION 16420 - SERVICE ENTRANCE .......................... 16420-1 to 16420-2 SECTION 16440 - DISCONNECT SWITCHES .., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 16440-1 to 16440-2 SECTION 16450 - GROUNDING. ................................ 16450-1 to 16450-4 SECTION 16470 - PANELBOARDS .' . . . ; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 16470-1 to 16470-3 SECTION 16475 - OVERCURRENT PROTECTION. ................... 16475-1 to 16475-4 SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING ................................... 16500-1 to 16500-2 SECTION 16748 - LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 16748-1 to 16748-8 . 96-016/5-96 III Table of Contents SI-lEET CS CI, C2 C3 C4 C5 Ce:. LI A2.1 A4.1 AS.I A~.I A8.1 A~.1 S\ S2 S3 M2.1 M2.2 P2.1 P2.2 E2.1 E2.2 E3.1 EXHIBIT liB" Drawing Index DRAWIN6 NAME COVER Sl-IEET CIVIL SITE LAYOUT PLAN 6RADIN6/EROSION CONTROL/UTILITY PLAN SITE UTILITY PLAN EROSION CONTROL NOTES 4 DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LANDSCAPING LANDSCAPE PLAN ARCI-lITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN / DETAILS AND NOTES RCP / ROOF PLAN AND DETAILS EXTERIOR ELEV. AND DETAILS WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS INTERIOR ELEV. AND DETAILS FINISl-I PLAN AND DETAILS STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES AND ABBREviATIONS FOUNDATION AND FLOOR PLAN SECTIONS AND DETAILS ROOF FRAMING PLAN - SECTIONS AND DETAILS MECI-lANICAL FLOOR PLAN - I-lVAC SCI-lEDULES AND DETAILS - I-lVAC PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBIN6 PARTIAL PLANS, RISERS - PLUMBIN6 ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN / POWER FLOOR PLAN / L161-lTIN6 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS 4 DETAILS Section 00520 . CERTIFICATE OF COUNTY ATIORNEY I, the undersigned James B. Wall, County Attorney, the duly authorized and acting legal representative of. the Augusta-Richmond County Commission-Council, Richmond County, Georgia, do hereby certify as follows: "I have reviewed the bid, payment arid'performance, labor and material sureties to ascertain that the same are sufficient and solvent to the extent that the same is required,by any Georgia statute, and I have reviewed the bonds and powers of attorney offered to ascert~in that the same have been taken in the.proper form and mapner. I have ascertained that the surety is authorized to do business as a surety in the State of Georgia or is excused from satisfying this requirement." ~P( '-:"~e~ ~. tJlkL Dated at f4.ud~ . L,,-fL , Georgia, this T day of ~L . 19~. . . 96-0 I 6/5-96 CERTIFICATE OF COUNTY ATIORNEY . 00520-1 -. I' . . , . . . ,.., - J!' Section 00530 NOTICE OF AWARD I ~ , TO: Continental Construction Co.. Inc. ' P.O. Box 204198 L Augusta. Georgia 30917 - 4198 Proiect Description The site of the proposed work is in Richmond County, Augusta, Georgia. The project consists of the following: BASE BID: $446,504.00 ALTERNATES: Alternate No. One (1): $3,000.00 Alternate No. Two (2): $13,726.00 Alternate No. Three (3): $800.00 Alternate No. Five (5): $1,249.00 Alternate No. Six (6): $2,800.00 Alternate No. Seven (7): $3,500.00 Contractor agrees to commence work on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of Owner for the project. Contractor shall fully complete work within one hundred eighty (180) consecutive calendar days upon "Notice to Proceed". Owner has considered the Bid submitted by you for the above described Work in response to its Advertisement for Bids. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded the Contract for the above described project. You are hereby notified that your Bid has been accepted for the Total Contract Price of Four Hundred Seventy One Thousand, Five Hundred Seventy Nine Dollars and no/l00 ($471,579.00), which is based on the sum of the Base Bid price given as listed in the Bid Proposal Summary (Section 003(0). You are required by the Information for Bidders to execute the Agreement and furnish the required Contractor's Performance and Payment Bonds and Certificates of Insurance within ten (10) calendar days from the date of this Notice to you. '. If you fail to execute said Agreement and to furnish said Bonds within ten (10) calendar days from the date of this Notice, said Owner will be entitled to consider all your rights arising out of the Owner's acceptance of your Bid as abandoned and as a forfeiture as may be granted by law. You are required to re~rn an acknowledged copy of this Notice of Award to Owner. Dated thi~ 'fr day of August , 199 NOTICE OF AWARD 00530-1 96-016/5-96 f. ,/~ . . . ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice of Award is hereby acknowledged by Continental Construction Co.. Inc. this the .5' day of ~~ ,199,k. 96-016/5-96 Inc. NOTICE OF AWARD 00530-2 . Section 00540 NOTICE TO PROCEED TO: Continental Construction Company. Inc. P. O. Box 204198 4190 Crosstowne Court Evans. Georgia 30917-4198 Proiect Description The site of the proposed work is in Richmond County, Augusta, Georgia. The project consists of that described in Section 00030 Advertisement for Bids. You are hereby notified to commence Work in accordance with the Agreement dated September 24 , 19;" ~ore Oetob" 7 ,19~, and yOll ace to complele tbe Wmk on 0' befo,. AprilS, 19 . Dated this 24th day of September ,1996 . . City of Augusta Augusta-Richmond County Commission-Council OWNER BY: cF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged by Continental Construction Co.. Inc. day of SePtember , 19.2.L. this the 24th BY: ,..'..... ,,/' " , -.~ +. :'~ - .-'.~ ", ". <'". . . -',.- ."," ." ~'<""- ~..._"... ." . 95-030/8-95 00540-1 SECTION 00610 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND AlA Document A312 . . 96-016/5-96 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 00610-1 ....." '; . ,~ THE AMERICAN fNSTITUTE OF ARCH'ITECTS . AlA Document A312 Perfottnance Bond '. ..l,.. Any singular ref~rence to Contractor, Surety/Owner or 'other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name ar:1d Address): Continental Construction Company, Inc. P. O. Box 204198 ' Augusta, Georgia 30917 SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): Peerless Insurance Company 62 Maple Avenue,' Keene, New Hampshire:03431 . OWNER (Name aildAddress): . Augusta-Richmond County Commission-Council o f.:. Richmond County, Georgia Ci ty-County -Municipal Buildi~g.,,'r:t; Room 605 '.', ' Augusta, Georgia 30911 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: September 24, 1996 Amount: Four Hundred Seventy On~ Thousand Five, Hundred Seven~y ,Nine & No/100 Dollars Description (Name and Location)': Belle Terrace Senior Citizens, Center, ($471,579.00) Augusta, Georgia; Project No: 96-016 BOND Date (Not earlier than Construction Co.ntra.ct Date): September 24, 1996 .>Amo!:!nt:..four~Hundred SeveQty":Orie, Thousand Five HundreCl. Seventy Nine & No1lg0 ~oll~ls ~;"", Mbdifications to this Bond: <.:.., . ex NQne ($471 579'.00) U ee age l'~:'>-:'~~.~~~'~;;~ '~": ' . ,'" :?- ~'.CQN'fRACt(\R:'AS PRINCIPAL SURETY -~ ;.....~ --:-- ::"'-~ ."':;).,-. :.....:.. c ~ E~ompany: ;i;h. ':- ompany: -." ..~ "",... -=:. .~~oIJ;tl!1en~a:l:,", sPeerless ~;:rance ~. :"-s"~-:''!77t5 ":I " i' Signature: ~O aD-.. ~-:.' 'ig-I)a- ure:~. -: ,~ 0<'Ni~$~<i.Jitfe: Richard.L.' Horton, 'Presid~t Name arid Title: De lla B.' Case; AttorneY-i~-F~:t :.- . ''<<.. . (Corporate Seal) C,rsnyQ,l,'.' ,,' , ClL6Q ]-. . '<.. .....' (Any' additional signatures appear on p~.ge 3) ". - ~. ~ ~. .. <-'" Jo (FOR INFORMA T(ON ONL Y--:-Name, Address and Telephone), _ . '.'''/ },~._.,., ", .," AGENT or BROKER: : , . ,OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Archltect,'Englneer or Boyle-Vaughan Associates, .~hC. other party): Pr.ecision'Planning, Inc.' P. O. 'Box 8628 .. " p' b Box 2210 Columbia, S. C. 29202 L'awrenceville, GA 30246 803-748-0100 770-338-8000 AlA DOCUMENT AJ12o"PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND "DECEMBER 1984 ED, . AlA @ THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S"NEW YORK AVE., NW., WASHINGTON. D.C 20006 THIRD,PRINTING .. MARCH 1987 A312-1984 1 4., .. . 1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators; successors and assigns to the Owner for the performan,ce of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by ~eference. ,. . 2 if the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the 'Surety and the Contractor shall h?ve no obligation under this Bond, except to participate in conferences as provided.in SL:ibparagraph 3.1. 3 If there. is no Owner Default, the Surety's obligation unde~ this Bond shall arise after: ' 3.1 The Owner has notified the Contractor and. the Surety at its address described in Par?graph 10'below that the Owner is considering~eclaring a Contractor Default and'has requested and attempted to arrange a conference with the Contractor and the Surety to be held not later than fifteen days after receipt of such notice to discuss methods of performing the Construc- tion Contract. If the Owner, the Contractor and the Surety agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reason- able time' to perform the Construction Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive' the Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; and 3.2 The Owner has declared a Contractor Default and formally terminated' the Contractor's right to complete the contract. Such Contractor Default shall not be de- clared earlier than twenty days after the Contractor'and . the Surety have received notice as provided in Sub- paragraph 3.1; and' 3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price to the Surety in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract in accor- dance with the terms of the confract with the Owner. 4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Para-. graph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Sur.ety's ex- pense take one of the following actions: 4.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with consent of the Owner.. to perform and complete the Construction Contract; or ' 4.2 Un'dertake to perform and complete the Construc- tion Contract itself, through its agents or through inde~ pendent contractors; or 4.3 Obtain bids or' n.egotiated proposals' from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and comple1ion of the Con- strljction Contract, arrange for a contract to be pre- pared for execution by the Owner and the' contractor selected with the Owner's concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment.b09~9? E;xecuted by a, ., qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued onthe Construction Contract, and, pay to the ()wner the, amount of damages as described in Paragrapl1'6in ex- cess of the Balance of the Contra~t Price incurred by the Owner resulting from the Contractor's default; or ' 4.4 Waive its right to perform arid complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances: .1 After investigation, ~etermine the amount for . ~. which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is deter- mined, tender payment therefor to the Owner; or .2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Owner citingr,easons therefor. 5 If the Surety does not proceed as provide'd in Paragraph 4 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed o to be in default on this Bond fifteen days after receipt of an additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perfor'Tl its obligations under this,Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled. to enforce any o remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided in Subparagraph 4.4, and the Owner refuses.the payment tendered or the Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without.further notice the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. 6 After the Owner has terminated the Contractor's right to complete the Construction Contract, and if the Surety. . elec1s to act under Subparagraph 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 above, then the responsibilities of 1he Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of. the Contractor under the Construction Contract; and the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. To the limit of the amount of this Bond, but subject to commitment by the Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs and damages on tlie Construction Contract, the Su re- ty is obligated without duplication for: 6.1 The responsibilities of the Contractor for correc-. tion of defective work and completion of the Construc- tion Contract; 6.2 Additional legal, design professional and delay costs resulting frorTi th'e Contractor's Default, and re- sulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under,Paragraph 4; and 6.3 Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction Contract, actual dam" ,!ges caused by delayed performance' or non-perfor- mance of the Contractor. 0 7 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Con- o struction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right o( action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or, its heirs, executors, adri1in'istrators or successors. 8 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, includ- ing ch.anges of time; to the 'Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obliga- tions. "9 Any proceeding, legal or equita6le, 'under 1his Bond may be institu1ed in any cour1 of competent jurisdic1iori in', the location in which the work orpart of the work is located and shall be instituted within two years after Contractor ,Default or within two years' after the Contractor ceased working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails tei perform its obligations under this Bond, whichever oc- 'curs first. If the provisions oLthis Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimumperiod of limitation avail- AlA DOCUMENT A312 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND, . DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA @' THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735,NEW YORK AVE.. NoW.. WASHINGTON. D.C 20001' THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987 A312-1984 2 . . ". able to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. . 10' Notice to the Surety, the Owner orthe Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the sig- nature page. 11 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or. legal re.quirement shall be deemed deleted herefr~m. and p'rovisions con- forming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 12 DEFINITIONS 12.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amQunt payable by the O""ner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after,all proper adjustments have been made, including allowance to the Con- MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOllOWS: tractor of any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in setJlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, re- duced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Con- tract. 12.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified on the sig- nature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 12.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to per- form or otherwise to comply with the terms of the Construction 'Contract. 12.4 OwnerDefault: Failure of the Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Con- tractor as required by the Construction Contract or to perform and complete'or comply with the other terms thereof. . . . "1 . (Space:is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on'the cover page.) , , ' . .' CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: (Corporate. Seal) '_/, Signature: Name and 'Title: Address: . l' SURETY Company: , (Corporate Seal) Signature: Name and Title: Add ress: AlA DOCUMENT A312 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER '1984 ED. . AlA @ THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE" NW.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987 A312-1984 3 . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AlA Document A312 Payment Bond Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be conside'red plural where appliCable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): Continental Construction Company, Inc. . P. O. Bpx 204198 Augusta"Georgia 30917 SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): Peerless Insurance Company 62 Maple Avenue Keene, New Hampshire 03431 e. OWNER (Name and Address): , . Augusta-Richmond County Commission-Council of Richmond County, Georgia City-County Municipal Building II, Room 605 Augusta, Georgia 30911 CONST~UCTION CONTRACT Date: September 24, .1996 Amount: Four Hundred SeveIlty One Thousand Five Hundred Seventy Nine Description (Name and Location): B 1-1 T e e ~rtace Senior Citizens Center, Augusta, Georgia; Project No. 96-U1b BOND Date (Notearlier than Construction C<?'ntract Date): An:ount:Four Hundred Seventy One Tl}ousand _.M6difie,rti'ons to this Bond: ' $-f p~';~~;~~~~~ ,;..,~.~.~ . g- .,CO'NTRAt:tGR-~AS~PRINCIPAL ' - ~ ~I'-..f~. ; ',-i! __6'.... 2 -"CC)mpany: v~. ~ '...., ~ ::: - ..~"....--. .,:. -- ~ ....1;ohtinenti~ ~ ;60 -:;. ..~. ~-,,' , ...~. ~*'~.'i ~: % 'S'i;;-~'~f~J"re: ';,.." ~ .'~"'-~" ~'~-..\. ," ~N<i'il:ll:~''-aho-:Trtle/ Richard'L Horton, :president '-/;~~""r~",,~~J~"1"~~:'''''' . '., .' . . . (Any additional signatures appear on page 6f '- ' & No/100 Dollars ($471,579.00 ) September 24, 1996 , ,Five Hundred Seventy.,Nine & No/IOO Dollars ex None ($471, 579 .00') 0 See Page 6 (Corporate: Seal) Company, Inc; SURETY Company: . .' (Corporate Seal) peerles~~~rance,.. c~a~y /J. . signature:UaJa. W (CL&. J . Name and Title: Della B.Case _ .Attorney-:{n::-Fa~t '--., -. " (FOR iNFORMA lION ONL Y-,-Name, Addres'~and Telephone) AGENT or BROKER: . OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or Boyle-Vaughan A~sociates, Inc. other party): Precision Planning, Inc. P.. D. Box 8628 P. O.Box 2210 Columbia, S. C. 29202 Lawrenceville, GA 30246 803-748-0100 770-338~8000 . AlA DOCUMENT A312 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA @ THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVE., NW., WASHINGTON;' D.C. 20006 THIRD PRINTING' MARCH 1987 . A312.1984 4 . 1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally. bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators. successors and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, materials and equipment furnished for use inthe perfor- mance of the Construction Contract, which .is incorpo- rated herein by reference. . . . 2 With respect to the Owner, .this obligation shall be null and void if the Contractor: . 2.1 Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due Claimants, and . 2.2 Defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the Owner from claims, demands, liens or suits by any person or entity whose c1aim,:demand, lien or suit is for the payment for labor, materials or equipment fur- nished for use in the performance of the Construction 'Contract, provided the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) of any claims, demands, liens or suits and tendered defense of such claims, demands, liens or suits to the Contractor and the Su.rety, and provided there is no Owner Default 3 With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be null and void if the Contractor promptly makes pay- ment. directly or indirectly, for all sums due. 4 The Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under this Bond until: . 4.1 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with the Contractor have given notice to the . Surety (at the address desqibed in Paragraph.12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof. to the Owner, stating . that a claim is being made under this Bond and, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim. 4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor: .1 Have furnished written notice to the Con- tractor and sent a copy, or notice thereof. to the Owner, within 90 days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the claim stating. with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim and the name of the party to whom the materials were furnished or supplied or for whom the labor was done or performed; and .2 Have either received ,a rejectioni[l whole or ' in part from the Contractor, or not received within 30 days of furnishing the above no- tice any communication from the Contractor by which the Contractor has indicated th'e claim will be paid directly or indirectly; and . .3 ,Not having been' paid within. the above 30 days, have sent a written notice to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to,the Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond andendosing a copy of the previous written notice furnished to the Contractor. . 5 If a notice, required by Paragraph 4 is given' by the Owner:to the Contractor or to the Surety, that is suffi- cient compliance. 6 When the Claimant has satisfied th.e conditions of . Paragraph 4, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take the following actions: 6.1 Send an answer to the Clai'mant. with a copy to the Owner, within 4S'days. after receipt of the claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed. 6.2 Payor arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. ' 7 The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. 8 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the perfor- mance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any Construction Performance Bond. By the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction Contract are ded.icated.to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and the Surety under this Bond, subject to the Owner's prior- ity to use the funds for the completion of the work. 9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelat- , ed to the Construction Contract The Owner shall not be liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claim- ant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obli- gations to make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond. 10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations 11 No suit or action shall be comm,enced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent juris- diction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by Subparagraph 4.1 or Clause 4.2.3, or (2) on which, the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last mate- rials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Con- struction Contract, whichever of (1 lor (2) first 'occurs. If the provisions of this Paragraph a're void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 12 Notice to the Surety, the OWner or the Contractor shall be ma,iled or delivered to the 'address shown on the signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety, the Owner or the Contractor, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received at the address shown on the signature page. 13 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with:said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions con- forming to such'statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this AlA DOCUMENT A312' PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND' DECEMBER 1984 ED,' AlA'" THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE". NW., WASHINGTON, D,C 20006 THIRD PRINTING' MARCH 1987 A312-1984 5 . . '. " Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 14 Upon Hiquest by any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. 15 DEFINITIONS 15.1 Clair;nant: An indivi9ual or entity having {direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, materials or equip- ment for use in the performan<;e of the Co.ntract. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without'limita- tion in the terms "labor, materials or equipment" that ,part of water, gas, power; light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipm~nt used in the MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS: Construction Contract, architectural and engineering , services required for performance of the work of the Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors, and all other items for which- a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials or equipment were furnished. 15.2 Construction Contract : The agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified on the sig- nature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 15.3 Owner. Default: Failure of the Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Con- tractor as required by the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof. (Space is provided below for additional'signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: ':"" (Corporate Seal) Signature: Name and Title:. Address: SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Signature: Name and Title: Address: AlA DOCUMENT A312' PERFORMANCE BOND.AND,PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 'ED. . AlA @ THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 !'IEW YQRK AVE.. N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C 20006 THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987 ' A312.1984 6 --/ . Carolyn D. Owens and/or Robert J. Columbia N~ 056927 February 1, 1997 Prank W. Hafner, Jr. and/or Jane McCoy and/or and/or Derelle E. Bigby and/or Della B. Case and/or Alfred T. Lavisky and/or W. Scott Hull Johnson South Carolina bonds, undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, unlimited as to Dollar Amount: . . Form PS-97-E 341.629 (03193) " \ x x . . . 96-016/5-96 Section' 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION AlA Document A20-l GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 00700-1 THE AMERICAN NSTITUTE o F ARCHITECTS . I AlA ~Document A201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction THIS DOCUMEVT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS MODIFICATION ,1987 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES . 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS' 8. TIME 3. CONTRACTOR 9. PAThlENTS AND COMPLETION 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 2. OWNER '4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 1'3. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7. CHAl"fGES IN THE WORK , 14. TEIUvlINATION OR' SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT This document h:lS been approved :md endorsed by the Associ:l[ed General Concr:lctors of AmeriC:!. Copyright 1911. 1915. 191,8. 1925. 1937. 195 I. 1958. I 961. 1963. 1966.1967.l970. 1976.@ 1987 by The Ameri= Institute of ArchitectS. 1735 New York Avenue:. :-l.~',. W;l.Shingcon. D.C.. 20006. Reproduction of the maten::LI herem or subst:um::LI quot:ltlon of ItSproV~IOns without 'tI..ntten permission of the .\iA viol::ues the: copyright laws of the: Vnited States md will be subject to leg::LI prosecutions. . . AlA OCCUMENT A20' . GE~EML CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRCC710N . FOURTEENTH EDITION AlA" .:Si tl)fl- THE A.\tERIC.~~ INSTITt;TE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 :-IE'" YORK WE~CE. :'I,\l;'. WASHINGTON. OC. ZUOt)6 A201-1987 1 00700-2 Acceptance of Nonconforming Wor!< , 9.6.6.9.9.;.12.3 A<.:cc:pt:l!lceofWork ....,.,... 9.6.6.98.2.9.9';.9,10,1. 9.10,3 AccesstoWOr!<....,..,........,. .,...3.16,6.2.1.12.1 Accident Prevention. . . ' , . . . . . . . ' . . , . . . . ' . . . . ., -1.2.3. 10 ActS:md Omissions ... ;,2.1. ;.2.2. ;.;,2. ;.12.3. ;.18. .U.;. .d.2. .d.9. 3.;.l. IO.L4. 10,2,5. 13.-+.2. 13.7, 14.1 AddencU . . . . . . . . ' , . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . . . . . . . . ' " 1.1.1.3.11 Addition:1l Cost. CI:tims for. . . . . . . .. 4.;.6. .d.7. -+.3.9. 6.1.1.10.; Addition:1l1nspc:ctions:md Testing. . . . . .. 4,2.6.9.8.2. 12.2.1. 13.5 Addition:1l Time. C~ms for. . . . . . ' , . . . .. 4.;.6. 'd.8. 4.3.9. 8.3.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT . . . . ' .. 3-3.3.4,9.-+.9.5 Advertisement or Invit:Hion to Bid . . . . . . ' , . . , . . . ' . . . . . ,. 1,1.1 Aesthetic Effect...".........,....,., ... ..,.., 4.2.13.4.5.1 Allowances . . . . ' . . . , . . . . . . . ' , , . . . . . . . . . . ,. 3.8 All-risk Insur:mce. . . ' . . . . . . ' , . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .. 11.3.1.1 Applications for Payment ., 4.2.5.7.3.7.9.2.9.3,9.4.9.5.1.9.6.;. 9.8,;.9.10.1. 910.3. 9,10.4.11.1.3.14.2.4 Approv:1ls . . .. 2.4.3.3.;. ;.5. 3,10.2. ;'.12.4 through ;.12.8, 3.18,3. 4,2.:.9.;.2. 11.3.1--+. 1;,4.2. 13.5 Arbitration. . . . . . . ' . . ' . , . . . . . ' .' 4.1.-+.4.;.2.4.;.4.4.4.4.4.5, 8.;.1. 10,1.2. 11.3.9, 11.3.10 Architect . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . . . . . . . ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.1 Architect. Detinition of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . ' , . . ' , . . . . . .. 4.1.1 Architet:t, Extent of Authoritv. . . , , . " 2,4.3.12.6.4.2.4.3.2.4.3,6. 4.-i. 5,i. 6.3. /,1.2. 7,2.1. 7.3.6. 7.4. 9.2. 9.3.1. 9.-1.9.5,9.6.3,9.8.2.9.8.3.9.10.1.9.10.;.12.1,12.2.1. 13.5.1. 13.5.2. 14.2.2,I4.2A Architect. Limit:ltions of Authority:md Responsibility. 3,;.3.3.12.8. ;.12.11. 4.1.2. -i.2.1. -i.2.2. .4.1.3. -i,2.6. 4.2.7. 4.2.10. 4.2.12. 4.2.13.4.3.2. 5.2.1. [,4. 9.4.2. 9.6.4. 9.6.6 Architect's Addition:l.l Services:md Expense::; . . ' . . . . . .. 2.4.9.8.2. 11.3.1.1.12.2.1. 12,2.4, 13.5.2. 13.5.3, 14.2.4 Architect's Administration of the Contract. . . . . . . . .. 4.2, -1.;.6. -+.3.7,4.4.9.4.9.5 Architect's Approv:US 2.4.3.5.1. ;.10.2. 3.12.6. 3.12.8. 3.18.;. 4.2.7 - Architect's Authority to Reject Work, . .. 3.5.1. -+.2.6. 12.1.2. 12.2.1 Architect's Copyright ....."......"..,..,....,..,.... 1.3 Architect's Decisions. . . ' . . . . " 4.2.6.4.2.:.4.2.11. -+.2.12. 4.2.13. -t.3,2. 'i.3.6. -+,4.1. 4.-+.4. .d. 6.3. ~.3.6. 7.3.8. 8.1.3. 8.3.1. 9.2.9.4.9.5.1. 9.8.2. 9.9.1. 10.1.2. 13.5,2. 14.2.1, 14.2.4 Architect's Inspections. . ' , . . . . ' .. -t.l.2. 4.2.9. .:d.6. 9.4.2. 9.8.2. 9.9.2.9.10.1. 13.5 Architect's Instrut:tions., 4.2.6.-t.2.7. 4.1.3. 4.3.1. 7.-i.I.12.1.13.5.2 Architect's Interpret:Hions..,.........,..... 4.2.11.4.2.12.4.;.7 Architect's On.Site Obsc:rv:Hions . . ' , . . ,. 4.2.1.4.2.5.4.3.6.9.4.2. 9.5,1. 9.10.1.13.5 Architect's Project Rc:present:ltive ....,......,..,...... -t.2.10 Architect's Rel:1tionship with Conrnccor . . . . . .' 1.1.2. 3.2.1. 3.2.2. 3.3,;. ;.5.1. ;'.1.;. 3.11. ;,12.8. 312.11. 5.16. ;'.18. 4.2.3. 4.2.4. 4.2.6.4,2.12.5.2.6.2,2.7.5.-+.9.8.2. 11.3.7,11.1.13.5 Architect's Rc:l:ltionship ,,'ith Subconrr.lc:ol'S ' . .. 1.1.2.4.2.;. -+.2.4. .Ll.b. 9.6';'. 9.6.-+. 11.;.'" .'' 9.-t.2.9.5.1.':UO.I -t.2-2. -t.2.;. -t.2.9. -t.;I.6. 9.-t,2. 95,1. 98.2. 9.9.2. 9 I U.1. l),5 ...... ..' .... 10.1 :Ul:l.l.<.J.Ill,2.10,L-i 6,1.1 Architect's Repro<:ntJtioos . . . Architect's Site Vbits ' ' Ashows ' . . . . ' . .~twrneys' Fees. . .~ ward of Sepante: Cllnrr:Kts. Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Wor!< Basic Definitions. . . Bidding Require:me:nts . . Boiler and Machinery Insurance ' ' Bonds. Lien Bonds. Pe:rimm:mc<: ~nd P:l\'Il1e:m .. 5.2 "........1.1 I. 1.1.-:-.5.2.1. I L-t,l . . . . . . .' 11.3.2 <.J.IO,2 -5G.-t. <.J,IIl.;.. 11.:1.9. 11..; r .,. , . INDEX Building Permit .,.,...."...'.,..,..........,...". 3.1,1 Capitalization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 Ce:rtific:lte of Subst:l!lti:l.l Completion. . . , . . . . , . . " .' .' .' .' .' .' .... '9.8:2 Certificates for Payment. ,..... 4.2.5.4.2.9.9.3.3.9.4,9.5.9.6.1. 9.6.6.9.7.1.9.8.3.9.10,1. 9.10.3.13.7.14.1.1.3.14.2.-+ Certific:m:soflnspc:ction. Testing or Approv:1l ..... 3.12.11.13.5.4 Cc:rtifiates oflnsur:mcl: ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9.3.2.9,10.2, I I. 1.3 Change Orders. . . . .' 1. Ll. 2.4.1. 3.82.4. 3.11. 4.2.8. -+.3.3. 5.2.3. 7.1.7.2,7.3.2.8.3.1.9.3.1.1,9.10.3.11.3.1.2. 11.3.4. 11.;,9. 12.1.2 Ch:1nge Ordl:l'S. Defmition of . , . . . . . . ' . . . . . . . . ' . . . . . . .. 7.2.1 Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . . . . . . ., 7.1 CHANGESINTHEWORK .... 3.11.4.2.8,7,8.3.1. 9,3,Ll. 10.l.3 C\:tim. Deflnitlon of ' , . ' , , . . ' , . . ' , . . , . . . . . . . , . . ' . . . .' 4.3.1 Claims and Disputes. . , . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.3, -IA. 4.5. 6.2.5. 8.3.2. 9.3.1.2, 9.3.3. 9.10.4. 10.1.4 Claims and TImely Assertion of Claims ................ 4.5.6 Claims for Addltlonal Cost. ....... 4.3.6.4.3.7,4.3.9. 6.Ll, 10.3 Claims for Addltlonal TIme. . . . . . . . . . .' 4.3.6,4.3.8,4.3.9.8.3.2 Claims for Concealed or Unknown CondIUons. .......... 4.3.6 Cl:1irns for Inm:lges.. .3.18. 4.3.9. 6.1.1. 6.2.5. 8.3.2. 9.5.U. 10.1.4 CWms Subject to Arbitr:ltion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.3.1,4.4.4.4.5.1 Cleaning Up ............,...................... 3.15,6.3 Commencement of Statutory UmitatJon Period .......... 13.7 Commenc=ent of the Work, ConditiOns Rc:l:uing to . . . . . .' 2.1.2. 2.1.1,3.2.1.3.2.2.3.7.1. 3.10.1, 3.12.6. 4.3.7. 5.2.1, 6.22.8.1.2.8.1.2,9.2. 11.1.3, 11.3.6. 11.4.1 Commencement of the Work. Defmition of. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8.1.2 Communiations Fxiliating COntr:lct Administntion ........................ 3.9.1. 4.2.4. 5.2.1 Compll:tion.ConditionsRc:I:1tingtO....... 3.11.3.15.-+.1.2.4.2.9. 4.3.2.9.4.2.9.8.9.9.1.9.10. 1l.3.5. 12.22. 13.7.1 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 9 Completion. Subst:lnti:1l, . . . . . . .. 4.2.9,4.;.5.2.8.1.1,8.1.3.8.2.;. 9.8.9.9.1.12.2.2.13.7 Compli:lI1cewith L:1ws...... 1.3.;.6,3.7.3.13.4.1.1.10.2.2,11.1, 11.3.13.1,13.;.1. 13.5.2. 13.6. 14.1.1. 14.2.1.3 Concolc:d or Unknown Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.3.6 ConditionsoftheCon= ............. ..... 1.1.1.1.1.7,6.1.1 Consent, Written, ............... .. 1.3.1.3.12.8.3.14.2.4.1.2, 4.3.4.4.5.5,9.3.2.9.82.9.9.1,9.10.2.9.10.;,10.1.2, 10.l.3. 11.3.1. 11.3.1.4. 1l.3,I1, 13.2. 13.4.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1. 1.4.6 Construction Ch:l!lge Directive. Definition of. . . . . ' . . . . . . .. 7.3.1 Construction Change Directives. . .. I. Ll. 4.2.8. 7.1. 7.3, 9.3.1.1 Construction Schc:dulc:s, Contr:lctor's ....... . .., ,. .' ;.10.6.1.3 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts ,....'.........' 5.4 Continuing Contract Performance ...,.. . . . . . . . , . ' , . ., 4.3.4 Contnet. Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . . . . . . .. 1.1.2 CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE ..,.., .,...,.' . . ,. .d.l. 5.-+.1.1. 14 Cunenct Administntion . :'. ' . . . . .. .' , .. ' . . . .. 3.3.3. -to 9.-+.9.; Cunenct A ward :l!ld E.'cccution. Conditions Rc:l:lting to ' , . . .. ;. I .1. 3.10. 5..l. 9,.l. I L 1.3. 11.3.6. 11.-t.1 Contract Documents, The . . . . . . , . ' , . . . , , , . ' . . . .' 1.1, 1,2. - Conenct DocumentS. Copies Furnished md lise: of. .. 1.3. 2..l. 5.5.5 Coner.lct DocumentS. De:tinition uf .. ' . . . . . . . . , . . . .. 1.1.1 Cllnenct Pl:rionn:mce: During Arhitntion. . , . . . . . . . ,. -t.:I,-t. -tS5Contract Sum . .', ,....... . .. ".. ;I.d. -t.3.6. -t.;.I. -t,-t.-t. ;,2.5. 6.1.3. "',2. -.;1. 9.1, 9,-. IL3.1. 12.2,-t. 12.5. 1-t.2.-t Contract Sum, Detinition or. ' . ' . . . . . . ' . . , . . . . . , . . 9.1 Cuocnct Time: .;.5.6. -t.;Ui. -t.-t,.;. -.2,1.5. -.;1, 8.2.1. H,) 1. 1.), -. 12.1.1 Cuntn<.:t Time:. Definition \)( , 8.1.1 ~. . . 2 A201.1987 AlA DOCUMENT Al01 . (jE:-;ER.:\L CU:-;OIT10NS OF THE CO:-;TR.~CT FUR CONSTRL'CTION . FOCRTEE="TH EOITIO:-; .H-I' . ~ 19117 THE .-I~IERJC.-I;o.; I:-;STITCTE OF .~RCHITECTS. 1-.\; SEW' YORK A"E:-;CE. :-l,IX'" IX'A:;Hl:-J(iTO:-;, OC.llKlOh 00700-3 . CONTFIACTOR . . . . . .. ' . . . . . , . . . . , . ' , , , . . . . . . . . . .- .. . . . ,3 Comr:lctor, DeflnitJon of ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 3.1, 6.1.2 Comr:lctor's Bid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . . . ... 1.1.1' Contractor's Constructlon Schedules. . . . . . . ' , . . .. 3.10,6.1.3 ConU':lctor'sEmploy~ ....... 3.3.2.3.4.2.3.8.1.3.9.3.18,4.2.3. 4.2.6.8.1.2.10.2.10.3.11.1.1.14.2;1.1 Contractor's Uabilltylnsurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....11.1- Contr:lctor's Rei:ltionship with Sc:p:u:ue Contr:lctors ' md Owner's Forces. . . ... 2.2.6.3.12.5.3.14.2.4.2.4.6. 12.2.5 ConU':lctor's Rel:ltionship with SubconU':lCtors ,.... ., 1.2.4.3.3.2. 3.18.1.3.18.2.5.2.5.3.5.4.9.6.2.11;3.7.11.3.8. 14:2.1.2 Comr:lctor's Retlti,onship with the :\rchitect . . .. 1.1.2.3.2.1.3.2.2: ;..3.3.3.5:1.3.7.3.3.11.3.12:83.16.3;18.4.2.3.4.2.4.4.2.6'- 4.2.12.5.2.6.2.2.7.3.4. 9.B.2, 11.3.7, 12.1. 13.5 Contr:lctor's Rc:prescm:ltions., 1.2.2.3.5.1.3.12.7.6.2.2.8.2.1.9.3'.3 ConU':lctor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' .. 3.3.2.3.18.4.2.3. 10 ConU':lctor's RevieW ofComr:lct Documents. . . . .. 1.2.2.3.2.3.7.3 Comr:lctor's Right to StOp the Work. . . . . . . ' . . . . . ' . . . . . . .. 9.7 Contr:1ctor's,RighttO Termin:ue the Comr:1Ct ... . . . . . . . . . .. 14.1 COntr:1Ctor'sSubrtlitUIs . .. .... 3.10.3.11.3.12.4.2.7.5.2.1.5.2.3. 7.3.6. 9.2. 9.3.1. 9.8.2. 9.9.1. 9.10.2. 9.10.3. 10.1.2. 11.4.2. 11.4.3 . Contr:lctor's Superintendent. .'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-.. . .. 3':9."10.2.6 Contr:1ctor's Supervision md Construction Procedures, . . .. '. L~.4. .. 3.3. 3.4, 4.2.3. 8.2.2. 8.2.3. 10 Contr:1c~ Liabilicy lnsur:mce................. 1 L1.1.7, 11:2.1 ' . Coordirt:ltion:and Correbtion' . . . . . . . . . ' . .. .. LZ.2. L2:4,3.3.1. . .' . 3.10,3.12.7.6.1.3.6.2.1 Copies FumishedofDr:lwings and Speciiic:ltions . .. .1.3.2.2.5.3.11 Correction of Work . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2.3.2.4.4.2.1.9:8.2. , 9.9.1. 12. LZ. 12.1. 13.7.1.3 Cost. Dt'.fmition of ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ . . . . .. . '... 7.3.6. 14.3.5 Costs. . .. 2.4.3.2.1.3.7.4.3.8.2.3.15.2.4.3.6.4.3.7,4.3.8.1.5.1.3: 6.1.1,6.2.3.6.3,7.3.3.3.7.3.6. 7.3.7.9.7.9.8.2.9.10.2. 11.3.1.2. 11.3.1.3,11.3.4.11.3.9.12.1. 12.2.1. 12.2..:i..12.2.5~ 13.5. 14 Cuttlng and Patching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 3.14, 6.2.6 ~2ge to Construction of Owner or Sc:p2r:1te Comr:lctors . 3.1'4.1. 6.2.4,9.5.1.5. 10.2.1.2. 10.2.5. 10.3. 11.1. 11.3. 12.2.5 D2m:l.ge to th,eWork ..... 3.14.2.9.9.1.10.2.1.2.1(:>:2.5.10.3,11.3 02m:lges. C1:Wns for.. 3.18.4.3.9.6. Ll. 6.2.5. 8.3.2: 9.5.1.2. 10.lA ' D:un:lges forDd.2y.. " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6.1.1.8.3.3.9.5.-1;6.9.7 - D:lte of Commencement of the Work. Definition of . . . . . . . .. 8.1;2 . D:ue of Subst:mti21 Completion. Definition of. . . . . . . . . . . '. .. 8.1.3 Iny. Definition of.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . . . . . .8.104 Dccisionscifthe Architect. . . :.. 4.2.6.4.2.7,4.2.11. .U.12. 4.2.13. 4.3.2. 4.3.6. 4.4.1. 4.4.4. 4:5. 6.3. 7.3.6. 7.3.8. 8.1.3. 8.3.1. 9.2: 9.4.9.5.1.9.8.2.9.9.1. 10.1.2. 13.5.2. 14.2.2.14.2.4 Decisions to Withhold ~ertlflcatlon .. . . . . . . .. 9.5, 9.7. 14.1'.1.3 'Defective or Nonconforming Work. Accept:mce. Rejection:mdCorrectionof ..........:. 2.3:2.4.3.5.1.4.2.'1. 4.2.6.4.3.5.9.5.1.9.8.2.9.9.1. 10.2.5. '12.13.;.1.3', Defective Work. Detinition of ., . . . . . ' . . . . . . ' . . , '. . . . . . , 3.;,1 Detinitions...... 1.1.2.1.1,3.1.3.;.1.3.12.1.3.12.2.3.12.3.4.1..1. 4.3.1. ;.1. 6.1.2. :-.2.1. :-.3.1. 7.3.6.8.1. 9.1. 9.8.1 Delays and Extensions of Time. . . . . . . . .. 4:3.1.4.3.8.1.04.3.8.2: 6.1.1.6.2.3. :-.2.1. :-.,3.1. 7.3.4.:.3.5. 7.3'.8. 7,3.9.8.1.1. 8.3, 10.3.1. 14.1.1.4 DiSputes ."..,.."" -i. 1.4. 4.3. ..A. 4.;. 6.2.;. 6..L:.3.8.93. 1;2 Documc:nts md Samples:u [he Site . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . .. 3.11 Dr:lwings. Derinition or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . . . . ,.-. . ,. 1.1.; Dr:lwings md Spc:citic:uions. Use :md Ownership of. . . .. 1.1.1. 1.3. 2.2.;. 3.11. ;,3 Duty [0 Review CoOtr:lct Documems :md Field Conditions. . . '," ).2, Effective D:lte oflnsurmce . . , . . . .' ........,.... 8.2,2. 11.1.2 . Emergencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.3.7,10.3 Employ~. CoOtr:1ctor's . . . . . . . . .. 3.3.2.3....2. 3.B.l. 3.9. 3.1B.l. 3.18.2.4.2.3.4.2.6.8.1.2.10.2.10.3, 11.1.1.14.2.1.1 Equipment. Labor. M:1teri:lls md .......... 1.1.3.1.1.6.3.4.3.5.1. 3.8.2.3.12.3.3.12.7,3.12.11.3.13,3.15.1. 4.2.7. 6.:u, 7.3.6. 9.3.2. 9.3.3, 11.3. 12.2.4. 14 E:tecutionmd Progress of the Work .. . ., ., 1.1.3, 1.2.3,3.2.3.4.1, 3.5.1~ 4.2.2. 4.2.3. 4.3.4. 4.3.8.6.2.2. 7.1.3. 7.3.9,8.2.8.3.9.5.9.9.1. 10.2. 14.2. 14.3 . Execution. Correlatlon and Intent of the , ConU':lct Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . .. . . . .. 1.2, 3.7.1 ,Extensions ofTirne . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.3.1.4.3.8.7.2.1.3.8.3. 10.3.1 F:lilureofP:1ymentby Contr:lCtor ... .'.......... 9.5.1.3.14.2.1.2 F:1ilureofP:1ymentbyOwner .....-........... 4.3.7.9.7.14.1.3 F:1u1cy Work (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Final Completion and Final PS'1ment .,...... 4.2.1.4.2.9.4.3.2. , 4.3.5.9.10, 11.1.2. 11.1.3. 11.3.5. 12.3.1. 13.7 Fin:mc:i:1lArr:1ngements, Owner's........:.............. 2.2.1 Fire :md E.'trended C~ver:lge lnsur:mce . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 11.3 . GENERAL PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1 ,Governing Law .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 13.1 GU2I2I1t~ (See W:IIl':UlcY md W:IIl':Ulties) H=cIous M2teri2ls . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 10.1. 10.2.4 ldentitic:ltion of ConU':lct Documents ...'................ 1.2.1 ldentiticltion of Subconc~ctors :and Suppliers . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5.2.1 Indemniflcatlon....... 3.17.3.18,9.10.2.10.1.4,11.3.1.2.11.3.7 Infonnatlonand Services Required of the Owner. . . .. 2.1.2.2.2, 4.3.4.6.1.3.6.1.4.6.2.6.9.3.2,9.6.1.9.6.4.9.8.3.9.9.2. . . 9.10.3, 10.1.4. 11.2. 11.3, 13.5.1. 13.;.2 Injury or Damage to Person or ProPerty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.3.9 Inspections......................... 3.3.3.3.3.4, 3.i.l, 4.2.2. 4.2.6.4.2.9,4.3.6.9.4.2.9.8.2.9.9.2.9.10.1. 13.; InstrUctions to Bidders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . '. . . . . . .. 1.1.1 InstrUctions to the ConU':lctor. . .. 3.8.1,4.2.8.5.2.1.7. 12.1.13.5.2 lnsUl2l1ce. . . . . .. 4.3.9.6.1.1,7.3.6.4.9.3.2.9.8.2.9.9.1,9.10.2. 11 . Insurance, Boiler an~ Machinery ....... ... . .. . . . . . .. 11.3.2 Insurance, Contractor's LIability. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 11.1 Insur:mce. Effective Inte of .......... .. . . . . . . . .: 8.2.2. 11.1.2 Insurance. Loss of Use. . . .. . . ; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., : . ., 11.3.3 Insurance, Owner's Uabillty. ....... .................... 11.2 Insurance. Property. . . . . . ' . . . . .- .'. . . . . . . .-. . . . .. 10.2.5.11.3 InsUl2l1ce. Stored M:ltertlls .................... 9.3.2. 11.3.1.4 INSURANCE AND BONOS . . . . '. . . h. . .. . . . . . . . .. . . .. . .., 11 ,lnsur:Ince Comp:ulies. Consent to P:1rti:IJ OCCUp:ulcy . .9.9.1. 11.3.11 lnsUl2l1ce Comp:mies. Settlement with. . . . : . . . . . . . . . . .. 1 1.3.10 ImentoftheConcnctDocuments..............., 1.2.3.3.12"+. 4.2.6.4.2.7.4.2.12.4.2.13.7.4 Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 13.6 Interpretation. . . . . . .. 1.2.5. 1.4.1.5,4.1.1. 4.3.1. 5.1. 6.1.2. 8.104 Incerprections. Written..... .............. 4.2.11.4.2.12.4.3.: Joinder md Consolid:ltion ofCl:Iims Required. . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.5.6 Judgment on FtnalAward .....'.......... 4.5.1..t)A.1.4.5.7 Labor and, Materials, Equipment. . ,. 1.1.3. 1.1.6.3.4,3:;.1. 3.8.2. 3.12.2.3.12:3.3.12.:-; 3.12.11. 3.13. 3.1;.1. 4.2.7.6.2.1. 7.3.6. 9.3.2. 9:3.3. 1:.2.4. 14 L:1bor Disputes . . . . . . . . . . . ~ . . . . . ' . , . . .', . .. . . . .- . .. . .. 8.3,1 L:1ws:mdRc:gul:ltions .,.,..' 1.3.3.6.3.7.3.13.4.1.1:4.1,;;4.;.:. 9.9.1. 10.2.2.11.1. 11.3. 13.1. 13.4. 13.5.1. .Jj.;.2. 13.6 Liens. . . . . . . . . , . . . . . , .. 2.1.2.4.3.2.4.3.;'.1. 8.2.2. 9:3:3.,9,10.2 Limitatlon on Consolidation or Joinder ",.,........... 4.5.5 Limiutions. St:1tutcsof .... .. .', . ....... ,., 4.;.4.2.12.2.6.1;.:- Lirnit:uions of Authori[v , , . . . ' . . . . . ' . . . . . . .. 3.3,1.4.1.2.4.2.1. '4,2.3. 4..2,:-. 4.2.10.;.2.2. ;,2.4. -..j. 11.3.10 AlA OOCtJMENT A201 . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRt.:cnON . FOURTEENTH EDITION ."1,," ..,s; 1987 .THE ,\'\\ERIC.\N INSTITUTE OF ...RCHITECTS, I :-,~ :--IEW YORK ...\'ENCE. N.W., W...SHl:-.:GTON. D,C. lllllll6 . . ' A201-1987 3 00700-4 LimictionsofLi:Lbility ".., 2.3.3.2.1.3.5.1.'3.:.3.3.12.8.3.12.11, 3.17,3.18.4.2.6.4.2.7.4.2.12.6.2.2. 9A.2. 9.6"+. 9.10A. 10.L4. 10.2.5. 11.1.2. 1 L2.1. 11.3.7. 13.4.2. 13.5,2 Limit:ltionsofTune.Gener:1l ....,...... 2.2.1.2.2.4.3.2.1.3.7.3, 3.8.2.3,10.3.12.5.3.15.1.4.2.1. 4.2.7. -U.lI. 4.3.2. 4.3.3. 4.3.4,4.3.6. 4.3.9. 4.5.4.2. 5.2.1. 5.2.3. 6.2.4. 7.3.4. 7,~. 8.2.9.5.9,6.2.9.8.9.9.9.10.11.1.3.11.3.1.11.3.2.11.3.5. 11.3.6. 12.2.1. 12.2.2. 13.5. 13.: Limit:ltions of Tune. Spc:cific .'. . . ' . . ., 2. L2. 2.2.1. 2.4. 3.10. 3.11. 3.15.1. 4.2.1. 4.2.11. 4.3. 4.4. 4.5. 5.3. 5.4. 7.3.5. 7.3.9. 8.2. 9.2.9.3.1.9.3.3.9.4.1.9.6.1.9.:.9.8.2.9,10.2. 11.1.3. 11.3.6. 11.3.10, 11.3.11. 12.2.2. 12.2.4. 12.2.6. 13.7. 14 Loss of Use Insurance. . . . ' . . . . ' . . . . . . . . ' . ' . . ' . . . ., 11.3.3 M:ltc:ri:1lSuppliers..........,... 1.3,1.3.12.1.4.2.4.4.2.6.5.2.1. 9.3.1.9.3.1.2.9.3.3.9.4.2.9.6.5.9.10.4 M:lteri:1ls. H=dous ,.......,..,..,.....,...... 10.1. 10.2.4 M:lterUJs. ~bor. Equipment:md ,.... 1.1.3.1.1.6.3.4.3.5.1,3.8.2. 3.12.2.3.12.3,3.12.7.3.12.11.3.13.3.15.1.4.2.7.6.2.1. 7.3.6.9.3.2.9.3.3, 12.2.4. 14 Mons. Methods. Tc:chniquc:s. Sequencc:s :md Procedurc:s of Construction. . . . . . . ' .. 3.3.1.4.2.3. 4.2.7.9.4.2 Minor Changes in the Work, . . . . . . . .. 1.1.1.4.2.8.4.3.:.7.1.7.4 MISCEU.ANEOUS PROVISIONS. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . ' .. 13 Modific:ltions. Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1.1.1 Modific:1tionstotheContr:tct ........... 1.1.1.1.1.2.3.7.3.3.11. 4.1.2.4.2.1.5.2.3.7.8.3.1.9.7 Mutual Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6.2 Nonconforming Work, Ac:eeptance of . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . . ., 12.3 Nonconforming Work. Rejection:md Correction of . . . . . . .. 2.3.1. 4.3.5.9.5.2.9.8.2. 12. 13.7.1.3 Notice. . . . . . . . . . . .. 2.3.2.4.3.2.1.3.2.2.3.7.3.3.7.4.3.9.3.12.8. 3.12.9.3.17.4.3.4.4.4.4.5.5.2.1.5.3.5.4.1.1.8.2.2.9.4.1. 9.5.1.9.6.1.9.7.9.10.10.1.2.10.2.6.11.1.3.11.3.12.2.2. 12.2.4. 13.3. 13.5.1. 13.5.2. 14 Notice, Written ............... 2.3.2.4.3.9.3.12.8.3.12.9.4.3. 4.4.4.4.5.5.2.1.5.3.5.4.1.1. 8.2.2. 9.4.1. 9.5.1. 9.7. 9.10. 10.1.2. 10.2.6. 11.1.3. 11.3. 12.2.2. 12.2.4.13.3,13.5.2. 14 NoticeofTc:sting:mdInspections................ 13.5.1.13.5.2 Notice to Proceed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8.2.2 Notices, Permits. Fees and ...... 2.2.3.3.7,3.13.7.3.6.4. 10.2.2 Ob~tions. Architc:ct's On-Site ................. 4.2.2.4.2.5. 4.3.6.9.4.2.9.5.1.9.10.1.13-.5 ObservWOns. ContcCtor's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1.2.2.3.2.2 Occup2!1CY. . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9.6.6.9.8.1.9.9. 11.3.11 On-Site Inspections by the Architc:ct ...,..,.,. 4.2.2.4.2.9.4.3.6. 9.4.2. 9.8.2. 9.9.2. 9.10.1 On-Site Observ:ltions by [he .-\rcbitect ' . . . . . . ., 4.2.2.4.2.5.4.3.6. 9.4.2.9.5.1.9.10.1.13.5 Orders. Written.,.......... 2.3.3.9. .+.3.:,:.8.2.2.11.3.9.12.1. 12.2. 13.5.2. 14.3.1 OWNER. . . . . . . ' . . ' . . -. . ' . . . , . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 2 Owner. Deflnitlon of . . . . . . . ' . . . ' . ' . . ' . . . . ' . . . . . . . ' . ., 2.1 Owner, Information and Services Required of the. . . ' . ' .. 2.1.2. 2.2,'+.3.~.6.9.10.1.4.11.2.11.3.13.5.1.14.1.1.5.14,1.3 Owner's Authority ,......" 3.8.1. 4.1.3. 4.2.9. 5.2.1. 5.2.4. 5.~.1. :.3.1. 8.2.2. 9,3.1. 9.3.2. 11.4.1. 12.2.4. 13.5.2. 14.2. I.U.l Owner's Fin:mci:llwp:lbility ..,..,.... ...,.... 2.2.1.14.1.1.5 Owner's Uabillty Insurance . . . . . ' . . ' . . . . . . . . ' . . . . . , .. 11.2 Ownc:r'sLoss of Use [nsunnce, ,...".,.."........... 11.3.3 Owner's Rc:1:ltionship with Subconcnctors ' . . . . . ' . . . . . ' .. 1.1.2. 5,2.1. 5.4.1. 9,6.~ 2.4. 12.2.4. 14.2.2.2 .. ,.. ... ..,.. 6.3 Owner's Right to Drry OU[ me Work. . . . ' Owner's Right to Clean Up ,.."........,. .c:, '- . Owner's Right to Perform Canstruc:tlon and to Award Separate C:lntrac:t3 . . . . , . . . . . . . . ' . , . . . . . . . .. 6.1 Owner's Rlghtto Stop the Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . .' 2.3,4.3.7 Owner's Right to Suspend [he Work. ' , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 14.3 Owner's Right to Termin:lte the Concnct ..... . . . . . . . . . . .. 14.2 Ownership and Use at Architect's Drawings, Speciflcatlons and Ottler Documents. . ' . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1.1.1.1.3,2.2.5.5.3 Partial Occupancy or Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9.6.6.9.9,11.3.11 Patching, Cutting and, , . . ' . . . . . . . . ' . . . . . . . , . . ., 3.14,6.2.6 Patents, Royalties and ' . . . . ' . . . . . . ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3.17 Payment, Applications for. . ' . . . . . . . . . . . " 4.2.5.9.2.9.3,9.4. 9.5,1. 9.8.3. 9,10.1.9.10.3.9.10.4.14.2.4 Payment, Certificates for. ' , . ' . . . . .. 4.2.5. 4.2.9. 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5. 9.6.1.9.6.6.9.7,1.9.8.3,9.[0.1.9.10.3. 13.7.14.1.1.3.14.2.4 Payment, Failure of. ,................,....... 4.3.7.9.5.1.3. 9.7,9.10.2.14.1.1.3.14.2.1.2 P:lymenc. FilUl .., ..,. . .' .. 4.2.1.4.2.9.4.3.2.4.3.5,9.10,11.1.2. 11.1.3. 11.3.5. 12.3.1 Payment Bond, Performance Bond and. ' . . . . . . . . . . .. 7.3.6.4. 9.10.3.11.3.9.11.4 P:1ymems. Progress. . . . . . ' , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.3.4.9.3.9.6. 9.8.3.9.10.3.13.6.14.2.3 PAYMENTSANDCOMPLET10N ...,...,.............. 9,14 P:lymc:ncs to Subcontr:lCtors . . . ' . . . ' . . . ' . . . ' . . ., ;.4.2.9.;.1.3. 9,6.2. 9.6.3. 9.6.4. 11.3.8. 14.2.l.2 PCB...............................,..,........... 10.1 Performwce Bond:md P:lyment Bond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 7.3.6.4. 9.10.3. 11.3.9. 11.4 Pennits, Fees and Notlces . . . . . .. 2.2.3.3.7,3.13. 7.3.6A. 10.2.2 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF . . . . . . . . . . .. 10 Polych1orin:lted Biphc:nyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 10.1 Product Inu. Definition of. ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3.12.2 productDataandSamples,ShopDrawings.... 3.11.3.12,4.2.: Progress and Campletlon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.2.2.4.3.4.8.2 Progress Payments ............................ 4.3A.9.3. 9.6,9.8.3.9.10.3. 13.6. 14.2.3 Project, Definition of the. ............................ 1.1.4 Project Manual, Definition of the ...................... 1.1.7 Project Mwu:Us .....,........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 2.25 ProjeCt Rc:prc:senutivc:s ............................. 4.2.10 Property Insurance, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 10.2.5.11.3 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY. . . . . . . . . . . ., 10 Rc:gubtionswd~WS ............ 1.3.3.6.3.7.3.13.4.1.1.4.;.5. 4.5.7. 10.2.2. 11.1. 11.3. 13.1. 13.4. 13.5.1. 13.5.2. 13.6. 14 Rejection ofWor!< . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3.5.1.4.2.6.12.2 Rdc::lSeS ofW:1ivc:rs:md Liens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9.10.2 Rc:prc:senutions ...,.....,...,........... 1.2.2.3.5.1.3.12.7. 6.2.2.8.2.1.9.3.3,9.4.2.9.5.1.9,8.2.9.10.1 Rc:prc:set1ctivc:s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2.1.1.3.1.1,3.9. 4.1.1. 4.2.1. 4.2.10. 5.1.1. ;.1.2. 13.2.1 Resolution of Claims and Disputes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.4, 4.5 Rc:sponsibility for Those Pc:rtorming the Work . . . . . . . . . . .. 3.3.2. 4.2.3. 6.1.3. 6.2. 10 Ret:1in:lge . . . , ' . . . . ' . . . .. 9,3.1.9.6,2.9.8.3.9.9.1.9.10.2.9.10.3 Review of Cantract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor. , . ' . . . . . . ., 1.2.2.3.2.3.:.3.3.12.: Review of Comnctor's Submitt:1ls by Owner:mdArchj[ect "..........' 3.10.1.3.10.2.3.11.3.12. 4.2.:-.4.2.9.5.2.1.5,2.3.9.2.9.8.2 Review of Shop Dnwings. Product D:lt:l wdS:unplesbyContnctQr.,......,.,......,....., 3.12,5 Rights and Remedies ........,.... 1.I.2.2.3.2A.3.5.1.3.15.2. 4,2.6. 4,3.6. ~.5. 5.3. 6.l. 6.3. 73.1. 8.3.1. 9;.1. 9.7.10.2.;. 10.3. 12.2.2. 12.2.4. 13.4, 1~ Royaltles and Patents. , . ' . ' . . . , . . . . . . . . ' . ' . ' . . ' . . . ., 3.17 .. ~ _..~ ~..' . . 4 A201-1987 AlA DOCUMENT A201 . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRL:CTION . FOURTEENTH EDITION ....L... ~ .,5) 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ....RCHITECTS. 1735 :-lEW YORK .WENL:E. ~.w.. w....SHINGTON. D.C. 20006 00700-5 . . Rules and Notices for Arbitration ......,. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.5.2 Safety of Persons and Property...................... ." 10.2 SafetyPrecautlonsandPrograms ........... 4.2.3.4.2.7,10.1 S:zmples. Definition of . ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' . , . . . . . . . . .. 3.12.3 Samples, Shop Drawings. Product Data and ... 3.11.3.12; 4.2.-; Samples at the Site, Documents and ............... .,... 3.11 Sch<<luleofValues ............................. 9.2,9.3.1 Schedules. Construction . . . . . ' . . ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3.10 Sep:ll':lte Comr:lC:ts:md COntr:lCtors . . . . . . . . .. 1.1.4.3.14.2.4.2.4. 45.5.6.11.3.7. 12.1.2. 12.25 Shop Dr:lwings. Definicion of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 3.12.1 Shop Drawings. Product Data and Samples . . .. 3.11. 3.12,,4,2. "7 Site, Use of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . . . . . . . . .. 3.13, 6. 1.1 , 6.2. 1 Site Inspections. . .1.2.2.3.3.4',4.2.2.4.2.9,4.3.6.9.8.2.9.10.1. 13.5 Site Visits. Architect's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 4.2.2.4.2.5,4.2.9.4.3.6. 9.4.2.9.5.1.9.8.2.9.9.2.9.10.1. 13.5 Speci:ll Inspections:md Testing. . . . . :. . . . . . .. 4.2.6. 12.2.1. 13.5 Speciflcatlons. Definition of the. .......... .'........... 1..1.6 Specifications, The.......... 1.1.1,1.1.6,1.1.7.1.2.4.1.3.3.11 SCtutes of Limictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . '. .. 4.5.4.2.12.2.6.13.7 Stopping the Work. ............ 2.3,4.3.7.9.7.10.1.2.10.3.,14.1 Stored M2temJs . . . . . . . . . .. 6.2.1,9.3.2. 10.2.1.2. 11.3.1.4. 12.2.4 Subcontr:lctor. Definition of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~. . '5.1.1 SUBCONTRACTORS . . '. . . . .'. . . . . . . . . . . . : . '. . . . . . . . . . . . . u 5 Subcontr:lctors. Work by. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1.2.4.3.3.2.3.12:1. 4.2.3. 5.3. 5.4 Subc:ontractual Relatlons . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 5.3, 5.4.9.3.1.2.9.6.2. 9.6.3.9.6.4. 10.2.1. 11.3.7. 11.3.8. 14.U.14.2.1.2; 14.3.2 Submitt:lls . . . . . . ... 1.3.3.2.3,3.10; 3.11.3.12.4.2.7; 5.2.1 ;5.2.3. 7.3.6.9.2.9.3.1.9.8.2.9.9.1.9.10.2.9.10.3.10.1.2.11.1.3 Subrogcitlon, Waivers of. ................ 6.1.1.11.3.5.11.3.7 SubstantIaJ Completion. . . . . . . . . . . . .' 4.2.9.4.3.5.2.8.1.1.8.1.3. 8.2.3.9.8, 9.9.1. 12.2.1.12.2.2. 13.7 Subst:lnti2l Completion. Definition of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9.8.1 Substitution ofSubcoritr:lctors . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . .. 5.2.3.5.2.4 SubStil'Ution of the Architect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ 4.1.3 SubstitutionsofM:ltemlS'............................. 3.5.1 Sub-subcontl':lctor. Defmition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .'.. 5.1.2 Subsurf:zce Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .'. .. 4.3.6 Successors arid Assigns ............................ 13.2 Superintendent. . . ',' . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . .. . . . .. 3.9..10:2.6 Supervision and Construction Procedures ...... 1.2.4; 3.3, 3.4. 4.2.3: 4.3.4. 6.1.3. 6.2.4.7.1.3.7.3.4.8.2.8.3.1,10.'12.14 Sumy .....:.......:. 4"+.1. 4.4.4. 5.4.1.2.9.10.2.9.10.3.14.2.2 Sumy,Consentof.... ................... 9.9.1.9.10.2.9.10:3 SurVeys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2.2.2.3.18.3 . . ~. Suspension by the Owner for Convenience .....'......, 14.3 Suspension of [he Work ............. 4.3.7. 5.4.2. 14.1.1.4. 14.3 Suspension or Tc:rmin:ltion ofche COntr:lct . ..... 4.3.7, 5.4.1.!. \4 Taxes ...........,...................,....... 3.6, 7.3.6.4 TerminatJonbytheContractor........................ 14.1 Termination by the Owner for Cause. ............ 5.4.1.1.14.2 Termin:ltion of the Architect .......................:.... 4.1.3 Termin:l.tion of the Comr:lCtor .. . . . . . .'. .'. . . . . . . . . , . . .. \4.2.2 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT ...... 14 Testsandlnspectfons ..... 3.3.3.4.2.6.4.2.9.9.4.2.12.2.1.13.5 TIME..........,... ......... ........................ 8 TIme, Delays and Extensions of . . ' , . . . . . . . . .. 4.3.8.7.2.1.8.3 Time Limits.Specilk ....,.... 2.1.2.2.2.1.2.4.3.10.3.11.3.15.1. 4.2.1.4.2.11.4.3.4.4.4.5.5.3.5.4.7.3.5.7.3.9,8.2. 9.2. 9.3.1, 9.3.3.9.4.1,9.6.1.9.7.9.8.2.9.10.2.11.1.3.11.3.6.11.3.10. , 11'.3.11,12.2.2.12.2.4.12.2.6.13.7,14 Time Umits on Claims.. . . . . . .. 4.3.2.4.3.3,4.3.6.4.3.9.4.4.4.5 Title to Work '" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . .. 9.3.2.9.3.3 UNCOVEfUNGANDCORRECTJONOFWORK ............. 12 UncoveringofWortc ................:...........,... 12.1 Unforeseen Conditions ..................,.. 4.3.6.8.3.1.10.1 Unit Prices. . . .-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7.1.4.7.3.3.2 UseofOocuments ........... . '.... L1.I. 1.3.2.25.3.12.7,5.3 Use of Site .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Values, Schedule of ............................ 9.2,9.3.1 Waiver of Claims: Final Payment. . . . . . . . . . .4.3.5, 4.5.1, 9.10.3 W:liverofC!:Iims by the Architect. ..................... 13.4.2 W:liverofC1:l.imsby theCoocr:lctor. ....:... 9.10.4.11.3.7,13.4.2 W:liver ofC!:Iims by theOwner . . . . . .. . . . . . .. 4.3.5.4.5.1,9.9.3. 9.10.3. 11.3.3. 11.3.5. 11.3.7. 13.4.2 W:liverofI.ienS................ .'........ . .......... 9.10.2 W:livers ofSubrog:ltion . . . . .:. . . . . . . . . . . .. 6.1.1.11.3.5, 11.3.7 Warranty :md w=ties . . . . . . . . :. . , . .- . . . . . . . . . .. 3~5, 4.2.9. :4.3.5.3.9.3.3,9.8.2.9.9.1, 12.2.2. 1.3.7.1.3 Wother De12ys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ; .'. . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.3.8.2 When Arbitration May 8e Demanded ..... . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.5.4 Work. Definition of. . . .'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . .. 1.1.3 Written Consent...... ,......... 1.3.1.3.12.8.3.14.2.4.1.2.4.3.4. 4.5.5.9.3.2.9.8.2.9.9.1.9.10.2.9.IO.3.IO.1.2.10.I:.;. 11.3.1.11.3.1....11.3.11.13.2.13.4.2 Written [nterprections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.2.11.4.2.12.4.3.7 Written Notice. . . . . . . . . .. 2.3.2.4.3.9.3.12.8.3.12.9.4.3.4.4.4. 4.5.5.2.1.5.3,5.4.1.1'.8.2.2.9.4.1. 9.5.1. 9.7, 9.10.10.1.2. . 10.2.6. 11.1.3. 11.3, iZ.2.2. lZ.2.4. 13.3, 13.5.2. 14 Written Orders, ............................. 2.3.3.9,4.3.7. 7.8.2.2. 11.3.9. 12.1. 12.2. 13.5.2. 14.3.1 AlA DOCUMENT A201. . GE;'1ERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRL:CTION . FOURTEENTH EDITION AlA" . '919H-;'THE .\:>IERIC.\N INSTITliTE OF .\RCHITECTS. I-:'.I~ NEwYORK .\VENuE. ~w. \\'ASHI:'IGTON. D.C. ~0006 A201-1987 5 00700-6 GENERAL CONTIITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ~ ;t ...... . ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 BASIC OEFlNmONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT OOCUMENTS The Contr:lct Documems consist of the Agreement between Owner md ContrJctor (herc:in:1fter the Agreement), Conditions of the ContrJCt (Gener:1l. Supplement:lI'Y and other Conditions), DrJwings. Specifiotions. :1ddend:l issued prior to c::'Cecution of the ContrJct. other documents listed in the Agreement md Modifiotions issued :Uter e..'tecution of the ContrJct. A Modifi- otion is (1) :1 written :unendment to the ContrJct signed by both parties. (2) :1 Ch:mge Order. (3) :1 Construction Chmge Directive or (4) :1 wrim:n order for:1 minor ch:mge in the Work. issued by the Architect. Unless spedfic:illy enumerJted in the Agreement. the ContrJct Documents do nOt include other documentS such as bidding requirementS (:1dvertisement or inviution to bid. Instructions to Bidders. sample forms. the ContrJctor's bid or portions of :Iddend:l rel:1ting to bidding requirementS ). 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contr:lct DocumentS form the ContrJct for Construction. The Contr:lct representS the entire and integrated :1greement between the parties hereto md supersedes prior negoti:uions. represenutions or agreementS. either written or or:1l. The Con- trJct may be :unended or modified only by a Modifiotion. The ContrJct DocumentS sh:ill not be construed to cre:lte :1 contr:lC- tu2l rc:l:1tionship of any kind (1) between the Architect md Con- tr:lctor, (2) between the Owner md a SubcontrJctor or Sub- subcontr:lctor or (3) between any persons or entities other th:1n the Owner md Contr:lctor. The Architect sh:ill, however. be entitled to performance md enforcement of obligations under the Contr:lct intended to f:1ciliute performance of the Architect's duties. 1.1.3 THE WORK The term "Work" mc::ms the construction md services required by the ContrJct DocumentS, whether completed or p:u-ti:illy completed, md includes :ill other labor. matert11.s. equipment md services provided or to be provided by the Contr:lctor to fulfill the Contr:lctor'S oblig:ltions. The \~'ork may constitute the whole or J part of the Project. 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project is the toul construction of which the Work per- formed under the ContrJct DocumentS may be the whole: or J part md which may include con:;truction by the Owner or b\' separ.lte contrJctors. 1.1.5 THE ORA WINGS The Dr:lwings :1!e the gr:lphic md piCtori:1l portion:; of the: Con- trJct DocumentS. wherever IOCJted :md whenever issued. showing the design. lootion md dlmen:;ions of the Work. gener:1ily including pl:ms. deYJtions. sections. detJils. sched- ules md diJgr:uns. 1.1.6 THE SPECIFlCA TIONS The: Spc:citicJtions Jr:= th:u portion of the Contr:lCt DocumentS con:;isting of the ~HitCe:n re:quirc:mencs for m:ne:rials. e:quip- ment, construction systems. standards and workmanship for the Work. and performmce of rel:1ted services. 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Mmual is the volume usually :lS.Sembled for the Work which m:lY include the bidding requirementS, s:unple forms, ConditiOns of the Contr:lct md Specifiotions. 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION ANO INTENT 1.2.1 The ContrJct Documen;s sh:ill be signed by the Owner and ContrJctor as provided in the Agreement. If either the Owner ?r Contr:lcror or both do not sign :ill the ContrJCt DocumentS, the Architect sh:ill identify such unsigned Docu- mentS upon request. 1.2.2 Execution of the ContrJct by the Contr:lctOr is a rc:pre- senution th:1t the Contr:lctor has visited the site, become f:1mil- jar with 10Cl1 conditions under which the Work is to be per- formed md correlated personal observations with require- mentS of the Contr:lct DocumentS. 1.2.3 The intent of the ContrJct DocumentS is to include :ill items necessary for the proper ocecution and completion of the Work by the Contr:lctor. The Contr:lct DocumentS are comple- ment:lI'Y, and wh:lt is required by one sh:ill be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contr:lctor sh:ill be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Docu- mentS and rc::lSOnably infer:1ble from them as being necessary to produce the intended resultS. 1.2.4 Org:miz:1tion of the Specifiotions into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contr:lctor in dividing the Work :un<;mg Subcontractors or in escblishing the e..,<<ent of Work to be performed by my tr:lde. 1.2.5 Unless otherwise suted in the Contr:lct DocumentS. words which have well-known tc:chniCl1 or construction indus- try meanings are used in the Contr:lct DocumentS in accord- ance with such recognized meanings. 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF ARCHlTEcrS ORAWINGS, SPECIFlCATlONS ANO OntER OOCUMENTS 1.3.1 The Dr:lwings, Specifiotions md other documentS prepared by the Architect are instrumentS of the ..\rchitect's service through which the Work to be ocecuted by the Con- trJctor is described. The ContrJctor tn:1Y reuin one contrJct record set. Neither the ContrJctor nor any SubcontrJcror, Sub- subcontrJctor or m:lterial or equipment supplier slull own or claim J copyright in the Dr:lwings. Spedfiotions md other documentS prepared by the Architect. md unless ochertvise indic:ned the Architect shall be deemed the Juthor of them md will retain :ill common I:1w, stJtutory md other reser'<'ed rightS. in Jdc.1ition to the copyright. All copies of them. except the Coocr:ll:tor's record set, sh:ill be returned or suitably Jccounted for co the: Architect, on request. upon completion of the: Work. The: Dr:lwings. Spe:cificJtions :md other documentS prepared by the :\rchitect. md copies thereof furnished to the Contr:lc, tor. :1!e for use:, solely with respe:ct to this Proje:ct. They:1Ce not co be: used by the ContrJctor or my Subcontr:lctor. Sub- subcoocr:lCCOr or mJteri:1l or equipme:nt supplie:r on othe:r proj- ects or for Jc.1ditions to this Proje:ct outside the: scope of the: . . 6 A201-1987 AlA DOCUMENT A201 . GE:'\Eil\L CO:-OITIONS OF THE CONTil\CT FOR CONSTRCCTION . FOljRTEE::-ITH EDITIO;-; .\1.\ ~ . ~ 19H~ THE .\:>IERIC.\:'> I:-;STITL.TE OF ,\RCHITECTS. l-~; :-IEW YORK AVE:-ICE. ::-I."".. "",\SHI:>IGTON. D,C. ~OO06 . 00700-7 Work without the specific written consent of the Owner and Architect. The ContractOr. Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors , and m:1teri:1l or equipment suppliers are gr.u1ted a limited' . license to use and reproduce appliClble portions of the Draw- ings. Specifications and other documents prepared by._the Architect appropriate to and for use in the c::cecution of their Work under the Contract DocUments. All copies made under this licI:nseshall be:tr the statutory copyright notice. if any, shown on che Drawings. SpecifiClcions and ocher documents prepared by che Archicect. Submicr:U or distribucion co meec offici:1l regul:1tory requirements or for ocher purposes in con. nection wich this Project is noc co be construed :IS publiCltion in derogation of the Architect's copyright or other reserved ~~ . 1.4 CAPITALIZATION 1.4.1 Terms Clpitalized in .these Gener:1l Conditions include those which are (I) specific:llly defined, (2) the. tides of num. bered articles and identified references to P:lr:lgr:tphs. Subp:lr:l' graphs and Clauses in the document or (3) che tides of other documents published by the Americ:m Insritute of Archirects. 1.5 INTERPRETATION 1.5.1 In the interesr of brevity the Contract Documents fre- quently omit modifying words such as ":ill" and "any" and mi. des such ,as "the" and "an," but the faCt that a modifier- or an micle is absent from one st:uement and appc:ars in another is nor intended to affect the interpret:uion of either st:uement. ARTICLE 2 OWNER .2.1 2. 1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents ~ if singular in number. The term "Owner" mons the Owner or the Owner's authorized represenetive. ' DEFlNmON 2.1.2 The Owner upon re:LSOn:lble written request sh:ill furnish to the Contractor in writing information which is necessary and relev:mr for the Contractor to evalu:ue, givenorice' of or enforce medunic's lien rights. Such infoim:ltionsh:ill include a correct serement of the record legal tide to the property on which rhe Project is 10Clred, usu:illy referred ro as the site, and the Owner's interest therein at the rime of e:'Cecution of the:, Agreement'and, within five d:1ys,after any change. inform:ltion of such change in title, recorded or unrecorded. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SEFlVlCES REQUIRED OF THE OWNEFl 2.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contracco-r, prior to execution of the Agreement and promptly from rime co time cherofter. furnish co the ContractOr re:1So!1:lble evidenceth:u fin:mci:1l arrangements h:lVe been made to fulfill che 'Own"er's oblig:1tions under che Contract. [Note: Unless sucb reclSoTUlble I!t'idencr! were Jimtisbed Oil request prior to tbe l!XecUtiOIl of tbl! Agreeml!1tt. tbe prospectiz'f! contractor .zeOl/ld not be reql/ired /() f!.\'f!,'lIte '(/)f! .~grf!f!fflf!nt or (() commellce tbe!X'ork.J " 2.2.2 The Owner shaH. furnish surveys describingph'~'sic:u ch:lI"Jcteriscics. leg-Jllimicatiuns and utili tv IOCltions for che sice of the: Project. :md :i legal descriprion of che site. '. . 2.2.3 Except for pe::mits md fees ';\ihich :ire the resp(ins~~ility of che: CUIHr;H.:tor under che CuOCr.:lct Docume:nts. the: Owner sh:Jll secure: md p:J~' for ne:cesS:Jry appnw:JIs. ,e':.t:;e:me:nt>.:iSsc:ss- ~~ '''.1 ments and charges required for consrruction; use or occupancy of pemunent struCtures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. 2.2.4 Information or services under the Owner's control sh:ill be furnished by the Owner with re:1Sonable promptn<:ss co avoid delay in orderly progress of the Work. 2.2.5, Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. che ContractOr will be furnished. free of charge. such copies of D!':lwings and Project Manwlsas are re:1Sonably necessary for execution of the Work. 2.2.6 The foregoing are in addition co other duties and respon- sibilities of the Owner enume!':ltc:d herein and especi:illy those in respect to Article 6 (Construction by Owner or by Separate' Contractors), Article 9 (Payments and Completion) and Article II (Insurance and Bonds). 2.3 OWNEFl'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 2.3.1 If the Contractor fuiIs to correct Work which is not in accordance with che requirements of the ConU':1ct Documents as required by P:lr:lgr:tph ,12.2 or persistently fuiIs co c:uT'Y OUt Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner, by written order signed person:illy or by an agent specific:1lly so empowered by the Owner in writing, may order the Contrac- tor to StOp the Work. or any portion thereof. until the Cluse for such order has been elimin:ued: however, the right of the Owner to StOp the Work sh:ill not give rise to a duty on the pm of the Owner to e."tercise this right for the benefit of the Con. tractor or any other person or entity, except to the e:'Ctent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. 2.4 OWNEFl'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 2.4.1 If the Contractor deoults or neglects to c:uT'Y out the Work in accordance with the ConU':1ct Documents and fuiIs within ;1 seven-d.:1y period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such def:rult or neglect with diligence and promptness. the Owner may after such seven-d.:1y period give the Contractor a second written nOtice to correct such deficiencies within a second seven-d.:1y period. If the Contractor within such second seven. , <1:1)' pe:riod after receipt of such second notice fuiIs to com. mence and contir\ue ro correct any deficiencies: the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have. correct such deficiencies. In such ClSe an appropri:lCe Change Order sh:1ll be issued deducting from paymentS then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such defi. ciencies. induding compens:ltion for the Architect's addition:LI services and expenses made necessary by such def:rult, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner :tnd amounts charged to the ContrJctor are both subject to priur approval of the Archi. teCt. If p:lyments then or there'Jfrer due the Contractqr are not sufficient to cover such amuunts, the ContI"JctOr sh:ill P:lY the difference to che Owner. ARTlCLE3 CONTRACTOR ,3.1 DEANITION 3.1.1 The Coocracror is che person.or. emity ideiuitied.:iS such in che: .\gre:emem md is referred' co chroughouc rhe Comracc Documc:ocs :is if singul:.tr in number. The: term "Coocr::cror" me'Jns che: CuncI"Jctur (lr che: Cl)[Hr:lCcor's :Jurhurize:<l ,re:pn:se:IlC:Jrj \.\:. AlA DOCUMENT Al01 . GE:-;ERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CO",STRl;CTION . !'OCRTEE:-;TH EDITlOl' At....' . ~ I <)~- THE .\.\IE:lIC.\:-; INSTITlJTE OF .\RCHITECTS. 1-3' :-JEW YORK .\ \'E:\I:E" :-J,;". W.\SHI:-;G70,,", D,c. ~()()Clh A201-1987 7 00/00-8 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT OQCtJMENTS AND AELD CONDmONS BY CONTRACTOR 3.2.1 The Concoctor shall Clrefully study md compare the Concoct Documenrs with och other and with information furnished by the Owner pUrsu:ult to Subp~gr:1ph 2.2.2 md shall at once report to the ArchiteCt errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered. The ConU':1Ctor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsis- tences or omissions in the Concoct Documenrs unless the ConcoCtor recognized such error, inconsistency or omission md knowingly f:1iled to report it to the Architect. If the Con- toctor performs my construction aCtivity knowing it involves a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Concoct Documenrs without such notice to the Architect, the Concr:oc- tor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such perfor- mmce md shall be:1t' m appropriate amount of the attribucable cosrs for correction. . 3.2.2 The ConU':1Ctor shall cake field me:lSUremenrs md verify field conditions and shall Clrefully compare such field mo- suremenrs md conditions md other information known to the ConU':1ctor with the Concoct Documenrs before commencing aCtivities. Errors, inconsistences or omissions discovered shall be reported to the Architect at once. 3.2.3 The ConU':1Ctor shall perform the Work in accordance with the ConU':1Ct Documenrs md submittals approved pur- suant to Paragr.1ph 3.12. 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTlON PROCEDURES 3.3.1 The ConcraCtor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Concractor's best skill md mention. The ConU':1ctor shall be soldy responsible for and h2ve control over construc- tion mons, methods, techniques, sequences md procedures and for coordirulting all portiOns of the Work under the Con- toct, unless Concract Documenrs give other specific instruc- tions concerning these maners. 3.3.2 The Concractor shall be responsible to the Owner for actS and omissions of the Concractor'semployees. SubconU':1ctors md their agentS and employees, and other persons perfotming portions of the Work under a conU':1ct with the ConU':1ctor.. 3.3.3 The ConU':1ctor shall not be relieved of obligations to per- form the Work in accordance with the ConU':1ct Documenrs either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's adminisU':1tion of the ConU':1ct. or by tesrs, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other th2n the, ConU':1ctor. 3.3.4 The Concr:1ctor shall be responsible for inspection of por- tions of Work :1lrody performed under this ConU':1ct to deter- mine th:u such portions are in proper condition to receive sub- sequent Work. 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Concr:1Ct Documenrs, the Concoctor shall provide md p:1y for labor, rrutertLls. equip- menc. tools, construction equipment md rruchinery, water, hot. utilities. tr:m.sport:uion. md other facilities md sen'ices neceSsary for proper execution and complt:tiOn of the Work. whether cempor:1rY or pennmenc md whether or nOt incorpo- r:1ted or to be incorpor:1ced in che Work. 3.4.2 The Contr:1ctor shall enforce scrict discipline and good order among the Contr:1ctor's employees md other persons C:l1'rying out the Concr:1cc. The Contr:1ccor sh:lil not pennic employment of Unlit persons or person:; not skilled in casks J.SSignc:d co chem. 3.5 WARRANTY 3.5.1 The Contractor w:uT:IIlrs to the Owner md Architect th:lt matertLls and equipment furnished under the COntr:1ct will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or pennit- ted by the Contract Documenrs, th:l.t the Work will be free from defectS not inherent'in the qwlicy required or pennitCed. and th:1t the Work will conform with the requiremenrs of the Concoct Documenrs. Work not conforming to these require- menrs,including substitutions not properly approved md authorized. may be considered defective. The Contractor's w:lIT:lncy exdudes remedy for. d:un:lge or defect caused by abuse. modifiC1tions not aecuted by the Contractor, improper or insuffident maintenance, improper opeotion, or norm:li We:lr md te:1t' under norm:li usage. If required by the' Architect, the Concoctor shall furnish satiscccory evidence as to the kind md quality of macerials md equipment. 3.6 TAXES 3.6.1 The Concoctor shall pay sales. consumer. use md similar t:l."<es for the Work or pOrtions thereof provided by the Con- toctor which are leg:illy enacted when bids :l1'e received or negoti:1tions conduded. whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go inco effect. 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Concoct Documenrs. the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit md other permirs and governmenc::1l fees. licenses md inspections necessary for proper aecution and completion of the Work which are custorruuily secured after execution of the Contr:lct and which are leg:illy required when bids are received or nego- tiations conduded. 3.7.2 The ConU':1ctor shall comply with and give notices required by I:I.ws. ordirulnces, rules, regulations md I:I.wful ordas of public authorities be:1ring on performance of the Work. 3.7.3 It is not the Concractor's responsibility to ascerain that the Contract Documenrs are in accordance with :lpplicabIe laws, St:ltutes, ord.in2nces, building codes. and rules and regula- tions. However, if the Contractor observes th:lt portions of the Contract Documenrs are at variance therewith. the ConCI:lCtor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary changes sh:ill be accomplished by approprtlCe Modific:1tion. 3.7.4 If the ConU':1ctor performs Work knowing it to be con- trary to laws, St:1tutes, ordirulnces, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, the Contr:lctor shall assume full responsibility for such Work md sh:ill bClI' the attribucble cosrs. ~ . 'i. . 3.8 ALLOWANCES 3.8.1 The Contr:1ctor shall include in the Concoct Sum :liI allowances scated in the Contract Documenrs. Items covered by allowances sh:ill be supplied for sucti amounrs md by such persons or entities :IS the Owner rruy direct, but the ContoctOr shall not be required to employ persons or entities against which the Contoctor makes reasonable objection. 3.8.2 Unless Otherwise provided in the Concr:1Ct Documenrs: .1 materials md c:quipmem under m :illowmce sh:ill be selected promptly by the Owner to avoid dei:1y in the Work: .2 aIlowmces shall cover the: cost (0 che Concoctor of materials md equipment delivered at the site md :1ll required t:l."<es. less appliClble code di:;counrs: . 8 A201-1987 AlA DOCUMENT A201 . GENERAL COl'lOlTIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRCC7l0N . FOURTEE:.'lTH EDITlON ,\1.\" . -S; 19lF THE AMERICAN INSTlTljTE OF ARCHITECTS. 173; NEW YORK ,WE:."IL'E. N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. !ooo6 00700-9 . .3 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor.install:ltion costs, overhead. profi~l' and. other expenses comempl:lCed for SUted allowance :unountS shah be induded in the Contr:lct Sum and not in the allow-mces; .4 whenc:ver costs are more than or leSs t1Un :illow-mces. . the Contr:lct Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The :unount of the Change Order shall refleCt (1) the difference between actwl cos~and the aIIow-mces under Cbuse 3.8.2.2 and (2) changes in Cot1tr:lctor's costs under Cl:luse 3.8.2.3. 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT 3.9.1 The Contr:lctor shall employ a competent. superinten- dent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the ' Project sice during perfonn:lpce of the Work. The superinten- dent shall represent the Contr:lctor, and communiotions given co che superintendent s~a11 be as binding as if given to the Con-. . cractor. Important communiotions shall be confinned in writ- ing. Other communiCltions sh=!il be simil:1rly confirmed on wricten request in each case. . ' 3.10 - CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES . 3.10.1 The Contractor. promptly after being :iw:lrded the Con~ tract, shall prepare and submic for the, Owner's and Architect's inforrrotion a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not e..'Cceed time limits current under the Contr:lct Docurrients. shall be revised :it appropriate int~rvaIs as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be rclaced to the entire Project co the e."Ctenc required by the Con- cract Documents, and shall provide for e."CpeditiOUS arid pr:lcti- cable e:'Cccution of the Work. - .3.10.2 111e Contr:lctor shall prepare snd keep current, for the Architect'S approv:d. a schedule ofsubmituls which is coordi- . nated with the Contr:lctor'sconstruction schedule' and allows the Architect l'ClSonable time to review submitt:1ls. 3.:1 0.3 The . Contr:lccor shall confonn to the' most recent schedules. 3.11 DoCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 3.11.1 The Contr:lctor shall rruint:lin at the site f~)(. the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Spc:cifiCltiOns, addenda, Change Ordc:rs and other ModifiCltiOns, in good order' and marked currently co record changes andsc:lections made during construction, ana in addition approved Shop Drawings, Prod- uct Dac. Samples and simil:lr required submitcils. These shall be available co the Architect and shall be dc:livc:red t9 the Archi- tect for submict:U co the Owner upon completion of the Work. ,. 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings. diagrams, schedules and ocher d:Lc spc:ci:1lly prep:1red for the Work by che Contr:lc~or or a Subcomr:lctor, Sub-subcontractor. m.anuf:1crurer, suppher or, distributor to must rate some portion of the Work. 3.12.2 Product Dac are iIIuscracions. scandard schedule::;, per- fonn;mce chJrtS. instructions, brochures. di:1grams and ocher' infonnacion furnished by,the Contracror to iIlustr:lce m'aterials ' or equipment for some portion of the Work. 3.12.3 SJJllplc:s :lIe physic:!l ex:unples ~'hich illustr:lce m:m:rials. equipment or workm:mship md c::;tablish standJrds by which the Work will be judged. . . 3.12.4 Shop Dra~\.'ings. Product D:H:l, SJJllple::; ;md simil:lf sub- mitrals In: not ContrJct Documents. The purpose or their sub- micc:u is co demonstr:He, for those portions of che Work, tur which submictals are required the way the Contractor proposes to confonn to th~.infot1Tl:ltion given and the design concepc e:-cpressed in the C,:?nC'6ct Documents. Review by the Architect is subject co ,the limit:!tions of Subparagr:1ph 4.2.7. 3.12.5 The Contr:lctor shall rc:view, approve and submic to che Architect'Shop Drawings. Product Dat:!, Samples and simil:1r submituls required by the Contr:lctDocumems with reason- able prompmess and in such sequence as co c:1use no dclay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate con- tr:lctors. Submituls aude by the Contractor which are nor required by .the ~ontr:lct Documents may be teturned without action. 3.12;5 The Contractor sh:ill perform no, portion of the Work tequiring submittal and review of Shop' Dr:lwings. Product Daca. Samples or simil:1r submiculs until the respective submic- tal has been approved by the Architect. Such Work shall be in accordJnce wich approved submit~. 3.12.7 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Dac. Samples and simil:1r stibmituls. the Comr:lctor representS thac che Comractor has determined and verified materials, field me:1Surements and field constructioh criteri:1 rebced thereto, or will do so. and has checked and coordinated the infonnation cont:lined within such submituls with the requirements of the Work and of the Contr:lct Documents. , 3.12.8 The Contr:lctor shall not be relieved of responsibility for devi:lCions from requirements of the Contr:lct Documents by the Architect's approv:d of Shop Dr:lwings. Product Dat:!. Samples or simi1:1r submitt:1ls unless the Contr:lctor has specifi~y infonned the Architect in wriCing of such deviation at the time of submitt:U and the' Architect has given written approv:d to the specific dc:viation; The Contr:lctor shall not be rc:lieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Draw- ings, Product Oat:!, Samples or simil:1r submittals by the Archi- tect's approval thereof. . . , , 3.12.9. The COntr:lctor sh:ill direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Cac. Samples or simi1:1r submituls, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submituls. 3.12.10 lnformational submitt:1ls upon which the Architect is noc e:-cpected to rake responsive action may be so identified in . the Comr:lct Documents." _.. 3.12.11 When profession:ll certifiCltion of performance criteria .. ofauterials. systems or equipment is required by the Contract Documents, the Archicect shall be entitled co rely upon the , accur:lcy' and completeness of such calculations and certifi. otions: 3.13 USE OF SITE 3.13.1 The Contr:lctor shall confine operations at the site to are:1S permirred by law, ordinances. permits and the Contr:lct Docum'ents and shall not unre:1Sonably encumber the sice with materials or equipment. 3.14 'CUTTING AND PATCHING , . 3.14.1 The Comractor shall be responsible for curring. fitt,ing or pacching required to complece the Work or to make, its partS tic cogether properly.' 3.14.2 The ComrJ.cror shall nor damage or endJnger a portion of che Work or fully or partially completed construction of che Owner or separ:lte contracrors by cutting: patching or other. wise :!Itering such construction, or by exc:lv:ltion. The Contrac. cor shall nor' cut or ()therwise alter such construction by the AlA DOCtJMENT Al01 . GE:"ER.\L COi'lOlTlONS OF THE CONTR.\CT FOH CONSTRCCTION . FOCRTEENTH EDITION ." AI.\' . '91')1'17 THE ,\.\\E~IC.\N INSTITliTE OF .\RCIlITECTS. l7'j~ NE\X' YORK.\\'E:"iCE. N~W.. WASHINGTON. D,C, llllllK' , A201-1987 9 00700-10 Owner or a separ:1te contoctor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate conmctor; such consent shall not be unroson:1bly withheld. The Comoctor shall not unre:!- son:1bly withhold from the Owner or a separate conmctor the Comoctor's consent to cutting or Otherwise :1Itering the Work. 3.15 CLEANING UP 3.15.1 The Contocter shall k~ the premises and surround- ing are:! free from accumul:ltion of w:l.Ste materi:1ls or rubbish c:lused by operations under the Contnct. At completion of the Work the Conmctor shall remove from and about the Project W:l.Ste m:neri:1ls. rubbish, the Comnctor's tOols. construction equipment. I112chinery and surplus m:lterials. 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to c1e:m up :l.S provided in the Conmct Documents. the Owner may do so md the cost thereof shall be: charged to the Contoctor. 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK 3.16.1 The Contocter shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in prep:rr:ltion and progress wherever loc:lted. 3.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 3.17.1 The Comoctor shall pay all roy:1lties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or cl:1ims for infringement of patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect h:1rmless from loss on account thereof, but shall nor be responsible for such defense or loss when :l particul:1r design. process or prod- uct of:l particul:1r manuf:1erurer or m:muf:1crurers is required by the Contract Documems. However. if the Contr:lctor h:1.s re:!- son to believe that the required design. process or product is an infringement of a patent, the Cunmcter shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is prompdy furnished to the Architect- 3.18 INDEMNIACATlON 3.18.1 To the fullest c:."ttent permitted by law, the Conmctor shall indemnify and hold h:1rmless the Owner. Architect, Archi- tect's consult:JOts. and agents and employees of any of them from and ag:tinst cb.ims. cl:1rmges. losses and c:.'CpC:OSC:S. indud- ing but not limited to attorneys' fees. arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work. provided that such ct1im. d.:1m- age. loss or apense is attribucble to bodily injury. sickness. disease or de:uh. or to injury to or destruction of cngible prop- erty (other than the Work itself) induding loss of use resulting therefrom. but only to the c:.-a:ent Clused in whole or in part by negligent aetS or omissions of the Conmctor, a Subconmctor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose aetS they may be liable. regardless of whether or nm such cI:lim. d:1m:1ge. loss or expense is oused in part by a p::utY indemnified hereunder. Such oblig:1tion shall nor be construed to neg:1te, abridge, or reduce Other rights or oblig:ltions of indemnity ~'hich would otherwise exist :l.S to a party or person described in this PJ.l"Jgr:lph 3.18. 3.18.2 [n cbims :lg::Unst any person or emity indemnifkd under this P:1r:Igr:Iph 3.18 by an employee of the Comr:lctor. :l Subcomr:lcter. anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for ~'hose acts they m:lV be li:1ble. the indemniric:l- tion obiig:ltiOn under this P:lr:lgr:lph 3,18 sh:1l1 not be limited by :l limit:ltion on :lJ'T1ounr or type of d:llTuges. compensation or benetits p:lY:lble bv or for the Contr:::cmr or :l Subcomncror under workers' or o;I,'orkmen's compens:ltion :lctS. di:;:lbility benerit :lcts or other emplovee benerit :lets. 3.18.3 The oblig:ltions or the: Contnctor under thi:; p:lf'Jgnph 5, l8 sh:1l1 nor extend to ,he: li:lbilitv of the Architect. the Archi- tect's consulcnts. and agents and employees of any of them arising out of (1) the preparation or approv:Jl of maps. dr:lwings. opinions. reports, surveys, Change Orders. designs or specifio- tions, or (2) the giving of or the f.illure to give directions or instructions by the Architect, the Architect's consultants. and agents ::od employees of any of them provided such giving or failure to give is the prim:uy Cluse of the injury or d:un:lge. :F~ . ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRA TlON OF THE CONTRACT 4.1 ARCHITECT 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to pnctice architecture or an entity lawfully pr:lcticing architecture iden- tified :IS such in the Agreement md is referred to throughout the Conmct Documents :l.S if singul:1r in number. The term "Architect" me:ms the Architect or the Architect's authorized represenutive. 4.1.2 Duties. responsibilities and limiutions of authority of the Architect :l.S set forth in the Contnct Documents shall nm be restricted, modified or c:."ttended without written consent of the Owner, ContnctOr and Architect. Consent shall not be unre:!- sonably withhdd. . 4.1.3 in ase of termin:ltion of employment of the Architect. the Owner shall appoint an architect ag:tinst whom the Con- tr:leter makes 'no r=on:1ble objection and whose sutuS under the Contr:let Documents shall be that of the former architect. 4.1.4 Disputes arising under SubparJgraphs 4.1.2 and .U.3 shall be subject ro arbimtion. 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2.1 The Architect will provide adminismtion of the Contnct as described in the Conmct Documents, and will be the Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence. from time ro time during the correction period described in P:lr:1- graph 12.2. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. The Architect will have authority ro act on behalf of the Owner only ro the extent provided in the Contr:lct Documents. unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accord:1nce with other provisions of the Conmct. 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the st:1ge of construction to become generally f:1miliar with the progress and quality of the completed Work and to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indiot- ing th:lt the Work, when completed. will be in :lccord:1nce with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or cominuous on-site inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work. On the basis of on- site observ:ltions :l.S an architect. the Architect will k~ the Owner informed of progress of the Work. and ~'ilI e:nde:t....or to gu:lfd the Owner ag:1inst defeCtS and deficiencies in the Work. 4.2.3 The Architect will not h:lve control over or charge or and will nor be responsible for construction me:m.s. methods. techniques. sequences or procedures. or for s:lfety prec:lutions :lnd progr:unS in conne:ction with the Work. since these :lre sold,. the Contncror's responsibility :IS provided in Paf'Jgnph ),). The Architect will nor be responsible for the Contncror's f:lilure to C:lfry out the \'{'ork in :lccord:ll1ce ~'ith the Contnct Documenrs. The: .\rchitect will nor h:l....e control over or ch:lrge: of :md will nOt be: responsible for :lcts or omissions of the Con- . . 10 A201-1987 AlA DOCUMENT A201 . GE:'\ER.~L cmmlTlo:-;s OF THE CO~TR.\CT fOR CONSTRL'CTION . FOLRTEE:-;TH EDITIO:-; .~I.\' . 'S; I ')H- THE .~.\IERICA;\ I;\STITLTE ()F .~RCHITECTS. l-.~' :'>EW YORK .~ VE:'\L'E. ,_.\1;'.. W.~SHI:'\GTO:-l. D,C. ~1l1l()6 00700-11 . t!':lctor, Subcont!':lctors. or their agentS or employ~, or of :my , other persons performing portions of the Work. 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administra- tion. Except as otherwise provided in the COntr:lct DocumentS or when direct communietions have been specially a1,1tho- rized. the Owner :md Contr:1ctor shall ende:lvor to communi- . CIte through the Architect. Communietions by md with the Archit~'S consulUIltS shall be through thcArchitect. Commu- nietionsby, and with Subcontr:1ctors :md materi:il suppliers sh:ill be through the Contr:l.ctor. Communic:uions by:md with separ:ue contr:1ctors shall be through the Owner. 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's observ:1tions :md ev:1lu:uions of. the Contr:lctor's Applietions for P:1ymc:nt, the Architect will review md certify the :lmountS due the Contr:1ctor md will issue Certilietes for P:1yment in such :lmountS. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contr:ICt DocumentS. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable for implement:!.- tion of t~e intent of the Contr:1ct DocumentS, the Architect will have ::luthonty to require addition:ll inspection or teSting of the Work, in, accord:1nce with Subpar:1gr:1phs 13.5.2 :md-13.5.3. whether or not such Work is fabrieted. insulled or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nora decision made in good faith either to aercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Aichi- tect to the Contragor, Subcontr:1ctors. m:lteri:Ll md equipment , suppliers. their :lgentS or employees, or other persons perform- ing portions of the Work, 4.2.7 The Architect will review md :lpprovc: or take other appropri:1te action upon the Contr:1ctor's' submitt:1ls. such as Shop Drawings, Product Dac md Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given :md the design concept expressed in the Contr:1ct DOcu- mentS. The Architect's action will be taken with such reason- able prompmes.s as to euse no del:1y in the Work or in the activities of the Owner, Contr:l.ctor or separ:1te 'contr:1ctors. while :illowing suffident time in the Architect's profession:U _ judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submitt:1ls is not conducted for the purpose of determining the ~C:CU;.lcy :md completeness of other det:tils sUch as dimensions 'md quantities. or for subst:lJ1tiating instructions for insullation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which rem:tin the responsibility of the Contr:l.Ctor :1S required by the ,'Conu'act ' DocumentS. The Architect'S review of the ContraCtor's submit- t:Il.s shall not relieve the Contr:l.Ctor of the Oblig:1tions under Paragr:lphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review sh:ill not constitute :lpproVaJ of s:lfecy precutions or; unless otherwise specific:illy scted by the Architect. of :my construction me:l11S. methods. techniques. sequences or procedures. The ArchiteCt's' approv:1l of a'specific item stulL nOt indicate :lpprov:1l 9f an assembly,of which the item is a component. . . 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Ch:mge Orders'md Construc- tion Change Directives, :md may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragr:lph 7.4. .,', . 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine, the cbte or cbtes ofSubst:mti:1l Completion md [he cbte of tin:l.l completion. will receive md fOrw:lCd to the Owner for the Owner's review md tecords written warr:rnties :md rebted documentS required by the COntr:lCt md ;1Ssemb1c:d by the: Contractor. md will issue :l tin:1l Certificate for P:lvment upon compliance with the: requirementS of the ClJl1tr:lCt 'DocumentS. 4.2.10 If che Owner md .vchitect :Igree. the Architect ~'ill pro~ vide one or more project representatives to assL~t in carrying out the Architect'S responsibilities at the site. The duties, responSibilities md limitatioris of authority, of such project represenctives shall be as se:t forth in :m exhibit to be incorpo- !':lted in the Contr:lct DocumentS. ' 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret :md decide matters concern- ing perform:mce .under md requirementS of the Contr:lct DocumentS on .writ~en request of either the Owner or Contrac- tor. The Architect's response to such requestS, will be made with reasonable prompmess :md wi~in my time limitS :lgreed upon. If no agreement is mace concerning the time within which interpreutions, required of the Architect sh:ill be fur- nished in compliance with this Paragr:1ph 4.2, then deby sh:ill . not be recognized on :lccount ,of f:1ilure by the Architect to fur- nish such' interpreutions until 15 d:1ys after written request is made for them. 4.2.12 Imerpreutions :md decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of md reasonably infer:lble from the Contract DocumentS :md will be inwritingor in the form of drawings. When making such interprections :md decisions, the Architect will endovor to secure faithful performance by both Owner :md Contr:lctOr, will nOt show partiality to either md will not be Ii:1ble for resultS of imerpreuoons or decisions so rendered in good faith. 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters rel:1ting to aesthetic effect will be fma! if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contr:lct DocumentS. 4.3 ctAlMS AND DISPUTES 4.3.1 'Definition. A Cl:1im is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpre, ction of Contract terms, paymem of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to, the terms of the Contr:1ct. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in ques- tion between the Owner and Contr:lctor arising out of or relat- ing to the ContraCt. C1aims must be made bv written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims stUn rest with the party m:tkirig the Claim. ' 4.3.2 Decision of Architect. Claims, including those: :illeging :m error or omission bv the Architect. shall be referred initially to the Architect for action as provided in P:1r:lgraph 4.4. A deci- sion by the Architect. as provided in Subp:tr:lgr:1ph 4.4.4, sh:ill be required :1S a condition precedent to arbitr:ltion or litigation of :1 Claim between the Contr:1ctor :md Owner as to :ill such matters arising prior to the date fm:u payment is due, regardless of (1) whether such matters,rel:1te to e:<ecution:md progress of the Work or (2) the atent to which the Work has been com- pleted. The decision by the Architect in response to a C1:tim shall not be a condition precedent to arbitr:ltion or litigation in the event (1) the position of Architect is v:lc:ant, (2) the Architect has nOt received evidence or hasf:1iled to render a decision within agreed time limitS, (3) the Architect" has f:1iled to take action required under Subparagr:lph 4.4.4 within 30 cbys after the Claim is m:lde. (4) ~5 d:1ys have passed mer the Claim has been referred to the Architect or (5) the Claim rel:1tes to a mechmic's lien. 4.3.3 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either pmy must be m:lde within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to .such Claim or ~'ithin 21 cbys :liter the.cbim:lm first recognizes the: condicion giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. Cl:tims must be m:lde by written notice. An :lddition:1l Claim m:lde :lfter the initi:1l Cl:1im has been implemented by Ch:mge Order will not be co'nsidere:d unless submitted in :1 cimely mmner. AlA DOCUMENT A201 . (jE~ER.~L COO'lDIT10NS Of THE CO='TR.~CT fOR CO='STRCCT10N . fOL'RTEE='TH E!)ITIO~ .\1.\" . ~ I"H- THE ,\~IERIC.~:'II~STITt.:TE Of .~RCHITECTS. I-~' :"E\X' YORK .~\'E~CE, :-I,~'.. w.~SH1:"GTO~. 0 C ;llOO(, . A201-1987 11 00700-12 4.3.4 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final reso- lution of a Claim including :lI'bitr:1tion, unless otherwise agreed in writing the Contr:1ctor shall proceed diligently with perfor- mance of the Conmct md the Owner shall continue to make p:lymentS in accordance with the Contoct DocumentS. 4.3.5 Waiver of Claims: Final Payment. The making of fmal p:lyment shall constitute a W':liver of Cl:1i..ms by the Owner except those arising from: .1 liens. CI:tims, security interestS or encumbr:ll1ces aris- ing out of the Contoct md unsettled; .2 fuilure of the Work to comply with the requirementS of the Conmct DocumentS; or .3 terms of speci:l.l warr:mties required by the Contoct DocumentS. 4.3.6 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If con- ditions :lI'e encountered at the site which :lI'e (1) subsurf:1ce or otherwise concealed physiCl! conditions which differ materi- ally from those indicued in the Contoct DocumentS or (2) unknown physiCl! conditions of an unusual nature. which dif. fer m:lteri:1lly from those ordinarily found to exist md gener:illy recognized as inherent in construction activities of the char:lcter provided for in the Contr:1ct DocumentS, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other parry promptly before conditions :lI'e disturbed md in no event later than 21 ~ys after first observance of the conditions. The Archi- tect will promptly investig:ue such conditions and, if they differ materi:illy md cause m incrc:::LSe ordecre:lSe in the Contr:1ctOr's cost of. or time required for. perforrrumce of my part of the Work. will recommend m equicble adjustment in the Contoct Sum or Contract Time. or both. If the Architect determines chat the conditions at the site are not m:lteri:illy different from those indicated in the Conmct DocumentS md that no change in the terms of the Conmct is justified, the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Conmctor in writing. St:lting the re:lSons. Claims by either party in opposition to such deterrnin:ltion must be aude within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. If the Owner md Conmctor c:umOt agree on an adjustment in the Conmct Sum or Contoct Tune, the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial deter- min:ltion. subject to further proceedings purswnt to Par:1gcph 4.4. 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contr:l.ctor wishes to m:1ke Claim for m incrose in the Conmct Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims rdating to m emergency endangering life or property arising under P:1r:l- gcph 10.3. If the Contr:1ctor believes additional cost is involved for re:lSons including but not limited to (1) a written interprection from the Architect. (2) m order by the Owner to stOp the Work where the Contr:lctor w:lS not at fault, (3) a writ- ten order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Archi- tect, (4) fuilure of payment by the Owner. (5) termin:ltion of the Contr:lct by the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other re:lSonable grounds, Cl:tim shall be filed in accordance with the procedure established herein. 4.3.8 Claims for Additional Time 4.3.8.1 If the Conrr:lctOr wishes to make Cl:1im for ;m incre:J.Se in the Conrr:lct Time. written notice as provided herein sh:ill be given. The Conrnctor's Cl:tim shall include an estimate or' cosr and of probable eife:ct ot delav on,progrc:ss of the Work. In rhe: C:J.Se of :l continuing delay only one Cl:tim is ne:Ces5ary. 4.3.8.2 If :ldverse wC=-Jrhe:r conditions :lre the basis for a C!Jim for :lddirional rime. such C!Jim shall be documenre:d by lb.tJ substantiating that wether conditions were :lbnomul for the period of time ;md could not luve been re:lSoCl:l.bly anticip:lted, and th:lt wether conditions had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. r . 4.3.9 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Conmct suffers injury or dam:lge to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, of any of the other parry's employees or agentS, or of others for whose ac-oS such party is leg:illy li:1ble, written nOtice of such injury or damage. whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a re:lSOnable time not exceeding 21 d:1ys after first observance. The notice shall provide sufficient deuil to enable the other party to investig:1Ce the matter. If a Claim for addi- tiOn:ll cost or time rel:ued to this Claim is to be ::tSSerred, it shall be fIled as provided in Subp<lr:lgcphs 4.3.7 or 4.3.8. 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.4.1 The Architect will review Claims md t:lke one or more of the following preiirnin2ry actions within ten days of receipt of a CI:1im: (1) request additional supporting d:1t:l from the cl:tirrunt, (2) submit J schedule to the parties indicating when the Archi- tect expectS to take action. (3) reject the Cl2im in whole or in part, SUting re:lSOns for rejection, (4) recommend approV'Ji of the Chim by the other party or (5) suggest a compromise. The Architect m:lY also. but is not oblig:ued to. notify the surety. if any, of the nature and :amount of the Claim. 4.4.2 If a Cl:l.im has been resolved, the Architect will prepare or obtain appropriate documentation. 4.4.3 If a CI:tim has not been resolved. the party making the Claim shall, within ten d:1ys after the Architect's preliminary response, t:lke one or more of the following actions: (1) submit additional supporting ~ta requested by the Architect, (2) modify the initial Claim or (3) notify the Architect that the initi:1l Cl2im stands. . 4.4.4 If a Claim h:ls not been resolved after consideration of the foregoing and of further evidence presented by the parties or requested by the Architect, the Architect will notify the parties in writing that the Architect's decision will be made within seven days, which decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to arbitotion. Upon expiotion of such time period, the Architect will render to the parties the Architect's written decision re~tive to the Claim. including any change in the Contract Sum or Conmct Time or both. If there is a surety and there appears to be :l possibility of a Contractor's def:1ult. the Architect au'!. but is not obligated to. notify the surety and request the surety's :lSSistance in resolving the controversy. 4.5 ARBITRATlON 4.5.1 Controversies and Claims Subject to Arbitration. Any controversy or Cl:l.im arising out of or related to the Comnct, or the brech thereof. shall be settled by arbitr:ltion in Jccor- dance with the Construction Industry Arbimtion Rules of the Americ:m Arbitr:ltion Assod:1tion, and judgment upon the award rendered by the :lI'bitr:1Cor or :lI'birr:ltOrs may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. except controversies or Claims rel:tting to ac:sthetic effect :md except those w:tived JS provided for in Subpaognph 4.3.5. Such controversies or Cl:Lims upon which the Architect hJ.S given notice and rendered J decision as provided in SubpJngnph 4.4.-i shall be subject ro arbitr:1tion upon written demand of either p:J.rty, Arbirntion mJY be commenced when -is lb.ys h:lve pJ.Ssed :liter :.1 CI:tim hJ.S been referred ro the :vchirect :J.S provided in Par:lgnph -+j :lnti no decision hJS been rendered. . 12 A201-1987 AlA DOCUMENT A.201 . CE:-;ER.,L CO:-oOITIONS OF THE CONTR.,CT FOK CO~STRl:(:TION . FOl'RTEE:-ITH EDITION .,1.," . ,S) I 'J1i7 THE .,;l.IERIC,:-; I:-<STITt:TE OF ARCHITECTS. 17~, :-oE"" YORK .WE:-ICE. :-I,w,. W.,SHI;-;(jTON. o,c. 20ll1X, 00700-13 4.5.2 Rules and Notices for Arbitration. cmms berween the Owner md Cont~ctor nocresolved under P2ragr:1ph 4.4' sh:ill. .if subject co arb, icration under Subpangr.lph 4.5.1. be decided by arbicr:1tion in :lccord:lnce with the Construction Industry . Arbicr:uion Rules of the Americ:m Arbicration Associ2tion cur~ ' rently in effect, unless the parties muru:illy agree otherwise. Notice of dc:m:md for arbicration shall be filed in writing :with the othc:rparty [0 the Agreemenc berween the Owner:md Con- U':lctOr md with the Americ:m ArbiU':ltion Associ2tion, md. a copy sh:ill be filed with the Archicect. 4.5.3 Contract Perfonnance During Arbitration. During arbi- cration proceedings. the Owner :md ConU':lctor shall cmnply with Subp:1l':lgr:1ph 4.3.4. 4.5.4 When Arbitration May 8e Demanded. Dem:md for arbi- rr:1cion of :my C1:1im may n9c be made unci! the orlier of (1) the d:lce on which the Archicect h:1s rendered a final written deci- sion on the C1:1im. (2) the tenth d:ly after the parties have pre- sentedevidence co the Architect or have been given rc::lSOruble opportUnicy coda so. if the Archicect has noc rendered a fin:ll written decision by dut cbte. or (3) :my of the five events described in Subpangraph 4.3.2. 4.5.4.1 When a wriccen decision of the Archicect scces that (1) the decision is fmal bue subject co arbiU':ltion :md (2) a demand for arbicration of a Claim covered by,such decision musC be . made within 30 cbys after the date on which the party'making the demand receives the final wriccen decision. then failure co demand arbicration within said 30 cbys' period shall result in the Arc:hicect's decision becoming final :md binding upon the Owner :md ConU':lctor. If the Archicect renders a decision after arbiU':ltion proceedings have been initi:ued, such decision may be entered as evidence. but shall noc supersede arbicration pro- ceedings unless the decision is accept:1ble co all parties concerned. . . . 4.5.4.2' A dc:m:md for arbiU':ltion shall be made within the time limits spc:ctfied in subparagr.lphs 4.5.1 and 4.5.4 md Clause 4.5.4.1 as appliClble, md in other C1Ses within a re:ISOnable cime after che Claim has arisen. md in no evenc shall ic be made. after the dace when insticution of leg:tl or equit:1ble proceedings based on such C1:1im would be barred by the appliClble st:lcute of limictiOrls as decermined pursu:mc co Pangraph 13.7. 4.5.5 LJmitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbiU':ltion arising out of ,or rel:1ting co the ConU':lct Documents shall include. byconsolict:luon or joinder or in any othe,r manner, the Archicect. the Architect's employees or consult:1l1ts, excepC by wricten consenc containing specific reference to Jhe _Agree~' ment mdsigned by the Architect, Owner. Contractor and my other person or entity sought to be joined. No arbiU':ltion sh:lll include. by consolicbtion or joinder or in :my other m:mner. parties ocher th:m the Owner. Contractor, a separace coCurac- cor as described in Article 6 arid other. persons subst:1!lci:1lly involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence' is required if complete relief is ro be accorded in :lrbitration..No person or etHicy ocher than the Owner. Contractor or a separate comractor as described'in Article 6 shall be includedas.:m orig-. . in:ll third p:ll't}' or :1ddition:i1 third parry to an :1cbitr:ltion whose' imerest or responsibility is insubst:1!lti:1l. Consent to arbitr:1tion involving :m :1ddition:ll person or entity sh:Lll not cqnsticute consent to Jrbitr:ltion of:l disoute not described therein or wich. J person or entity not named or described therein. The fore' going Jgreement to :ubitr:lte :md ocher :lgreements co :11'bic!':1.te . with an :lddition:Ll person or entity duly consented to byp:mies to the Agreement sh:Ll1 be specifically enforcoble under :ippli- ohle hw in Jny court hJving jurisdiction thereut'.. . , 4.5.6 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. A party who files a notice of demand for arbiU':ltion must :lSsert in the dem:md all cl:ilifui' then known to dut party on which arbiU':l- tion is permicted co be dc:m:mded. When :l party f:li1s to indude a Claim through oversight, inadvertence or e:ccusable nc:glect, or when a Claim has matured or been acquired subsequently. the arbiC1.ltor or arbiU':lcors may permic amendment. .4.5.7 Judgment on Final Award. The :1w:lCd rendered by the arbitracor or arbiU':ltors shall be fuul, and judgment may be entered upon it in accord:lnce with applioble law in:my court having jurisdiction thereof. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS .5.1 DEANmONS 5.1.1 A SubconU':lctor is a person or entity who has :I direct contract with the Concractor to perform a portion of the Work at the sire. The term "Subconcractor" is referred to throughout the Contr:1ct Documents ~ if singul:1r in number :md means a Subcontr:1ctor or :m authorized eeprc:sent:1tive of the Subcon- tractor. The rerm "Subconcractor" does not include a separate comracror or subconcractors of a separate contr:1ctor. 5.1.2 A Sub-subconU':lctor is :l person or entity who h:1s a direct or indirect concract with :l Subconcractor co perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub-subcontractor" is referred ro throughout the Concract Docwnents as if singular in number and means :l Sub-sU.bconU':lctor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subconcractor. 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE. WORK 5.2.1 Unless otherwise St:1ted in the Goncract Documents or the bidding requirements, the ConU':lctor, as soon as pr:lC- tioble after aw:lI'd of the Contr:lct. shall furnish in writing to the Owner through me ArchiteCt the names of persons or enti- ties (induding those who are to.fumish materials or equipment fabricated to a speci:ll design) proposed for e:1ch principal por- tion of the Work. The Architect will promptly reply to the Con- tr:lctor in writing St:lting whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due investig::ltion. has rc::lSOnable objection to .any such proposed person orenticy. f:illure of the Owner or 'Architect toeeply promptly shall consticute notice of no re:ISOn- able objection. 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not cont~ct with a proposed per- son or entity co whom the Owner or A!chitect has lrulde rea- sonable and timely objection. The Cont~Ctor shall. not be required to comract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made re:lSon:lble objection. . 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has re:tSonable objection to :l person or entity proposed by the ,Contractor. the Comr:lctor shall propose :mother co whOl'!l the 9wner Or Archicecr has no re:lSon:lble objection. The ConU':lct Sum sh:ill be incn::JSed or decreased by the differe:lce in COSt oCC1Sioned by such ch:mge and:m appropri:lce Ch:1nge Order shall be issued. Ho~'ever. no incre:lSe in the Contract Sum sh:LlI be :Lllowed for such ch:mge unlc:ss rhe Contractor has acted prompdy and r~ponsivc:ly in submitting names ,as required. 5.2.4 The ContrJcror sh:Ll1 nor ch:mge :I.Subcontractor. person or entity previouSly selected if the Owner .or Architect m:1ke::i . rc:'.l::ion:lblc: objection to such ch:lnge. . " AlA DOCUMENT ,1.201 . (;E~ERAL CQi'lOlTlO:-lS OF THE CONTR.KT FOR CONSTRL'CTION . FOCRTEENTH EDITtON AlA" ..s: 1'll!7 THE A.\IER1C.~:-: r:-:STtTCTE OF ,~RCHITECTS. 175'. :-<EW YORK .WE~CE. :-<'w.. W,\SHINGTON. D.C. l(~)()h A201-1987 13 00700-14 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RElATIONS 5.3.1 By appropri:lte agreement, written where leg:illy required for v::tlidity, the Contr.lctor sh:ill require e:!ch Subcontractor, to the e:'ttent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontr.lctor, ro be bound to the Contr.lctor by terms of the Contract Docu- mentS, and to :LSSume tOw:lfd the Contracror :ill the oblig:ltions and responsibilities which the Contracror, by these Docu- mentS, :LSSumes tOw:lfd the Owner and Architect. E:1ch subcon- tract agreement shall preserve and protect the rightS of the Owner and Architect under the Contr.lct DocumentS with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontt:1ctor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rightS. and sh:ill :illow to the Subcontracror, unless specific:illy provided Otherwise in the subcontract agreement. the benefit of :ill rightS. remedies and redress ag:Unst the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract DocumentS, h:IS ag:Unst the Owner. Where appropri:lte; the Contractor sh:ill require och Subcontracror to enter into simi!:1r agreementS with Sub-sub- contractors. The Contr.lctor sh:ill make av:lil:lble to och pro- posed Subcontractor. prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement. copies of the Contract DocumentS to which the Subcontractor will be bound. and, upon written request of the Subcontr.lctor. identify ro the Subcontracror terms and condi- tions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at v:1ri:lnce with the Contract DocumentS. Subcontr.lctors sh:ill simi!:1rly make copies of applic:1ble portions of such documentS av:ill:lble to their respective proposed Sub-subcontr.lctors. 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS 5.4.1 E:1ch subcontract agrc:ement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contt:1ctor to the Owner provided th:lt: .1 :LSSignment is effective only after termination of the Contr.lct by the Owner for cause pur5U2!lt to P:lt:1- graph 14.2 and oniy for those subcontract agreementS which the Owner acceptS by notifying the Subcon- tractor in writing; and .2 :LSSignment is subject to the prior rightS of the surety, if any. oblig:lted under bond relating to the Contr.lct. 5.4.2 If the Work h:ls been suspended for more Uun 30 days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equit:lbly adjusted. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right ro perform,construction or operations rel:tted to the Project with the Owner's own forces. and to a~rd separate contractS in conn::ction with other por- tions of the Project or Other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identic::1l or subscnti:llly similar to these including those pOrtions related to insurance md wah'er of subrog:ltion. If the Contractor cl:tims th:lt del:ty or :Idditional cost is involved beouse of such action by the Owner. the Contr:lctor shall m:Ike such Ci:lim as provided else- where in the Contract DocumentS. 6.1.2 When separ:lte cuntr:lcts :.Ire :J.'\"-:J.rded for different por- tions llf the Project or other construction ur uper.ltions on the site. the term "ContractOr" in the Contract DocumentS in e:!ch C:.lSc: sh:1l1 mc::m the Contractor whll execute:; c::lch sep:J.rate Owner.eLlnerJeW! .\gre::mc:nt. 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activi- ties of the Owner's own forces and of och separ:lte contr.lctor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor sh:ill participate with other separ:ue con- tr.lctors and the Owner in reviewing their construction sched- ules when directed to do so. The Contt:1ctor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule and Contr.lct Sum deemed necessary after a joint review and murual agreement. The construction schedules sh:ill then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, separ:lte contr.lctors and the Owner until subsequently revised. .p... -:<" ' . 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contr:lct DocumentS, when the Owner performs construction or opet:1tions related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same oblig:ltions and to have the same rightS which :J.pply to the Contr.lctor under the Condi- tions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those st:lted in Artide 3, this Article 6 and Artides 10, II and 12. 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBIUTY 6.2.1 The Contr.lctor sh:ill uford the Owner and separ:lIe con- tractors rc::LSonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and perform:mce of their activi- ties and sh:ill connect and coorclin:1te the Contr:1ctor's con- struction and operations with theirs :IS required by the Contract DocumentS. 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or resultS upon construction or opc:r:ttions by the Owner or a Separ:1te contr:l.ctor, the Contractor shall. prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work. promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepandes or defectS in such other construction that would render it unsuit:lble for such proper execution and resultS. F:Iilure of the Contr.lctor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or sc:p:1- rate contr.lctOrs' completed or parti:illy completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defectS not then rc::LSon:1bly discoverable. . 6.2.3 CostS caused by dei:1ys or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shall be borne by the pm-ty responsi- ble therefor. 6.2.4 The Contr:lctor shall promptly remedy cl:1m:1ge wrong- fully C:1used by the Contr.lctor to completed or partially com- pleted construction or to property of the Owner or separ:l.te contt:1ctors :IS provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 6.2.5 Cl:tims and other disputes and matters in question between the Contractor and a sep:lr:lte contr.lctor sh:ill be sub- ject to the provisions of Paragraph 4.3 provided the sep:lr:lte contr.lctOr has reciproc:1l obligations. 6.2.6 The Owner md e:!ch separate contractor sh:ill have the' s:une responsibilities for cutting and p:1tching as :lIe described for the Contr.lctor in P:1r:lgraph 3.1-t. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP 6.3.1 If:.l dispute Jrises :unong the ContractOr. sep:lr:1te con- tractOrs :md the Owner :.IS to the responsibility under their respective contt:lctS for m:linoining the premises md surround- ing :lIe:! free from W:ISte m:lteri:1ls and rubbish :IS described in P:J.rJgraph 3.15. the Otvner m:J.Y clc::m up and :l1loc:J.te the COSt :lmong those responsible :l.S the Architect determines to be just. . 14 A201-1987 AlA DOCUMENT A201 . GE~ER."'L CO:"OITIO"S OF THE CO~TR....CT FOR COl'STRL'CTION . FOL'RTEE;'<'TH EOITIO;-': .\l..... . ;; 19H- THE .....'IERIC.\~ I~STITt:TE OF ....RCHITECTS. 1-.1'; :-;E\l;' YOR!o; ,WE='lE. :'1.\1('" \l;.....SHl"GTO~. o,c. 21l1l0<l 00700-15 ARTICLE 7 . CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.1 CHANGES 7.1.1 Clunges in the Work may be accomplished after execu- , tion of the Contnct. :md withom inv:ilicbting the Contnct, by Clunge: Order. Construction Ch:mge Directive or order' for a minor ch:mge in the Work. subject to the limit:1tions st:1red in this Article 7 :md elsewhere in theContr:lct Documents. 7.1.2 A Clunge Order shall be based upon :igrec:ment :m1ong the Owner. Conr.ractor :md Architect; a Construction Ch:mge Directive requires' agreement by the Owner :md Architect :md mayor may nor be agreed to by the Contr:lctor; :m order for a minor ch:mge in the W9rk may be issued by tne Architect ~~ - 7.1.3 Ch:mges in the Work shall be performed under appli- cable provisions of the Contr:lct DocumentS. :md the Contnc- tOr sh:ill proceed promptly. unless Otherwise provided in the Ch:mge Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. 7.1.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contr:lct Documents or subsequently agreed' upon. :md if quantities origirolly con- templated are so changed in a proposed Ch:mge Order or Con-. struction Ch:mge Directive that application of such utiit prices to qu:mtities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contr:lctOr. the applicable unit prices shall be equit:lbly adi~ted. . . 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS 7.2.1 A Change Order is a v.;ritten in:mument prepared by the Architect :md signed by the Owner, Conr.ractor :md Architect. sating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 a change in the Work; . .2 the :unounc of the adjuscment in the Contnct sum. if :my; ,md _ .3 the e:'Ctent of the adjuscment in the Contr:lct Time. if any. 7.2.2 ~ethods used in determining adjuscments to the ContnCt-. Sum may include those listed in Subp:lr:lgraph 7.3.3. 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTlVES 7.3.1 A Conscruction Ch:1nge .Directive is a written order pre- pared by the Architect :md signed by the Owner :md Architect. directing a change in the Work :md St:1ting a proposed b:lSis for adjustment. if my. in the Contr:lct Sum or Contr:lct'Time. or both. The Owner mav bv Construction Change DireCtive. .v..irhout inv:ilid:1ting the Cuntr:lct. order changes in the W'ork ~vithin the general scope of the Comr:lct consisting of addi- tion$. deletions or other revisions. the Contr:lct Sum and Con- tr:lct Tim~ being adjusted accordingly. 7.3.2 A Construction Ch:mge Directive shall be used in. tl1e Jbsence of total Jgrc:emem on the terms of ~ Ch:U1ge Order. ' 7.3.3 If' the Cun:;truction Ch:mge Directive provides, for :m Jdju.'itmenttO the: Cllntr:lCt Sum. the adjUStmencsh:.t1l be b:lSed lin une of the fullll~\..ing me:thods: ' .. .1 mutual Jccept:mce of J lump sum prope:rly itemized Jml supported hy sufficient subst:mti:lting d:.tt:l to per- mir e:'.:uu:Hiun: .2 unit price::; stated' in the Comr.lct DOClullenrs or su~-' seque:lt!\. Jgreed upon: . .3 cost to ~e determined in a manner agreed upon by the p;u<ies and a mucua1ly accept:1ble fL'ted or percent- age f~;'O~ '. .4 as provided in Subp:lr:lgraph i.3.6. 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Ch:1nge Directive. the Conr.ractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved :md advise the Architect of the Conr.ractor's agreement or disagreement with the'method. if :my. provided in the Conscruction Change Directive for determining the pro- posed adjuscment in the Conr.ract Sum or Conr.ract Time. 7.3.5 A 'Construction Ch:mge Directive signed by the COntr:lC- tor indicates [he agreement of the Conr.ractor therewith. indud- ing adjustment in Contract Sum and Conr.ract Tune or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effec- tive immedi:lCcly :md shall be recorded JS a Change Order. 7.3.6 If the Contr.1ctor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for :1djuscment in the Contnct Sum. the method and the :ldjuscment shall be determined by the Archi- tect 'on theb:lSis of reasonable c:.'Cpenditures :md savings of those performing the Work attribut:1ble to the change. includ- ing. in case of :m increase in the Comnct Sum. a reasonable allow:mce for overhe:ld md profit. In such case. :md also under Clause 7.,.,.3. the Contr:lctor shall keep md present. in such form :IS [he Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropri:lCe supporting cbt:1. Unless Otherwise provided in the Contnct Documents. costs for'the purposes of this subparagraph i~,.6 shall be limited to the following: .1 costs of labor, including soci:1l security, old age :md unemployment insurance. fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, :md workers', or workmen's ,compensation insurance: .2 costs of materi:l.ls, ?UPplies and equipment. includ- ing cost of transportation. whether incorpOr:lted or consumed: .3 rental cOSts of machinery and equipment. exclusive of hand tOOls. whether rented from the Contr:lctor or others: .4 costs of premium.S for all bonds and insurance. permit fees. and sales. ~. or similar t:I..'tes rc:b.ted to. the Work; and .5 additional COSts of supervision arid field office person- nel directly :.turibut:lble to me ch:1nge. 7.3.7 Pending final determination of cost [0 the Owner. amounts not in dispute maybe' included in Applications for Payment. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contr:lC- cor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrc::lSe in the Contr:lct Sum shall be :lCtUal net cost :IS con- firmed by the, Architect. When both additiOnS :md credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in :1 ch:mge. the allowance for overhe:ld :md profit shall be figured on the b~is of net inci'e:1se. if:my. with respect to that change. 7.3.8 If [he Owner md Contr:lctor do nOt :lgrc:e with the :idjustment in Contr:lct Time: or the method for determining it. the :.tdjustment or the meth~ld shall be referred to the Architect for de:termin:1tion. 7.3.9 When the Owner md Conrr:lccor :1gree ~\"ith the: deter- min:.ttion mJde by the ..uchitect cuncerning the: :.tdjustmems in the Comr:lct Sum:md Comr.lct Time. nr,orherwise rt:'.lch :lgree- mem upon the ,Jdjustmenrs. such Jgn:ememshall be effeCtive immedi:ltc:lv mcJ shall be recurded by prep:.trJtjpn Jnd execu. tion III In Jpprnpri:Jte Ch:.tnge Order. . AlA DOCUMENT AlO, . GE:"ERAL CO!';{)lT\ONS OF THE CONTR.\l:T.FOR CO:-;STRI 'CTION . FOCRTEE:-;TH EDITION .\1.\. . ;; \<lH- 7HE '.\~IERIC.\='I:-;:;T1TCTE OF .\RCHITECTS. \-.\, :-;EWYOHK .\VE='CE. C',W. W.\SHI:-;GTO:-;, D,C.2t~1I~' . A201-1987 15 00700-16 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.4.1 The Architect will tuve authoricy to order minor ch:1nges in the Work not involving adjustment in the Conrraa Sum or extension of the Contr:lCt Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contr:lCt Documems. Such ctunges sh.:lll be effeCted by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and ContraCtor. The ContraCtor shall c:my out such written orders promptly. ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.1 DEFlNmONS 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, COntract Tune is the period of time, including authorize~ adjustmencs, allOtted in the: Con- tract Documencs for Substantial Completion of the Work. 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date esublished in the Agreemem. The date shall nOt be postponed by the f:tilure to aCt of the ContraCtor or of persons or entities for whom the Contr:lCtor is responsible. 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph 9.8. 8.1.4 The term "day" :IS used in the Contract Documencs sh.:lll mean c:1iend.:lr day unless otherwise specifically defined. 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPlETION 8.2.1 Time limirs scated in the Contr:lCt Documencs are of the essence of the Contr:lCt. By executing the Agreement the Con- traCtor confinns that che ContraCt Time is a re:lSon:1ble period for performing the Work. 8.2.2 The Contr:lCtor shall not knowingly, except by agree- mem or instruction of che Owner in writing, prerrulturdy com- mence oper:ttions on the site or dsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the ContraCtor. The d:lte of commencement of the Work sh.:lll nor be changed by che effective date of suc!1 insurance. Unless che date of commencemem is esublished by a notice to proceed given by the Owner, the Conrraaor shall notify the Owner in writing nOt less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely f1ling of mortgages. mechanic's liens and other securicy interescs. 8.2.3 The Contr:lCtor shall proceed expeditiously with ade- qwte forces and sh.iU achieve Substanti:l.l Completion within the ConU':lCt Tune. 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 8.3.1 If the ContraCtor is dcl:1yed at any time in progress of the Work by an aCt or negleCt of the: Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either. or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner. or by changes ordered in the: Work. or by labor disputes, fire, unusual del:1y in deliveric:s, unavoidable C1Su:Uties or Other causes beyond the Contractor's control. or by del:1y authorized by the Owner pending arbitration. or by other CIUSC:S which the Architect determines may justify del:1y, then the.,Conil':lCt Time shall be extended by Change Order for such rC:-J,:;on:lble time :IS the: Architect m:lY determine. 8;3.2 Cl:1ims relating to time sh:1l1 be mJde in :lccorcbnce wich :lpplicable provisions of Pal':lgrJph -t.,. 8.3.3 This PJragl':lph 8,) doe-; nOt preclude: recovery of d:un- :Igt:S for del:1y by eiche:r p:U1\' unJe:r other provisions of the ComrJCt Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETlON 9.1 CONTRACT SUM 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is suted in the Agreement and, includ- ing authorized adjustmencs. is the tot:1.l amount pay:mle by the Owner to che Contr:lCtor for performance of the Work under the Contr:lCt Documents. . 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 9.2.1 Before the fIrsr Application for P:lymem, the Contr:lCtor shall submit co the Architect a schedule of v:Uues allocated to v:uious portions of the Work, prepared in such form and sup- pOrted by such dau to substantiate ics accur:lcy :IS the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by che Architect, shall be used :IS a basis for reviewing the Contr:lctor's Applica- tions for Payment. 9.3 APPUCATlONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 At le:lSt ten d:1ys before the date esublished for cch progress paymem, the Contr:lCtor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Paymem for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of v:Uues. Such application shall be nOr:uized, if required, and supported by such dau subst:l.nti:1ting the Contr:lCtor's right to payment :IS the Owner or Architect may require, such :IS copies of requisitions from Subcontr:lctors and material suppliers, and reflecting recinage if provided for elsewhere in che Contr:lCt Documents. 9.3.1.1 Such :xpplicuions may indude requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authOrized by Construction Change Directives bur not yet induded in Change Orders. 9.3.1.2 Such applictions m:lY not indude requescs for pay- ment of amouncs che ConcraCtor does nOt intend to pay to a SubcontraCtor or matertll supplier becuse of a dispure or other re:lSon. . 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the ContraCt Documencs. paymencs sh.:lll be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suiubly stored at che site for subsequent incor- pOr:ltion in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for m:lterials and equipment suiubly stored off the site at a loction agreed upon in writing. Payment for materi:1ls and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon comp!i:1nce by the ConcraCtor with procedures sarisfuCtory to the Owner to esublish the Owner's ritle to such materi:lls and equipment or otherwise protect che Owner's interest, and shall indude appliClble insurance. stonge and tranSpol't:ltion to the site for such materials and equipment stOred off che site. 9.3.3 The Contractor warrancs th:lr title to all Work covered by an AppliCltion for Payment will pass to the Owner no later th:1n rhe time of payment. The Contr:lCtor further warr.mcs rh:1t upon submitul of an Application for Payme:nt all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and paymencs received from the Owner shall, to the best of the CumrJCtor"s knowledge, information and bc:lief. be free :md cfCJr of liens. cl:1ims. security interescs or encumbrances in f;lvor of the Contl'"Jccor. Subcomr:lctors. m:uerial suppliers. or oche:r persons or emities m:1king ;l cl:lim by re-J,:;on uf h:lving provide:d labor. m:lceri:1ls :md e:quipment rdating to rhe. Work. 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1 The: .~chicect will. within seven d:1ys after recc:ipt uf the: CllntrJCtor"s Application for P:!yment. either issue to the . 16 A201-1987 AlA DOCUMENT A201 . GENER....L CONDITIONS OF THE CONTR.KT FOR CONSTRUCTION' r'0CRTt::Ei'lTH EDITION ,\1.'. ~ . @ 19H; THE ,....'IERIC....N INSTITUTE OF ....RCHITECTS. I ;,~~ NEW YORK .\\'ENCE. :'lW.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 1000(, 00700-17 Owner a ci:rtificue for Payment, with a copy to the Comr:1(;: [Or, for such :unount :IS the Architectdetennines i,s properly .due, or notify the Contr:lctor and Owner in wnting of the Architect's rOSOns for withholding certification in -.....holeor in part:lS provided in Subp:u:1gr:1ph 9.5.1. . 9.4.2 The issu:Ince ofa CertifiClte for Payment will constitute a represenction by the Architect to the Owner,' based on the ~ Architect's'observ:ltions at the site:md the d:lt:l comprising the Appliotion for Payment. th:lt the Work Ius progressed .to the.' point indiClted md th:at. to the best of the Architect's knowl- edge: inform:luon :md belief, quality of the Work is in:iccor- d:lncewith the Contr:lct Documents. The foregoing represenc-" tions :Ire subject to:m ev:tlu:ltion of the Work forconform:mce with the Contr:lct Documents upon Subscnti:l1 Completion, to results of subsequent tests md inspections, to minor deviations from the Con'tr:lCt Documents correccble prior to cbmple~on :md to spedfic qualifiCltionse:tpressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Certificue for Payment will further constitute a represencition th:1t the Contr:lctor is entitled to payment in the , amoumcertified. However, the issuanc;e of a certifiCltefor P:lY-' ment will not be a rePresentatiOn that the Architect Ius.( 1) m:lde e:m:lllStiveorcontinuous on-site inspections to check the .qu:ility or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction . me:ms, methods, techniques, sequences or pr~cedures, (35 reviewed copies of requisitions received from subcontr:lctorS and m:lteri:ll suppli~ :md other d:1c requested by the owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment or (4) made e=cmination toasceruin how or for what purpose ~e Contr:lc~ tor h:ls used money previously paid on :lccount of the CO(1ir:lCt. Swn. .' . 9.5 OECZSIONS TO WITHHOLD camF1CATlON, 9.5.1 The Architect may decide not to certify payment :md nuy withhold a Cc:rtifiClte for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent rosonably necess:u-y to protect 'the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Subpar:tgr:lph 9.4.2 c:mnot be nude. If the Architect is un:1ble to certify payment in the amount of the AppliCltion, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner:iS provided in Sub~gr:1ph 9.4.1. If the Contr:lctor and Architect c:mnot :agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Cc:rtifiClte for P:1yment for the amount for which the Architect . is able to make such represencoons to the Owner. The Archi- tect may also decide not to certify p2yment 01',_ beCluscof subsequc:ritly disCovered evidence or subsequent observ:ltions. may nullify the whole or a part of a cei-tific1te for P:1yment, previously issued. to such c:::ttent :IS nuy. be necess:uy, in the Architect'S opinion to protect the Owner from loss t?ec:1usc of: . .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or rosonable evidence indiClt-c ing prob:1ble filing of such cl:1imS; .3 f:1ilure of the Contr:lctor to make payments prop- erly to Subcontractors or for l:1bor,nurc:ri:llsor equipment; . ,4 re:lSoruble evidence th:1t the Work c:mnOt be com- pleted for the unp:1id bal:1nce ohhe Contr:lct Swn; .5 d:1m:lge to the Owner or mother contr:lctor; .6 re:lSoruble evidence th:1t the Work will' not be com, pleted within the Contract Time, md th:lt the unp:lid bal:1nce would not be :ldequateto cover actual or liquid:lted d:1m:lgc:s for themticip:lted dd:lY;' or .7 pe:-sistem f.1ilure to C1ITY out the Work in accord.:1nce with the Contr:lct Documents. 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certifiCltion ue removed, certifiCltion will be trulde for :IrI1ounts previously withheld. 9.6 PROGR~ PAYMENTS 9.6.1 After the Architect hz issued a CertifiClte for P:lvrnent the Owner shall make p2yment in the m:mner md within th~ time provided in the Contr:lct Documems, and slull so notify the Architect. 9.6.2 The Contr:lctor slull promptly pay e:lch Subcontr:lctor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount p:lid to the Contr:lCtor 9n :lccount o(such Subcontr:lctor's por- tion of the Work. the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percencges acru:illy ret:l.ined from payments to the Contr:lCtor on :account oLsuch Subcontractor's portion ,of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate :agreement with och.Subcontr:lctor, require och Subcontr:lctor to make payments to Sub-subcontr:lCtors in simil:1r mmner. 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontrac- tor, if practiClble, infortn;ltion reg:trding percentages of com- pletion or :unouncs applied for 'by the Contr:lctor and action t:1ken thereon by the Architectmd Owner an :lccount of por- tions of the Work done by such Subcontr:lctor. 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect sh:ill havem oblig:1tion to payor 'to see to the payment of money to a Subcontr:lCtor e:'Ccept :IS may otherwise be required by l:1w. 9.6.5 Payment to materi:ll suppliers shall be troted,in a m:mner simil:1r to that provided in Subp3r:1gr:1phs 9.6.2,9.6.3 and 9.6.4. 9.6.6 A Certi~Clte for ~ayment, a progress payment, or parti:1l or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner slull . not constitUte acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contr:lct Documents. ' 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a CertifiClte for P:1yment, through no fuult of the, Q,ntractor, within seven d:1ys :liter receipt of the Caotr:lctor's AppliCation for Payment, 0.1' if the Owner does not p2y the Contractor within seven days :liter the date established in the Contract DocumentS the amount Cer- tified by the Architect or awarded by arbitr:ltion, then the Con- tr:lctor nuy, upon seven additional d:1ys'written notice to.: the , Owner and Architect, StOp 'the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contr:lct Tune shall be e.'Ctended appropri:1tdy md the Contr:lCt Sum shall be incre:lSed by the amoWlt of the Contr:lctor's reasonable costs of shut-dOwn, delay 2nd start-up, which sh2ll be accomplished :IS provided in Article 7. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL CO~ON 9.8.1 Subscanti:ll Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when. the Work or design:ued portion. thereof is suffi- ciently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner em occupy or utilize the Work for its intended ,use. 9;8.2 When the Cootr:lctor considers that the Work, or a por- tion thereof which the Owner :lgrees to accept sep:u:1tely, is subscnti:1lly complete, the Contractor shall prepare md submit . to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected. The Contractor sh:ill proceed promptly to com- plete :md correct .items on the list. F:1ilure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility 'of the Contr:lctor to complete :ill Work in :lccordance with the COntr:lct Docu- ments. Upon receipt af the Contr:lctor's list, the Architect will . m:1ke :m inspection to determine whether the.. Work or dc:sig- AlA OOCtJMEHT A201 . GE.'lER.\L CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION' FOURTEENTH EDITlON AI"" . @ 19117THE .'I.\IERIC.\N INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. ~.W.. WA$Hl:'<GTON. D.C. 20006 A201-1987 17 00700-18 naced portion thereof is subsU!1cia.Lly complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any icem, whether or nOt induded on the COOCr:lccor's lisc. which is noc in accord:1nce wich che requirementS of che COOCr:lO DocumentS. the COOCr:lC- cor sh:ill. before issuance of the Certific:lCe of SubsU!1cial Com- pletion. complete or correcc such icem upon nocifiotion.by the Archicect. The Coocr:lctor sh:ill then submic a requesc for anOther inspection by the Archiceo co determine Subst:ll1ti:l1 Completion. When the Work or designated portion thereof is subst:ll1ci:1lly complete, the Archiceo will prep:1I"e a Certiiioce of Subst:ll1ti:l1 Complecion which sh:ill esublish the c!:1te of Sub- su!1ci:1! Completion. sh:ill esublish responsibilities of the Owner:md Contr:lctor for security, m:llncenance.-he:lC, utilities. d:un:l.ge co the Work :md insur:mce. :md sh:ill fL'( the time wichin which the Contr:lctor sh:ill finish :ill icems on the. Iisc accompanying the Certifioce. Warrancies required by the Con- Cr:lCC DocumentS sh:ill commence on the c!:1ce of Subst:ll1tia! Complecion of che Work or designaced portion thereof unless ocherwise provided in the Certificace of Subsunti:ll Comple- tion. The Certifioce of Subsumi:1! Completion sh:ill be sub- micced co the Owner :md Contr:loor for their wriccen accep- c:mce of responsibilicies :lSSigned co them in such Certifioce. 9.8.3 Upon Subsuncia! Complecion of the Work or designaced portion thereof:md upon appliotion by the Coocr:loor :md certifiocion by the Archicect, the Owner $h:ill m:1ke paym~nt. refleCting adjustment in reuin:lge, if :my, for such Work or por- cion thereof as provided in the Comr:lct DocumentS. 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE 9.9.1 The Owner m:lY occupy or use :my completed or par- ti:1lly compleced portion of the Work at any sragewhen such portion is design:lCc:d by separate agreemenc with the Comr:lc- cor. provided such occupancy or use is consenced to by the insurer as required under Subpar:lgr.Iph 11.3.11 and authorized by public authorities having juIisdiaion over the Work. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is subsunti:l.1ly complete, provided the Owner and Contr:1oor tuve accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for paymentS. reuin:lge if any, secu- ricy, m:1incerunce, hot. utilities. d:1mage to the Work and insur- ance, and tuve agreed in writing concerning the period for cor- reaion of the Work and commencement of warr.ulties required by the Contr.:lo DocumentS. When the Contr:1oor considers a portion subst:ll1ci:1lly complete. the Contr.:lctor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagr.Iph 9.8.2. Consenc of the Contr.:lctor co partial occu- pancy or use sh:ill noc be unreasorubly withhdd. The sege of the progress of the Work shall be determined by wriccen agree- ment between the Owner and Contr.:loor or. if no agreement is reached. by decision of the Archicect. 9.9.2 Immedi:lCely prior co such p:mi:1! occupancy or use. the Owner, Comr:lccor :md Archicect sh:ill joimly inspect the are:! co be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine :md record the condition of the Work. 9.9.3 Unless ocherwi$e agreed upon. parti:1l occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the \~-ork sh:tll not constitute accep- t:lnce~of Work not complying with che requirementS of che COOCr:lCt DocumentS. 9.10 ANAL COMPL..CTION AND ANAL PAYMENT 9.10.1 Upon receipt of wrinen notice thac the Work is rody for tin:1l inspeCtion :md Jcce!:)[ance and upon receipc of a tin:1l Applicalion for Pa"mem. lhe :uchicect will promplly m:1li:e such inspection and. when the Architect fmds the Work accepc- able under the Conrr:lct DocumentS :md the Conrr:lct fully per- formed. the Architeo will promptly issue a fm:tl Certifiote for Paymenc seting that to the best of the Archicect's knowledge. inform:lCion and belief, and on the basis of the Archicect's observations and inspections, the Work has been compleced in accord:1nce with cerms and conditions of the Comr:lo Docu- mentS and th:lC the entire b:Uance found co be due the Comr:lc- cor and noced in said fmal Cercifiote is due and pay:lble. The Archicect's final CertificlCe for Payment will constitute a further represenution th:1c conditions listed in Subparagr:Iph 9.10.2 as precedenc co the Contr:1ctor"s being entitled to fin:tl paymem have been fulfilled. .r' ~. . 9.10.2 :-Ieither final payment nor any remaining retained percenuge sh:ill become due uncil the Contractor submitS co the Archicect (1) an affidavit th:1t payrolls. bills for materi:1ls :md equipment. and other indebtedness conneoed with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less :unountS withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certifiote evidenc- ing that insur:mce required by the Contr:lct DocumentS' co remain in force after final payment is currently in effeCt and will not be cancelled or :illowed co expire until at least 30 c!:1ys' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written scatement that the Contraoor knows of no subst:ll1ti:1J reason that the iI'.sur:mce will nOt be renewable to cover the period required by the Contr:1ct DocumentS, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final paymem and (5). if required by the Owner, other dau esublishing payment or satisfaction of oblig:lCions. such as receiptS, releases and waivers of liens, cI:tims, securicy incerestS or encumbr:mces arising out of the Conrrao, co the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcon- tractor refuses to furnish a rdeasc: or waiver required by the Owner, the Conrraoor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments' are made. the Contr.:lctor shall refund to the Owner all money th:1t the Owner m:lY be compelled' to pay in disch:l.rging such lien, inducting all costS and reasonable accomeys' fees. . 9.10.3 If. after Subst:ll1ci2l Completion of the Work. fmal com- pletion thereof is matertilly delayed through no f.1ult of the Contraoor or by issu:mce of Ch:mge Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confl!IllS. the Owner shall. upon appliotion by the Contr.:lctor and certifiotion by the Architect. and without terminating the Contr:1o. make payment of the b:Uance due for thar portion of the Work fully completed and accepced. If the retrulining balance for Work nOt fully com- pleted or corrected is less th:m reuin:lge stipulaced in the Con- tr:lO DocumentS. and if bonds h:1ve been furnished. the wriccen consent of surety co paymem of the balance due for th:1c por- cion of the Work fully completed and accepted sh:ill be submic- ced by the Comr:lctor co the Architect prior co certifiotion of such paymem. Such payment sh:1Jl be made under cerms :md conditions governing final payment. excepc that it sh:tll noc conscitute a waiver of claims. The making of fin:tl paymem shall constituce a w:tiver of claims by the Owner as provided in Sub- p:ll"Jgr:Iph .d.5. 9.10.4 Accepunce or' final payment by che Comr:lccor. J Suh. <.:omr:lccor or macerial supplier sh:ill conscituce a >;\,'ai\'er of claim$ by thac payee excepc chose previously made in >;\,Tilin~ and idemitied by thac payee as WlSettled ac che time: of fin:l! Applic:llion for Pa\'ment, such waivers $h:ill be in addicion to che: wai\'er described in Subparagraph ~.3. 5. . 18 A201-1987 AlA DOCUMENT A201 . 0E:'-IERAL COi';QITIONS OF THE (ONTR.~CT FOR CO:-lSTRL'CTIO:-l . FOL:RTEE:'-ITH EDITIO:" ,~I.~ ~ . ,S) I \l1l7 THE ,~.\tERIC.~N I:'-ISTITL:TE OF .~RCHITECTS. 173; :"EW YORK ,WE:'-IL'E. :'-I.IX'.. WASHI:"GTON. 0,(. ~()(){I(l U07uO-19 ARTICLE 10 ' . PROTECTlONOF PERSONS AND PROPERrt 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS 10.1.1 The Contr:lCtor sh:ill be responsible for' initi:lting. m:tin- taining and supervising J.ll safety preoutions and progr:uns in connection with the pc:rform:mce of the .Contr:lct.: 10.1.2 In the event the Contr:lctor encounters on the site m:lteri:1l re:1Sonably believed to be :lSbestOS or polychlorinated . biphenyl (PCBl which has nOt been rendered harmless. the Contr:lctOr sh:ill immediately stOp Work in the are:l affected :md report the condition to the Owner and Aichitect in writing. The Work in the affected are:l shall not there:lfter be reSUmed except by written :lgrc:eme?t of the Owner md Contr:lCtor if in fact the: material is :lSbc:stos or polychlorin:lted biphenyl (PCBl . and has nOt bc:c:n rendered harmless. The Work in the affeCted arc::! shall be resumed in the :lbsence of :lSbescos or polychlori- n:lted biphenyl (PCB). or when it has been rendered harmless. by written :lgrc:emenc of the Owner and Contractor, or in :lccorcbnce "'lith final determination by the .~chitectonwhich Jrbitration has ,not been demanded. or by arqitration, under Article 'I. . 10.1.3 The ContraCtor shall not be required pursU:l!1t to :\!tide 7 to perform without consent any Work rel:lting to asbestOS or pOlyc~lorinatedbiphe.ny[ (PCB). 10.1.4 To the fullest e.'<:tent permitted by law, the Owner sh:ill indemnify and hold harmless the ContraCtor. Architect. Archi- tect's consulcants and agents and employees. of :my of them from :md ag:unst claims, d:1Inagc:s, losses and dpc:nses. indud; ing but not limited to :momeys' fees. arising out of or resulting from perfomunce of the Wo'rk in the :1ffected are'.l if in fuCt the m:lteri:lI is asbestOS or polychlorin:lted biphenyl (PCB) md h:1s not been rendered harmless. provided th:1t such d:1im. d:un:1ge. loss or expense is':lttribut:lble to bodily injury. sickness. disoSe or dath. or to injury to or destruction 'of cangible property (Other th:m the WorK itself) including loss of use: resulting therefrom. but only to the extent ouscd in whole or in p-m by nc:gIigeni acts or omissions of the Owner. anyone direCtly or indireCtly emplo~:ed' by the Owner or anyone for ~hose acts the Owner may be liable. regardless of whether or not such d:lim. damage. loss or expense is Clused in parr by :I ~. inden1l1ific:d hereunder. Such oblig:ltion sh:ill not be construed to neg:lte.' ibridge. or reduce other rightS or oblig:1tions of" indemnity which would 'otherwise: e:tist JS to :1 party or' person' described' in thisSubp:tr:1~ph 10.1.~. .. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY . 10.2:' The Contl"Jctor 51'1:111 take rc::lSon:lble preoutions for' ,safety of. :ind shall provide rC:-.1Sonable protection to prevent d:un:lge. injury oClo$$ to: . :1 c:mployec:s on [he Work and mher persons who mily be alfecte:d thereby: .2 [he Work and m:lteri:lIs and equipment m he incorpO- r:ltc:d [he:rein. whether in stOr:lge on or off the .site. - unue:~ l.':lfe:. cusrouy or control of the Contr:lctor or [he: CumrJcwr's Subcuntr:lCrors or Sub'.subcontrac. tors: Jl1U .3 other p,ruperry :It [he: site or :ldj:lcent thereto: such.:lS ' [rec:s. shrubs. IJwns. w:1lks. p:lvc:ments. COJd'lIl:l\'S. Strucnm::; Jl1U utili[ic:s not uesignJteu for rt:mov:1l. i-elo- c:lticn or rt:pi:Jce::ne:m in [he: course: of construction. . 10.2:2 The Contra~or shall give notices and comply with apphoble laws. ordin:mces, rules. rc:gulations and lawful orders of public authori~~.~e:lring on safety of persons or property or theIr protectIon from d:un:1ge. injury or loss. 10.2.3 The ContraCtor shall erect and maintain, :IS required bv existing conditions and perform:1l1ce of the Contract. re:lSO~- :lble safeguards for safety and protection, including posting . d:1nger signs and orher warnings ag:tinst h:lZ:l!'ds. promulg:1ting s:liety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other h:1z:1rdous materials or equipment or unusual methods are riecessarv for execution of the Work. the Contr:lcror sh:ill e.,<:ercise uUnOSt Cll"e and carry on such :lctivities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. 10.2.5 The ContraCtor sh:ill promptly remedy cl:unage and loss (o[her th:m damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the ContraCt Documents) to property referred to in Cl:tuses 10.1.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 oused in whole or in parr by the Contractor. a SubcontraCtor. a Sub-subcontractor or :Invone direCtly or indirectly employed by any of them, o~ by anyone for whose :lCtS they may be liable :ind for which the ContraCtor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3. e."ccept cl:un:lge or loss attribut:lble to acts or omissions of the O",rner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. or bv anvone for whose acts either of them mav be li:lble. :md not ai:trib~t:lble to the fuult or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing oblig:ltions of the ContraCtor are in Jddition to the ContraCtor's oblig:1tions under P:lr:lgr.tph 3.18. . . 10.2.6 The ContraCtor shall designate a responsible member of . the ContraCtor'S org:miz:1tion at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of acddents. This person shall be the ContraCtor's superintendent unless ot!1erwise designated by the Contr:lCtor . in writing to the Owner and Architect. 10.2.7 The ContraCtor sh:ill not load or permit any parr of the construction or sire to be loaded so :lS to end:1nger its safety. 10.3' EMERGENCIES 10.3.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the ContraCtor sh:ill aCt, ar the ContraCtOr's discretion. to pre- . vent thre:ltened d:1Inage. injury or loss. Additional compensa- tion or extension of time cJ:1imed bv the Contractor on account of:m emergency sh:ill be determinCd as provided in P:lr:J.gr.tph . ~.3 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S UABIUTY INSURANCE 11.1.1 The ContraCtor- shall purchase from and maint:1in in J comp:my or'companic:s lawfully :luthorized [0 do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is looted such insurance as ~'iI1 prOleCt the: Contractor from cl:tims set forth bc:lo'l" which m:lY arise out of or result from the Contracror's oper:ltions under the Contr:lct Jnd for which the C0n'tl"Jccor m:lY be 1~ly liJble: whether such oper:ltions be by the Contl"Jctor or by :l Subconrr:lctor or by :myone directly or in'ilirectly e:mployed by Jl1Y of them. or by myone: fqr whose JCtS Jl1y.of ~hem m:lY be: liJblc:: .1 claims unde:r ""orke:rs' or workmen's compens;llion. dis:lbiliry benefit and ocher simibr c:mployc:e be:ne:nt :lcts ~'hich :.ue :lppli(,::1ble to the Work [0 be pe:rformed:. AlA DOCUMENT A201 . GE:-<ER...L CONDITIO:-lS' OF THE CONTi..CT FOR C9:'<STRL:CTION . FOL:RTEE.'ITH EDITION ...1.... . ':E; l'lIo!- THE ,..~IERIC.\:-: i:-:STlTl'TE OF ,..RCHITECTS. I ':".\- NEW YORK .\\'E:"IL:E. :-;w..-1;L....SHI:-;CTON. 0 C. ~IN)06 . A201-1987 19 00700-20 .2 cl:l.ims for d:un:1ges beause of bodily injury, occupa- tional sickness or disc:lSe, or doth of the Contr:lctor's employees; .3 cJ:1ims for d:1m:1ges beause of bodily injury, sickness or disc::lSe, or doth of any person other than the Con- tr:lctor's employees; .4 cJ:1ims for c:I:uru1ges insured by usual personal injury li:1biliry coverage which :l1'e sust:1ined (1) by a person :1S a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to employment of such person by the Contr.lctor, or (2) by another person; .5 cJ:1ims for d:1mages, other th:ln to the Work itself, beCluse of injury to or destruction of t:lJlgible prop- erty, including loss of use resulting therefrom; .6 cI.aims for d:un:1ges beCluse of bodily injury, doth of a person or property dam:1ge arising out of owner- ship, m:tinten:mce or use of a motor vehicle; and .7 cI.aims involving contr:lctual Ii:lbilicy insurance :lppli- able [0 the Contr:lctor's oblig:ltions Wlder P:1r:lgr:Iph 3.18. 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subpar:lgr:Iph 11.1.1 sh:1I1 be written for not less than limitS of li:1bility specified in the Con- [r:lct DocumentS or required by law, whichever cover:lge is gre:1ter. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or c1:tims-rTUde basis, sh:lll be m:tint:1i.ned without interruption from d:1te of commencement of the Work Wltil date of fU1:ll p:1ymem md [ermin:ltion of any cover:lge required to be m:tin- t:tined :!fter fmal p2ymem. 11.1.3 Certmates of lnsur:1nce accepQble to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These CenifiClces and the insurance polides required by chis Par:1gr.1ph 11.1 shall conuin a provision that coverages :!fforded Wlder the polides will nOt be c:mcelled or allowed to expire Wlti1 :It lc::lSt 30 chys' prior written notice h2s been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insur:mce coverages :are required to rem:Un in force :Uter final payment and :are rcson- ably av:til2ble, an additional certificate evidencing contin~on of such covc:r:lge shall be submitted with the fin2l Applicuion for P:1yment as required by Subpar:1gr:lph 9.10.2. Infomution concerning reduction of COVer.1ge stull be furnished by the Contr:lctor with reasoruble promptness in accord:mce with the Concractor's information and belief. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABIlITY INSURANCE 11.2. 1 The Owner shall be responsible for purch:lsing and mainc:tining the Owner's usualli:1bility insur:mce. Optionally, the Owner rTUy purch:1.se and ffi2int:1i.n other insurance for self- protection against cI:1ims which lIUy arise from opentions Wlder the Contr:lct. The Contr:lctor slul1 not be responsible for purchasing and ffi2int:1ining chis optional Owner's llilbilicy insurance unless specific:llly required by the Contr:lct Documents. 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided. the Owner shall purch:1Se and ffi2int:lin, in a company or companies l:1wfully :luthorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is loc:lted:propercy insurance in the amoWlt of the initi:1l Con- tnct Sum ':15 well JS subsequent modific:1tions thereto for the entire Work :It [he site on a repl:1cemem cost b:1Sis without vol- umarydeductihlc:s. Such propeny insurance shall be m:lin- tJined, unless otherwise provided in the Contnct DocumentS or Otherwise agreed in writing by :ill persons and entities who :lre beneflci:1ric:s of such insur:mce. until fU):Il payment h:1S been m:Jde :1S provided in P:lr:lgrJph 9 10 or unti! no person or entity other than the Owner h2s an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragr:lph 11.3 to be covered, whichever is earlier. This insur:mce stull include interests of the Owner, the Comr:lctor, Subcontr.lctors and Sub-subcomr:lctors in the Work. 11.3. 1.1 Prop~ insurance shall be on an :ill-risk policy form and sh:ill Insure :lg:1inst the perils of frre and extended coverage and physl<::Illoss or d:un:lge including, without duplic:ltion of covenge, theft, vand:1lism, m:ilidous mischief, coll:lpse, f:1lse. work, tempor:uy buil9ings and debris removal including demolition oCClSioned by enforcement of any applioble lc:g:l1 requirements, and stull cover re:lSOll:l.ble compensation for Architect's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. Cover:lge for other perils shall not be required unless otherwise provided in the Contr.lct DocumentS. 11.3.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purch:1Se such prop- erty insurance required by the Contr.lct and with all of the covenges in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Comr:lctor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contr:lctor may then effect insurance which will prOtect the interestS of the Comr:lctor, Subcontr.lctors and Sub- subcomr:lctors in the Work, and by appropri:1te Ch:1nge Order the cost thereof shall be ch:rrged to the Owner. If the Comnc- tor is dam:iged by the f:tilure or neglect of the Owner to pur- ch:1Se or m:lincain insurance as described :lbove, without so nOtifying the Comr:lctor, then the Owner shall be:tr :ill rc::lSon- able costs properly attribut:lble thereto. 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires minimum deducti- bles and such deductibles :are identified in the Contr.lct Docu- mentS, the Contr.lctor shall pay costs nOt covered beCluse of such deductibles. If the Owner or insurer increases the required minimum deductibles above the amounts so identified or if the Owner deas to purch3Se chis insur:mce with voluncuy deduc- tible amounts, the Owner shall be responsible for payment of the additional costs not covered because of such increased or voluncuy deductibles. If deductibles :are not identified in the Concract Documents, the Owner shall pay costs not covered beCluse of deductibles. 11.3.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in 'the Cemr:lct ,Docu- ments, this property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site :Uter written approval of the Owner at the v:llue established in the approval, and:1lso portions of the Work in transit. .f' . . 11.3.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purch:1Se and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Comr:lct Documents or by law, which shall specific:1lly cover such insured objeas during inst:1ll:1tion and uncil fmal accept:lJlce by the Owner; this insurance shall include interestS of the Owner, Contr.lctor. Subconcr:lctors and Sub- subcomnctors in [he Work, and the Owner and Comnctor shall be n:uned insureds. 11.3.3 loss of Use Insurance. The Owner. :It the Owner's option, m:lY purch:1se and maint:lin such insur:l.Oce :15 will insure the Owner ag:linst (oss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or Other haz:1rds, however aused. The Owner wJivc:s :ill rightS of action ag:tinst the Comnctor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequemi:1llosses due to tire or other h:1z:lrds however oused. 11.3.4 If the Contnctor requests in writing th:lt insur:mce for risks ocher than those described herein or for Other speci:1l haz- :l1'ds be included in the property insur:l.Oce policy, [he Owner sh:lll. if possible. include such insur:l.Oce. and [he cost thereof sh:ill be ch:l1'ged to the Comr:lctor by appropri:1te Change Order. . 20 A201-1987 AlA DOCUMENT A201 . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTR.~CT FOR CONSTRuCTION' FOURTEENTH EDITION .\L~" . ~ 1987 THE AMERIC.~N INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENL:E. N'w.. WASHINGTON. DC. 20006 00700-21 11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, rc::1l or personal or both, adjoining or adj:l- . cent to the site by property insurance under policies sc:p:u:lte from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment prop- erty insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Proj- ect during the construction period, the Owner shall waive :ill rights in accord:1nce with the terms of Subp:u:lgr:1ph 11.3.7, for d:un:lges Clused by flre or other perils covered by this sepante properry insurance. All sc:pante policies sh:ill provide this w:1iver of subrog:uJon by endorsement or otherwise. 11.3.6 Bdore an aposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall me with the Contr:lctor a copy of e:lch policy thatindudes insurance covc:nges required by this P:u:lgr:1ph 11.3. E:1ch policy shall cont:lin aIlgener:illy appLioble conditions, defini- tions, adusionS and endorsc:ments re!:1ted to this Project. E:1ch policy shall cont:lin a provision that the policy will not be c::mcelled or :illowed to expire until :It lost 30 d:1ys' prior writ- ten notice h:1s been given to the Contoctor. . . 11.3.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner md Contoctor w:1ive:ill rights ag:1inst (1) e:lch other md my of their subcon- tr:lcrors, 'sub-subcontr:lctors, agents md employees. e:lch of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consult:lIlts. sepat.1te contr:lcrors described in Artide 6, if my, md my of their sub- ' contr:lctors,. sub-subcontr:lctors, agents md employees. for d:un:lges Clused by flre or other perils to the extent covered by property insunnce obt:lined pursu:mt to this P:u:lgr:1ph 11.3 or other property'insunnce applic:1ble to the Work, acept such , rights:lS they h:1ve to proceeds of such insur:I1lce hdd by the Owner:lS fiduci:lry. The Owner or Contr:lctor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consult:lIlts. separ:lte contI'Jctors described in Artide 6, if my, md the subcontr:lC- tors, sub-subcontr:l.ctors, agents and employees.of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where leg:illy required for v:ilidity, simil:lr waivers e:lch in f.l.vor of other parties enum. er:lted herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrO-. g:ttion by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrog:tt,ion shall be effective as to a person or entity even though tliat per- son or entiry would omerwise h:1ve a duty of indc:mnifiCltion, contr.letual or omerwise, did not pay me insur:I1lce premium directly or indirectly, and whemer or not the person or entity had a11 insur:Wle interest in me property d:1maged. 11.3.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance stull be adjusted by me Owner as fiduc:i:lry and nude pa}'2ble to the Owner as fiduci:lry for' me insureds. :IS meir' interests nuy "appe:lr, subject to requirements of any applic:1ble mort8:18ee d:1use: and of Subparagraph 11.3.10. The Contr:lctor shall pay Subconmctors their just shares of insur:I1lce procc:ed.sreceived by the Contr:lCtor, and by appropri:lte agreements, written where leg:illy required for v:ilidity, shall require Subconti:lctors to make payments to meir Sub-subcontr:lctors in similar manner. . 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, me Owner :IS ficluci:1ry shall. upon occurrence of m insured 10.ss, give bond for proper perfonn:ince of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged ag:linst proceeds received :IS fiduci:1ry. The Owner shall deposit in a sep:u:lte account pro- ceeds so received, which the Owner sh:ill distribute in accor- dance wim such agreement as me parties in interest nuy reach, or in accordance wim' an :I.l'bitr:ltion aW:l.l'd in which C1Se me procedure shall be :IS provided in P:u:lgr:1ph 4.5. If after such loss no other spc:ci:1l agreement is made, replacement of d:1m- :lged property sh:ill be covered by appropri:lte Change Order. 11.3.10 The Owner :IS fiductlry sh:ill have power to adjust md settle :I loss witl1", u:succ:rs unless one of the parties in interest sh:ill object in wtiiliig within flve d:1ys after occurrence of loss to the Owner's e.,,<:ercise of this power; if such objection be made, :I1'birrators shall be chosen :IS provided in P:1ragr:1ph 4.5. The Owner :IS flduciary shall, in that c:LSe, make settlement wim insurers in accordance with directions, of such :I.l'bitotors. If distribution of insurance proceeds ,by :I1'bitI'Jtion is required, me :I.l'bitr:ltOrs will direct such distribution. 11.3.11 P:l1'ti:Ll occupancy or use in :lccordance wimP:u:lgr:1ph 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or com- panies providing property insurance . have consemed to such partial occupancy or use by endorsemem or otherwise. Th~ Owner and me Comoctor shall take re:1Soriable steps to obt:lin consent of the: insurance company or companies md shall, wimout muruai written consent, take no :lction with respect to parti:1l oCQJpancyor usc:th:1t wouldCluse c:mcell:1tion, !:1pse or reduction 'of insurance. 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.4.1 The Owner shall h:1ve the right to require the Comr:lc. tor to furnish bonds covering f:limful perfonnance of the Con- tract md payment of obLig:Itions arising thereunder :IS stipu- lated in bidding requirements or specific:illy required in me Contr:lct Documents on the date of accutionof me Contract: 11.4.2 Upon me request of any person or entity ~ppe:lring to, be:l potenti:1l benefld:Lry of bonds covering paymem of oblig:1- tions arising under me Contract; me Conmctor sh:ill promptly fumish"a copy of the bonds or shall permit :l copy tQ be m:lde. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 12.1.1 If a portion of me Work is covered conrr:uy to the Architect's request or to requiremcilts specifically expressed in me Concoct Documents, it must. if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's observ:ltion and be replaced at me Contractor's expense wimout change in the Comr:lct T1ffie. 12.1.2 If a portion of me Work h:1s been covered which me Architect has not specific:illy requested to observe prior to its being covered. the: Architect may request to see such Work md it shall be uncovered by the Conmctor. If such Work is in accord:1nce with me Conmer" Documents, costs of uncover- ing and replacement shall, byappropriare Change Order, be charged to the Owner. If such Work is not in :lccordance with the Conmct Documents, the ,Comr:iaor shall pay such costs unless, the condition W:1s caused by the Owner ~r a sep:u:lte comoctor in which evem the Owner sh:ill be responsible for p:lyment of such costs.' 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK '12;2.1 The Contr:lctor sh:ill promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to confonn to the requirements of the Contr:tct Documents,' whether observed before or after Substanti:1l Completion and whether or not f:lbric:lted. inst:illed or completed. The: ConrI'Jctor shall b6ccosts of correcting such rejected Work, including :ldi:litional testing ,md inspe:c- tions md compe:nsation for the. Architect's services :md expenses made necessary thereby. 12.2.2 If, wimin one ye:l.l' after th'ed:1te of Substantial comple. tion of the: Work or design:lted portion thereof, or :Uter the d:ite AlA DOCUMENT.\201 . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRt:CT10N o,FOt:RTEENTH EDmON ....1....'" . @\987THE.\.\tERIC.>.NINSTlTUTEOF....RCHITECTS. 1735 :'IEW YORK .WENt:E. :'IW" WASHINGTON. D,C. 20006 , . A201-1987 21 00700-22 for commencemem of warranties established under Sub- par:lgr:tph 9.9.1, or by terms of an appliClble special w:uT:U1ty required by the ConmctDocuments, any of the Work is found to be not in accord:U1ce with the requirements of the Conmct Documents, the Contr:lctor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner h:I.s previously given the Comr:lctor a written accep- tance of such condition. This period of one year shall be e:aended with respect to portions of Work fU'St performed after Substa11ti:ll Completion by the period of time berween Substan- ti:ll Completion and the acrual performance of the Work. This oblig:1tion under this Subparagraph 12.2.2 shall survive accep- tance of the Work under the Contr.1ct and termirl.ation of the Conmct. The Owner sh:ill give such notice promptly after dis- covery of the condition. 12.2.3 The Conmcter shall TemOVe from the site portions of the Work which are nor in accord:U1ce with the requirements of the Conmct Documents and are neither corrected by the Comr.1cror nor accepted by the Owner. 12.2.4 If the Conmctor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a re:LSOnable time, the Owner m:lY correct it in accor- c1:lnce with P:lr.lgraph 2.4. If the Conmctor does nOt proceed with correction of such nonconforming Work within a re:JSon- able time fL"(ed by written notice from the Architect, the Owner rtUy remove it and store the salvable m:lterials or equipment at the Contr.1cror's expense. If the Conmctor does not p:lY costs of such removal and storage within ten days after written notice, the Owner rtUy upon ten additional days' written notice sell such rtUterials and equipmem at auction or at private sale and shall account for the proceeds thereof, after deducting costs and damages that should have been borne by the Con- tractor, induding compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of sale do nor cover costs which the Conmctor should have borne, the Contr.1Ct Sum shall be reduced by the defidency. If p:lyments then or therofter due the Contractor are nor suffident to cover such amount, the Contractor shall p:lY the difference to the Owner. 12.2.5 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or dam:1ged construction, whether completed or partially completed. of the Owner or separate COntr.1crors cused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accorc1:lnce with the requirements of the Con- tr.1ct Documents. 12.2.6 Nothing contained in this Paragr:lph 12.2 shall be con- strued to establish a period of limitation with respect to other oblig:1tions which the Conmcter might have under the Con- tr.1ct Documents. Establishment of the time period of one year :IS described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and h:I.s no reJ:1tionship to ,he time within which the oblig:1tion to comply with the-Contr.1ct Documents may be sought to be enforced. nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to esublish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Con- tr.1ctor's oblig:1tions Other than specific:illy to correct the Work. 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accorcbnce with the requirements of the Contract Documents. the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and cor- reCtion, in which c-..se the Contract Sum will be reduced :J.S , appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not fin:l1 pavmenc has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCEllANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.1 GOVERNING LAW . 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is [octed. 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 13.2.1 The Owner and Conmctor respectively bind them- selves, their partners, successors, :JSSigns and legal represenu- tives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, :JSSigns and leg:1l representatives of such other parry in respect to covenantS, agreements and oblig:1tions contained in the Con- tr.1ct Documents. Neither party to the ConmCt shall :JSSign the Contract :IS a whole without written consent of the other. If either parry anempts to m:1ke such an :JSSignment without such consent, that parry shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all oblig:1tions under the COntr.1ct. 13.3 WRITTEN NOnCE 13.3.1 Wrinen notice shall be deemed to have been dulv served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corpor.1tion for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the parry giving norice. 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Conmct Docu- ments and rightS and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, 'obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 13.4.2 No aCtion or failure to act: by the Owner, Architect or Contr.1ctor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contr.1ct, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except :IS may be specific:illy agreed in writing. t. 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the ConmCt Documents or by laws, ordi- nances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction sh:ill be made at an appropriate time. Unless other- wise provided, the Contr:lctor sh:ill m:1ke arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent test- ing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related COSts of testS, inspections and approvals. The Contr.1ctor shall gi\'e the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspec- tions are to be made so the Architect may observe such proce- dures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do nor become requirementS until after bids are received or negOtiations concluded. 13.5.2 If the Architect. Owner or public authorities ha....ing jurisdiction determine that portiOns of the Work require addi- tional testing. inspection or approval not included under Sub- p:J.r:1graph 13.5.1, the Architect will. upon wrinen :luthoriz:!tion from-the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or Jpproval by an entity :lcceptJble to the Owner. and the Comnctor shall give timdy norice to the Architect of when and wh~re testS and insp~ctions :lfe to be made so the Architect may observe such procedures. . 22 A201-1987 AlA DOCUMENT A201 . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION . FOL'RTE~'1TH EDITION .\IA' . '& 19H7 THE AMERIC....N INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK .... V~'1L'E. :-I'w.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 10006 00700-23 The Owner shall bc::u' such costS except ::IS proviqed in Sub- p;lt':lgr:1ph 13.5.3. .13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection o.r.:J.pprov:1l ~nder Subp:J.r.lgr:1phs 13.5.1 md 13.5.2 reve:1l f.1ilure of me portions of me Work to comply wim requirementS est:1blished by me Comr:J.ct DocumentS. me Comr:J.ctor shall be:lf all costS made necessary by. such f.1ilure induding mose of repe:lted procedures md compensation for me Architect's servic:;es md exp~. . 13.5.4 Required certific:l.[es of testing, inspection or approv:1l sh:ill, unless omerwise required by the Comr:J.ct DocumentS, be secured by the Comr:J.ctor md prompdy delivered to me Architect. 13.5.5 If me Architect is to observe testS,inspectio~ or :J.pprov:1ls required by the 'Contr:J.(., DocumentS, me Architect will do so prompdy md. where pr:J.ctioble, :J.t the norm:1l place of testing. 13.5.6 TestS or inspections conducted pursuant. to me Con- tr:J.ct DocumentS shall be made promptly to Jvoid unre:lSonable . delay in me Work. 13.6 INTEREST 13.6.1 P:J.ymentS due: and unpaid under me Contr:J.ct Docu- mentS shall bc::u' interest from me date payment is due :J.t such rate::lS the partieS m:J.Y agree upon in writing or, in me :J.bsence mereof. at melegal r:J.te prevailing from time to time at the place where me Project is looted. . COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY UMITATION PERIOD 13.7.1 As berween me Owner md Contr:ictor: 13.7 . .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to :J.ctS or f:1i!ures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of SubsCn- ti:1l Completion. my appliClble sorute of limit:J.tions . shall commence to run md my alleged. ClU5e of :J.ction shall be deemed to have :J.ccrued in an'y md all eventS not later m~ such date of Subst:J.nti:1l Completion; .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certif.. cate for Payment. As to aCtS or f:Ii.1urc:s to act 'occur- ring subsequent to me rele:vant'date: of Substmti:l.l Completion md prior to issuance of-the-Mal Certifi- Clte for P:1yme:nt. my :J.ppUoble sorute of limit:J.tions shall commence to run md my alleged Cluseof action sh:ill be: deemed to have accrued in my md :ill eventS not I:lter mm the. date of-issuance of,me fin:1l Cc:rtiticate for Paymem; md .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. .~ [0 aCtS or . failun:s co act occurring :1fter the relevmt d:lte of issu. ance of the tin:Ll Certific:ue for Payment. any appli- oble statute of limiC:J.tions sh:Lll commen'ce to run md :lny :1llc:gc:d OUse uf action sh:Ll1 be deeme:d to h:.I\'e' accrued in my and:Lll eventS not latc:r than the d:lte uf my :let llr failure to :lct by the ComrJ.cwr pursuant to c' my w:lrr:ll1[y provided under P:lrJ.gI"J.ph 5.5: the: d:lte ' of:ll1\' cum:ctiol1 of the Work or t':1ilun: to correct the - Work bv the CuntrJ.cmr under PJiJ.grJph 12..2: or the d:lte llf ~ctu:Ll cummission of any other :lct or bilure to periorm my duey llr obligJeion by tl1e CllntrJCtllr or Ownc:r. <;vhiche\'er occurs bSL . . ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR 14.1.1 The Contr:J.ctor may terminate me COntr:J.ct if the Work is stopped for :J. period of 30 days mrough no act or oult of me Comr:J.ctor or :J. Subcontr:J.ctor.' Sub-subcomr:J.ctor or meir , :J.gentS or employees or my omer' persons performing portions of the Work under contr:J.~ wim me Comr:J.ctor, for mv of me following re:1SOns: . .1 issuance of m order of :J.court or omer public :J.umor- icy having jurisdiction; . .2 m -:J.ct of government. such ::IS a decla.r:uion of rotion:1l emergency,nuking material unav:ill:1ble; .3 beouse the Architect has not issued :J. Cc:rtifiote for Payment md has not notified me Contr:J.Ctor of me re:1Son for withholding certifiotion ::IS provided in Subp:J.r.lgr:J.ph 9.4.1, orbec:tuse the Owner has not made payment on a Certifiote for P:J.yment wimin the time sOted in me Contr:J.ct DocumentS; .4 if repe:J.ted suspensions, delays or interruptiOns by the Owner as described in P:1r:J.gr:J.ph 14.3 constirute in the Jggreg:ue more mm lOa percent of me.tot:1l num- ber of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365-<1ay period, whichever is less; or .5 me Owner has f:1i[ed to furnish to the Contr:J.Ctor promptly, upon meContr:J.ctor's request, re:lSOroblc: evidence ::IS required by Subp:1r:lgr:1ph 2.2.1. 14.1.2 [f one of me above rosons e:tistS. me Contr:J.ctor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate me Contr:J.ct and recover from me Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materi:1l.s. equipment, tools, md construction equipment md machinery, induding re:lSonable overhe:J.d. profit md damages. . 14.1.3 If me Work is StOpped for:J. period of 60 d:lys through no act or oult of me Contr:J.ctor or :J. Subcontr:J.ctor or meir :J.gents or employees or my omer persons performing portions of the Work under contr:J.ct wim me Contr:J.ctor beouse me Owner h::lS persistently f:1i!ed to fulfill the Owner's oblig:J.tions under the Comr:J.ct DocumentS with respect to maeters impor- tam _to' the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven addition:1l days' written notice to me Owner md the Architect. terminate the Comr:J.ct md recover from the Owner . as provided in Subparagr:1ph 14.1.2. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE 14.2.1 The O<;vnc:r may terminate the ContrJ.ct if me ContrJ.ctor: .1 persistently or repe:lte:dly refusc:s or fJils to supply enough prope:rly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 f:J.ils to make payme:nt to ~ubcomr:J.ctors for m:m:rbls or lahor in :lccordmce with the rc:spectin: Jgrc:<::mc:nts hetween the: Contr:J.ctor :lnu die: Subcontr:J.CtO!'S: .3 persistently disreg:J.rds laws. ordinanc(.oo:;. or rules. reg- ubeions or orders of J puhlic Juthority ha\'ing juris- diction: l)r .4 llther<;\"ise is guilty llf suhst:lmial hre::lch llf:l pro\'ision of the CuntrJ.ct Documems. 14.2.2 When my llf the :lhove rC:-J.SoI1S e~ist. the O<;\"ner. upon cenilic:ltion l)~' the Arc!1iet:ct that sufficient t.::lUS<': existS [0 jus- AlA DOCUMENT ,\201 . GE:-lER."L CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTHU':TIOi'l . FOl'RTEE:"TH EDITIO'" .,,1.,,'. . .{, !'IH- THE .\.\IERIC.\i'lINSTITCTE OF ARCIIITECTS. (-.\<; i'lEW YORK .\\'F.:-l1.'F.. :'4.""" ""."SHI:'\liTO:'i. D.C. ~(MMM' A201-1987 .23 00700-24 tify such :J.ction, may wimout prejudice to my omer rightS or remedies of me Owner and after giving me Contr:J.ctor md me Contr:J.ctor's surety, if :my, seven days' written notice, termi- nate employment of me Contr:J.ctor and may, subject to any prior rightS of me surety: .1 take possession of me site md of all materials, equip- ment, tOOls, and construction equipment and machin- ery mereon owned by me Contr:J.ctor; .2 accept assignment of subcontraCts pursuant to P:ll':l- gr:1ph 5.4; and .3 finish me Work by whatever re:lSonable me mod me Owner may deem apedient. 14.2.3 When me Owner terminates me Contr:J.ct for one of me re:lSons sated in Subpar:1gr:1ph 14.2.1, me Contractor shall nOt be entided to receive further payment until me Work is finished. 14.2.4 If me unpaid balance of me ContraCt Sum c:.~ceeds costS of finishing me Work, including compensation for me Archi- tect's services and apenses made necessary mereby, such excess shall be paid to me Contr:J.ctor. If such costS c:."'(ceed me unpaid balance, me Contr:J.ctor shall pay me difference to me Owner. The amount to be paid to me Contractor or Owner, ::IS me ClSe may be, shall be certified by me ArchiteCt. upon :lppU- otion, and mis oblig:1tion for payment shall survive termina- tion of me ContraCt. 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 14.3.1 The Owner m2Y, wimout ouse, order the Contr:J.ctor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt me Work in whole or in pm for such period of time ::IS me Owner may determine. 14.3.2 An adjustment shall be made for incre:1Ses in the cost of performance of me Contract, induding profit on me incre:lSed cost of performance, oused by suspension, delay or interrup- tion. No adjustment shall be made to the c:."Ctent: .1 that performance is, was or would h.:J.ve been so sus- pended, delayed or interrupted by momer OU5e for which me ContractOr is responsible; or .2 that m equitable adjustment is made or denied under anomer provision of this Contr:J.ct. 14.3.3 AdjustmentS made in me cost of performance may have a mutually agreed fixed or percentage fee. 24 A201-1987 AlA DOCUMENT 1\201 . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRCCTION . FOCRTEENTH EDlTlON .~I.~" . @ 19H7 THE .~MERICAN INSTITt.;TE OF ARCHITECTS. 173) NEW YORK AVENCE. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D,C. lOiK16 3/87 00700-25 r. t ' . t. . Section 00800 . ,'SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITiONS" PART 1 GENERAL 1:01 General Conditions A. The following supplements madify the "General' Canditians af the Cantract far Canstructian," AlA Dacument A201, Faurteenth Editian, 1987. Where a partian af the General 'Canditians' is 'madified or deleted by these Supplementary Canditians, the unaltered partians afthe General Conditians shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS. 1.1 Basic Defmitians Add the fallawing to. Subparagraph 1.1:5: "Figured dimensions an'drawings shall take precedence over measurements by scale, and detailed warking drawings and shap drawings are to. take precedence aver general drawings and shall be cansidered as explanatary af them and nat as indicating extra work." 1.2 Executian, Carrelatian and Intent . Add the fallawing to. Subparagraph 1.2.3: - - - . "In the event af canflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents, interpretations will be based an the fallawing priorities: A. The Agreement. - B. Addenda, with those aflater date having precedence averthaseaf earlier date. C. The Supplement'!J)' Canditians. D. The General Canditians af theCantract far Canstructian. E. Drawings and Specificatians. , In the case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within eit~er Document nat clarified by addendum, the better qualitY or greater quantity af Wark shall be pravided in accardance with the Architect's interpretation." _ 1.5 Interpretatian . ' A.dd new Subparagraphs 1.5.2 thraug4 1.5.3: "1.5.2 Whenever in these Cantra'!t Dacuments the wards "as Drdered", "as airec~ed"~ "as required", "as pennitted", "as allawed", ar wards arphras'es of like import are use~, it shall be understaDd and agreed that the arder, direction, requirement, pennissian, ar allawance af Owner ar Architect is intended anly to. the extent af judging compliance 'with.the tenns afthese Contract Dacuments. None af these,terms shall imply that Owner or Architect has any ~uth6rity or responsibility. for supervision' af Contractor's forces ar constructian aperatians, such supervisiDn and ,the sale respansibility therefare being strictly reserved far . 96-016/5-96 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800-1 Contractor." . "1.5.3 Whenever the term "provided" or provide" is used in Drawings or Contract Documents, it shall mean "provided complete in place", that is, "furnished and installed". Where "as shown", "as indicated", as detailed", or other words of similar import are used, it is understood and agreed that references to Drawings are intended unless otherwise expressly stated." ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.2 Information and Services Required of the Owner Delete Subparagraph 2.2.5 and substitute the following: 2.2.5 The Contractor will be furnished free of charge (5) copies of Drawings and Project Manuals. Additional sets will be furnished at the cost of reproduction, postage and handling. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF TIlE CONTRACT 4.5 Arbitration Add new Clause 4.5.1.1 to 4.5.1: 4.5.1.1 In addition and prior to arbitration, the parties shall endeavor to settle disputes by mediation under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. Mediation shall commence, unless otherwise agreed, within the same time limits stipulated in Subparagraphs 4.5.1 and 4.5.4 and Clause 4.5.4.1 for the filing of a notice of a claim in arbitration. Such time limits shall then be extended for arbitration by ten days and the duration of the mediation process. . Add the following to Subparagraph 4.5.2: "Parties may proceed to arbitration only upon written agreement by the other party. This arbitration procedure is supplementaIy and not exclusive or preexemptive. Nothing herein shall in any way compromise or dilute a party's rights to proceed at law or in equity to enforce all claims and/or rights as they exist under the laws of the State of Georgia." ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.1 Changes Add new Subparagraph 7.1.5: "7.1.5 Owner may, at any time, without invalidating Contract or any terms or conditions of the Contract Documents and without notice to the Sureties, make alternations, deviations, additions to, or omissions from the Drawings and other Contract Documents, including an increase or decrease of the quantity of any item or portion of the Work or omit any item or portion of the Work, as may be deemed by Owner to be necessary or advisable and to require such extra work as may be determined by Owner to be required for proper completion of Work as specified herein." 7.3 Construction Change Directives 7.3.6 In the first sentence, delete the words "a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit" and substitute 96-016/5-96 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800-2 . . "an allowanc.e for overhead and profit in accordance with Clause 7.3.10.1 below." Add new Subparagraph 7.3.1 0: "7.3.10 In Subparagraph 7.3.6, the allowance for the combined ~veihead and profit in<;luded in the total cost to the Owner shall be based on the following schedule: A. For the Contractor, for Work perfoimed by the Contractor's own forces, 15 percent of the cost. B. For the Contractor, for Work performed by the Contractor's Subcontractor, 10 percent of the amount due the Subcontractor. C. In order to facilitate checking'of quotations for extras or credits, all proposals, except those so minor that their propriety can be seen by inspection, shall be accompanied by a 'complete itemization of costs including . labor, materials and Subcontracts. Labor and materials shall bejtemized in the manner prescribed above. Where major cost items are Subcon~nlcts, they shall' be itemized also. In' no case will a change involving over $1,000.00 be approved without such itemization. ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.2 Progress and Completion Add new Subparagraph 8.2.4:. . "8.2.4 No work past 5:00 p.m: or work on Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays requiring the presence of and/or Owner's Representative will be permitted except in case of emergency and then only to such an extent as is absolutely necessary and \Vith the. written permission of Architect. Should Contractor desire to perform overtime work on this Contract, such shall be done only after approval of Architect, and all resultant Project Representative costs must be reiInbursed to Owner by Contractor at his own cost and expense." 8.3 Delays and Extensions of TiIpe Add new Subparagraphs 8.3.4 and 8.3.5: .i8.3.4 Contractor is presumed to have taken all difficulties due to weather conditions into consideration in preparing his proposed Contract Price and in establishing his time for completion of the Work under this Contract. He must be prepared and must take all precautions to protect Work from Unfavorable weather and extremes of temperature, whether'hot or cold. ' He shall provide approved facilities for protecting against ,unfavorable weather at all times, to the' entir~ satisfaction of Architect." ' "8.3.5 Completion time will not be' extended for .normalbad weather. Time for compl~tion as stated in the Contract documents includes an allowance for working days on which work cannot be performed out-of- doors. The term "working day" as used in .the Contract Documerits shall mean Mondays through Fridays, excluding weekends and legal holidays.- For the purpose of this Contract, Contractor agrees that he may expect to lose working days due to we.ather i~ accordance with the following t~ble: January 14 days February 14 days March 10 days April 7 days May 6 days June'3 days July 4 days August 2. days September ,2 days October 3 days , November 5 days December 9 days . , 96-016/5-96 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800-3 If the total accumulated number of working days lost to the weather from the start of work until the building is enclosed exceeds the total accumulated number to be expected for the same period from the table above, time for completion will be extended by the number of working days needed to include the excess number of working days lost. No extension will be made for days of bad weather occurring after the building is enclosed. No changes in the contract sum will be authorized because of adjustment of contract time due to weather." . ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.3 Applications for Payment 9.3.1 Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 9.3.1: The form of Application for Payment shall be a notarized AlA Document G702, Application and Certification for Payment, supported by AlA Document G703, Continuation Sheet. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2 Safety of Persons and Property Add new Clause 10.2.4.1 to 10.2.4: "10.2.4.1 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary, the Contractor shall give the Owner reasonable advance notice." ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance . 11.1.1 In the first line following the word "maintain" insert the words "in a company or companies licensed to do business in the State of Georgia. Add the following Clauses 11.1.1.8 and 11.1.1.9 to 11.1.1: "11.1.1.8 Liability Insurance shall include all major divisions of coverage and be on a comprehensive basis including: A. Premises Operations (including X, C and U coverages as applicable). B. Owner's and Contractors' Protective. C. Products and Completed Operations. D. Personal Injury Liability with Employment Exclusion deleted. E. Contractual, including specified provision for Contractor's obligation under Paragraph 3.18. F. Owned, non-owned and hired motor vehicles. G. Broad Form Property Damage including Completed Operations. H. Blanket Contractual Liability. 1. Fire Legal Liability. 11.1.1.9 If the General Liability coverages are provided by a Commercial General Liability Policy on a claims-made basis, the policy date or Retroactive Date shall predate the Contract; the termination date of the policy or applicable extended reporting period shall be no earlier than the termination date of coverages 96-016/5-96 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800-4 . . required to be maintained after final payment, certified in accordance with Subparagraph 9.10.2." . . ~dd the following Clause 11.1.2.1 to 1 L 1.2: . 11.1.2.1 The insurancerequifed by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than the following limits, or greater if required by law: A. Worker's Compensation: ar b) c) State: Applicable Federal (e.g., Longshoremen's): Employer's Liability: Statutory Statutory $100,000 per Accident $5'00,000 Disease, Policy Limit $100,000' Disease, Each Employee B. Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability (including Premises-Operations; Owners' and Contractors' Protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage): . . a) Bodily Injury: , $500,000 $2,000,000 Each Occurrence Aggregate b ) Property Damage: . $500,000 $2,000,000 Each Occurrence Aggregate c) Products and Completed Operations to be maintained for one (1) year after final payment: $2,000,000 Aggregate d) Property Damage Liability Insurance shall provide X, C and U coverage. e) Broad Form Property Damage Coverage shall include Completed Operations. C. Contractual Liability': . a) Bodily Injury: $500,000 - - Each Occurrence b) Property Damage: $500,000 Each Occurrence D. Personal Injury, with Employment Exclusion deleted: $1,000,000 Aggregate . 96-016/5-96 SUPPLEMENT AR Y . CONDITIONS 00800-5 E. Business Auto Liability (including owned, non-owned and hired vehicles): . a) Bodily Injury: $500,000 Each Occurrence b) Property Damage: $500,000 Each Occurrence F. If the General Liability coverages are provided by a Commercial Liability policy, the: a) General Aggregate shall be not less than $2,000,000 and it shall apply, in total, to this Project only. b) Fire Damage Limit shall be not less than $300,000 on anyone Fire. c) Medical Expense $10,000 on anyone person. G. Umbrella Excess Liability: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence 11.1.3 Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 11.1.3: If this insurance is written on the Comprehensive General Liability policy form, the Certificates shall be AlA Docwnent G705, Certificate of Insurance. If this insurance is written on a Commercial General Liability policy form, ACORD form 25S will be acceptable. 11.2 Owner's Liability Insurance . 11.2.1 Delete the last two sentences of Subparagraph 11.2.1 and substitute the following: The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance covering the Owner's contingent liability for claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. 11.3 Property Insurance 11.3.1 Modify the first sentence of Subparagraph 11.3.1 as follows: Delete "Unless otherwise provided, the Owner" and substitute "the Contractor." Add the following sentences: The form of policy for this coverage shall be Completed Value. If the Owner is damaged by the failure of the Contractor to maintain such insurance, then the Contractor shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. Delete Clause 11.3.1.2 and substitute the following: 11.3 .1.2 The Contractor shall provide insurance coverage for portions of the Work stored off the site after written approval of the Owner at the value established in the approval, and also for portions of the Work in transit. 96-016/5-96 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800-6 . . 11.3.1.3 Delete Clause 11.3.1.3. 11.3.1.4 Delete Clause 11.3.1.4. 11.3.4 Delete Subparagraph 11.3.4; Delete Subparagraph 11.3.6 and substitute the following: 11.3.6 Before an 'exposure to' loss may occur, the Contractor shall file with the Owner two certified copies of the policy or policies providing this Property Insurance coverage, each containing those endorsements specifically related to the Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. 11.3.7 Modify Subparagraph 11.3.7 by substituting "Contractor" for "Owner" at the end of the first sentence. 11.3.8 Modify Subparagraph 11.3.8 by substituting "Contractor" for "Owner" as fiduciary; except that at the first reference to "Owner" in the first sentence, the word "this" should be' substituted for "Owner's." 11.3.9 Modify Subparagraph 11.3.9 by substituting "Contractor" for "Owner" each time the latter word appears. 11.3.10 Modify Subparagraph' I 1.3.10 by substituting "Contractor" for "Owner" each time the latter word appears. 11.4 Performance Bond and Payment Bond . Delete Subparagraph 11.4.1 and substitute the following: 11.4.1 The Contractor shall fumi.sh bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder. Bonds may be obtained through the Contractor's usual source and the cost thereof shall be included in the Contract Sum. The amount of each bond shall be equal to 100% of the Contract Sum. 11.4.1.1 The Contractor shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date the.Agreement is entered into, or if the work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the Contractor shall, prior to the commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished. 11.4.1.2 The Contractor shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney..' . ARTICLE 13 'MisCELLANEOUSPROVISIONS Add the following Paragraph 13.8 to Article 13: 13.8 Equal Opportunity . 13.8.1 The Contractor shall maintain policies of employment as follows: . 96-016/5-96 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800- 7 13.8.1.1 The Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors shaU not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex or national origin. The Contractor shaU take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, religion, color, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the foUowing: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of payor other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the policies of non-discrimination. . 13 .8.1.2 The Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors shaU, in aU solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by them or on their behalf, state that aU qualified applicants wiU receive consideration for employment without regard to race, religion, color, sex or national origin. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT Add the foUowing Paragraph 14.4 to Article 14: 14.4 Termination by the Owner for Convenience 14.4.1 The Owner may, at anytime, terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. 14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall: C. Cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; Take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work; and Except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing Subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further Subcontracts and purchase orders. . A. B. 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment from the Owner on the same basis provided in Subparagraph 14.1.2. END OF SECTION 00800 96-016/5-96 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800-8 . SECTION 00820 . SPECIFIC PROJECT REQUIREMENTS :..I~ PART 1 GENERAL This Section shall consists of "Specific Regulatory Requirements and Guidelines" that shall govern the project as described within these Contract Documents. These requirements are outlined below: INDEX DESCRIPTION PAGE NUMBER 1.01 SECTION 3 CLAUSE OF THE URBAN DEVELOPMENT ACT OF 1968 00820-2 1.02 EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246/1-1375 00820:-3 to 00820-10 A. EEO Clause 00820-10 to 00820-11 B. EEO Specifications/Guidelines 00820-12 to 00820-17 C. EEO Affirmative Action 00820-17 to 00820-20 . 1.03 LABOR STANDARDS A. Labor Standards & R~quirements 00820-21 B. Federal Labor Standards & Provisions 00820-22 to 00820-30 C. Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities 00820-31 , 1.04 COMPLIANCE WITH CLEAN AIR & WATER ACTS 00820-32 . 96-016/5-96 SPECIFIC PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 00820-1 1.01 SECTION 3 CLAUSE OF THE URBAN DEVELOPMENT ACT OF 1968 A. The work to be performed under this Contract is on a project assisted under a program providing direct Federal financial assistance from the Department of Housing and Urban Development and is subject to the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701 u. Section 3 requires that to the greatest extent feasible opportunities for training and employment be given lower income residents of the projec;t area and contract for work i.n connection with the project be awarded to business concerns which are located in, or owned in substantial part by persons residing in the area of the project. . B. The parties to this contract will comply with the provisions of said Section 3 and the regulations issued pursuant thereto by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development set forth in 24 CFR Part 135, and all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder prior to the execution of this Contract. The parties to this Contract certify and agree that they are under no contractual or other disability which would prevent them from complying with these requirements. C. Contractor will send to each labor organization or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargain agreement o'r other contract or understanding, if any, a notice advising the said labor organization or worker's representative of these commitments under the Section 3 clause and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment of training. D. Contractor will include this Section 3 clause in every subcontract for work in connection with the project and will, at the direction of the applicant for or recipient of Federal financial assistance, take appropriate action pursuant to the subcontract upon a finding that the subcontractor is in violation of regulations issued by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, 24 CFR Part 135. Contractor will not subcontract with any subcontractor where it has notice or knowledge that the latter has been found in violation of regulations under 24 CFR Part 135 and will not let any subcontractor unless the subcontractor has first provided it with a preliminary statement of ability to comply with the requirements of these regulations. . E. Compliance with the provisions of Section 3 the regulations set forth in 24 CFR Part 135, and all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder prior to the execution of the Contract, shall be a condition of the Federal financial assistance provided to the project, binding upon the applicant or recipient for such assistance, its successors, and assigns. Failure to fulfill these requirements shall subject the applicant or recipient, its contractors and subcontractors, its successors, and assigns to those sanctions specified by the grant or loan agreement or contract through which Federal assistance is provided, and to such sanctions as are specified by 24 CFR Part 135. 96-016/5-96 SPECIFIC PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 00820-2 . . . .' Equal.Employm~nt Opportunity Executive Order 11246 As Amended By Executive' Order 11375 ~ U.S. Department of Labor Employment Standards Administration . . Office of Federal Contract Complianc.e Programs OFCCP-4 November 1975 Under and by virtue of the authority vested in me as President of the United States. it is ordered as follows: " . , PART 1- NONDISCRIMINA nON IN GOVERNMENT EMPLOYMENT I PART n - NONDISCRIMIN'A nON IN EMPLOYMENT BY GOVERNMENT CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS Subpart A- D~ties of the Secretary of Labor 1.02 SEC. 201. The Secretary of Labor shall be responsible for the administration of parts IT and III of this order and' shall adopt such rules and regulations and issue such orders as he deems necessary and appropriate to achieve the purposes thereof. Subpart B-Contractors' Agreements SEC. 202. Except in contracts exempted in accordance with section 204 of , this order. all GoverilIIient contracting agencies shall include in every Govern- ment contract hereafter entered into the following provisions: During the performance of this contract. the contractor agrees as follows: (1) The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of z:ace; color. religion. sex. or national origin. T,he contractor will take afflI"lIlative action to ensure that applicants are employed. and that employees are treated during employment. without regard to their race. color; religion, sex, or national origin. Sueh action: shall include. but not be limited to the following: employment. upgreding, demotion, or transfer: recruitment or recruitment advertising: layoff or termination; rates of pay o.r other forms. of compensation: and seiection for training. including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in. conspicuous places. available to employees and applicants for employment. notices to be provided by the eontracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause! (2) The contractor will. in all solicitations or advertisements for amployees placed by or on behalf of the contractor. state that all Qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment wit!ioutregard to rllce. color. religion. sex. or national origin~ (3) The contractor will send to'each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding.. a noticp.. to be provided ~y the agency contracting officer. advising the labor union or workars' representative of the 'contractor's commitments under section 202 of EXecu- tive Order No. 11246 of September 24. 1965. and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places availeble to employees and applicants for employment. (4) The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order So. 11246 of September 24. 1965. and of the rules: regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. ' , Secs, 101 lhrough 10~ o( pt. I o( ~eC\ltive Order 11246 deeling with diacrimU>lllion in Federal employment were supa~seded by Executive Order 11478. Exllclltive Ordar 11478. which ia concerned exclulively with eovernment employment. upanded coMiderably.the obligallon o( the Covernmellt illelf to Wldertiu.e equal employment opportunity within ill own Ot;a"'lalion, ~ecullve Ordar 114;8 wes slgDed by P,."s.denl' Richard NiAon on ^11ll. 8. 19lMl. : Sec. 202. parallraphs 111 snd (2\ aDd Me. .203. subaec:. (dJ were amead.d by Execullve Order 11375 to eneompa.. sex disc"mlna!ion. ~ecullve Order 11375 was s.gned by Pr...id.nt Lyndon 8. Joh.uon on Sept. 24. 196~. J rblC. 00820-3 [5J The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24. 1965. and by the rules. regulations. and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records. and accounts by the contracting agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations. and orders. (6) In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of such rules, regulations. or orders. this contract may be cancelled, terminated. or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965. and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies involved as provided in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24. 1965, or by rule. regulation. or order of the Secretary of Labor. or as otherwise provided by law. (7) The contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations. or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided. however. That in the event the contractor becomes involved in. or threetened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the contracting agency, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the intereSts of the United States. . SEf:. 203. [a] Each contractor having a contract containing the provisions prescribed in section 202 shall me, and shall cause each of his subcontractors to me, compliance reports with the contracting agency or the Secretary of Labor as may be directed. Compliance reports shall be med within such times and shall contain such information as to the practices, policies. programs. and employment policies, programs, and employment statistics of the contractor and each subcontractor. and shall be in such form, as the Secretary of Labor may prescribe. (b) Bidders or prospective contractors or subcontractors may be required to state whether they have participated in any previous contract subject to the provisions of this order. or any preceding similar executive order. and in that event to submit. on behalf of themselves and their proposed subcontractors, compliance reports prior to or as an initial part of their bid or negotiation of a contract. (c) Whenever the contractor or subcontractor has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding with a labor union or an agency referring workers or providing or supervising apprenticeship pr training for such workers. the compliance report shall include such information as to such labor union's or agency's practices and policies affecting compliance as the Secretary of Labor may prescribe: Provided, That to the extent such informa- tion is within the exclusive possession of a labor union or an agency referring workers or providing or supervising apprenticeship or training and such labor union or agency shall refuse to furnish such information to the contractor. the contractor shall so certify to the contracting agency as part of its compliance report and shall set forth what efforts he has made to obtain such information. (d) The contracting agency or the Secretary of Labor may direct that any bidder or prospective contractor or subcontractor shall submit. as part of his compliance report, a statement in writing, signed by an authorized officer or agent on behalf of any labor union or agency referring workers or providing or supervising apprenticeship or other training. with which the bidder or prospec- tive contractor deals. with supporting information, to the effect that the signer's . . 00820-4 -, '. ...... -. . . practices and policies do not discriminate on the grounds of race, color. religion; sex. or national origin. and that the signer either will affirmatively cooperate in the implementation of the policy and provisions of this order or that it consents and agrees that r,ecruitment, employment. and the terms and conditions of employment under the proposed contract shall be in accordance with the purposes and provisioris of the order. In the event that the union. or the agency. shall refuse to execute s~ch a statement. the compliance report shall so certify and set forth~hat efforts have been made to secure such a statement and such additi~nal factual material as the contracting agency or the Secretary of Labor m<ilY requi,re.' . SEC. 204. The Secretary of Labor may. when he .deems that special circumstances in the national interest so require, exempt a contracting agency from the requirement of induding any qr all of the provisions of section 202 of this order in any specific contract. subcontract. or purchase" order. The Secretary of Labor may, by rule or regulation, also exempt certain classes of contracts. subcontracts. or purchase orders: (1) whenever work is to be or has been performed outside the Uiuted States and no recruitmEmt of workers within the limits of the United States is involved; (2) for standard commercial supplies or raw materials;' (3) involving less than specified amqunts of money or specified numbers of workers; or (4) to the extent that they involve subcontracts below a specified tier. The Secretary ~fLabor may also provide. by rule. regulation. or order, for the exemption of facilities of a contractor which are in all respects separate and distinct from activities of the contractor related to the perform- ance of the contract: Provided. That such an exemption will not interfere with or impede the effectuation of the purposes of this order: And provided furll!er. That in the absence of such an exemption all facilities shall be covered by the provisions of this order: ' . . Subpart C- Powers and Duties of the Secretary of Labor and the Contracting Agencies SEC. 205. Each contracting agency shall be primarily responsible for . obtaining compliance with the rules. regulations. and orders of the Secretary of . Lahor with respect to contracts entered into by such agency or its contractors. All contracting agencies shall comply with the rules of the Secretary of Labor in discharging their primary responsibility for securing compliance. with the provisions of contracts and' otherwise with the terms of this order. and of the rules. regulations. and orders of the Secretary of. Labor issued pursuant to this order. They are directed to cooperate with the Secretary of Labor and to furnish the Secretary of Labor such information and assistance as he may require in the performance of his functions under this order. Th~y are 'further directed to appoint or designate.. from among the agency's personneL compli- ,ance.officers. It shall be the duty of such officers to seek compliance With the objectives of this order by conference. conciliation. mediation. or persuasion. SEC. 206. (a) The Secretary of Labor may investigate the employment practices of any GoverDlnent contractor'ot subcontractor. or initiat~ such investigation by the appropriate contracting agency. to determine whether or not the contractural provisions specified in section 202 of this order have been violated. Such investigation shall be conducted in accordance with the proce- dures established by th'e Secretary of Labor and the investigating agency shall report to the Secretary of Labor.any action taken or recommended. . IbId. . ' 00820-5 . (b) The Secretary of Labor may receive and investigate or cause to be investigated complaints by employees or prospective employees of a Govern- ment contractor or subcontractor which allege discrimination contrary to the contractural provisions specified in section 202 of this order. If this investiga- tion is conducted for the Secretary of Labor by a contracting agency, that agency shall report to the Secretary what action has been taken or is recommended with regard to such complaints. SEC. 207. The Secretary of Labor shall use his best efforts, directly and through contracting agencies, other interested Federal. State, and local agencies, contractors. and all other available instrumentalities to cause any labor union engaged in work under Government contracts or any agency referring workers or providing or supervising apprenticeship or training for or in the course of such work to cooperate in the implementation of the purposes of this order. The Secretary of Labor shall. in appropriate cases, notify the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Justice, or other appropriate Federal agencies whenever it has reason to believe that the practices of any such labor organization or agency violate Titles VI or VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 or other provision of Federal law . SEC. 208. (a) The Secretary of Labor, or any agency. officer. or employee in the executive branch of the Government designated by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary, may hold such hearings, public or private, as the Secretary may deem advisable for compliance. enforcement, or educational purposes. (b) The Secretary of Labor may bold, or cause to be beld, hearings in accordance with subsection (a) of this section prior to imposing, ordering. or recommending the imposition of penalties and sanctions under this order. No order for debarment of any contractor from further Government contracts under section 209(a) (6) sball be made witbout affording the contractor an opportunity for a bearing. . Subpart D-Sanctions and Penalties SEC. 209. (a) In accordance with such rules, regulations. or orders as the Secretary of Labor may issue or adopt, the Secretary or the appropriate contracting agency may: (1) Publish, or cause to be published, tbe names of contractors or unions which it bas concluded have complied or bave failed to comply with the provisions of this order or of the rules. regulations. and orders of the Secretary of Labor. (2) Recommend to the Department of Justice that. in cases in which there is substantial or material violation or the threat of substantial or material violation of the contractual provisions set forth in section 202 of this order. appropriate proceedings be brougbt to enforce those provisions. including the enjoining, within the limitations of applicable law. of organizations. individ- uals. or groups who prevent directly or indirectly. or seek to prevent directly or indirectly, compliance with the provisions of this order. (3) Recommend to the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the Department of Justice that appropriate proceedings be instituted under Title VII of the Civil Rigbts Act of 1964. (4) Recommend to the Department of Justice that criminal proceedings be brought for the furnishing of false information to any contracting agency or to . 00820-6 :~ . ,-I. . .. the Secretary of Labor as the case maybe. (5) Cancel. terminate. suspend. or cause to be cancelled. terminated, or suspended any contract. or any portion or portions thereof. for failure of the contractor or subcontractor to comply withthe nondiscrimination provisions of the contract. Contracts may be cancelled. terminated. or suSpended absolutely or continuance of contracts maybe conditioned upon a program for future compliance approved by the contracting agency. ., (6) Provide that any contracting agency shall refrain from entering into further contracts. or extensions or other modifications of existing contracts. with any noncomplying contractor . until such contractor has satisfied the Secretary of Labor that such contractor has established and will carry out personnel and employment policies in compliance with the provisions of this o~der. . (b) Under rules and regulations prescribed by the Secretary of Labor. each contracting agency shall make reasonable efforts within a reasonable time limitation to secure compliance with the contract provisions of .this order by methods of conference. conciliation. mediation. and persuasion before proceed- ings shall be instituted' under subsection (a) (2) of this section. or before a contract shall be,cancelled 'or terminated in whole or part under subsection (a)(5) of this section for failure of:a contractor or subcontractor to comply with the contract provisions of this order . SEC. 210. Any contracting agency, taking any action authorized by this subpart. whether on its own motion. or as directed by the Secretary of Labor. or under the rules and 'r~gulations of the Secretary; shall. promptly notify the Secretary of ~uch action. Whenever the Secretary of Labor makes a determina- tion under this section. he shall promptly notify the appropriate contracting age'ncy of the action recommended. The agency shall take such action and shall report the results the reo! to, the Secretary of Labor within such time as the Secretary shall specify. ' SEC. 211. If the Secretary shall so direct. contractiIig agencies shall not enter into contracts with any bidder or prospective c~ntractor unless the bidder or prospective contractor has satisfactorily complied with the provisions of this order or submits a prograII!- for compliance acceptable to the Secreta.ry of Labor or. lithe Secretary so~uthorizes. to the contracting agency. SEC. 212. Whenever a contracting agency cancels or terminates. a con- tract. or whenever a contr~ctor'has been debarred from'furtber Government contracts. under section 209(al(6) because of noncompliance with the' contract provisions with regard to nondiscrimination, the Secretary of Labor. 01: the contracting agency involved. shall.promptly notify the Gcimptroller General of the United States. Any such debarment may be rescinded by the Secretary of Labor or by the contracting agency which imposed the sanction. . . Subpart E.....Certificate!il of Merit SEC. 213. The Secretary of Labor may provide for issuance of a U.S. Gov- ernment certificate of merit to. employers or labor unions. or. other agencies which are or may hereafter be engaged in work under Government contracts. if the Secretary is satisfied that the personnel and employment practices of the employer, or that the personnel. training. apprenticeship. membership.griev- ance and representation, upgrading. and other practices and policies of the labor union or other agency confo.rro to the purposes and provisions of this order.' , 00820-7 SEC. 214. Any certificate of merit may at any time be susoended or revoked by the Secretary of Labor if the holder thereof, in the judgment of the Secretary, has failed to comply with the provisions of this order. SEC. 215. The Secretary of Labor may provide for the exemption of any employer, labor union, or other agency from any reporting requirements imposed under or pursuant to this order if such employer, labor union. or other agency has been awarded a certificate of merit which has not been suspended or revoked. PART m -NONDISCRIMINA nON PROVISIONS IN FEDERALLY ASSISTED CONSTRUCI10N CONTRACTS SEC. 301. Each executive department and agency which administers a pro- gram involving Federal fmancial assistance shall require as a condition for the approval of any grant. contract. loan. insurance, or guarantee thereunder, which may involve a construction contract. that the applicant for Federal assistance undertake and agree to incorporate. or .cause to be incorporated, into all construction contracts paid for in whole or in part with funds obtained from the Federal Government or borrowed on the credit of the Federal Government pursuant to such grant. contract, loan. insurance. or guarantee, or undertaken pursuant to any Federal program involving such grant. contract, loan. insurance. or guarantee, the provisions prescribed for Government contracts by section 202 of this order or such modification thereof. preserving in substance the contractor's obligations thereunder. as may be approved by the Secretary of Labor, together with such additional provisions as the Secretary deems appropriate to establish and protect the interest of the United States in the enforcement of those obligations. Each such applicant shall also undertake and agree: (1) to assist and cooperate actively with the administer- ing department or agency and the Secretary of Labor in obtaining the compliance of contractors and subcontractors with those contract provisions and with the rules. regulations. and relevant orders of the Secretary; (2) to obtain and to furnish to the administering department or agency and to the Secretary of Labor such information as they may require for the supervision of such compliance; (3) to carry out sanctions and penalties for violation of such obligations imposed upon contractors and subcontractors by the Secretary of Labor or the administering department or agency pursuant to part IT. subpart D. of this order: and (4) to refrain from entering into any contract subject to this order, or extension or other modification of such a contract with a contractor debarred from Government contracts under part II. subpart D, of this order. SEC. 302. (a) "Construction contract" as used in this order means any contract for the construction. rehabilitation. alteration. conversion. extension. or repair of buildings. highways. or other improvements to real property. (b) The provisions of part IT of this order shall apply to such construction contracts. and for purposes of such application, the administering department or agency shall be considered the contracting agency referred to therein. (c) The term "applicant" as used in this order means an applicant for Federal assistance or, as determined by agency regulation. other program participant, with respect to whom an application for any grant, contract. loan, insurance. or guarantee is not fmally acted upon prior to the effective date of this part. and it includes such an applicant after he becomes a recipient of such Federal assistance. . . . 00820-8 . .. " SEC. 303 (a) Each administering department and agency shalf be respon- sible for obtaining th~ compliance of such' applicants with. their undertakings under this order ..Each admiriistering department and agency is directed to cooperate with the Secretary of Labor. and to 'furnish the Secretary such information and assistance as he may require in the performance of his functions under this order. (b) In the event an applicant fails andrefuses to comply with his under- takings, the administering department or agency may take any or all of the following aCtions: (1) cancel. terminate. or suspend in whole or in part the agreement. contract. or other arrangement with such applicant with respect to which the failure and refusal occurred; (2) refrain from extending any further . assistance to the applicant unde~ the program with respect to which the failure or refusal occurred until satisfactory assurance of future compliance has been received from such applicant; and (3) refer the case to the Department of Justice for appropriate legal proceedings.. (c) Any action with respect to an applicant pursuant to subsection (b) shall be taken in conformity with section 602 of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (and the regulations of the administering department or agency issued thereunder). to the extent applicable. In no case shall action be taken with respect to an applicant pursuant to clause (1) or (2) of subsection (b) without notice and opportunity for hearing before the administering department or agency, SEC. 304. Any executive department or agency which imposes by rule. . regulation. or order requirements of nondiscrimination in employment. other than requirements imposed pw:suant to this order. may delegate to the .Secretary of Labor by agreement such responsibilities with respect to compli- - ance standards. reports. and procedures as would tend to bring the administra- . tion of such requirements into conformity with the administration of require- ment's imposed under this order: Provided. That actions to effect compliance by recipients of Federal financial assistance with requirements imposed pUrsuant to Title VI of the Civil.Rights Act of 1964 shall be taken in conformity With the procedures and liIIlitations prescribed iIi section 602 thereof and the regula- tions of the administering department or agency issued thereunder. . PART IV -MISCELLANEOUS , SEC. 401. The Secretary of Labor may delegate to any officer. agency, or employee in the executive branch of the Government. any function or duty of 'the Secretary under parts II and III of this order, except authority to promulgate rules and regulations of a general nature. _ SEC. 402. The Secretary of Labor shall provide administrative support for the execution of the progra'm known as the "Plans of Progress." SEC. 403. (a) Executive Orders Nos. 10590 (Jan. 18. 1955). 10722 (Aug. 5. 195i). 10925 (Mar. 6. 1961). lli14 (June 22. 1963). and 11162 (July 28. 1964). are. hereby superseded and the ,President's Committee on Equal Employment Opportunity established by Executive Order No. 10925 is hereby abolished. All records and property in -the custody of the comDtittee shall be transferred to the Civil Service Commission and the Secretary of Labor. as appropriate. (b) Nothing in this order shall be deemed to relieve any person' of any obligation assumed or imposed under or pursuant to any executive order superseded by this order. All rules, regulations. orders. instructions. designa- 00820""9 tions, and other dire.ctives issued by the President's Committee on Equal EmploY!D:ent Opportumty and those issued by the heads of various departments or agencIes under or pursuant to any of the executive orders superseded by this order. shall. to the extent that they are not inconsistent with this order, remain in full ~orce and effect. unless and until revoked or superseded by appropriate authorIty. References m such directives to provisions of the superseded orders shall be deemed to be references to the comparable provisions of this order. SEC. 404. The General Services Administration shall take appropriate acti~n. to revise. the standard Government contract forms to accord with the prOVISIons of this order and of the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor. SEC. 405. This order shall become effective 30 days after the date or-this order. . LYNDON B. JOHNSON TIlE WHITE HOUSE September 24. 1965 A. . 1. Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Contractor will take affIrmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of payor other fonns of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicant for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. E.E.O Clause: During performance of this contract, Contractor agrees as follows: 2. Contractor will, in all solicitation or advertisements for employees places by or on behalf of Contractor, state that all qualified applicant will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin. 3. Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or workers' representative of Contractor'S commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 4. Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 2, 1965, and of the rules, regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. 5. Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records and accounts by the administering agency and the Secre~ Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and ordWJ 00820-10 . e. . i' 6. In the event of Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscriminaiio~ clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part of Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts of federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24,1?65~ and .such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. 7. Contractor will include the portion of the' sentence immediately preceding paragraph 4.3.1 and the provisions of paragraphs 4.3.1 through 4.3.7 in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted byrules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the adIninistering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions,' including sanctions for 'noncompliance. Provided, however, that in the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened' with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency, Contractor,may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. 00820-11 STANDARD FEDERAL EOUAL ry;pLOYME~"T OProRIUNITY CI::NSTROCTIC~i cy',,,!?,ACf S?EC!FI 0. TIa-l'S (EXSCIJITVE OP.D~ 11246) . 1. As t:.58d in these specif ica tiens : a. "Covere::i a-re.a" means the gecgra.Fhic:al area described lJ1 tha solicitation fran ",tUc::h this contract resulted; b . II DireC'"...or" mea.'"'.S D ireC'"...o= , Of fiee of Froe-ral Cont.-""'act Co:r:J 1 ia. '"lCe Prcgrarr.s, United sta't.eS I::epa- -tnent of labor, or arrj pe.....:so:1 to W'han t.."1e Director delegates a:.r-...hority; c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal So:::ial Se::urity Nurrber u.se:l on the Drployer's <:uarterly Fe:ieral Tax Return, u. S. Treasu-ry Depart:IrerIt Form 941. d. ''Minori ty" inc:ltrles: (ii) ( iii) (iv) (i) Black ( all perso.lS havi..nq onglI'lS in any of the Blacl:: African racial gro..1pS rot of Hispa."1ic origin) ; Hispa.n.ic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Q..Jban, Central or South American or other Spanish Cllt:ure or origin, regardless of race); Asian a.-d Pacific Islarrler (all persons hav~ origins in a:rry of the original peoples of t.~ Far East, Sa..1theast Asia. the In:lian SUl::x::ont.i.., or the Pacific Islarrls); an::i American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons havi.rJ; origins in any of the original peq>les of North AIrerica ani maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through nembership arrl pa..~cipation or carm..mi.ty identification). 2. Whenever the contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, sub::ontracts a p:lrtion of the W10rk :involvirg any a:n;troetion trade, it shall tilysically :in::ll.rle in each subccotract in ~c: of $10,000 the provisions of these specificatiCllS ani the Notice which contains the awlicable goals for mi.rx:>rity an::i female participaticn an::i which is set forth in the solicitaticos fran Wich this contract resulted. 3. If the eorrt:ractor is participat.irq (~ to 41 CPT 60-4.5) in a Haret:.c::1om Plan a,wroved by the u. S. Depart:IrerIt of I.alxlr in the c:overe:i area either irrlividually or t:hrc::u';h an ~5-~iatiCl1, its affirmative action obligaticns 00 all 'oo1Or~ in the Plan area (in::lu:lin; goals arrl ti1ret:ables) shall be in ac::a;)rdan::e with that Plan for those trade 'Which have unicns participat.i.n:J in the Plan. O:rrt:ractors lI1JSt be able to demonstrate their participation in and ~liance with the provisions of any such Hometor.mPlan. Each Contractor or Sub:::ontractor participatiIX3' in an a.wroved Plan is in:tividually requl.rerl to ~ly with its ooligaticns urder the Em clause, arrl to Irake a gocrl. faith effort to achieve each goal urrler the Plan in eaA trade in which it has ~loyees. 'The OV'e...~1 gcx::rl faith performarx:e - 00820-12 . ,by other Contrac-~rs or S~nt.rac-wrs t.a...-a.rd a' goal in an approved Plan does, not excJ.se a.'1y covered: Cont....--ac-....or' 5 or SW::contrac-...or's fail u....-e to. take.. gocxi" f~i th effor-...s t.o achieve the. Plan goals an::'! ti.Jretables . 4. The contractor shall implement the specific affL"1i\ative action sta nda rds prov:j. ded . in paragraphs 7 a through p of these s;:e::ifications. The. geals set for""...h. in the solicitatio:l fran \oIhi.ch t.~ cont..-ract resul t.e:l are expressed. as pe::::'Ce..'1tages of the total ha...rcs of ernployrrent ardt.ra.i.ni.ng of rr.inority a.~ fe:rrale utilization the Contractor shO'..lld reasonably be able to achieve in eac."1 col'"'struction 't...--ade in 'wmch it has ert?loyees in the covered, a.-..-ea . The Contra~...or is e.xpected to, make Substantially uniform Pro:;resS ta..lard its goals in each craft durmq the period specified. 5. Neither the proV~ior-~ of any Collective ba.rga.ining agreerrent, nor the failure by a \inion "with whom the Contrac--.or has a rollective bargaini.rg agreem::mt, to refer eit..'"ler minorities or ~ shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under 't..~ese specifications. . Executive Order l1246, or. the reguJ.ationsprorn.J.l.ga~ p.J.rSUal1t t..~ereto. e:,., , , . 6. In order for tl1.e non,-worki..ng t..."C.in.i.rg. hou..rs of apprentices ard tJ::awees to be - counted in meeting t.."1e goals, Such apprentices ard trainees must be -. eIt'ployed by the Cont---ac--.or duri.rg the training period, arrl the Contractor rrust have rrade a a::mnit:nent to employ the apprentices ard trainees 'at the c:xtpletion of their training, subject to the availability of' eriployrrent opfCrtunities. Trainees must be 'trained' p.n:suant to training prcgra.ms aP9roved. by the U. S. Department of Labor. ' 7. The Contractor shall t:ake. specific affi.rmative actions to ensure equal employment opportl.lnity~ The evaluation of'the Contractor's canplianc:e 'w"ith these specifications shall be based up:>n its effort. to achieve , maxinurn results fran its actions. The Corr...ra.ctor shall dcx::urrent these efforts fully, arrl shallin;>lement affinrative action steps at least as extensive as.'the" followi.ng: , ' , . a. Ensure arrl I\?in'tam a wqrking envirOnment free of ha.rrassment, intimida:tion and cqercion at all sites, arrl. in all facilities at which the contractor' 5 employees are' 'assigned to work. The Contractor, Where possible, ..ill assign t\.K) or rore women to each construction project. The Cont.....:actor shall specifically ensure that all,. JOreIren, Super"inten:ients anj other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of arrl carry a.rt the Contractor's obligation to rraintai.n such.a working envil:'orutent, with specific attention to minority or fenele i.n:lividuals worki.rq at such sites or in such fac~ities. b. " Establish ard rraintain a OJr'r'eI1t list of ~rity ard fenale recruit:Irent sa..u:ces, provide written ,notification to minority arrl ferr.3J.e" recruitIrent.. sources' arrl to a:xmunity organizations when the Contractor or its unions" have ert;:lloyment opp::n:tunities available, ard rraintain a record of t.~ organizations' responses. . 00820-13 ' c. ?-'.aintain a eu;:: ~ -e...,t f il e 0 f the names, aOOresses arrl t.elep.'1one mlmbe.....~ of eac.'1 mino~ity a..u fe.'l'ale off t.he S--w.--eet aP9licant a1"~ rr.L'iOrity or female referral from a union, a rec;ruit:ment. so-rrce o~ c:::ommuni::y orga.-u.zation a..'"rl of ....'hat action was taken ....,i'th respect t:::> eadl S..lch i.n::livicr..J.al. If suc.'1. irx:livi<::Iu.il was sent to the union hiri.rg hall for referral an:i was not refe...-re:::l bad<. to the Con~-actor 'by the union or, if referred, not erft)loyed by the Cont........-ac-....o::-, -:.-'U.s shall :be d~ted in ti'.e file \olith the reasons ~ '1e... >-efcre, along- \oli t.h W'hatever additional actions t.'1e CCnt.....rac:t"....o~ may have tak=..'1. d. ProVide .irme:liate written notification to the Di..re:7....or when the union or unions \olith which the QJrrt:ractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority pe-""SOI1 or WCIi\3.n sent by the CC:ntra~....or , or ..men the Contractor has other iriformation that the union referral process has .L-rpeded the Cont..-actorls efforts to meet its obligations. e. Cevelop on-tbe-j 00 t..-ainirq opportunities an::V or participate in t...raini."'q prcgra."tlS for t.~e a....""'ea W'hich expressly inchrle minorities a..""d ~, incltrling upgradi.nq pro;rams arrl apprentices.~p arrl ' trainee programs relevant to the Contractor I s enlJloyment needs, especially those pro:;rans furded or approved by the Depa.rt::lneI1t of labor. The Cont......-actor shall provide notice of these programs to t..'1e sources c::rrplied urrler 7b above. f. Disseminate the Cont......-actorls EED policy by providi..ng ootice . the policy to unions arrl ~ pro:JrO.IDS ard requestirg the cooperation in assisting the eorrt:ractor in neeting its EEx:> obligations; by inclu:lin3' it in any policy manual ard collective bargaining agreement; by p.1blicizin:; it in the ~ newspaper, annual report, etc; by specific review' of the policy ....ith all management personnel arrl ....ith all minority a.rrl female employees at least once a year; ard by posti.nq the canpany Em p:>licy on bullentin b;:)ards accessible to all errployees at each location ..mere cons""'...IUction W'Ork is perfonred. g. Revie...., at least annually, the company I s EEO policy and affi.rmative action obligations urrler these specifications with all employees having arrf responsibility for hirin:;, assignment, lay-off, termination or other en;:>loyrrent decisions includ.i.ng specific review' of these items with on-site supervisory personnel such as SUperint.erx:Jents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of constrUction work at any joo site. A written record shall be made an;i naintai.ned identifyi.n3' the tine an:i place of these meetings, persons atten:ii.r'lg, subje::t natter rl; c:nlSSe:3. ard ~ition of the subj e::t natter. Disseminate the Contractorls EEX) policy externally by includ.i..rq it in arrf adv~-'-+-..i.sirg in the news roedia, specifically includ.in:; minority and female ne....smedia, and providing written notification to ard dic:n15c5~ the Contractorls EEX) policy ....iA other Contrac:t"...ors an::i SUl:contractors ....ith W'hcrn the Contra~ does or anticipates doin:; l:1.lsiness. h. 00820-14 :1. . . Direct its r.-ecr..:.itment efforts, both oral and 1..yitt.e.'"i, to min:Jrity, ferr.:De and a:rnm.mity;;' organizations, to sc.'1ools '.Jith minority and fe..-:l.ale students and to r.ti no r.-i ty 3.na fe.TTlale recruionent ard t..,""aini.T'X3' organizations 5e-.'"'Ving "C.;.~e Contractor's recr'.li t:me..'1t a....""'ea ard en;:>loyment needs. Not later tJian one m::Jnth prior to 't.1~e date for the acceptance of awlications for apprentice.s..'1.ip or othe=- trainin:; by any rec:r..u t:rent SCJ1..l.I"""'--e, t.."1e eontractor ,shall ,se.'i1 written notification to orga.'1izations such as the above, des-..--rll:lirx;. the ope.'1ings, scree.r'..i.n; pro::::e:::hL..-es, and. t.eS---..5 to be us€d in the sele::tion process. J. Encourage present minority ard female eri?lOy,'=>-=>s-:.o re...-ru.it ot.'1er minority pe....~l"'.s ard women ard, -where reasonable, provide after school, su..""tiit'er a.n:i vacation errployrrent to minority ard fe:rrale yout."1 bot.>i. on the site an:i in ~...her areas of a Contractor's '.w'Or}r10rce. k. validate all teSts an:i o+-...her selection requLre.-rrents wh~-e the..."'"e is .an obligation to do so urrler 4~ CFR ?art 60-3. 1. conduct, at least. anmJally, an inventory and. ev-a.luation at least of all mit;lority and female personnel for promotional opport:'~T1i ties ,ard encou-T3ge these employees to .seek or to prepi3-'"'e for , 't.1~-ough appropriate trainirg, etc., such op;x::lrtuni. ties. r.l. Ensure that sel1iori ty practices, job, classifications, work assign.'1\ents and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually nonitorirg all personnel an:i errployment reJ.a~,activities to ensure that the Em p:>licy ard the Contrac-...or's obligations urrler these specifications are being carried out. ' , n. Ensure, that all facilities' and company activities are nons~ted except t...'1a:t separate or s~le-user toilet an:i necessary Changirx; facilities shall be provided to assure privacy betwee.'1 the $eXes. . 0.' J):x::UIrent a.n:;1' naintain a record of all solicitations of offers for su.tx:ontracts' frOm, m:i.n:>rity ani female construct.i:-on o:mtractors arrl suppliers, irichrl~ circulation of solicitations .to nU.nority a.nd female contractor associations and other business associations. .. p. Conduct a review , at least annually, of all S\..J:PP-IVisors' ac:ihereri::e,' to"ard, performar-ce un::ier the Contrac-....or's EE:> policies a:rd affi.rInative. action cbligations. 8. ContractorSare"en:oUraged'.to participate in voluntary assrr-iations which assist in' fulfill:i.rq one or nore of their affirmative action obligations (7a' t:hic:ogh p). 'Ihe efforts of a CXlOtractor a5srriation, joint cxmtractor-union,' contracto~ty, or other similar group of which' the contractor is a member arrl participant .may be asserted as fulfillirx; any one or nore of its cbligations urrler 7a throogh p of these Specifications prov:lded that the. Contractor actively particiPates in the .gro..1p, makes every effort to assure that the gra.IP . 00820-15 has a. positive L~ct on the ~l~t of minor~tles and .....c::rnen in tile indust~, ensures that the con.::ret.e benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and fe.:nale 1Jorkforce pa---ticipation, makes a go:::d faith effort to meet its in:lividual goal_ and timetables r and can provide access to dcx:::umentation ....mCW derro~..rates 't.."1e effect:.iveness of actions taY.e.."1 on be:'..alf of the OJnt...."'Cc7--Or. '!he obligation to o::It?ly, ~er, is the Cont...""actor/ s and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation sr\all n::rt be a defe.."l.Se for t.."1e o:mtractor's non:x::rL'f'l.ian:::e. 9. A si.ngle goal for minorities a.-d a sepa...."at.e single goal for -....anen have been ~....abli.she:i. The Cont.."'Cctor , ~er , is req..lirerl to prr::Nide equal employn-ent opport::.mity and to take affi...,-ative action for all minority groups, lxt"..h roale and ferrale, a.-d all ~, J::x:rt."1 minority and non-minority. Consequently, the CDntrac-...or may be in violation of the Executive Order if' a particu.lar group is employed in a substantially desperate manner (for eXaJn?le, even though the Contractor hasac:::hieve:i its goals for \or'ClileI1 generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the executive oroer if a specific min::lrity group of ...cmen is un:Jerutilize:i) . 10. '!he Contractor shall not use t.~e goals arrl ti!retables or aff.irnative action stan:iards to discriminate against a.'1'f pa-rsor1 because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. 1.1. 'The COntrac-....or shall not enter into any Subcontract wi. th any person or firm debarred fran Government corru:-acts pursuant to Executive order 11246. 12. The Contractor shall carry art: such sanctions ard penalties f. violation of these specifications and of the Equal ~rtun:ity Clause, including suspension, tennination and cancellation of ex.isti.n:; sul:contracts as may be iIrposa:::i or ordered pursuant to Executive order 11246, as amerrled, arrl its iJt;llementirq regulations, by the Office of Fe:ieral Contract earpliance Prc:x;ramS. 'Any Contractor \./ho falls to carry oot such sanctions and penalties s.'1all be in violation of these specifications arrl Executive Order 1.1246, as amerded. D. The Contractor,. in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall iIrplement sPecific affi...'""Inative action steps, at least as extensive as those starda...""ds prescribed in paragraph 7 of t.hese specifications, so as to ad1.ieve maxi.nt.Im results fran its efforts to ensure equal employrent ~rtunity. If the cnntractor fails to cc::Itply with the requ.irements of the Executive order, the ilTplenentirq regulations, or these specifications,- the Director shall proceerl in ao::oItian=e with 41 CFR 60-4.8. 14. 'The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to rronitor all errployn-ent related activity to ensure that the ~ EED lXlliCf is being carried out, to sui:mit rep:>rts relatin;to the prr::Nisions hereOf as may be requi.re:i by the Gove.rrurent ard to keep rea:>I:ds. Records shall at least in::1me for each E!1'Iployee the I'laJTe, address, te1~one numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if a:rrj, emplO'.A identification number when assigned, so::ial security number, ra~ sex, status (e.g., IreChanic, apprent.ice, trainee', helper or laborer) ,. 00820-16 15. dates of c.P1.anges 111 stat'..lS, hOl...l...'"'S ',./C,rked per '.week i..'1 the in:licat.e::i trade, rate of pay, an::ilo::ationS~,at ...mch the 'w'O~k ,~ performed. Records, shall ,be maintained in an easily W'lde=-standable and retrievable, form: hawever, to the degree t,.l-..at e>:.i.st.i..--g rec::ords satisfy this requirement, con't..-"""3C"""...ors. shill not be ~ to .naintain separate records. Not.hi.ng herein provide::l shall be eors..........uerl as a' limitation upon the appl ication of other la'WS W'hich ~...ablish different s--..an:ia...~ of a.::xnplia..n<?= or upon the application of =-e::-ri..-erne:its for t.."1.e hiring of local or bt."le.r. area r::esidents (e.g~, t.,cse u.:-ce= the Public Works Errpl6yrrent Act' of 1977 and the C:::,.,;,mity Ceve.lo;ment Blo:::k Grant prcgrarn) . . NOT!CE OF REOUlREMENT FOR AFFIRM:ATIVE AcrroN 'ro DiSLiRE row, EMPT-DYMENI' OPFORIUNIT'i (EXECUI'IVE ORDER 11246) 1. '!he offeror's or Bidder'sat:ten+--ion is calle:l to the "Equal Opportunity ,Clause ard the "St.arrla.rd Federal Equal Errploymerrt ~rtunity Const.r..lC'....i.on Contract Specifications" set fort.'1 h=>.......-ein. 2. 'The goals ard tiJnetables for Jni.!")ority ard female participation, expresse:i in pe....rcentage te.I:mS for the Cotr-ractor's al::Hl.~-ate' workforce in each trade on all c::::mst-'"1.lction work in the c:overe:i area, are .asfollo;.'S: Tilnetables Goals for mirority participation for each trade Goal~ for female par-...i.cipation in each trade . until FUrther Notice . (insert goal) * 6.9% These goals are awlicable to each non-exer;:it contractor's total onSite construction workforce, regardless of w'het.'1er or not part of that workforce is performing work on a Federal" Federally assisted or non-Federally related proj ect, contract or sul::H::ontract. . The contractor's 'a:xrpliance, with the Executive Order ard the regulations in 41 CFR, Part 60-4 shall be based on its iltplemerr...ation of the' Equal Ofp:>rbmi:ty Clause,. specific affimative action d:>ligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3 (a), ani its efforts to meet the goals establishe:l for the geographical ai:ea where' the cont...ract result.i.n;J franthiS solicitation is to be performed. '!he haJ.rs of mirority ard female enplOyment arrl training nust be 'substantially uniform ~ t.'1e lerqt.h of.the CXX'It.1:act, arrl in each trade, an::i the contractor shall make a gocxl faith effort to ~loy minorities a.rd ~ evenly on each of its projects. 'D1e tiansfer. of minority or female enployees or trainees fran C:lntractor to Contrac7...or or from proj ect ,to proj ect for the sole p..rrp::se of n-eet.i.rg the O:ntra.ctor"s goals shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order arrl the regulations in 41 crR Part 60-4: Carrpli.ance with the goals will be measured against the total workhoors perfonred. . 00820-17 J. The Cont-.'Oc-....or s."'.all provide wri~-..en notificatio,i to the oi..rec7"....or of t:"e Office of Fede...-al Con~-act C::.trq:llian::::e Pro::Jrarrs, .....ith.in 10 'w'O:-ki..n; days of a;..ard of any C;)r.s-w:uct.ion sub:::ont....'Oct: in excess of $10,000 at arrv tier .-= a:mst...."'Uction work urrler' the con~'Qct resultin; fran this solicitation. notification SI.'1all list the name, c.d:1ress and teleo.~one number of the sub::onL.'Octor; employer identification number; esti.-rnate:::1- dolla= arra..l."1t of t.ile surx:on~'Oct. ; es-- ,_i:TIa ta:i S-iArti..ng arrl c::::r.1;)letion dates of the sub::::Jn~'Qct ; a.-rl t..'i.e geograFhical a.....-ea i,,, which the contract is to be perfonred. 4. 1-5 use:i in this Notice, ard in t..'r:e con~ract resulting frcrn this solicitation, t...~e f1c::::T..re...--e::i area" is (insert description of the econanic a.-.rea i..'1 io:h.id'. 't.'1e contract .....ill :>e performed, givin; the city, SMSA or non SMSA designation, arrl a list of t..~e ~ies ioclude:i in the e::::orx:riI.ic area) . *Note: See the Ferleral Reaister, Vol 44, No. 175, dated 9-7-79, for aHJrt:l9riate goals arran::l'e:J. by e::.onanic area. '!be goal for female participation is 6.9$% stat.erw'ide. CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GOALS <FROM FEDERAL REGISTER. SEPT 7" 1979) ECONO~IC AREA **AUGUSTA" 5A.~+ ------------------------------------------------ GOAL SMSA Ccuntles: COLUMBIA RICHMOND AIKEN (SC) Non-SMSA Counties: BURKE EMANUAL GLASCOCK JEFFERSON JENKINS LINCOLN MCDUFFIE *+ATLANTA~ GA.*. .SMSA Counties: BUTTS CHEROKEE CLAYTON COBB' DEKALB DOUGLAS FAYETTE FORSYTH 27.2% . 32.81. TALIAFERRO WARREN ALLENDALE <SC) BAMBERG <SC) BARNWELL <SC) EDGEFIELD (SC) MCCORMICK <SC) 21 . 21. FULTON GWINNETT HENRY NEWTON PAULDING ROCKDALE WALTON . 00820-18 . Non-SMSA Countl~~: 8ANKS 8AF:ROW 8ARTOW CARROLL CLARI<:E COWETA DAWSON ELBERT FANNIN FLOYD FRANKLIN G I U1ER GORDON GREENE HABERSHAM HALL' HARALSON HART HEARD ..COLUMBUS, GA.++ SMSA COUNTIES: RUSSELL (ALA) .CHA TTAHOOCHEE '. NON-SMSA COUNTIES: CHAMBERS ( ALA) LEE (ALA) HARRIS MARION MERIWETHER QUITMAN ."MACON, GA.". SMSA COUNTIES: BIBB HOUSTON . NON-SMSA BALDWIN BLECKLEY CRAWFORD CRISP DODGE OOOLY HANCOCK JOHNSON LAURENS MACON MONROE COUNTIES:' _, .. PEACH P'ULASK I PUTNAM TAYLOR TELFAIR TREUTLEN , WASHINGTON WHEELER' WILCOX WILKENSON 1~~5'l. J ACt<SON JASPER LAMAR LU~PI<IN .MADISON MORGAN OCONEE OGLETHORPE PICKINS .PIKE , POLK RABUN SPALDING . STEPHENS TOWNS UNION UPSON WHITE 29.61. MUSGOGEE 31.61. SCHLEY STEWERT ," SUMTER TALBOT , TROUP WEBSTER 27.51. , ~JONES ":TW I GGS 31.71. 00820-19 ~+SAVANNAH. GA.~~ SMSA COUNTI=:S: BRYAN CHATHAM NON-SMSA COUNTl=:S: HPPL r :-~G ATkINSON ~ACON BULLOCH CANDLER COFFEE EVANS JEFF DAVIS L 1 BEF:TY L[lNG ~..ALBANY. GA..... S~SA COUNTIES: DOUGHERTY LEE NON-SMSA COUNTIES: BAKER 8EN HILL 8ERRIAN 8ROOKS CALHOUN CLAY CLINCH COLQUITT COOK DECATUR EARLY ECHOLS GRADY **JACKSONVILLE~ FLA" NON-SMSA COUNTIES: BRANTLEY CAMDEN CHARLTON GLYNN PIERCE WARE BRADFORD (FLA) COLUMBUS (FLA) 30.61.. E:=FINGHAM :9.S'"/.. MCINTOSH MONTGOMERY SCREVEN TATTNALL TOOMBS WAYNE BEAUFORT (SC) HAMPTON (SC> JASPER (SC) 32. 1 7. 31.1'"/.. IRWIN LANIER LOWNDES MILLER MITCHELL RANDOLPH SEMINOLE TERRELL THOMAS TIFT TURNER WORTH 22.27. GILCHRIST (FLA) HAMILTON (FLA) LAFAYETTE (FLA) LEVY (FLA) MANON (FLA) PUTNAM (FLA) SUWANNEE (FLA) . . . 00820-20 . 1.03 . . LABORST ANDARDS, " A. Labor Standards and' Requirements: Contractors perfonning work on this project must fulfill requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act, the Copeland Anti-Kickback' Act, the Contract Work Hours Standards Act, and the Executive Non- Discrimination Order .No. 11246. Section 601 of the Civil Rights Act also applies to this project. Contractor shall confonn to the following requirements: I. A copy of the applicable wage rate schedule must be posted by Contractor and maintained where it can be seen .easily by ap employees. 2. All employees working on the site must be paid at least once a week. 3. Rates 9f pay shall be at least the minimum shown on the applicable wage rate schedule for each classification. . 4. Employees must be p~d for overtime at one and one-half(I-I/2) times his regular rate for all time over 40 (forty) hours any week. 5. No classification :of employees shall be employed on the project unless the classification appears on the wage rate schedule.' ", 6. Each week as work progresses, Contractor must submit t~~Engineer/Architect copies of all weekly payrolls and required attachments stipulated therein. Payroll Fonns may be obtained from Engineer/ Architect upon request. ' 7. Contractors shall include the wage detennination and all the labor standards provisions in. all subcontracts as herein specified. , - 8. Contractor sh~l make employment records available for inspection by authorized representatives of Owner or the Department of Labor and will pennit employees to be interviewed during working hours by these representatives. Payroll records will be maintained during the course of the work by Contractor, in~luding a copy of ~e payroll of each subcontractor, and they shall be preserved for a period of three (3). years thereafter. ' Payroll records of each subcontractor shall be submitted to principal Contractor each month and then submitted to. F;ngineer/ Architect for review each month. 9. In the event of a violation of the Labor Standards Provisions of the Contract by Contractor or any subcontractor, Owner. may, after notice to Contractor, suspend further payments or proceed to tenninate the Contract as provided in the Labor Standards.provisions. , , ' 00820-21 B. ~ IAB:R ~ EroVISICN Georgia ecmmunity Ceve10pment Blcde Grant . AIxllicabilitv '!he Project or Pl;U:j"aIIl to which the o:mstruction w'Ork c::Overed. by t..'ri.s contract pertains is hein:; assiS"...ed by the united states of America arrl the follcrwin; FeCe..~ r.aoor stan:2J:ds PreVisions are included in this contract pursuant to the pro'v"is~ons applicable to such Fede..~ assistanCe. A.l. (i) ~ Waaes. All laborers arrl m=c."1anics .employed or vror~ upon the site of the work (or un:ier the United states nous:ln; Act of 1937 or l.II"Cer t.~e HouS:ln; Act of 1949 in the o:mstructicn or deve1opme..'1t of the project) I will be paid unc:Jrrlitionally arrl not less o~...en t..~ once a week, arrl wit.'1out subseqUent deduction. or rebate on arrj aCCOlIDt (except such payroll deducticns as are ~tted by re:;;ulations issued by the Secretary of I..al::or ur.Cer t:'.e ecpalarrl Act (29 CFR Part 3), the full am=unt of wages arrl bona .fide frin;e be-'"lefits (or cash equivalents the.....-eof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than these contained in the wage de"tpT'm:ination of the sec=etarY of L3b0r which is at"'"..ached hereto arrl trade a part hereof, regardless of arrj contract:ua1 relationship which may be alleged to exist bet..reen the ccntra~...or arrl such labore-~ ani ~cs. ecntriJ::lUt:ions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits un:ier section ~(b) (2) of . the Davis-Bacon Act on be-l1alf of laborers or ~cs are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subj ect to the previsions of 29 Cffi-5.5(a) (~) (iv); also re;ular corrt::ributions made or costs incurred for 1lXlre t..'1an a w-ee.ldy pe..~cd (but not less often than quarterly) un::ier plans, fuOOs, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be ccnstru~--i.ve1y trade or incurred during such wee.ldy pericd. suc.1;. l~:re..~ arrl mechani:cs shall l::e paid the a~rcpriate wage rate arx:l fr"in;e be.'1efits en t.~e wage detpT'm.ination for t.'1e classification of work- ac""'....JallY pertonned, wit."lcUt regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR Pa-""'t 5 . 5 (a) (4) . Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be C""'"'lp'"nsated at the rate specified for each classification for the tima actually W'Cr3ced therein: ProVided, '!bat the ~loyer's payroll reco~...s ac:::::::rrate1y set forth the tllne spmt in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any aCditicnal classification arrl 'Wage rates confonned urrler 29 CFR Part 5.5(a) (1.) (ii) an:! the Oavis-:ac::n pcstp,.- (WH-1J21) s.;au be ~...ed at all ~ by t.'1e c::nt=actor ani its sctx:::rrt-""ac-...ors at t.;e site of the work in a prcmi.ne.'1t arrl ac:::essible place wT..e.....-e i.t can be easily seen by the w'OrKe--rs. Pev. June, 1991 . (?=eVicus editicn is obsclete) 1. 00820-22 .: -:; . (ll) (a) '!he contra~ officer shall require that any class of laborers or mec.~cs, includ:in1 helpe..rS,which is not listed in the wage detenrination and which is to beert;:)loyeq un:1er the contract shall l:e classifie::l in confonnance wit." the wage ,dete...;.,m,.na:tion. , The contracti..nq officer' s.'1.al.l approve an additional classification and wage rate and frin;e benefits tha.~fore only wnen the following' criteria have bee.'1 IIet: ill Except with respect to helpe..'r"S as defined "in 29 ern 5 . 2 (n) (4) , the 'WOrk to l:eperfonnai by the classification requeste:i is not ,perfo:cDed by a classification in the wage de~tion; an:i ill 'Ihe classification is utilized in the area by the ~...ruction irrlustiy; an::! ill 'n"'.e prop::sa:i wage rate, includi..'"'q a'1Y :t:ona fide f="i.~e l::er.efits, 'l:ears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates conta.ined in the wage de'tP1""!TIi nation. . ill With respect to helpe..'r"Sas defined, in 29 ern 5.2 (n) (4), such a classification prevails in tr.e area in TNhich the work is :pe..~onned. 191 If t..;e contraCtor an::f the. laborers and mec.~cs" to' l:e e:nploye::l in the classification (if Ja1cr,.,n), or t..;eir representatives, and HOD or its designee agree on the classification an:i wage rate (includi.n; the anount cUisignated for for frin;e benefitS where appropriate), a report of" ,the action taken shall.be se.'1t'byHUD 'or' its designee to the Adm:i.nist:rator of the Wage and Hour Diyision( Eqlloyment standards Adm:i.nist:ration, u.s. Cepartment of labor, Washin;tcn, D.C. 20210. '!he Admini.st:rator, or an authorized representative,. will approve, m:dify,' or di.sapprove fNery . additional classification, ~C+-..ion wit.~ 30 days of receipt' an:i so advise HOD or its designee or will notify HOD or its'designee within the 30~y paricxi that additional "t.ime is nec~sary.' ,(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget ~, ~ control number 1215-0140.) " . ~ In'the event the ccntractor, the laborers or mechanics to be eq>loyed ." in the classification or their represerrt:atives, and BUD or its designee do not agree on the prq:csedclassification am wage rate ' (incl~ the am:JUnt designated for ~e .benefits, toIhere appropriate), HOD or its designee shall refer the questions, incll.ldin:; the views of all interested parties ani the ~lIllJ:::!Datiozi: . of, HOD or its. designee, to the Adm:i.nist:rator for det'.p~ination. '!he. Admi.niSt:rator, or an authorized' representative, will issue a det.p1""!TIination. withiri 30. days of receipt an:iso' advise BUD or its. designee or .will notify ."HOD or its designee. within the 30~y paricxi that' additional t.im: is' ~c;;uy. . (Approved by the Office of Management and Budgeturrler CMB Control Numbei 1215-0140.) " . l.Ql The wage rate (mcluding fringe benefits where appropriate) de~ p.lISt1aI1t to sul:;:aragraFhs (1) (b) or (c) of this paragraph, shall l:e paid to all 'WO,rke..---s pe..~omi.nq wrk in the classification urrler this contract from the first day ,on which work is performed in the classification. ' (P=evi.cus editicn is cbsolete) Rev. J1.IDe, 1991 2. 00820-23 (j ; ; ) wl1enever the mi.n.iIm.lm wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or 'mec.~cs i.nclu:ies a frin;e benefit which is not expressed . as an hourly rate, t.'1e contractor shall either pay.the, :benefit as stated in the wage detennination or shall pay another bona fide frin::;e l::enefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (ivl. If the contrac"'"...or does not make payments to a tr.JStee or other third r:erson, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of arrj lal:::orer or mechanic the anamt of arrj cOsts reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide frin;;e benefits un:ier a plan or prcgram, Provided, '!hat the Se::retaJ:y of Labor haS foord, upon t.'1e written request of the contractor, that the applicable starx:2rds of the eavis-Eacon Act have been met. '!he Sec"etary of Labor may require t.~ contractor to set aside in a separate ac:::::unt assets for the meetin; of obligations urrler the plan or pro;rram. (Approved by the Office of ~.arege.'re11t an::i BJdget un::er CMB Control ~ 1215-0140.) 2. withholdin::r. h"Uu or its designee s.~ upon its cr..n ac"'"...icn or upon written request of an authorized representative of the eepart::ment of Labor withhold or cause to l:::e withheld frcm the contrac"'"..or un:ier this contract or arrj other Federal contract wi th the same prime contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subj ect to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage re:;ui.reme-"1ts, which is held by the same prime contactor so much of the ac::c:I:Ued payments or adv'aI1CeS as may l:::e considered nece~~.ry to pay laborers an:i mechanics, including apprentices, trainees ani helpers, errployed by the contractor or arrj sul.~..~..uL~c"'"...or t.~ full am::unt of w-ages require::l by the contract. In the event of failure to pay aIrf laborer or mechanic, includi.r'q arrj apprentice, tra.inee or helper, employed or ~I:ki.n; on the site of t..'1e TNOrk . (or un:ler the united States HousID; Act of 1937 or urx::er the Housin; Act of 1949 in the const::=\1Ction or develc;:m=nt of the project), all or part of the wages ~ by the cont=act, HtJD or its designee may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or CMrer, take suc::h action as may l:::e necec:-c:;:'!-cy to cause the suspel',sion of arrj :further payment, adv'a.nCe, or guarantee of :fu:n:s mItil such violations have ce;:>c::;rl. EtJD or its designee may, after writte.T'l notice to the contractor, di..sburse such am::xmts withheld for an::i on account of the contrac"'"...or or ~lU.a.ctor to the respective employees to vmcm they are due. '!be c..u~L."'Oller Gene--ral shall make such c:li.sbur'semeIts in t.'1e" case of direct eavis-Eaccn Act cont=ac"'"...s. 3. (i) Payrolls ani basic ~Js. Payrolls ani basic recoros relatiIl; thereto shall l:::e maintained by the contrac"'"...or duri.ng t."'le c::urse of the ~rk preserJed for a pe-...-i.c:d of three years therear...er for all laborers an::i lIIE!d1anics w~ at the site of t..'1e wrk (or urrler the united ~l.4tes Hcusin::; Act of 1937, or urrler t.'1e Housin:; Act of 1949, in the ~....icn or developnent of the project). such records s.~ contain t.'1e nama, aCdresS, an:i social security number of each such worke", his or he correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (incl~ rates of cont:ril::utions or ~...s anticipated for bona fide frin;e l:::enefits or cash equivalents t."1er'eOf of ~ types cJescribed in secticn 1(b) (2) (B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), Cally arrl. w-ee.i<ly IlllI"Nar of heurs w-or'..<.ed, Ceduc"'"-i.cns nee.e ani actual wages paid. WhenE!V'er t:'.e Secretary of Labor haS fcurrl urrler 29 c::R 5.5(a) (1) (iv) t.~t tr.e wages of 2...'Tf laborer or lIIE!d1anic include tr.e amJUI'lt of aIrf c::::s-...s reascnably ant:.cipated in provi.di.rx3" be.'1efits urrler a plan or pr::gram described in S€C'....icn l(b) (2) (B) of t.~ Cavis-Bacon Act., . (P=evict:S edi~ion is obsolete) Rev. June, 1991 3. 00820-24 . . . "J .f'.>'.-' ., ' the c:mtractor shall maintain records wtUch shew' that the commitnentto provide such benefits is enforceabl:e, that the plan or "p~ is financially resp:lnsible, arrl that the plan or'" prCgram has been c:mnuni.catedin w-ri ti.n;J to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records whic..1. show the c::::sts anticipated" or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. COnt..."C.ctors errployi.n; apprentices or trainees urrlerapprove:i prcgrams shall maintain w-ritte.n evidence oftbe', registration of apprenticeship pro;rams arrl certification of trainee progran;s, the registration of the. apprentices arrl trainees, . arrl ,the ratios and wage'rates prescril::ed in the applicable prc:gram. (Approve:i by .the Office of Management and BJdget urXier CMB Control 'NUmCerS 1215-0140 and 1215-0017.) (ill (a) 'Ihe. contractor sh.3.11 sul::mit weekly for eadl wee.J< in whidl any contract tNOrk is performed a copy of all payrolls to HtJD or its designee if. the age.T1C'j is a party to t..'"le cor.t.."C.ct, b..'t if t.":.e ager,cy is r.ot sic::h a ~-"=i, t..'1e contractor will submit the payrolls to the applicant, sponscr, or cr..mer, as the case rraybe', for t:ransni.ssion to HIJD or its designee. '!he payrolls submitte:i shall set out aca.Jrate.ly and completely all of the information required to be maintained urrler 29 em .Part 5.5(a) (3) (i). '!his infonraticnmy be submitte:i in any for.:n desired. CptionalFoDll w'H-:347 is' available for this. pur;;:cse an:l may be purchased from the SUperinte..~ of D::curnents (Federal Stcc.lc Number 029-005-00014-1), U.S. Government Print.iri; Office, Washingtcn,I:C, 20402. '!he pri.;me c:nt:ractor is responsible for the sul:::mi.ssion of copies of payrolls by all sul:contzactors. (Approved by' the Office of Managenent and Budget urrle.r' a-m Control Number 1215-0149.) ".1l2l Each payroll ~tte:i shall be aCCOIipanied 'by a "~..atanent of .~liance," ,signed. by, the ccntractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or super.lises the. payment of the pe-~ employed un::le.r . the contract and shall certify the follcwing: . ill That the payroll for the payroll" peric:d contains the infomation required to be maintained under 29 em Part 5.5 (a) (3) (i) and "thatsuchinfo:rmaticn is correct an:l c::::mplete.; nl That each "la'.bor~' or mec..~anic (includin;;" each helper, apprentice, an:l b:ainee) employed on the contractd1.n:in; the payroll peric:d has J::e:en' paid the full wee.1dy. wages eamed, without rebate,. eit.~ directly or ~...ly,. and that no deductions have ~ made either di.rect:ly or in:iirectl.y from the full wages earned; other than p=''Ylj c::.sible deductions as" set fort.~ in 29 em'Part 3; ~ '!he wee.1dy snMni c::.~icn -of a prq:erly executed certification set for"".1l on the. reverse side of' Optional For.m WH-347 shall satisfy the requL-ement for, sl1r.mi c::.<;icn . of ti'.e "Statement of ~liance" required by pa-ragraph A.3 (il) (b) oft.'ri.s sect.icn~ ' ." (Previous edition is cl::solet:) Rev. "June, 1991 4. 00820-25 ill '!he falsification of arry of the al::ove certifications may subject the contractor or subc::cptractor to civil or c:rilIlinal prosecution urxier . SeC"...ion 1001 of Title 18 ani Section 231 of Title 31 of the United states Cede. (ill) '!he contractor or subcontractor shall make tile records required urrler paragrar.h A. 3 (i) of this section available for inspection, c::opyin;J, or transeription by authorizai repre.sentati yes of HOD or its designee or the Departnent of labor, an:l shall pennit such representatives to interview employees durin::; wcrk.i.n3' hoUrS on t..~ job. If the cantrac""..or or St.Jl.:c luLLc1ctor fails to sul:mit the required records or to make them available, HOD or its designee may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or C1oNneI, take such action as my be necec:c::;:try to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of fun;Js. F\.1r".heDnOre, failure to sct:mit t..~ required records upon request or to make such rec:oros available my be grourrls for debanneI1t a~...ion pursuant to 29 crR Part 5.12. 4. (i) Apprentices and Trainees. Aporentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perfonned Wen t..'1ey are employed pursuant to an:i in:lividually registered in a l:cna fide apprenticeship program registered with the U. s. I:epart:nent of Iabor, ~loynvant an:! Trainin; },dministration, B.Jr'eaU of Apprenticeship ani Trainin;, or wit.;' a state Apprenticeship k;ercy reco;nized by the an::eau, or if a person is eI;)loyed in his or her first 90 days of prcbationazy employment as an apprentice in SUdl an apprenticeship program, We is net i.rrlividually registE'red in t.'1e program, but w'ho has been certified by the B.Jr'e,aU of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where . appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. '!he all~le ratio of apprentices to jtJu:tneymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire wrk force un:ier the registPred prcgram. Nrj worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, We is not regi.s-...ered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate en tl-.e wage dete-~tion for the classification of wrk act::ually perfOJ:!Iled. In addition, any apprentice pe-Y"foDIiin;; W'Crk on the job site in~c: of the ration pem.itted un::er tl-.e registered program shall be paid not less t..~ the - applicable wage rate on the wage dete.-..-.n.ination for t.~ work actually perfonned. Where a u..uLd.ctor is perfcmo.in; constru~...ion on a project in a lccality other than that in Wich its prcgram is registered, the ratios ani wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeymen1s hourly rate) specified in tl-..e ~.;;..uLLac""..or' s or sul:x::ontractorl s registered prcgram shall be obserVed. FNery appre.'1tice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the regi5tPred pro;ram for the apprentice's level of P'~l.ess, expressed as a pe-~ge of t..~ jOUJ:!'leymen hourly rate specjfied in the applicable wage deto~:ir.aticn. Apprentices shall :ce paid frin;e benefits in ac::::orCance with t..~ p~icns of the a;;prentices.lrip p:t~....am. If t..~ apprenticeship program does not specify frin;e be.'iefits, apprentices m.lSt be paid the full aIIClIDt of fringe benefits listed on t.'1.e wage dete~ination for t."le applicable classification. (?:"eVicus editien is obsolete) Rev. June, 1991 . 5. 00820-26 . . . /. If the Admi.nistrator deteJ::nines that a. differeRt practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classifiCation,' fri.n3'es shall l:e paid in accordance with that dete-?'!I'lination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship an::l Trai.n.i.n3", or a State Apprenticeship h:1ency, ~zed by the Eureau, withdraws aooroval of an apprentice.s.~p prcgram,the contractor will no longer J::E- peOtitted to utilize awrentices at less thant.'1e applicable predete.-"'"':llined rate' for t.'1e work perfonned until an acceptable prc:x;ram is approved. (ll) 'lIainees. Except as provided in 29 em 5.16, trainees.'will not l:e ~tted to work at less than the prerletetmi.ned rate for the work p=-~onned unless they are employed pursuant to arrl i.n::livi.dua11y registered in a program wtlld1 has received prior approval, evid.eI1ce4 by formal certification by the ; u. S . Cepartment of Iabor, E:rrployment arrl Trai.n.i.n3" Admi.ni.s-...ration. '!he ratio of ti:ainees to journeyrrerl en the, job site shall not l:e greater t.'1an pez::nitted urrler the plan approved by the En;>loym=nt aTXi Trai..rriI:g ~.dmini..st..'l"'a.tion. Everj t..-ainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved pr::gram for t.'1e trainee's level of progress, expressed as a pe...'>"CeI1tage of the journeyman, hourly rate specified in the applicable wage detenU.nation. T::ai.nees shall be paid fringe b:meiits in accordance with the provisions of the t:ta.i.nee program. If t.'1etrainee program dces not mention frin;'e l::enefits, trainees shall be paid t.~e full amount of fri.n3'e l:e.'1efits listed on the wage deteJ::l':ri.nation unless the Mmi..rii..strator of the Wage arrl F.cur Division deteJ::nines that there is an apprenticeship pro;ram ,associated with the corresporrl.in;; jou.rneyman wage rate on the wage detennination which provides for less than, full. fringe l:enefits for .apprentices. . ~ employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who' is not regi..stered arrl participating in a tra.i.nin] plan ,approve::! by the Employment arrl Trai.n.i.n3" AdministratiOn shall l:e paid not less than the applicable wage ,rate on the wage determination for the work act:ually pe.rfonai. - In addition, arrj ~ peticmning work on the, job site in excess of t."leratiop;oni~~ urrler thereqistered 1Jl.Cy-"d!Il shall l:e paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for. the work actually pe.....-fo:r:ned. In the eventt."le ~loymei1t an::l Training Admi.nistration withdraws a~rcval of a tra.i.nin] program, the contractor wiU no lonc;er'l:e pe..."'mi.tted to l.Iti.lize, trainees . at less than the applicable prerlete.-1"Il1ined rate for t."le work perfc;::;e:! until an aocepta.ble program is approved. (iii) Eaual, PmnlovmentoPPOrtuili tV. The utilization, of appre.'1ti.ces, trainees arrl joo:rneymen un:ier'this -part shall l:e in ccnfoDni.ty with the equal employment opportunity requirements -of Exea.rt:ive Order :1:1246, as curen:ied, arrl 29 cm Part 30. (iv) Helpers. Helpe...'P"S will,' be' t:eDnitted' to work on. ,a project if the helper classification is specified on an applicable wage dete-~ticn or is approved p.n:suant to the cori:Eorma.ncepl:T'lCed1J.re set forth in ~...ion A.1. ell). 'Iheallcwcble ratio of helpers to: joUrneymen errployed by t."le c:orrt:rac-...or or ~;uix:::cd.~C1ctor on the job siteshall..riot be greater than trNO helpe..."'"S for fNe-ry t.hree jcurneymen (in ot."ler wo~~, not m:t'e than 40 pm::ent of t:he total number of journeymen: and helpe...'P"S in eam contrac-...or' sor in eaCh Subc::mt:rac-...or' s or..m w'Or..'c force ezployed en t.'1e job site)'.' Mry worker li.stedon a payroll at a hel~w"2.ge rate, wno is net a helper as defi.ned in 29 CFR 5.2(n) (4), shall be paid net less t.'1an t.'1e applicable t..,"2.ge rate en the wage (~Evicus edi ticn is cbsoleta), Rev. J1..lr.e, 1991 6. 00820-27 determination for the classification of work actually F€-~omed. In addition any helper performing ;,;ork on the jcb site in excess of the ratio pem.i:t""...ed shall 1:e paid not less than the applicable j ou:rneyman IS (or laborer I s YJhe-..-e appropriate) wage rate on the wage dete.."1Ilination for the W'Crk act:uaJ.ly . performed. 5. ~lian:g wit.' O:::oelarrl },ct ,..,:>nl1i.rE!ISrt:s. '!he contractor shall comply with t..~ requi..re!oeI'1 of 29 Cffi Part 3 which are incorporated by refe-T"61Ce in this contract. 6. SUbCQntracts. The contractor or subc::orItractor will insert in arrj ~ltracts the clauses c::ontaine:i in 29 em 5.5 (a) (1) throUgh (10) ani SUdl other clauses as ErJD or its designee TraY 1:e ~rcpriate instrUCtions require, ani also a clause ~ the subccntra~...ors to incluee thesa clauses in arrj l~-er tier sd:;contra.c""'..s. '!he prime contrad'...or shall l::e res;:onsible for the compliance by arrt ~~...or or lcwer tier sul:x:::ontractor with all the c:X:Jll~C1ct clauses in 29 crR Part 5.5. 7. CUlL-aCt t.e:rm.imtion: ~~. A brc..ach of the contract clauses in 29 em 5.5 TraY 1:e gra..-x::s for te!::trination of the contract, arrl for debaJ:ment as a c:cntactor ard a ~ctor as provided in 29 ern 5.12. 8. rnm~ wit:l ~ ani Related }.ct ~. All :rolin;s ani interPretations of the ravis-Bacon arrl Related Acts contained in 29 em Parts ~, 3, ani 5 are be....-ei.n ~~rated by reference in this contract. 9. niSD.Ites v..u...;.;...iira lab;g: ~. Disputes arisin; out of a lator star.daJ:Cs provision of this c:ontract shall not l::e subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. SUCh di..sputeS shall l::e resolved in . ac::ordarX:e with the ~c~rres of the Depart:ment of Labor set forth in 29 em Parts 5, 6, ani 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes 1:ebWeen the ~lL.C1~...or (or arrj of its subc::orItractors) ani BOD or its designee, the u.s. repartment of labor, or t..~ ecployees or their representatives. 10. Ci) eert:i;ficatic:n of nicribilitv. Sf ent:erirt;J into this contract, the cont=a~..or certifies t.~t neither it (nor he or she) nor arrj person or fim w'ho has an i,nt:.e.rest in e:e c:ont::raC"'...or's fiDn is a person or fiDl ineligiDle to be awarrled Gove-""!11'[le1'1t ~.~C1~..s by virtue of Sec7....ion 3 (a) of the Davis-Bacon Act - or 29 CFR 5.12 (a) (1) or to be awarrled HOD contracts or par-....icipate in HIJD p.L~..r..a:ms pursuant to 24 CFR Part 24. (ll) No part of this (';;UllW.act shall be suto lllu;a~..a:i to arrj person or fiDl ineligible for a-..crd of a ~ ccnt:ract by v:irtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon AC:. or 29 em 5.12(a) (1) or to l::e a~ed HUD COUw..C1<7..s or participate in HL'D pr::grams pursuant to 24 CFR Part 24. . (ill) 'Il1e penal":'! for makin; false staterents is prescribed in the U.S. ~~.a1 Ccrle, 18 U.S.C. 1001. Additionally, U.S. cri.minal cede, Section 1010, Title 18, U.S.C., "~eCeral Hcusi.n:3' ~-.=ation ~....icns", provides in part: ~1'1OeVer, for c..e purpose of ... influencin'; in aIrf way the action of sud1 Ad:1.inist=aticn.. .makas, utters or publishes arrj s-...atement, lcnaJin; t..~ same to 1:e false.. .s..~l 1:e f:r,ed not mre than $5,000 or in;Jrisoned not rore than t..."O years , or]:::ot.,. II (P::'eVious edition is ci::solete) FeY. JlIDe, 1991 . 7. 00820-28 . . . .:;t~ .. ,~.. li. C"'r"!Tnlaints,. ~; n:::s , or 'I'estilIX:lnv bv ~ levees. No laborer or rnec.~c to wnan t..'1e wage, salazy" or :other labor standards provisions of this Contract are applicable shall be discharged or in any other manner discriminated against by the., Contractor. or any subcontractor because such ~loyee has filed a:rrj ~laint or ins-Jtuted or caused to l:e instituted any proceeO; ng or has test; fied or is about to testify in arrj p~in3' urxier or, ~ati.rq to the labor ~...an:Jards a;:plicable urxier this Contract to his employer. B. Contract Work Hours and .Safetv Standards Act. As used in this paragraFb, the teDns "laborers" an:l ''mechanics'' include TNatchmen'an:l guards. (1) Overtime reauire:ments. No contractor or subcontractor c::ntraC+--in:; for any part of the contract .work which may require or involve the er.ployment of laboro..rs or mech2.ni.cs s..-au. require orpe...'"1nitany such laborer or mechanic in any workw-ee.l< in which he or sl~ is ~lcyed on S'tJC'l w-crk to w"Ork in excess of forty hours iri suc..~ ~rkweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives ~tion at a rate net less than one arrl or.e-ha1ftimes the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of. forty hours in such workweek. (2) Violation; liabilitv for' unoaid waoes; liquidated ~. In 't.'1e . event of any violation of t.~ clause set forth in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, the cont.."Q.c+-...::r and any sul::contractor responsible .therefor shall be liable for the l.JIlF.aid wages. In addition, such centractorarrl sul::x:ontractor shall be liable to the United $:'"...ates (in the case of work done un::ler contract for the Di::>~.ict of Columbia' or a ,te.."Titory, to such, District or to such tert'itory), for liquidated c:amages. SUch liquidated damages, shall be computed with respect to each irxii.vidual laborer or mechanic, including watdmen and ,guards, emplcye:i in violation of the clause set forth in subparagraph (1) of t..'1is paragrapi, in the sum of' $10 .for each calermr day on which such i.rrlividual. was required or pemi-c-..ed to work in excess of the ~...andard workw-ee.l< of forty hours without payment of the ove-~ wages required by the clause set forth in subparagraph (1) of this paragzaph~ (3) Withholdim for ur.rai.d waqes ani liouidated ~. HOD or its designee s.."lall upon its own ac-~on crupon written request of an authori.z~ representative of t.."le Cepartme!"It of. Labor withhold or cause to be' withheld, frt:m arrf mneys payable on' ac:::::::tmt . of W'Ork pe...1'"'fomed bY t..'"'.e ~ lw.~..or or sulx::::;i lL...c:lCtor un:ler any such Cu It....cict or arrj other Federal contract with the sai!le. prime ~lL.a.ctor sud1 sUms as may be dete:cn:i.ned to be ~=ry to satisfy a:rrj ,liabilities of such c::ont:rac""..or ..or ~ut...c1c7..or for unpaid wages am liquidated damages as provided. in the clause set forth in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph. (4) SubccrlUa.cts. 'lhecont:rac-..or or sul::x::ontractor s..'1all inse..~ in arrj sul:::c::ntrac--..s the clauses set fort.'1 in sul::pa..""'2.graph (1) through (4) of this paragraph . an:l also a clause requiring t..'1e s-.JbcontraC"'"..ors, to include these clauses in any lcr.Ner tier sul:::c::ntrac+-..s. '!he prilre contraC"'"..or shall be res;::onsible for ~liance by ~ subc::::ontrac+-...or or'lc".."rer tier ~ntraC+-...or wit.'1 t.~ clauses set fort.'1 in subparagraP'1s (1) through (4) of this paragraph. (PrsviC\.:.5 edition is d::sclete) Rev. Jtme, 1991 8. 00820-29 c. Health ani safetY ill No lal:orer or -=:hanic slall be required to WD<: in sun;cun:iinls . or urrler work:l.rq c::::n:li tions Wich are unsani tart, b.a..zardous, or dang'erous to his health arxi safety as deteImined urrler construction safety arxi health s""~ pramulgated by the Secretary of I..al::or by regulation. - ill '!he c:mtrac-..or shall ccn;>ly with all regulaticns i.ssue:i by the Sec=etart of I.ai:;or p.n:suant to Title 29 Part 1926 (fonnerly part 1518) an:i failure to o:::mply. rray result in i1I1p::sition of sanctions p.u:suant to the o::ntract Work HourS an:i Safety st:a,ndaJ::ds Act (Rlblic Law 91-54, 83 Stat. 96). ill '!he Cont-~c-..or shall include the provisions of this Article in every subcontract so that such provisions will be binding on each st.:l::x::::mt=ac"".pr. '!he Contractor shall take such action wit.'1. respect to arrj ~nt...-act as the Se::=etarY of Hcusinq an:i Urban revelopme.'1t or the SclCrStary of I..ab:Jr sr.all d.i.rect as a means of e."1forcing SUdl provisions. . Rev. June, 1991 . (P=eviccs ~iticn is ci:sOlet.e) 9. 00820-30 . . . C. Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities By tIie submission of this bid, the bidder, offerer, applicant or subcontractor certifies that he/she does not maintain or provide for hislher employees any segregated facility at any of hislher establishments" and that he/she does not permit employees to perform their, services at any location, under hislher control, where segregated facilities are maintained. He/she certifies further that he/she will not maintain or provide for employees any segregated facilities at any of hislher ,establishments, and he/she will not permit employees to perform their servIces at any location under hislher control where segregated fa~ilities are maintained. The bidder, offerer, applicant or"subcontractor agrees that a breach of th~s certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity Clause of this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, -transportation and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. He/she further agrees that (except where he/she has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) he/she will obtain"identical certification from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontract exceeding_$l 0,000 which "are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause; that he/she will retain such certifications in hislher files; and that he/she will forward the following notice to such proposed subcontractors (except where proposed subcontractors have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods). 96-016/5-96 00820-31 1.04 COMPLIANCE WITH CLEAN AIR AND WATER ACTS A. This contract is subject to the requirements of the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 USC 1857 et seq., The Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 USC 1251 et seq., and the regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency with respect thereto, at 40 CFR Part 15, as amended from time to time. B. Contractor s~all require of subcontractors that any facility to be utilized in the performance of any nonexempt contract or subcontract is not listed in the List of Violating Facilities issued by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) pursuant to 40 CFR 15.20. C. Contractor will comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 USC 1857c-8) and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended, (330 USC 1318) relating to inspection, monitoring, entry, reports, and information, as well as all other requirements specified in said Section 114 and Section 308, and all regulations and guidelines issued thereunder. D. Contractor will provide prompt notice of any notification received from the Director, Office of Federal Activities, EPA, indicating that a facility utilized or to be utilized for the contract is under considerations to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities. E. Contractor will include or cause to be included the criteria and requirements to paragraph (1) through (4) of this section in every nonexempt subcontract and take such action as the Government will direct as a means of enforcing such provisions. END OF SECTION 96-016/5-96 SPECIFIC PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 00820-32 . . . . ". :- 'SECTION 00830, WAGE RATE DECISIONS OWNER: Augusta- Richmond County Commission-Council PROJECT: Belle Terrace Senior Citizens Center - WAGE DECISION: # GA96- 2 The following Wage Decision -will be 'applicable to the subject project. It will be necessary for the . , Contractor to apply the wage, decision to the work as described in Section 00030. Posters from the Department of Labor, Wage and Hour Division, and Occupational Safety and Health, , must be displayed at the job site along with copies of the applicable wage decisions. Certification is required that all lab6r~rs and mechanics engaged in the construction of the project, . . . including those employed by subcontractors, have been paid not less than the wage rates required by the applicable wage decision. . 96-016/5-96 WAGE RATE DECISIONS 00830-1 - :~"~...:-' ,.,.11 i-,.m ~ .-~ m-ra J ~ t : It .. U.~ ' .' .e; ;1.' j,lI. . " ,'Ii I" tie"" .....nul. " ::, "t Iii ". ~. ~:i'~I""J:': " . II . llIt::: t " ; , - , ~ __ 1'. . _ .......L,..,....__..... ____':... "~~- March 19, 1996 Georgia Department of Community Affairs Office of Business and Financial AssistfJnce 1200 Equitable Building' 100 Peachtree Street Atlanta, GA 30303 ATTN: Mr. Rick Huber Compliance Section RE: Richmond County 95 p-y-1 21-000-046 Dear Mr. Huber: . AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION GEORGE A. PATTY EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR E. L.' DICKERSON . CHAIRMAN 525 TELFAIR STREET AUGUSTA. GEORGIA 30901 PHONE: (706) 821-1796 FAX: (706).821-1806 On behalf of the Augusta-Richmond County Commission-Council, I am submitting a wage rate determination form for the referenced project. This CDBG project involves construction of the Belle Terrace Senior Center. We look forward to receiving your responses to the wage determination request. In the meantime, please contact me if you have any questions. :;;:lm Paul T. DeCamp . Planning Director PTD/sw ENC cc: Linda W. Beazley, Interim Suburban Services District Administrator Liz Hudson, Precision Planning, Inc. . 00830-2 t:i r',", ~ . . G" . o It i ,., ~. C. > _=r'! ::._t.lOi'r g 8801 fI,~ii i " "1,.= · ~ iE~o i'~~E~ ~i~ll ~ ~ a ~ .. .' ~- ;I'" .'> - ~ - .- . .. .1 lam e .. li :i ~ .. ." ",l . . rt -;I .i i ,. If I.~ "", Ii ~t ~~ ~ ~ >- 2t " {l t T.-:'~ .. ~. ~ ~'t;; ~~e -"t'f := ~. - It II: " 011 S'; ~ s _. :i ;.( n -. ( - Q :::-~e I' =.5 -~. - ... i.lf - ~ ;. c;. i i Pi ~, !: ~ ~ .. " I ;) .. ;:. .. ~ll -- ,r;' liI i'l ~a ~ (11 ~, fA % = 1': ;., Co;;- L~ i~ ~! ~f ;; i Q,,,=, =-::; . .. t~ It = I~ .. q I ~ ~ -- .~ 'j - ., ~ 'f 10 ~ i' ::. % . ii n os (11 .... .... ~ (11 11 1'1 III ". 1Il rn (11 ::I ~ o "" n ell ::I rt ell t'1 3Z ~.~ ,,3 I- n!! ::r 01 ~ ; I>> :l ~ " S C- eo ~, :.- c: IC c: Ul t'P III I IlO .. (] ::r B o :l a. ~ .. <' ..e ~ .... ,., ~ ~ ;P1J1 :P'''l:I '"IV CIIJ oJ:! \J1 "= ICC ~ ~ S ~ to ....c.... ';c:"'~= Ul Ii I>> = ~ " ,"-:, i; ~(1I:lrftot ~~e", III ....:1 IU' =!!. - ;: .. ""....1 ---- lIl:l::ac "So:.:> Cj) ....\Q .... (11 _ 'It !t' ;." on ;:;~::' n:'Dl ;;oil: l.oI~03a ~=: or.-a 0'0 ...-: "'" :I :l :! ;. ~ OlD~g, !;5a- "'(11 III :". rfllln g:t joOo 0 -.:> o C .. :I :I rf '< := .... ~ :r g o :s Co n o c :l rt 0< ~ c:-' ~. 1Il- ~ -- - ;:! ~ :P' w o \0 ... ... ,. .: .... .... ~ i 'C ~ Cii ~ ~ ,~ Sf ~ ~ :"! ~ ;; :. ;. ;. '" .B i :z III ~ n :r as r.2 Z. g. & ~ ~ - .. ill .. - .. ii ; :; 'it ;;: a. c. ;. ~ -, > < ~ ;;. ~ ~ .. e- 2. ~ : ,., ~: _ Ii .: ~ - .... i M i :; - ft -: ~ I" ,~ if. CD ... ~ .-::. lii,i . !..~ ~ ( ,. ~~. -~.":'- ~ ::0 ~.J1::l 2e JC ...,-C,UTIJJH-tJ \..I....:S~: - ~ ~' " =. - - ~ ~; 'i ~ a - nl:. 0 ::. . E : ii i :r. ~ =.- ~ ~ .., ~ r - - C'); .9 Rl ~ ~ ::S" ;I (11!! =. ...~'~ l\,l ~ ...:; n o ... =' 0 lll- ~ ... ... - r::: \0 (') ~ /'f' ~ o ::l ( -onlOO III n o t: l/) ('P .... (') 01 .... ".. ~ .... (11 n (11 ~ ~ ~ :s ~ tII .. III =' Co .... .... :l o ~ It r::: S n 01 .., '0 Rl ,.,. .... :l \Q o ~ .... ~ o o to( CD . .... . coUNT"i{ies): RICHMOND ::;uGA1002A 1.2/01/l988 BRICK & BLOCK MASON CARPENTER (excluding dryw~ll h~nger) C.f:Jlll::~'I' MAS ON DRYWALL HANGER ELECTRICIAN IRONWORKER (STRUCTURAL) LABOR.t:R PATNTER (excludina drvwallfinisher) PIPEFITTER/HVAC MLCHANIC (excluding dl.lct work) PLUMBER POWeR F.QU1PMENT OPERATORS: Bi'lckhoe ROOFER SHEET METAL WORKER (including HVAC work) . Rates 12 . 7 5 11.47 9.34 10.52 11.90 6.47 5.63 9.00 Frinqes 1.45 1.81 9.79 11.14 .98 .82 7.50 5.81 duct 9.00 .98 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which weldinry is incidental. ~==~~:=:======-=-========~~======~~~s=--2~--==---=--====-~--- . Unl isted classifications needed fnr work nnt: j nr:luoAn wit.h in the scope of the classifici'ltions listed mi'lY be i'ldded i'liter award only as provided in the labor standa~ds ~ont~~~t ~l~uses ( :2 9 CFR 5. 5 ( a) (l) (v) ) . ---------~.~.-----------------------~---~--~-------------------- In the listinq above, the "!:t!" designation mei'lns thc:lt rc:ltes listed under that identi!ier do not reflect collectively bargained waqe and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be pn:v~ i ling. END OF GENERAL DECISION {3A960(J02 - ;2 03/15/1996 . 00830-4 . . . ~ n I~ I "!l : a ~' ~ ~ ~ > ;.Q ~> I ~ ... - reg ~ .oC. ..-e ~! . J: a"" 1!8 ~ s fJ ,~ ;:[;\ ;.l-!H if ::~ il If; 'I R...m . i~~ l 1.1.= f f .. ~ ~ a. :., .0... - ( - )lD fa ,-a p. ~ . .... ,... _. p .... _0. r. If f lr E I Jf I (. I' I. ii', .a..~ . [> !')2 . . . . .. .' ~ l - a. f if f . fEll -r .. a: r . , . . . . . . .' i ! - i ! w i R - '-' ,Ir,-,-C'lll-:-I-"'Ii-i'-! 1.I..JCr.l .?C1 cc:. f f If ~ fiei ~Jfl I,.. :h if. r,. f , l ~ i ~ I"""'CCT ~ -onwo l,,1l..wo..i -- . . . 1- . ~ if I Ul ~ Ai I a hit.~f.~ 1~ll~J fa 'il" ~ J. tIP fl !.I~'i . ~!-Io l~il: rfih ~-!IJ -I~ M - ~i R ~! I .= i. "rl-' Ii! i ~.If ~ :' i' t =: -. . . f a. I J ~ I ;. Il ! i .. Q. ;t t i ~ I i I: .:: i I' . l o - 17'M ....,. JeD ,::,1("\,:,, , :.~~c':'''''s'afety ... .....1r, ,. ,'... .'. I '. ~i?"""'" ':""':",'." "',' d ;.~~':'+:.' an ":'~;~ Ilea Ith " . '.. :< pOi-otection ....' ::i,.'. ,.....:..:..,.i;.. ....'.. . The ()ccupalIona1 Safely and Health Act 0/1970 pn:lVldes job safely and health proleclO1 fclr wortclIB ll'm:lugh !he prtllTlOIlon 01 sale and '-Ilhlul wcricing conditions lhn:alQhout 1he NatJcn RequlnmenlS 01 !he Act Include !he foIla;wing: Employers: E8dI employer ahaII fumlah to each of hla ..",,1ayeH employment and a ~ of _~rment he from NCOgntnd IuIUrda lhel .... c:IIU8lng or .... IlUIy to ceuM death , Of Mftoua /Iemlto his ~; and IlIaU CllftIt)Iy """ occupallonal safety and Ileallh atandana Iaaued under the Ad. E8dI eftl9IoYM iliaD CIOftl9/y wtth aU occupIIlIonal aafety and Ilea"" atandardS. rvIH. NgUlalloM and orden "ailed lInNr the Ad ItIat apply lID hIa own actIonS and 0IIIIdUd on the JoG. The 0ccupalIa'Ia1 Safely and Health Adminl&- tralJa1 (OSHA) oI1he Depamnenl 01 labor has !he primaIy res;lCI1Siblllly lor administering 1he Act. OSHA Issuea occuP8UonaI sa'ely and '-Ilh sl8ndards. and Its Canpllance Safely and I-*Ilth 0IflcetS caidud Jobsile 1naped1cn8 to ensure conpllance wiltl1he Acl The Act requl/98 that a repl8S8lU8tlYe 01 !he employer and a ~18t1ve lI\llhof\Z8d by !he amployeeS be giYen an oppottunlly to ac. canpany !he OSHA InspedClr lor lhe purpose 01 aiding lhlIlnspedla1. Where 1here Is no aulhorized employee 11Ipnl- Sllr1IatlYe. lhlI OSHA Compliance QIllcer must consull wlltl . fll8S(lNIble runber 0/ employeea ccncemlng safely IItld heaItJI condlliona in lhlI VIClfIcplace. '. Employees: , . .' ~ . Inspection: Complaint: employeeS or lhlIlr rept9SeI'Il8tives haY8 the right to file a ccmplaint wiltl1he nearest OSHA oIllce rec;uestlng an Inspection IIl11ey believe unsafe or lri'oe8llhlul condlliona exist In their WOIkpIace. OSHA will wilhhold, on request. ~ 01 snployeeS canplaining. The Ad plO'tldes that employeeS may not be dl~ed or discrimlNled against in BIT'! WWY far filing safely snd health ccmplainls or ClheIWise exercising their rights undllf the Act. .AtI employee who believes he has been discriminaled llQainst may Ii Ie a canplaint with the neal'8$! OSHA oHice within 30 days 011he alleged discrimination. .~o.n ,.. ',,":. ", . . Proposed Penalty: Voluntary Activity: has violated !he Act. a cilallon alleging 9UdI vIolalions will be luued to lhlI employer. Each cllatlon will specily a lime period within which lhlI alleged vIolallon nut be COIT8Cl8d. The OSHA citation must be prominently dill- played al or neat !he piece 01 alleged violation , lor lhree days. Of until III. corrected. whichever la Ialef, to W8ITl emp~ 01 dangln !hat may axlallhenl. The Ad provides tor mandatory penalties against employers al up to $1,CCXl tor each seriCIus violation and fclr opticnal penalties of up to $ 1,CCXl fclr each nonsericuS violation. Penalties al up to $l,OC1J per day may be pro- posed tor feilure to ccrract YiolaIIons wiltlin 1he pnlIXlSlIld time period. AI8o. 8TI'f amploy9t' wt-o willfully or ntpeStedly violates lhe Act may be asaessed perl8lUea 01 up to $10,CCXllor each IUCIl vIolallon. Crimlnal penaltlea 811I silo pn:lVlded for In 1he Act. Nrf willlul Ylolatlon resulting In death 01 an employee. uPD'l Cllf'N1dlon. 1m punishable by a line 0/ not ITlln lhan $10.coo or by Impmm- menllor not more thai sbl month!. or by both.. CcnvIctJon al an employer alter a nl3t conviction dcul:llellhelle maxlmun penalties. . While providing penalties for violations, 1he Act alao encourages efforts by labor and manage- ment. before an OSHA Inspection, to reduce injuries and Illnes8esarlalng QAal employment The Oepatlmenl all.abct enccurages employera and employees to reduce WOIkpIac8 ha1attls volultarilY. and to dtMllop IItld improY8 safely and haelltl programs In all VIClfIcptaces and lncluslries. Such ccoperatlve ac110n 'MlU1d Initially focus on the Idantillcation and allminatlon al haZards that could cause deeth. injury. or Illness to employees and supenll9OB. There 811I many public and ptlvate organizations that can pro- vide information and assIstanCe In this elfort. if requested. More Infonnatlon: AddlUonaIlnformallon'" copiea 01 Iha Act. IpKIflc OSHA ulety and hMIth atMdanSa, ... ottlar appllQbla rwguIatlona may be obtaInad frum your employer or lrum Iha _I OSHA RagJon&! Ofl1ca In Iha followfng Ioc:atlona : Allanta, Georvta Boaton, Maauc:huMtta Chfcago, IlIInola DaI.... Tuu o.n-. Colondo It8nM8 CIty, Mluourt IWw yoft. N_ yoft PhIladelphia. PMnaytwanla s.n FrMClaco, Call1omla SaatU.. Wuhlngton . Telephone nunbers for theSe oHIces. and additional Anla QIllce locations, are listed in the telephone direcloly undllf the United SlaI88 Deparlmenl of labor in 1he Uniled States. Go.e.Ml8fII llating. Washlnllton. C.C. @ 1981 'Ot..i1 ' OSHA 2203 . st . . ~ J?r-f I /).~ . Rsymond J. Oonovan Secretsry 01 Labor u.s. Departrnentof Labor 0.._ Sol"'.""'" -~- . 00830-6 . . . NUI-IL;.t EMP ES Working on Federal or Federally Financed Construction Projects - MINIIVIUM WAGES OVERTIME . , You must be paid not less than the wage rate. inthe. schedule posted with this Notice for the kind of work you perform. You' must be paid not less than one and one-half times your basic rate of pay for all hours worked over. :. . . 40 a week- There are some exceptions. APPRENTICES , Apprentice rates apply only to apprentices properly registered under approved Federal or State apprenticeship programs. PROPER PM If you do not receive proper pay, contact the Contracting Officer listed belo~: or you, may contact the nearest office of the Wage andHour Division, U.S. Department of Labor. The Wage and Hour Division has offices '.inseveral hundred communities throughout the , country. They are listed in the U.S. Government section of most telephone direCtories under: U.S. Department of Labor ' Employment Standards Administration WH publbUon 1321 Ae.lsed N~beC 1983 U.S. Departmenl of Labor ~~ Employment Standards ,~ Administration Wage and Hour Division 00830 -7 . SECTION 00840 ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL ITEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 0 1 This section of. the Contract Documents references the various forms and other documents that will become a part of these Contract Documents during the course of the Work: PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 FORMS AND DOCUMENTS A. Application for Payment (AlA G702/G703) B. Change order (AlA G701) C. Certificate of Substantial Completion (AlA G704) D. Co~tractor's W~ge and Hour Payroll Form (WH-347/1-68) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Engineer/Architect shall provide Contractor with sufficient copies. of the above listed forms and/or documents where applicable for submittal by Contractor during course of the Work. (Examples of the listed forms are included in this Section. Contractor may use these and/or xerox copies of same for submittal) . 3.02 Engineer/Architect shall use these forms for administrative and procedural duties. (Examples of the listed forms are included in this section) END OF SECTION 00840 . 96-016/5-96 ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL ITEMS 00840-1 ~ "'0 "'0 r -- ~ ;..;. - o Z l> Z C (') m ~ - "TI, - (") ~ m "TI o :0 ~ <: ~ Jt > - > " o n c 3:: ~ z -; C'l -....J o N - - ~ ... ;:; 5 VI .., I": < a ".T. I": .- , .~ "" v C ~ Z .6 -- m (i -: ..' - ::0- ~ Z ~ < > > n :-:l g -:: .-;; ::: ~~~ ..... -. ':;:: o,n ~'.:i>: -: .~ ::: ZOo :: ... z ;.r. Z .. 9 OO[J;,O~ ,... ;:-,... ~. = :: ~ == 2;-z= ~~~! (j o ~ :> Q v ~ .., -, Z - ~ - ..... ,.~ (")' ~~O 3' ~' Z E ~'-l ~. :s :0 :s ;;:. )> :!: ::; (") r. ;:; -l .s~O :>;::.-. :0 :; ~ ... v 'E CJ) - -:: n ::; )> = r: ::; ::; -0 ~ .:- -0 - .., ;, '" r- _~c.r. _ ::i K (") :-'~~ -::; ;.; ~g--o - - t: = Z 2. _~ n_" ~::; . !::o :::I] a-o 5~ ~s: =-m =-z ,r. ~ g ... .., ~ ..;.~ 'J- r.... - -;::,-{ (") % 0 ;.... 0 0 Cll ::0 ~-{ % - - ::;l> -{ C'l C) ~r ::0 ~ Z -(") l> :::l l> ~O(") l:l r ... .~. -{ Cll (") 5"0 CIJ C' 0 r ,c '< z ~m ,. ,... -{ ,,-{ ;::a, ~ =m. -{ - ::0 '... III l> _-0 0 ,:::l (") QO o';-{ CIJ~ 0 CIJ -{,' m .. c o _ ~- ~ ::0-- Cll m =- ii! o n -{ - 0" i+ o ~ .::; m .... ".. .",; .... ,J'o ::: ;;- "'::0 .~ -\ -I ~ ~ ~ i' ~ ~ _ r:. _ - % =,~:: :: 'l> ~~. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ _ t": _ - -..;"'" =_::-. ~ ~ ;: ; 5 :- ~ ;- ~ .~ 2. ~. ~ -'--7 -!! ~... ::; ~I": ~. _"c.. :; '"" ~ = .~ _ _. v.. ~ _: =,-0 - .., .., ;x:- - - - :;-. --{ =0 ::; -{ I": l> ~, r -m (;. l> v. ::0 :-% =-m ;:0 V\r ~m ::;. CIJ ~CIJ -::0 m ~ Z l> C) m - '-=::c " -:::m (") -:::r ~'l> .- ~. m ~r i ;?CIJ . l> ::0 .. CIJ ~ % m ::-. "0 ~ (") % ~.::o ~m -l ~m _-{ "C =< =-0 l> - 0- - -<... n"'Tl ~ ::.C:: .sz m ~CIJ - % '"' (") ~ -l'r:m - 0 ::::0 - c:: =.-{ % m ;:;-~ (") .., - -(") E .!;.> o ~ _ m % CIJ C) "l1 ::tl 0 m ::tl ~ "C -- > .. % < l> ~ C) m .m_ Z -l - - Z-01i800 - .[-- Z ~? :....: r: - - .00:,:'; > ,...., - =";: z i ~ ~ t ;; Z : =:i: :> ,... < = (";. - ~ 8- ~~ ~ - - - -< tn" ~ 3. ~ (j 7" < - ~9~~ ::i -:=-== ~ - ~ = :>- o 9 .., -< ~ >= ~. ... Vl > V o ~ o Z Vl o m o c:: (i j o Z en :!(jS"::~ nO ::- ~=.~=.r; '" '1 n C l: ...,~:>~:: n: ~ ... :.,) ,... ~. Q fr ~ [ ~ c ~ ;:$ ,......,nr::: ::::~~i'fg, .... 0 --,,' 2..,=--(j ==,,:~9 =-6'::'-~~ n ""'" r: ,......:.: O~C-::;~ - - ;.:- ~ ~ :'- ::: r-: """ ~&;g~ ..; _ ;::: t"; :: ..:.: ~:a:; = .< ....... - ~ _---VI =%5-<~ [~~~; p~~>;' __:r.-- ~ :;_ ~ n !::l'""'.=-==- .:~gg2 ~ ?~F~. g;~~'~ ~; ~ J ~. ~~;5~ =<::;== _ r: r:. -.., I ill! _ _ r-- ~~~~~. (j o ~ - > Q o - - -< ..... r: 3 Vl(jen ~ f, 0 t: ~ h ;; ri V;". :: -< ~ nO" t:-:-:"' .., :::l t:- '" ~ .., t:- - ~ 5 :> .::;- -. r: :::" .., ~ <"Z - - -< :::: :.> (j .., =-< ~~ '" - ~n :> .. ::; r. >< ~ ;:; '" )> ::c (") ::I: =i m Q ~ en (") m ::c ~ - " - (") ~ m " o :0 -0 ~ s: m z -l ":l ~ -l :: > B =- ~ > in~ ~ 8 ;- ....~ ~ "'< :::: - ..... -:: n i:i n = t.) ..!!. n in -- (i ~ ~ s 0 ::l =::;" - n c; 6 - C -.: t'"\ - - :=--::1 n 9:.... ~ =: ~ ~ \::" -c:: ::: ~ ~. ~ Q n .., -'::"'<1)% nO_-t:- n ~::. t'=' _ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ v.-::: ~ - ::; ::l D c 'St (") -::;";X:-~ ~ C - n ..' _ C ~ m 0 n ::l - n ~t";~ ~:::_ "':) o~. ::It:-n <1)_:;::0 t.>~~"'~ "< =- en ~ ~:::::! ~ Q rr~ ~ =- ~ ~ = '-"I' ~ ~ .:::::t:"- c..~ : 0: no. c: .... - m ~ -0: = _ :-=-: ~~~c ::::'J\Qn "" - --- 0---'"' n _.:::..~ .J::'_~J :: -Q:l -. - ~~~:::; ::'; ;Z ~ S' 5 =- ~ Q ? =. =-~~ ::.::.:: no=::.~ n = =- ~ c" :: ... :.: - l"") r: n ~. :: - ~ fr =- ~. - O..n . ~ ..... t'"\ _::: 0 > ~ ~ ~ ..:....:!: On::''''c -~- -. _n~n(') r; s.: n :;:..,,~ - ~ ::: == ::: """~> Oft., 3::.c.r;; =="7 ::.... -::"=-nr:. ""'g- -:- n:!!..-= (j 0 ;:;-_ ___n", o:c:: <tl~ ;q;:;~a._ 2:::2; r')~ :::(j=-:=;::: ~::..-: ~vi 39r:r:~ ~:;Q ~"==" ~::~tr.::.. ii~ I.~ ~~~~; r:.-~O ::'" f;:r.C:!:. :ri~= Jo:~ =~~r: ::::.:: !: ~~.. ~.E ~ ~ :I'l-'~ ~::: =~~....~ nl H UH . ... ~ ~ ~ ;; ~ r: ~ ~:: ~~ ::~=-~ ": :!; =:.:G;= ,- - ---- :;.~ :;~ ~~=~ ! ~~ [ ~ of. ~ ~ n ..... >l~~~ - .=- ~;~ o .' ::; ~ ". .,( ,;:.> g ~c ~ ",g 5 zC:: =- ~ ~ ::0. ; % - <<-l ;; ~" (II ~Cj tD =N :::l Z o :') . :. -;> :::l c:: _ z- :;:I -:::: ~ -:::~ ~ t. ~ > "'~ :1. x Z c ><> n l;'z C V'l:i 3 ::;r'I CD ....,rr: :::l :::; - .-: ~ ==~ l- ~2 ; ~~ ~ p~ ~ c:- _ 2.~ CD n7 n ..- m :sl"'r. l: ~z _ ~-l 0" - :;:I 'a - ~ 6":8 5- g; _ 0;' ~ ~=l _ :0- :: Q 0 ... z ~ 5-- . -> > ~> ~ :. 2 1=- cD ~@) S" n ~ .. 0.... ; ~- :: ,S-l l: ::r= .. -", :It - CD ~ > _ ii~ =- f'I: ED D= ;; a~ ;- ~ Z :;:I := c:l '" III .. -' CD c": e---' ~ --' - ~~ = -rri :;:I -- o ::r~ - ...., cr '< > m 0= O _:"l ..- C' -= CD 2-; n lTl l: -tj ..... 0 -: ~ i~ :>> .." CD -.... ..,. 3 1 z OJ ~ r.: '< ..~ o n ~ n C'" ~ ;:9 :; ? ;:: ~ ~ ::0. ;:) ~ 3 o 2 .. E 'II :; ~ a Q. t: n .. ?- . " ..... o N I -6 CD CD N o (") o z -{ - z c: ~ - o z (J) ::I: m m -( :> - :> V o n c 3: r:'l Z ~ o -..J o ....)0) :l ~ ... 5 5 '" - ... !J ,.; ... '" r": '" E: .- " :: :.r. - '" > HU ~ ~ ~ g - ~ - ..." - ,.... ~. -~ ~ ~ ==v."> g ~ ~' ~ =r. ~ ~ ~ :: '" - >. -"r"l- ;:: ::; n -0' """I ~ .., r":",::.z ~ g ~ > ~ ~ ~ Z :;--0 =- - 0 t=:o.? n ""'l::a_m !:: - r.n ::; =-~:::::; = n ij 00:: ~ ~ !:l. n r: ~ ~ :>:. :;:-. - 0. ::; - .... ... ,.. =- .." =: 0 -... - r:;:; _ - - r: :> :: -< ~ ~ ; ~ ..::.: :-: ~ ~ ':<: > ~ ~ > ~ :::> :Ii =-=::: -:: n=-= :::_>~ .~ ~ j ~ ;:;;=0-" .,0 z 0 -'ooz ~-">.z \.01 1'""'\-:' f"" :. ~ ~ ~ I .J - I ' I ~~ I> i 1 :; z = - '-' - ~ ...., " v: r. <= >::: ::~ c; iT.;:: '-' >== -:0 _-:7 ~:-- .?i== ..-:- >= <:!: '-' m'""< 0 -CO" z_ - n '" c ;:=- r:: Vi '"" r:: ~ ~.. o " -:7 =z~~~ oQb~;' :::""==z== .. ~z~j~ ~;,; >r. :; _ .zi-- ~ =3=E,"" :.-,,:-::Q " ......,--- E ;;~~~ '-' ~ :J r. "3 -I- ~:: -- ~ -". ,.. ','z-; _ _:r::z - .::= R -- -<:.:; ->~. >-' j~~ - [-01J800 ,'. nl~~~~ )> .:. ~ ;....(~ - .... o .= g~ :::0 "'n =- zc:: S2 lS~ - -- c: S; :; ,.. >" : ~i3 III z'" ~ :::. o C~ ~ z'" -Q . z :; ~~ III r. z ;: ~5: _ x..; > x-' Co c:;.:; o ~:z n ~~ c: "'- 3 .:;: ~ == ~ ~ ,..-.: - :JC =: Z == =: Z:l 2. p.::::! - c::i:: :r ::>. III = ; ~~ =- ...... CD ~:o:: n .,,= ID ::r ::; 5. o~ 0" gz ::l c . " ~> ~ ~> - . CD ~ ~ o. 5" g@ .. tD'3 ~ -'C Co C:'" .. ~~ 0- ~;: - :..> ~ 'g.~ :l _ ... III -== ;; !p : DZ c: ::>- ... e>.Z : ~:9 - =. ~ ..-= II) c ~ ~ ~r:: :r nO III -- ::l :-; Q o- m ~ ~ ClD 0= ~ -- < CD"; = E'ri. - ~,.. ::l -:.; o o ,v. - - ..- C" IC .... I>> D-- -..,. o ." Z g- a", n ::lS S g-: III -- Co 0= ~ - III .;r. CIl 3 III '< o n n ... ~ m - Q. o n c: . : Q III ...... " 0 c to) Q. . :: -0. n u:l III u:l !4 ~ AlA DOCUMENT G701 OW~ER ' ARCHITECT CONTRACTOR FIELD OTHER u o o o o CHANGE ORDER ~ (rome. :ld9r'ess) CH..1u.'lGE ORDER NUMBER: D:\ TE: :\RCHITECTS PROJECT NO: CONTR.-\CT DATE: CONTR.KT FOR: TO CONTRACTOR: (rume, :lddress) The Concnct is ch:mged :LS follows: . . , Not valid until signed by the Owner, Architect and Contractor. The origirull (Contr:lCt Sum) (Gu:lnJlteed M2:cimum Price) w:zs. . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S Nc:t chmge by previouslputhorizl:d O1:mge Ordexs . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S The (Conrnct Sum) (Gu:lC1lteed M2ximum Price) prior to this O1:mge Order was . . . . . . . . . . S The (Con=ct Sum) (Gt.i=mteed Mmmum Price) will be (incrc::1Scl) (clccrc:::lSed) (und12tlged) by chis O1:mge Order in the :III1ount of .:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S The nt:W (Cona:u:t Sum) (Gu2onteed M2ximum Price) induding this Qunge Order will be ., S The Contr:lCt rime will be (increzed) (c;1ec:'e::1sed) (unch::mged) by The d:lte of SubsonC:U Completion ::IS of the d:ue of this Qrmge QrcIer meIl:fore is ) days. NOTE: This surnm:uy does not rdlCCl c.'m1gc:s in the QJna-..a Sum. QJntr"..ct Tune or GU:lr"..mc:ed M:1."Cimum Price which h:1ve been :luthorized by QJnstI'Uction Cnnge: Directive. ' ARCHITECT CONTRACTOR O\V:'-lE.~ Ac1dress Ac1dr<:SS ...cc1ress .BY BY BY D...~ D...TE D...TE AlA QOCJwerr Gi"O' .' Cli.,...NGE ORDER .,198-, EDmaN . .\1.\" . .~ 1\'~-:- .: THE .-\..\1E.1{1C.\.'1 [.'1STlTt.'TE Cf .\Jl.C:1rrEC7S. \-35 SE'X' YOR.." .\\0... ';-i,\X'. 'X'.~HL"G7C:-l. D.C. ~O<~'O G701-1987 00840-4' \" t: M I I r I \,,1--\ J c:. u r SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION uv. .'<I:'K L...; AlA DOCUMENT G704 ARCHITECT CONTRACTOR FJELD OTHER [J [J U o (Instructions on reverse side) PROJECT: PROJECT NO.: . (.\'uml~ dntl tld(/rl~") CONTR.KT FOR: CONTRACT DATE: TO OW:-.iER: TO CONTRACTOR: (S""tf! ""ll 'U"'rt~:':~) (Sd"'~ ,1I1l' (u/ciTe.....;) DATE OF ISSCA:-lCE: PROJECT OR DESIGNATED PORTION SHALL rNCLCDE: The Work performed under this COnlr:J.Ct h::lS been re\'iewe:d :lnu rounu. to the: .~rchitec(s best kno~'[edge. intorm:uion :lnd be:lid, to be subsc.nti:llly comple~e. Subsanti:l! Completion is the sage in the progress of the Work when the Work' or design:lted portion thereof is sufficiently complc::e: in accorc!:1nce ~'ith the Contr:J.ct Documents so the Owner c:m occupy or utilize the Work for itS intended use. The c!:1te of Subst:J.mi:l1 Completion of the Project or portion thereof de:sign:ued :1bo\'e is hereby escblished ::IS which is :1lso the c!:1te of commencement of :lpplioble W':1rr:J.nties required by the COnlr:J.Ct DocumentS. exce;)[ JS sated below: . A list of items to be completed or corrected is :ltached heretO. The failure to indude :1ny items on such list does not :liter me respon- sibiliry of ,the Contr:J.ctor to complete ::1.11 Work in :lccordance with the Contr:J.C! DocumentS. ARCHITECf BY DATE The Comr:J.ctor will complc:~e or correct me Work on me list of items :ltached hereto within me :lbove d:ue of Subst:mti::1.l Completion. days from CONTRACfOR BY DATE The Owner :lcceptS the Work or designated portion thereof :IS subscnti:1l1y comple~e :lnd. will JSsume full possession thereat :It (time) on (d:lte). OWNER BY DATE The responsibilities or the Owner :lnd the COnlr:J.c..::or for security. mJinte:1:lnc>::. he-..:t. utilities. d:lm:lge to [he \~()rk :lnu insur:lnce sh:lll be :1S follows: f.V()(I1-f)rl'llf:'r's ~lll" CfJllrrnc:or"::i It!gai ..nul jll~'ur(/lll.."r:! (."(Utll:',,'/ .../),,11141 4'c:(~'r"1lIll' dlld rerlttU: 1lISllrCIJlL"f! r(!'llllrf!11tf!lllS "Jld ".:CJI't!rczg.I..'.) . ,." . CAUTION: You should use an original AlA document which has. this caution printed in red. ~ An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may oc::ur when documents are reproduced, ~1m'1.4 .'-'-~.~-. ~'7.J)~..:':": ~IA OCC~ME.~T~':. \:;::\::"11":\:.\';":: ,~F "l i\'7\.,"'r:.\:. \:\~\IP~.~~':';\~' . :-"''; U;ll'il" . \I.\~' . ~ ;\l.l~ . ~:IE \.\tt-:~:\.:'\.' ::'\.'-:-:~. -;: ,'F \:-::I.'~!r:':':\:':" !-~.;. 'E'X Yl'i\h. \\::\i :", ,\\\' .,'\:\......ill:\.\;-;\l~ ~\.. ';'lI!l't,..:...:'1'; WARNING: Unlic~"sea ;:nOlccocying violates U.S. cocyn;nl!aws O1no'....1I ,ubjec: :he violator:o iegal ;:rosec:..alion. 00840-5 G704-1992 . . c: f ,.' ~2 i; - ~ ~i ~2 ~ - ~~ . "'Ill > -c: ::D o ,.. rJ ~ o ~ t'\ o ~ o i' ~ o '" ... o " 2.. c .. ~ ... .. .. ;; ~ c .. Eo' o ~ ... . i ~ : . w ... ... !' .!:. .... .0 .. ., Il> r; i: ;1- p .. . . 0; .. .. .. z ~ ~ . I ~ ~ % ~ 8 ~ ~ ' z ;; . ~ ~ ,.. ; 8 - 0 - " - >: . o .. - = .~ [ ~ % 0 0 " .. c: .. (\ 0 I ' I I' I . I I .1. -c.0t' ~ z _~"lIIIQl..o-liIQ ; 0. ~~o..' (\ 0 '" ,.. E ~ 0 ~ f - 0 ~ 0 ~ '" S~ - ! 0 ;: % .. Z . , 0 ~ .. o I ..,. . 0 I WIt I 0 I .. .' 01 .,. 1 0 I U'l o I.'" o I "'" I 0 .. 01 OT. Ol:t ST I I I I I I. I . 'I, '1 I I -L I . I i I I I I I I g-L ; I I, I I I I I I -I I = I 0 .. ~ ~ .. O~~ I. I I ' I :J I Z .. " 0 I I I .1 I I I E f-..... " ~f- ....." I I I I . I ' I I I I I ~ I, I ' I I I I I ~f- f- I I I I J I I .. '" 00 _ e c:.. .. n a:: - ~ ~ z Q~ - 0 ~ .... .. ~ ~.. - .. ~ . 0 % . aa Hs ~ o~- .. ~ '. I -I : -~! ~C7- -: z. Cl I . 0 ~ - ,.. . I I I- I-- I .. '" e .. ,.. ~ I I . .. 0 . . i' " .. n a ~ '. 0 " I I . I ~~ F. :r , i~ 0 .. o 'f :...,. % - ~ ~ C"i ~ ~ ... 0.. - .- ~ .. " 9-01;'800 'il . ~ E :; 2 ! :! .. ~ I -- c: '" '" ~ ;,. ,.. ~ "'. ... ;; !:: '" ... " ;: .. ... "" ~ ~ ... ... c: ., :"' <:) ... t> ::> '" c: t: ... ~ .. .... . ^ o ::;: t:l ~ I'\.l \J'I o .... I o o o -oJ L L-I . A :- " ~ ~ , ;; ~ .. .. Co ... o ... ~ '" . - ~ .. '0 .. '" o e '0 < ~ '0 .. '" 3 " o ~ .. '0 o " " 3 '0 o '" '" .,. '" o " :r .., ~ o o , f ~ o ~ ! . o r ~ .. '" " " .. ~ '0 .. '" ~ '0 A o '" ... o 3 ~ " .. ;- - o :0 ~ :r.. '" .. = . < '" A"O ~: ~ A 0 " " o - .. :l ~ :0 ::.. .,.0 ..~ 3 '" . 0 ~:o :.: ~Q: ""0 '" .. - " ~ 'i ; c- 'C ;- 1 2 < .. .. . ;- r::r ::I "," '" - .. .. :0 " :\ "0 :0 c:... '" "< Q: :; OS-";. ~ ~ L" .,.e ;. ~ . .. - 'C C:"" o 11! 2. -.. .- ~ : "'.. . :0 .. ~ 5< .. - - :0 _ ii o 3 ~ .. ~ r-: i o I lr o ~ .. ~ ~>;-;-'II! ~ r:E) ~ ~ ~:~a-:C ~.. ."< ~ o3c_- .: .. 0 .. IIIl ::I ::I 0 .... '" - 3 - a.:";.; - .. ...... . :. _::I ... ,," y-'" VI - ;~.fr ~U).~ c:>,...-:. ;;: ~ '" .. ,,",CI'l-"'O C " " ,,"c.T'e.: ; c. 0 ,.. Co C" D A "" - .. 0>. ::I ca:-OQ. . -... ~:"O ;. ~ C = ~ !!' it. 0 :0 ~ cr.? 0 ... '" :S-~z. ........ .... c: ::,,,,"a '" :\ So 0 .. .. :0 cn:t=,- ;. IF' ,-~~. y .. < CJIl 0 :3 . ..,,--f:I" ...:. r-:. % 0.. .,." .,.- ~~:.! "'''it.''' ~::I II: .. . ~ n :1. t.)...C~ -.l!rg. ~ f9 .. ~ :-n.2: ~.g ;.~ ",:z.~C c,,_C'C ; ~it.~ - ..... If :r .. .. ~ .. ... =-- ...~~~~ :r " _ ;;::; .. ^.- . :J..~ "'_ 2S-~:. 3 .. " .. " it. - " ... . ~~:"U :0 .. ~ . c. "< "0 .. :-0""2- 5~3:: ;: ~~ 2- c.... :t :r ~ t :". ; -:5'~ .. .. . .. A _ ;'~5-: ~~;= ~~':!r ... . .. - s;-~; o-it.ll:o .. - - " _" A 0.. . · .. :L "':0 _ ::r""C . .. -eg'Z cr . .. C- O .. :: :;' : .. .. ~ .. Go 0 o .. .. 0' " J; 3' 3!l\:- R :t :" ~ :r'15_cr ~g~~ " - S[~a. ::I c :. _ Q.a~~ 3 ~ ; s:- .. "" A ~i5<. 5< ArT -.. 0 !~;-~ ~. 0 . .- -" :~>~- .;c "'0 "" W C 'O:J- "2:;: ~~~;.~ 3 . .. .;-- A - - :. ::I .s: ~ ~ 0" 0 "'< - .. .. ~"'::I-. ~:~3:g ~ !' ::," g :..:= .. ~ :: " ... ::I ... ;: ;.~i~ ;. c::. ~ :: ~ ~~ c.~.a.. e ~~~;- ;.=-:5r _. A .. =:-0 - !;.a~ g' '" . '" < . .... =' .. " ~ C :0 - ... 2.=;;' ?:.;:&, ~ - " ... ; :-': ; ~rr~Q. :~~:. :r . "" .g~~: . 0_ ::J =~ = c.::J-= ~=ii ;.~~5" :;-..5<. !,~_er C~ =,g :'l :I IC · ;; =-: 0 ~..~~ . .... ... .. . O~ =: ""t"l ="" gt"l -.., ;"" 7- -z VIe') .., '" .., z ,,., ..., .... '" > "" .., ." > C -I o > ." ." "" o < t"l CO ." r""- > z !" ..., c= Z :::l en L-O~800 o I .-:D - .. "'", -'" :0 = _0 :r" . 0' .,.- o :r < " A .,. - .. - - - ^ :: :r " 0 - " ~:. "" "0 . .. .. ...- .~ : :-. '0 ;; .. ...... " . :; ~ =-- _ 0 o A - .. ~~ :0 - .. .. A .,. .,.~ A A " .. ~~ : ~ ='" . .. ;; :0 "'n . . 1 i ~ . .,.- . ", o ~So =- o ... -0 .. " :; l;' ::. 3 .. "!.. o < ... A A A fT ~ : : D ^ 0 .;; .. - . : :: " D o .. ~I -. D :; '" ~ 0- =. 0... :0.., ." _0 ..."0 - .. rT- eo;; 0... . .. . 0 - .. !l .. 0- S- A - .,. ~ t"l '" I"l ... '" ::z e') l': III I"l :z l'l .., -I CD > '" l"l ." > o % n > en - o I cr - ~ t": ..." .. . :I '"C -" ~;;~zr - . . - V.. .. .. - .,. - .. - 0 _ :0.. :;"D"Q..,. ::.. "," ~~.O - '" :; .. " '" =-:"O! A IC :I " ":. IF ~ "< ;.: - "- ". " ...... ~':-:~ A "_ .. .. 0 ~ " . = '" -". - "0" D - .. ""!."Ir "" .. D .. · o _;I . :::roff' a._CO :0 < -.-. :'l 3 CI .. en 0 0 ,. ::; c -.. -:t -.. -_A. o ":0 :I: e . f"f __A . rT,," ~;..~ _... :::I . It""" -lIo( ~A ;- (; o c _ ~:~; "':0 .. .. -0 :'-cr ~ So: ... .. =- ... ti n I"l ." -I g en "'0- ;: -",:r ~ ,., - .. -.. .. CC:( % :m;:, 0 ::~C -%~ ::; 0;;.... -.... ~n~ ~o5 .."',., w .. ~O6 _,.,Z :'~O ;.'" .. CO.. :::&1: -n -,,0 0-- ...;.. .Z:r ...... :,.", ....... n"O 00< .. C:.. ~ ..".. , :: C- O- ~ Zl: % ..... .... :~ ,," ...< -.. -~ 0.. Z_ ~: g;, ." :'0 :.:. -" .... ,., .." ZO 0:0 . . . SECTION 01023 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENtS INCLUD_ED A. Monetary amount. of allowance in Contract Sum. B. Disbursement of funds from allowance. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS . A. Document '00500. - OWner-Contractor Agreement: Contractor'imd subcontractor percentages of overhead and profit for Change Orders. B. Section 00300. - Biq Fonn: The undersigned proposes to furnish all,services, labor, and materials reqlliredby them for the entire work and to include a contingency amount of $10,000.00 within the Lump Sum Base Bid in accord with said documents for the sum of: 1.03 ALLOWANCE A. Allow the lump sum of $10,000.00 or disbursal at Owner's instructions. . B. Contractor's costs for products, labor, insurance, payroll taxes, bond, transportation, equipment rental, and overhead and profit will be included in Change Orders authorizing expenditure of funds from this allowance. 1.04 USE OF ALLOWANCE A. Funds will be drawn from. allowance only by Change Order. B. At closeout of Contract, funds remaining in allowance will be credited to Owner by Change Order. . PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 01023 . 96-016/5-96 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE 01023-1 . SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General provisions of Contract, including General and Supplemental General Conditions, and other General Requirem~nt sections, apply to work specified in this section. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Definitions: Alternates are defined as products, materials, equipment, systems, methods, units of work, or major elements of construction which may, at Owner's option and under terms established by Instruction to Bidders and in the Contract, be selected for work in lieu of requirements of Contract Documents. Selection may occur prior to contract date, or may, by. Agreement, be deferred for possible selection at a subsequent date. B. Alternates..: mayor may not change scope and general character o(~e Work. C. Requirements of this section may be related to, but shali' not be confused with, requirements of the Contract Documents related to "allowances", "unit prices", "change orders, ~substitutions", and similar terms. . D. Refer to Contract and subsequent modifications thereto, if any, for determination of which of several scheduled alternates have been accepted, and therefore are in full force and effect asthougbincluded originally in documents for the Base Bid. E. Notification: Immediately following award of Contract, prepare and'distribute to Owner, Architect, Subcontractors and material suppliers, as applicable, a notification of the status of each alternate. Indicate that alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for consideration at a later date. Indicate dates by which Owner must make decisions on deferred alternates in order not to delay project. 1.03 ALTERNATES A. General: 'Description herein for each alternate is recognized to be incomplete and abbreviated, but implies that each change must be complete for scope of work affected. Refer to applicable specifications sections and drawings for specific requirement of the Work. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required to properly integrate with the work of each alternate. It is recognized that descriptions of alternates are primarily scope definitions and do not necessarily detail full range of materials and processes needed to the, complete the Work as required. . 96-016/5-96 AL TERNA TES 01030-1 B, Description of Additive Alternates . Alternate No.1: Provide and install residential electrical range with hood and wall cabinet at Break Room No. 12 as shown on drawings. Alternate NO.2: Provide and install landscaping as indicated on Landscaping Plan Sheet L-l. Alternate No.3: Provide and install two (2) wall hung mirrors as indicated on drawings in Activity Room No. 26. Alternate No.4: Provide and install brick veneer at building gables in lieu of vinyl siding. Alternate No.5: Provide and install toilet fIxtures and toilet accessories in Toilet Room No. 10 as indicated on plans, Alternate No.6: Provide and install a security system as indicated on Electrical Drawings. END OF SECTION 01030 . 96~0 16/5-96 ALTERNATES 01030-2 . SECTION 01055 . CONSTRUCTION STAKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Construction staking shall include all the surveying work required to layout the work and control the location of the [mished construction. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE. A. Construction staking will be performed under the supervision of a licensed surveyor registered in the State of Georgia who is acceptable to the Owner. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name, address, telephone number and registration number of surveyor prior to beginning work. B. Upon request, submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work. Documentation may include, but is not limited to original field notes, worksheets, etc. C. Submit at least two sets of prints of "as-built" drawings with a surveyor's certificate verifying ,that elevations' and locations are in conformance with the contract drawings. Base drawings will be provided by the Engineer. . 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. ' Boundary and topographic survey information is included in the drawings. B. The Owner will furnish sufficient monuments and benchmarks at the site as shown on site drawing to allow a system of construction staking to be done with reasonable effort. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT, A. The contractor shall fuinish and use surveying equipment and supplies maintained in good working order.: ' PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The property boundary is the primary reference for the work. B. Field notes must be kept and may be inspected by the Owner or Owner's Representative at any time. . 96-016/5-96 CONSTRUCTION STAKING 01055-1 C. Contractor shall be responsible for line and grade stakes, and for resetting same if destroyed. . D. Outer limits of all cuts and fills shall be set by slope stakes. This work shall be examined by Owner and, on his approval, grading will begin. 3.02 FINAL GRADES A. "Blue Tops" shall be installed to control final paving subgrade. Any variance with plan grades shall be identified by the surveyor and approved by the Owner's Representative prior to paving base installation. 3.03 UTILITIES A. Staking of utilities shall be done in accordance with the generally accepted practice for the type or utility involved. B. Storm drain lines and drainage structure bases shall be correctly located to yield the drainage structure top locations and orientations shown on the plan drawings. 3.04 AS-BUILT PLANS A. As-built plans of all construction shall be maintained by the Contractor. These plans shall be certified by a licensed surveyor and turned over to the Owner's Representative at end of project. The Owner's Representative will furnish a sepia reproducible, if requested, to facilitate final recording. . END OF SECTION 01055 96-016/5-96 CONSTRUCTION STAKING 01055-2 . SECTION 01300 . SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Requirements herein supplement provisions of the General Conditions, and establish minimum standards for preparation, certification and submission of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Sa1nple~ and schedules. B. Terms "submittal~ aIid "submittal data" as used herein and in required certification statements, mean Shop Drawings, Product Data' and Samples, either individually or any , combination thereof. C. Detailed requirements for content and scope of particular Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples are part of requirements of those individual Sections requiring submittal data. ' D. Prepare and submit to Architect, minimum five calendar days prior to preconstruction meeting, complete and comprehensive schedule, in form and substance acceptable to Architect, listing all submittals anticipated to be made during progress of Work. 1. Indicate timing for submission, and resubmission, ohequired submittals and rela~onto construction sequence. Include listing of each type item for which subIriittaJ. data, warranties, maintenance manuals, operating instructions and other types of submittals is required. Indicate specification section. During course of Work, maintain updated submittal schedule showing status of all,submittals. Provide copies for Architect's information at project meetings and at other times when requested. . 2. 3. E. Provide Shop Drawings prepared by persons highly skilled in preparation of architectural and engineering type drawings" charts, schedules and other graphic illustrations and representations. Contract Documents prepared by Architect and his consultants will not be acceptable as Shop Drawing submittals. F. 'Collect Product Data ~d' Samples as prepared by manufacturers, suppliers, and distributors to fully' illustrate that portion of Work so represented, including complete engineering and dimensional information when applicable. G. Contractor shall maintaih file of approved submittals for duration of Project, which shall be delivered to Owner as part of Project closeout documents, marked and stamped as "Project Record Documents." This set is in addition to set transmitted through normal distribution during collstruction. . 96-016/5-96 SUBMIIT ALS 01300-1 1.02 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. . Accompany each submittal with an appropriate transmittal bearing Contractor's name, address and telephone number. Address all transmittal letters to Architect's business office. Include following infonnation: 1. Project name and location. 2. Name of subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, as applicable. 3. Number of copies included. 4. Brief description of submittal data. 5. Notification of deviations from Contract Documents. 6. Date of submittal data. 7. Whether initial submittal or resubmittal. 8. Whether for review, distribution or infonnation only. B. Submittals shall include: 1. 2. 3. Project name and location. Date and revision dates. Names of: a. Owner b. Architect c. Contractor d. Consulting Engineer, when applicable e. Subcontractor, supplier, manufacturer, when applicable. Identification of product or material. Relation to adjacent structure or materials. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. Specification Section and Paragraph Numbers. Applicable reference standards. A blank space, for Architect's stamp. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, verification of field measurements and compliance with Contract Documents. . 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. C. Clearly mark all deviations from Contract Documents, at time of submittal, using only green pencil or ink. 1. Submittals bearing Contractor-noted deviations will be review by Architect provided required written notice of such deviations is given. 2. After review, submittals bearing Contractor-noted deviations will be returned for revision and resubmittal. 3. Incomplete submittals and submittals containing excessive errors will not be reviewed by Architect and will be returned for correction and resubmittal. D. Certifications: Submittals not properly certified by Contractor, and by Manufacturer when so required, will not be reviewed by Architect and will be returned unchecked to Contractor for certification and resubmission. 96-016/5-96 1. Certification for Samples may be on tags or labels attached to Samples. SUBMITI ALS 01300-2 . , 1.03 CONTRACTOR CERTiFICATION . A. Upon completion of review and prior to submission to Architect, hand letter, type or stamp each submittal with certification statement reading: . . "I hereby certify this submittal data has been reviewed and approved prior to submission to the Architect and the information contained within this submittal has been checked and coordinated with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. (Contractor's Name) Signed Position Date 1.04' MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION A. Submittals for particular items of equipment listed in ~ivision 15 and Division 16 Sections, as indicated, requir~ certification by manufacturer as to performance and compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. B. Manufacturet'scertification shall be .signed only by Owner, Partner, Corporate Officer, or person duly 'authorized to sign for Owner, Partner, or Corporate Officer. . 1. Include in submittal data, notarized lener from manufacturer naming person duly authorized to sign for manufacturer, if it is someone .other than Owner, Partner, or Corporate Officer. C. Prior to submission,to Contractor, manufacturer shall.hand letter, type or stamp each submittal witbcertification statement reading: "I hereby certify equipment illustrated by this, submittal data complies in all respects with requirements of Contract Documents for this Project. I further certify all data shown herein as to-performance, dimensions, construction, materials and other pertinent items, is true and correct. (Manufacturer's Namei Signed Position' Date 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS A. For initial submittal';' and any required resubmittals, provide one erasable sepia transparency and twodi.reCt line pririts made from original tracing of each Sheet. Provide . 96-016/5-96 SUB MITT ALS 01300-3 one copy for Architect's file and two copies for work designed by engineers or consultants. . B. Prepare to largest scale practicable to be clearly legible with sufficient plans, elevations, sections, details, isometrics and schedules to fully illustrate that portion of Work so presented. 1. Cross reference Shop Drawings to applicable Drawings sheet numbers, detail numbers and Specification Sections insofar as possible. Number sheets consecutively. 2. Do not submit manufacturer's and supplier's standard forms requiring filling-in of blank spaces unless: a. all nonapplicable information is eradicated completely or marked out, or b. all relevant information is clearly marked, and c. standard forms are modified to indicate exact requirements and conditions unique to Project. C. Properly identify Shop Drawings, as specified in Paragraph 1.02.B herein, by means of title block in lower right-hand comer of each sheet. 1. Provide adequate space above title block on each sheet for certification stamps and Architect's review stamps. a. Allow space, either vertically or horizontally, for four 3-inch by 3-inch stamps. 1.06 PRODUCT DATA . A. For initial submittal, and any required resubmittals, provide not less than five copies of each brochure or other bound volume. Two copies will be retained by Architect. 1. Qualities of submittals are minimum required and may be increased as necessary for Contractor's office use, field use and distribution. B. Assemble into brochures or other bound volumes. Prepare separate volumes for each separate manufacturer, supplier or distributor. Number pages consecutively. 1. Cross reference to applicable Drawings sheet numbers, detail numbers and Specification Sections insofar as possible. 2. Do not submit manufacturer's and supplier's catalogs which describe several different items in addition to those items of Work to be provided unless: a. all nonapplicable information is eradicated or completely marked out, or b. all relevant information, including any accepted option, is clearly marked. 3. Do not submit photocopies of materials and equipment illustrations unless photocopies are true and accurate reproductions or original illustrations. C. Properly identify submittals on front cover, as specified in Paragraph 1.02.B herein. 96-016/5-96 SUBMITI ALS 01300-4 . . 1. Provide separate sheet within submittal for required certification stamps and Architect's review stamps. 1.07 SAMPLES A. For initial submittal, and any required resubmittals of Samples, provide not less than three representatives physical examples of such siie to illustrate standards by which Work will be judged. One sample will be retained by Architect, unless, otherwise indicated. 1. Where Samples are required for initial color, texture or pattern selection by Architect, submittal quantity may be reduced to one complete Sample of manufacturer's full range of standard and special colors, textures and patterns. a. Upon notification of Architect of selections, submit selected Samples as required for initial submittal. B. Assemble into easily handled packages where size permits. 1. Where field fabricated Samples are. required, construct on Project site in locations directed by Architect. C. Properly identify Samples as specified in Paragraph 1.02.B herein, except identification may be on tags or labels attached to Samples. 1.08' . CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Submit initial construction schedule minimum five calendar days prior to preconstruction meeting. Monthly, resubmit revised and updated schedules accurately depicting progress . to first day of each .month; , . 1.. Submit one reproducible transparency for Architect's information. 2. " Distribute reviewed schedules to: a. Owner b. Architect c. Job site file d.. Sub~ntractors. B. Prepare complete and comprehensive Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule for all portions of Work. 1. Provide ..separate horizontal breakdown of each trade or operation in chronological order of beginning of each. item of Work. 2. Identify each item of Work by specification section number and by logically grouped activities. 3. Identify first 'work day of each week on horizontal time scale. Provide adequate spacing on schedule for updating. 4. Proviae coinplete sequence of construction by activity: a. . Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples submittal data and status of ~eachsubmittal'relative to Contractor's submittal schedule. b. 'Decision dates for selection of finishes., . c. Produce procurement and delivery dates, including products furnished by Owner. ..,. 96-016/5-96 SUBMITTALS 01300-5 5. 6. d. Dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. Indicate project percentage of completion for each item of Work. Provide sub schedules to defme critical portions of Work. . C. Updating: 1. Show all changes since previous submittal of updated schedule. 2. Indicate progress of each activity, show completion dates. Include: a. Major changes in scope. b. Activities modified since previous updating. c. Revised projections due to changes. d. Other identifiable changes. 3. Provide narrative report, including: a. Discussion of problem areas, including current and anticipated delay factors and their impact. b. Corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect. c. Description of revisions: 1) Effect on schedule to change of scope. 2) Revisions in duration of activities. 3) Other changes that may affect schedule. 1.09 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit typed schedule on AIA Document G703, Application and Certificate for Payment, Continuation Sheet in compliance with Article 9 of AlA Document A20 1-1987, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. B. Include line item for each major item of Work and each subcontracted item of Work indicated on Construction Schedule. . 1.10 MATERIALS LIST A. Submit list of proposed materials and equipment within 30 days after signing Agreement. Architect will promptly reply in writing to Contractor stating whether Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposal. If adequate data on any proposed manufacturer or installer is not available, Architect will defer action until Contractor provides required data. Failure of Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. Failure to object to a manufacturer shall not constitute a waiver of any requirement of Contract Documents and products furnished by listed manufacturer shall conform to such requirements. B. Architect will consider written requests for substitution of specified products in compliance with provisions of Section 00800 - Supplementary Conditions, Section 01630 _ Materials and Substitutions and Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders. 1.11 RESUBMISSION A. Architect will review submittals for conformance with design concept of Work and infonnation given in contract Documents only. If required, Architect will note submittal with corrections and comments necessary for compliance with Contract Documents. 96-016/5-96 SUBMITTALS 01300-6 . . 1. Submittals bearing Architect's notes, comments and corrections required for compliance with Contract Documents automatically require resubmittal and will be so noted as "Resubmit." Submittal returned without notes, comments or corrections require no further resubmittaLand are ready for distribution unless revisions are made subsequent to Architecf s fmal review. Submittal's will be marked as follows: a. " "Reviewed" indicates Submittals have been reviewed for compliance with design and no apparent exceptions are taken. Proceed with Work. b. "Make Corrections as Noted" indicates Contractor may proceed with Work as noted. c. ," AmeD:d and Resubmit" or "Rejected" indicates Submittal to be revised and resubmitted for review prior to proceeding with Work or that Submittal does not comply with Contract Documents. 2. 3. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Make revisions to original tracings, clearly identify revisions by cloud or other easily recognizable symbols, identify revision number and revision date in title block. Make. resubmittals in same manner and quantitie~ specified for initial submittals. 2. If resubmittal is not required, Architect will return sepia transparency of each sheet to Contractor. Make direct line prints from sepia transparencies in 'quantities necessary for field use, office use, and distribution to Subcontractors, manufacturers, distributors and suppliers. . C. Product pata: 1. Remove all nonconforming information and replace with correct information. Identify revision number and revision date on front cover. Make resubmittals in same manner and quantity specified for initial submittal. 2. If resubmittal is ,not required, Architect will retain two copies and return additional cOpies'to Contractor. 1.12 REVIEW TIME AND CHANGES A. Review: Transmit submittals to Architect sufficiently in advance of time needed to allow reasonable tinie, exclusive of transmittal time, for review of initial submittal. If resubmittal is required, allow additional reasonable' time for each resubmittal. 1. Delays caused by improperly prepared and incomplete submittal data shall not be an acceptable basis for extension of Contract Time. B. Changes:" If llIlY revisions required by Architect are considered by Contractor to be a change in the Work exceeding that permitted in the General Conditions. PART2 - PRODUCTS Not used. . 96-016/5-96 SUBMITTALS 01300-7 SECTION 01500 . CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary Utilities: Electricity, lighting, heat; ventilation, telephone service, water, and sanitary facilities. B. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures and fencing,protection of Work, and water control. C. Construction Facilities: Parking, progress cleaning, project signage, and temporary buildings, as required. 1.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Provide: maintain and pay for electrical power service required. B. Provide power outlets for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes located as required. Provide flexible power cords as required. C. Provide main service disconnect and overcurrent protection at convenient location. . L03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide and maintain lighting for construction operations to .achieve a minimum adequate lighting level. B. Provide and maintain lighting to exterior staging and storage areas after dark for security purposes. C. Provide and maintain adequate lighting for interior work areas after dark for security purposes. D. Provide branch Wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required. E. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs. 1.04 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Provide .heat devices and heat as required to maintain specified .conditions for construction operationS. . 96-016/5-96 . CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TI;MPORARY CONTROLS 01500-1 1.05 TEMPORARY VENTILATION A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. . 1.06 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Contractor shall provide, maintain and pay for telephone service to field office at time of project mobilization. 1.07 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Contractor shall provide, maintain and pay for suitable quality water service required. Connect to existing water source for construction operations. 1.08 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Contractor shall provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. 1.09 BARRIERS A. Provide as required to prevent unauthorized public entry to construction areas. Contractor shall use orange fabric construction fencing, chain link fencing, or approved equal. 1.10 WATER CONTROL A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide and operate pumping equipment. . B. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion. 1.11 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections. B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate area to minimize damage. C. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. D. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage or movement of heavy objects by protecting with durable sheet materials. E. Prohibit traffic and storage on waterproofed and roofed surfaces. 96-016/5-96 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-2 . 1.12 ACCESS ROADS e, A. Construct and maintain temporary roads accessing public thoroughfares to serve construction area. B. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. C. Existing on-site r,oads may be used for construction traffic. 1.13 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly' conaition. . B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface fmishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D. Remove w~te materials, debris, and rubbish from site and dispose off-site as required by Owner. 1.14 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. Office: Weather-tight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling, and ventilating equipment; -and equipped with furniture drawing rack and drawing display' table as required by Contractor. , . 1.15 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A: Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities, materials', equipment, services, and construction prior to Final Application for Payment inspection. B. Clean and'repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. 'END.OF SECTION 01500 .. 96-016/5-96 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS . 01500-3 SECTION 01630 . MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 MATERIAL A. Use materials and equipment that are new and of quality suited.to use intended, suitable for function intended, and plainly labeled and delivered to Project site in original unopened containers. when nature of materials is suitable for containers. B. The Architect has endeavored to specify materials, products and assemblies which are totally free of asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) or other similar materials , believed to endanger the health and safety of construction workers and future building occupants. However, manufacturers' information and other data normally furnished to the Architect by producers of building material products and systems do not always contain accurate, complete or appropriate information for the Architects to properly evaluate each product. C. It shall therefore- bea requirement of these Contract Documents that neither the Contractor, nor' his material suppliers, nor his Subcontractors install or otherwise incorporate any materials containing asbestos, PCB or. other hazardous materials within the boundaries of the,Project. No soil found on site, or transported to the site from remote locations, which is contaminated with material containing asbestos, PCB, Radon, gasoline, fuel oil, diesel fuel or other similar fossil fuels shall be used for fill, backfill or landscape topsoil.- . D. ' The Contractor shall require that each of his Subcontractors and material suppliers warrants to Owner and Architect, that all materials, products and assemblies incorporated, or submitted for incorporation into this Project, are totally free of asbestos, PCB, or other such hazardous materials. This warranty shall include all materials, products arid assemblies, specified and otherwise required in the Contract Documents. This warranty shall also include, all materials, compOnents and acce~ries not specifically enumerated or detailed in these Contract Documents but which are required by performanCe specifications or recommended by manufactUrers for complete installation of materials, products and assemblies. If the Contractor or his SubcOntractors or material suppliers have knowledge that, or believe that an item, component, material or accessory within a product of assembly may contain asbestos, PCB or. other such hazardous material, it is the Contractor's sole responsibility to secure a written certification from the manufacturer of any sUspected material stating this material is totally free of asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials. A copy of the written certification shall be submitted to the Owner and Architect. ., E. Products that are specified by reference standards or in descriptive manner without a manufacturer's~name,model number or trade name, ,shall be selected by the Contractor, shall comply~th all specified requirements, and shall no~ ~ntain asbestos, PCB or other hazardous materials in any form. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining that materials requested f~r substitution are totally free of asbestos, PCB. or other similar . 96-016/5-96 MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01630-1 materials known to endanger the health and safety of construction workers and future building occupants. . 1.02 WORKMANSHIP A. Follow manufacturer's instructions. When instructions are in conflict with Contract Documents, make request for cl~fication before proceeding. Maintain copy of manufacturer's instructions at Project site. B. Comply with industry standards except when specified tolerances indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. Perform Work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. C. Join materials to uniform, accurate fit to meet with straight lines free of smears and overlaps. Install exposed materials appropriately level, plumb, and at accurate right angles or flush with adjoining materials. Attach materials with sufficient strength, number, and spacing of attachments that will not fail until materials joined are broken or permanently deformed. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS A. For products specified only by reference standard or description, provide any product meeting specifications. B. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers, request for substitution for any product not named is required. C. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers with no substitutions permitted, provide one of named products. . D. Where particular items of mechanical and electrical equipment are specified as products of certain named manufacturers, products of only those named manufacturers are acceptable. Certain specified construction and equipment details may not be regularly included as part of the named manufacturer's standard catalog equipment, but shall be provided by the manufacturer as required for the proper functioning of the equipment. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility to assure that the manufacturer provides equipment conforming to indicated and specified requirements. Reasonable minor variations in equipment due to manufacturing methods are expected and will be acceptable; however, indicated and specified performance and material requirements are minimum. The Architect reserves the right to determine equality of equipment that deviates from any of the indicated and specified requirements. E. Naming any manufacturer does not imply approval of that manufacturer's nonconforming products. F. The Contractor shall include in the Work; the materials, products and equipment named in the Contract Documents by trade name, proprietary name or manufacturer's catalog numbers, including any specified modifications thereto unless proposed substitutions are approved in writing by the Architect prior to the bid date. . Mter execution of the Contract, the Contractor sball provide only those materials, products and equipment 96-016/5-96 MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01630-2 . . 1.04 SUBSTITUTIONS named in the Contract I)ocuments and approvedsubstitutlons issued prior to bid for inclusion in the, Work, except as provided herein. A. Architect will consider formal requests from Contractor and Vendor for product substitutions subri:Utted ten working days prior to bid date. 1. Contractor shall submit written request to Architect for review and consideration . of proposed substitution. 2. Each proposed substitution shall require Architect's written approval, in form of Addendum, prior to inclusion in Work. , B. Submit separate re_quest for each substitution in compliance with Section 01631. Support each request with: - 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. . 7. 8. 9. 10. Compl~te data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with req~irements, of Contract Documents. Product identification including manufacturer's naine and address. Manufacturer's product data including product description, reference standards, and perfofmanceand test data. Samples as applicable. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been installed and date of each installation. Itemized: comparison of proposed substitution with product specified. List significant variations including costs. Data-relatiilg to changes in construction schedule. List of changes required in other Work or products. 'Desfgnati9n Of required license fees or royalties. DesigilatioIi of availability of maintenance service and source of replacement materials. ' C. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or Product Data Submittals without formal request from Contractor or when acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. D. When a request for substitution is denied, General Contractor to provide specified product. . E. Substitute products shall not be installed without Architect's written acceptance or prior approval. - F. Where the shop drawings, product data and/or samples as submitted by Contractor indicate a departure from ~e Contract which Architect deems to be a minor adjustment in the interest of Owner, not involving a change in the Contract Price or Contract Time, Architect will approve the data/drawing, but the approval will contain, in substance, the following notation: ' . 96-016/5-96 "The modification shown on the attached data/drawings is approved in the interest of Owner to MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01630-3 effect an improvement for the Project and is accepted with the understanding that it does not involve any change in the Contract Price or Contract Time; that it is subject generally to all Contract stipulations and covenants; and that it is without prejudice to any and all rights of Owner under the Contract and Bond or Bonds. " . G. Approval by Architect of shop drawings, product data and/or samples will be general and shall not relieve Contractor from the responsibility of adherence to the Contract, nor shall it relieve him of the responsibility for any error which may exist. 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE A. In making formal request for substitution, Contractor/Subcontractor represents: 1. He has investigated proposed product and has determined it is equal to or superior to specified product. He will provide same warranties and bonds for substitution as for specified product. He certifies cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this Contract but excludes any Architect's redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently becomes apparent; and He will coordinate installation of accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for Work to be complete in all respects. He waives claims for additional costs caused by substitution which may subsequently become apparent. . 2. 3. 4. 5. 1.06 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. B. Notify Contractor, in writing, of decision for acceptance or rejection of requests for substitution. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 01630 96-016/5-96 MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01630-4 . SECTION 01631 . REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION TO: Precision Planning ,lnc; P. O. Box 2210 400 Pike Boulevard Lawrenceville, GA 30246 ' (770) 962-8000 FROM: ' name of company street address ' city and state . phone number and name of person to contact PROJECT: . 1. Specification Section and Paragraph Numbers of product specified 2. Proposed Substitution a. Name and Model No. b. Manufacturer: Name Address Phone' c. Description d. Attach applicable .performance and test data e. Numbers of applicable reference standards f. Attach .il color chart, if applicable. g. Attach installation inStructions. . 96-016/5-96 REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION 01631-1 3. Manufacturer's Reputation: Attach the following: a. b. Evidence of reputation for prompt delivery. Evidence of reputation for efficiency in servicing products. . 4. Comparison: Attach an itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with product specified. 5. Previous Installation: Provide the following information on similar projects on which proposed substitution was used, list projects in both the locale of the project and the Atlanta area: Name and address of project Date of Installation Name, address, and phone number of Architect a. b. c. . d. 6. Changes in Work: Attach data relating to changes required in other work to permit use of proposed substitution and changes required in the construction schedule. 7. In making request for substitution, petitioner represents that he has examined the Drawings and Specifications, and has determined that, to the best of his knowledge, the proposed substitution is appropriate for the use intended in the Drawings and Specifications. signature of petitioner date END OF SECTION 01631 96-016/5-96 REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION 01631-2 . SECTION 01701 . CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Administrative provisions for Substantial Completion and for fmal acceptance. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS, A. Section 00700 - General Conditions (AlA AlOl, 1987 Edition). B. Section 00800 - Supplementary Conditions. C. Section 00840. - Administrative and Procedural Items. D. Section 01710 - Final Cleaning. E. Section 01720 - Project Record Documents. F. Section 01730 - Operation arid Maintenance Data. G. Section 01740 - Warranties and Bonds. . 1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. When Contractor considers Work or designated portion of Work is substantially complete, prepare pUnch list of items to be completed or corrected and send to Architect. B. Should Architect/Engineer inspection fmd Work is not substantially complete, he will promptly notify Contractor in writing, listing observed deficiencies. C. Contractor shilll remedy deficiencies and send a second written notice of substantial completion. D. When Architect/Engineer fmds Work is' substantially complete he will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion in accordance with provisions of General Conditions. 1.04 FINAL COMPLETION A. When Contractor considers Work is complete, submit written certification: 1. Contract-Documents have been reviewed. 2. Work,has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. 3. Work l1as beeI,l completed in accordance with Contract Documents, and deficienCies listed with Certificate of Substantial Completion have been corrected. . 96-016/5-96 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01701-1 4. Equipment and systems have been tested, adjusted, and balanced, and are fully operational. Operation of systems has been demonstrated to Owner's personnel. Work is complete and ready for fmal inspection. . 5. 6. B. Should Architect/Engineer inspection fmd Work incomplete, he will promptly notify Contractor in writing listing observed deficiencies. C. Contractor shall remedy deficiencies and send a second certification of final completion. I D. When Architect/Engineer fmds work is complete, he will consider closeout submittals. 1.05 REINSPECTION FEES I A. Should status of completion of Work require reinSpection by Architect/Engineer due to failure of Work to comply with Contractor's claims on initial inSpection, Owner will deduct the amount of Architect/Engineer compensation for reinspection services from final payment to Contractor. 1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Evidence of Compliance with Requirements of Governing Authorities: 3. Certificate of Occupancy. Certificates of Inspection approvals required for plumbing, mechanical and electricaJ systems. Completed .. Project Close Out" form as indicated on page 0 170 1-4 of this Section. Completed form as indicated on page 01701-5 of this Section. . 1. 2. 4. B. Project Record Documents: Under provisions of Section 01720. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Under provisions of Section 01730. D. Warranties and Bonds: Under provisions of Section 01740. E. Keys and Keying Schedule F. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: In accordance with Conditions of the Contract. G. Consent of Surety to Final Payment. H. Certificates of Insurance for Products and Completed Operations: In accordance with Supplementary Conditions. 1.07 STATEMENT OF ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit fmal statement reflecting adjustments to Contract Sum indicating: 1. Original Contract Sum. 96-016/5-96 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01701-2 . . 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Previous change orders. Changes wider allowances. Changes under unit prices. Deductions' for uncorrected work. , Penalties and bonuses. ' Deductions for liquidated damages. Deductic)Ds for reinspection fees. Other adjustments to Contract Sum. Total Contract Sum as adjusted. Previous payments. Sum remaining due. B. Architect/Engineer will, issue a fmal Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum riot previously made by change orders. 1.08 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Submit application for fmal payment in accordance with provisions of Conditions of the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION . Not Used: . , 96-016/5-96 CONlRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01701-3 PROJECT CLOSE OUT CHECK-OFF LIST PROJECT NAME: Belle Terrace Senior Citizens Center . PROJECT NUMBER: 96-016 DOCUMENT** Contractors Warranty Statutory Affidavit Non-Influence Affidavit INSPECTION REPORTS County Building Inspector County Plumbing Inspector County Electrical Inspector State Fire Marshal-Occupancy Certificates Consent of Surety to Final Payment Contractors Affidavit - Release of Liens Other as specified - (Fill in): NO. OF COPIES MAINTENANCE MANUALS & EOUIPMENT BROCHURES** Air Conditioning Equipment Boilers Water Heaters Plumbing Fixtures Electrical Equipment Food Service Equipment Cold ~torage Equipment Test and Balance Reports Wiring and Controls Diagrams for Equipment Other as specified - (Fill in): KEYS Schedule by Door Locations Certificate of Receipt of Keys Schedule of Value tags, Location & Function **Where Applicable by Specification 96-016/5-96 DATE RECEIVED . CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01701-4 . Belle Terrace Senior Citizens Center . Augusta, Georgia ", Contractor for the above referenced project, and Augusta- Richmond County Commission-Council, Owner, hereby certify that'"as-built" drawings for the above- referenced project have been prepared by the Contractor and provided to the Owner. The Owner and Contractor further certify t,hat the Contractor has provided the owner with all maintenance and operation instructions, and product warranties, .and that the Owner, or Owner's representative has been trained in the maintenance and operations pf the "sys~ems installed. The Owner and the Contractor understand ,that the Contractor's warranty for the project begins on the date of substantial completion and remains in effect for a period of o~e (1) year. The Owner understands that he/she shall direct warranty concerns to the Contractor, during this warranty period and to the product 'manufacturers for warranties beyond this time period. If the Contractor, after notice, failsto proceed within seven (7) days to' comply witbthe terms of the guarantee, the Owner may have" the "defects corrected and the Contractor and his surety shall be liable for all expense incurred. . Contractor Date Augusta-Richmond County Commission-Council Date Precision Planning"Ipc: . Date . 96-016/5-96 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01701-5 NON-INFLUENCE AFFIDAVIT . COUNTY OF STATE OF I do solemnly swear on my oath that as to the contract dated 19 between and the I have no knowledge of the exertion of any influence or the attempted exertion of any influence on the firm on behalf of which this affidavit is made in any way, manner, or form in the purchase of materials, equipment, or other items involved in construction, manufacturer, or employment of labor under the aforesaid contract by any employee, officer, or agent of or any person connected with the State Goverrunent of Georgia in any way whatsoever 0 This day of ,19_0 (L.S.) Signature Title . Finn COUNTY OF STATE OF Personally before me, the undersigned authority, appeared who is known to me to be an official of the firm of , who, after being duly sworn, stated on his oath that he had read the above statement and that the same is true and correct. Notary Public My commission expires This day of ,19_. 96-016/5-96 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01701-6 . STATUTORY AFFIDAVIT . COUNTY OF: STATE OF: FROM: (ContrnclOr) To: , (Owner) Re: Contract entered into the day of the above-mentioned parties for the construction of a at , 19_, between KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: 1. The undersigned hereby certifies that all work required under the above contract has been performed in accordance with the terms thereof, that all materialmen, subcontractors, mechanics, and laborers have been paid and satisfied in full, and that there are no outstanding claims of any character (including disputed claims or any claims to which the contractor has or will assert any defense] arising out of the performance of the contract which have not been paid and satisfied in full except as listed hereinbelow: . 2. The undersigned further certifies that to the best of his knowledge and belief there are no unsatisfied claims for damages resulting from injury or death to any employees, subcontractors, or the public at large arising out of the performance of the contract, or any suits or claims for any other damage of any kind, nature, or description which might constitute a lien upon the propertY of the owner. 3. The undersigned makes this affidavit as provided by law and for the purpose of receiving fmal payment in full settlement of all claims against the owner arising under or by virtue of the contract, and acceptance of such payment is acknowledged as a release of the oWner from any and all claims arising under or by virtue of the contract. . . day of, ,19_. This (L. S . ) Signature Title Finn COUNTY OF STATE OF Personally before me, the undersigned authority, appeared who is known to me to Qe an official of the frrffiof , who, after being duly sworn, stated on his oath that he had read the above staterilentand 'diat the same it true and correct. Notary Public My commission expires . This day of ,19,_ END OF SECTION 01701 96-016/5-96 CONTRAC::T CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01701-7 SECTION 01710 . FINAL CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED, A. Final cleaning of exterior and interior of project. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. ~ction 00700 - General Conditions (AlA AZ01, 1987 Edition): Cleaning Up. B. Section .00800 - Supplementary Conditions. C. Section 01701 - Contract Closeout Procedures. D. Individual Specifications Sections: Specific cleaning for product or work. 1.03 DESCRIPTION A. Execute cleaning prior to inspection for Substantial Completion of the Work. 1.04 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS . A. Remove and dispose of waste materials, rubbish, debris and trash in compliance with provisions of governing laws, codes, ordinances and regulations. 1. Do not burn or bury rubbish, trash, debris and waste materials on Project site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - 2.01 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Use materialswh~~p will not create hazards to health or property, and which will not damage surfaces. ,,:' . B. Use only matenals and methods recommended by manufacturer of material being cleaned. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PERIODIC CLEANING A. On a regular and frequent basis during progress of Work, perform cleaning necessary to keep Work, Project site and adjacent properties free from unsightly and unsafe accumulation of scrap' and waste materials, debris, rubbish and trash resulting from construction operations. . . 96-016/5-96 FINAL CLEANING 01710-1 1. Provide sufficient trash bins and containers for collection of scrap and waste material, debris, rubbish and trash. Provide separate, closable top metal containers for collection of oil and paint soaked rags; empty volatile substance cans and other waste products subject to spontaneous combustion. Designate approved eating areas and provide covered containers conforming to local health codes for collection of waste paper and left-over foodstuffs. Enforce usage of containers by workmen. . 2. 3. B. Dispose of scrap and waste materials, debris, rubbish and trash by one of the following optional methods: 1. Provide services of company regularly engaged in refuse disposal operations, including usage of large metal dump-type trash containers. 2. Use own forces and equipment for loading, hauling and disposal. C. Remove accumulations of scrap and waste materials as bins and containers are filled and not less than once per week. 1. Remove containers containing products subject to spontaneous combustion daily. 2. Remove containers containing waste paper and left-over foodstuff daily. 3. Legally dispose of all waste materials, rubbish, volatile materials and cleaning materials off Project site. 4. Dispose of no materials in waterways. 3.02 DUST CONTROL . A. During application of finished surface materials, including painting and decorating, employ dust control methods during cleaning operations to prevent dust from contaminating wet and freshly coated surfaces. 3.03 FINAL CLEANING A. Prior to Substantial Completion of Work, or some designated portion thereof acceptable to Owner, perform cleaning of visually exposed materials~ fixtures, equipment and finished surfaces. B. Remove labels, tags, stickers and unauthorized identification markings from finished surfaces. 1. Do not remove permanently affixed nameplates, instructions, markings, Underwriters Laboratories labels and approval stickers, Factory Mutual approved stickers and other identifying markings required by federal, state and local codes, ordinances and regulations. C. Remove broken, chipped and defective glass; remove stains, spots, marks, paint. smears; dirt and foreign materials; clean and polish exterior and interior glass; clean and polish mirrors. 96-016/5-96 FINAL CLEANING 01710-2 . . D. E. F. G. H. . Remove temporary protective coatings, tapes'and films from finished alumimlm surfaces and ornamental metal surfaces, clean and polish aluminum and ornamental metal in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove paint s~ears, spots, marks, dirt, mud and dust from exposed interior and exterior finished surfaces. Clean and polish finished hardware; remove marks, stains, scratches and blemishes. Clean and polish ceramic floor and wall tile; clean and. polish toilet. fixtures and trim, toilet accessories and toilet compartments. Sweep concrete floors not less than broom clean; vacuum where necessary to remove excessive dust'; . thoroughly clean other hard surfaced floors. 1. Remove mortar droppings, joint compound, plaster and 'cementitious material droppings from floors prior to fmal cleaning. I. Sweep exterior,paved'surfaces broom clean; rake clean unpaved surfaces. J. Thoroughly clean- all items of mechanical and electrical equipment; remove excess oils and grease from exposed surfaces. 1. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if ventilating units were operated during construction. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during construction, 2. K. Vacuum clean carpeted and similar soft surfaces. L. Clean, machine buff, wax. and polish all resilient and hard-surfaced floors as specified. 3.04 INSPECTION A. Prior to occupancy by Owner of any designated portion of Work, -conduct inspection in presence of OWner to verify Work is properly clean and ready for acceptance by Owner. 3.05 MAINTENANCE .- 96-016/5-96 A. Provide Owrier with manufacturer written recommendations regarding cleaning and maintaining. all interior finishes within the building. END OF SECTION 01710 FINAL CLEANING 01710-3 SECTION 01720 . PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples. ' B. Submittal of Record Documents aDd Samples. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00700 -General-Conditions (AlA A20l, 1987Edition): Documents at the site. B. Section 00800 - Supplementary Conditions C. Section 01300 ~ Submittals: Shop drawings, product data, and samples. D. Section 0170.1.7 Contract Closeout Procedures. E. Section 01730 - Operation and Maintenance, Data. . F. Individual Specifications Sections:, Manufacturer's certificates and certificates of inspection. 1.03 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. In addition to requirements in General Conditions, Maintam at the site for Owner, two record copies of: 1. Contract Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. . Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Approved shop drawings, product data, and samples. 6. Field testrecords. 7. "Inspection certificates. 8. Manufacturer's certificates. B. Store Record Documents and samples in Field Office apart 'from documents used for . construction., Provide files, racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and samples. C. Label and file Record Documents and samples in accordance with Section number listings in Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. . 96-016/5-96 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-1 D. Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. . E. Keep Record Documents and samples available for inspection by Architect/Engineer. 1.04 RECORDING A. Record information on a set of blue line opaque drawings, and in. a copy of a Project Manual. Label each sheet of the Project Record Drawings in the lower right comer with the neatly printed words "Project Record Drawings." One (1) set of Contract Documents and Drawings will remain clean without mark-up for record purposes. Contractor shall use the additional set for marking measurements, on-site changes, items of construction that are actually used, and other conditions as they are encountered during the course of the Work. This marked-up set of Contract Documents and Drawings shall consist of red-lined copies of plans and shop drawings, shall indicate actual field dimensions, shall represent the work as actually constructed, and shall be recorded. on a daily basis. Failure to produce these records on request of Architect or Owner shall constitute grounds to halt construction with no time extension until steps are taken to see that these records are being properly made. . B. Provide felt tip marking pens, maintaining separate colors for each major system, for recording information. 1. The Construction Manager shall provide colored pencils for marking record copies of Contract Drawings and Specifications. Use a different colored pencil for each of the following: a. Architectural Work Red b. Plumbing Work Green c. HV AC Work Blue d. Electrical Work Orange e. Other written notations Brown 2. Establish a color code denoting what trade will use what color, and show this on a schedule on the front sheet of the "PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS." C. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. D. Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including: 1. Measured depths of elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum. 2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 96-016/5-96 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-2 . .,:;'\-, . 3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, -referenced to visible and accessible features of construction. ,Field changes _ of dimension and detail. Changes made by Modifications. Details riot on original Contract Drawings. , References to related shop drawings and Modifications. . 4. 5. 6. 7. E. Prior to fmal constructi9n inspection, Contractor shall furnish to Architect a neatly marked set of construction plans which accurately depict the conditions and records all changes made during construction. Architect shall promptly notify Contractor in writing if additional ,infonpation is required. F. Other Dpcwhents: Maintain manufacturer's certifications, inspection certifications, and field test records, required by individual Specifications sections. 1.05 SUBMITTALS ' A. At Contract closeout, deliver Record Documents and samples under provisions of Section 01701. B. Transmit with_cover letter in duplicate, listing: . 1. Date. 2. Project title and number. 3. Contractor's name, address, and telephone number. 4. Number and title of each Record Document. 5. Signature of Contractor or authorized representative. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. . END OF SECTION 01720 . 96-016/5-96 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-3 SECTION 01730 . OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Format and content of manuals. B. Instruction of Owner's perso'nnel. , , C. Schedule of submittals. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Submittals procedures, Shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. Section 01701-- Contract Closeout: Contract Closeout Procedures. , , C. Section 01740 - Warranties and Bonds. D. Individual Specifications Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. - . 1.03 - QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. 1.04 . FORMAT A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under, work of this contract. B. Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 x 11 inch three-ring binders with hardback, cleanable, plastic covers; one inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. C. 'Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; list title of Project; identify subject matter of contents. . D. Arrange content by systems under section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of this ProjecfMariual. E. Provide tabbed fly leaf for each separate product and system,- with tYPed description of product and major component parts of equipment. . 96-016/5-96 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730-1 F. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 24 pound paper. . G. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. 1.05 CONTENTS, EACH VOLUME A. Table of Contents: Provide title of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer, subconsultants, and Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of the volume. B. For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. C. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products ~d component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. D. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. E. Type Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions. F . Warranties and Bonds: Bind in copy of each as specified in Section 01740. 1.06 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES . A. Building Products, Applied Materials, and Finishes: Include product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations. Provide information for re-ordering custom manufactured products. B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Include manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Moisture Protection and Weather Exposed Products: Include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification Sections. 1.07 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Each Item of Equipment and Each System: Include description of unit or system, and component parts. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. B. Panelboard Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service characteristics, controls and communications. 96-016/5-96 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730-2 . . c. Include color coded wiring diagrams as installed. D. Operating Procedures: Include ,\ start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions arid sequences. Include regul,ation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency inStructions. Include summer, wirtter, and any special operating instructions. E. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for trouble-shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. F. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. G. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. H. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. I. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. J. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed. K. Provide Contractor's coordination drawings, with color coded piping diagrams as installed. L. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control.diagrams. . M. Provide lIst of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. N. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification Sections. 1.08 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER PERSONNEL A. Before fmal inspection, provide necessary instruc!ion to Owner's designated personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems, at agreed upon times. B. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perfonn instructions for other seasons within six months. C. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. D. Prepare and insert'additional data in Operation and Maintenance' Manual when need for such data becomes apparent during instruction. . 96-016/5-96 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730-3 1.09 SUBMITTALS . A. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start of Work. Architect/Engineer will review draft and return one copy with comments. B. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit documents within ten days after acceptance. C. Submit one copy of completed volumes in final form 15 days prior to final inspection. Copy will be returned after final inspection, with Architect/Engineer comments. Revise content of documents as required prior to final submittal. D. Submit two copies of revised volumes of data in final form within ten days after final inspection. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 01730 . 96-016/5-96 OPERA TION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730-4 . SECTION 01740 . WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparation' and submittal. B. Time and schedule of submittals. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00030, Advertisement for Bids, Section 00100,. Instruction to bidders. B. Section 00700 - General Conditions: Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bonds, Warrarity, and Correction of Work. C. Section 01701 - Contract Closeout: Contract closeout procedures. r5. Section 0 1730 ~ Operation and Maintenance Data. E. Individual Specifications Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work. . 1.03 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Bind in commercial quality, 8-112 x 11 inch three-ring side binders with hardback, cleanable, plastic covers. B. Label cover of each binder with typed or printed title WARRANTIES AND BONDS, with title of Project; name, address and telephone number of Contractor and equipment supplier; and name of responsible 'principal. C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in the sequence of the Table of Contents of the Project ManuaJ, with each item identified with the number and title of the specification Section in which specified,. and the name of the product or work item. D. Separate each warranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of Contents listing. Provide full' iilformation, using separate typed, sheets as necessary. List Subcontractor, _supplier, and manufacturer, with name, address, and telephone number of responsible-principal. . . . E. Provide plastic card holder sleeve and insert business cards from all subcontractors and general contractors' personnel including on-site representative, project manager and owner of company. Insert into manual this "Card File" after table of contents. . 96-0 I 6/5-96 WARRANTIES AND BONDS . 01740-1 1.04 PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within ten days after completion of the applicable item or work. Except for items put into use with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty Until the Date of Substantial Completion is determined. . B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. C. Co-execute submittals when required. D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. 1.05 TIME OF SUBMITTALS A. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's permission, submit documents within ten days after acceptance. B. Make other submittals within ten days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to fmal Application for Payment. C. For items of Work when acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within ten days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. . PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 01740 96-016/5-96 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01740-2 . SECTION 02110 . SITE CLEARING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.0 I RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings' and general provisions of the Contract, including Qeneral and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section iricludes the following: 1. Protection of existing trees indicated to remain. 2. Removal of trees ,and other vegetation. ' 3. Topsoil stripping. 4. Clearing and grubbing. 5. Removing above-grade improvements. 6. Removing below-grade improvements. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITION:S A. Traffic: . Conduct site-c.learing operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other occupied or used facilities without permission from authorities having jurisdiction. . B. Protection of Existing Improvements: Provide protection necessary to prevent damage to existing improvemen!s indicated to remain in place. 1. Protect improvements on adjoining properties and on Owner's property. 2. Resto~e damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to property owners. C. Protection of Existing Trees and Vegetation: Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain in place against unnecessary cutting, breaking or skinning of roots, skinning or bruising of bark, smothering of trees by stockpiling construction materials or excavated materials within drip line, excess foot or vehicular traffic, or parking of vehicles within drip line: ' Provide temporary guards to protect trees and vegetation to be left standing. " 1. Water trees and other vegetation to remain within limits of contract work as required to maintain their health during course of construction operations. 2. Provide protection for roots over 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) in diameter that are cut during construction operations. Coat cut faces with an emulsified asphalt or other acceptable coating formulated .to use on damaged pJant tissues. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out; cover with earth as. soon as possible. . 96-016/5-96 SITE CLEARING 0211 0 - 1 3. Repair or. replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain that are damaged by construction operations in a manner acceptable to Engineer. Employ a licensed arborist to repair damage to trees and shrubs. Replace trees that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, as determined by Landscape Architect. . 4. 1.04 EXISTING SERVICES A. General: Indicated locations are approximate; determine exact locations before commencing Work. B. Arrange and pay for disconnecting, removing, capping, and plugging utility services. Notify affected utility companies in advance and obtain approval before starting this Work. C. Place markers to indicate location of disconnected services. Identify service lines and capping locations on Project Record Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SITE CLEARING A. General: Remove trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation, improvements, or obstructions, as required, to permit installation of new construction. Remove similar items elsewhere on site or premises as specifically indicated. Removal includes digging out and off-site disposal of stumps and roots. . 1. Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful manner where such roots and branches obstruct installation of new construction. B. Topsoil: Topsoil is defined as a firm, fme clayey sand found in a depth of not less than 4 inches (100 mm). Satisfactory topsoil is reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, stones, and other objects over 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter, and without weeds, roots, and other objectionable material. 1. Strip topsoil to whatever depths encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other objectionable material. Remove heavy growths of grass from areas before stripping. a. Where existing trees are indicated to remain, leave existing topsoil in place within drip lines to prevent damage to root system. 2. Stockpile topsoil in storage piles in areas indicated or directed. Construct storage piles to provide free drainage of surface water. Cover storage piles, if required, to prevent wind erosion. C. Clearing and Grubbing: Clear site of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation, except for those indicated to be left standing. 1. Completely remove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding through ground surface. 96-016/5-96 SITE CLEARING 02110 - 2 . . 2. 3. Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees indicated to remain. . Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. a. Place'fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches (150 mm) loose depth, and thorougnl)i compact each layer toa density equal to adjacent original ground. D. Removal of Improvements: Remove existing above-grade and below-grade improvements as indicated and as necessary to facilitate new construction. ' 1. Ab~d.onment or removal of certain underground pipe or conduits may be indicated on mechanical or electrical drawings and is included under work of related Division 15 and 16 Sections. Removing abandoned underground piping or conduits interfering with construction is included under this Section. 3.02 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS A. Burning onOwner's Property: Burning will be' permitted only at designated areas and times directed by Owner.. Provide full-time monitoring for burning materials until fires are extinguished. B. Removal to Owner's Spoil Area: Transport noncombustible waste materials and unsuitable topsoil materials to designated spoil areas on Owner's property an~disposeof as directed. END OF SECTION 02110 . . 96-016/5-96 SITE CLEARING 02110 - 3 . SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUlv1ENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General- and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Preparing and grading sub grades for slabs-on-grade, walks, pavements, and landscaping. 2. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures. 3. Drainage and moisture-control fill course for slabs-on-grade: 4. Subbase cours~ for walks and pavements. 5. Sub~ace drainage backfill for walls and trenches. 6. Excavatingand backfilling trenches within building lines. 7. Excavating and backfilling for undergrouIid mechanical and electrical utilities and . appurtenances. B. Related Sections: . The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section. . 1. Division 2 Section" Site Clearing" for site stripping, grubbing, topsoil removal, and tree protection. 2. Division 2' Section "Foundation Drainage Systems" for footings, underslab, and wall drainage. 3. Division 2 Section "Landscape Work" for finish grading, including placing and preparing topsoil for lawns and planting. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Excavatiori consists of the removal of material encountered to sub grade elevations and the reuse or dj.sposal.of materials removed. B. Subgrade: The uppermost swface of an excavation or the top surface of' a fill or backfill immediately below'subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials. C. Borrow: Soil rriaterialobtained off-site when sufficient approved soil material is not available from excavations. D. Subbase Course: The layer placed between the sub grade and base course in a paving system or the layer placed between the sub grade and surface of a pavement or walk. E. Base Course: . 'the layer placed between the subbase and surface pavement in a - paving system. . 96-016/5-96 EARTHWORK 02200 - 1 F. Drainage Fill: Course of washed granular material supporting slab-on-grade placed to cut off upward capillary flow of pore water. . G. Unauthorized excavation consists of removing materials beyond indicated sub grade elevations or dimensions without direction by the Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remediaJ work directed by the Architect, shall be at the Contractor's expense. H. Structures: Buil~gs, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below ground surface. 1. Utilities include on-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within building lines. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for the following: 1. Each type of plastic warning tape. 2. Filter fabric. C. Samples of the following: 1. 20 Ib (9 kg) samples, sealed in air-tight containers, of each proposed fill and backfill soil material from on-site or borrow sources. 12 x 12 inch (300 x 300 mm) sample of filter fabric. . 2. D. Photographs of existing adjacent structures and site improvements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Perform earthwork complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Testing and Inspection Service: Owner will employ a qualified independent geotechnical engineering testing agency to classify proposed on-site and borrow soils to verify that soils comply with specified requirements and to perform required field and laboratory testing. C. Pre installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." 1. Before commencing earthwork, meet with representatives of the governing authorities, Owner, Engineer, consultants, Geotechnical Engineer, independent testing agency, and other concerned entities.' Review earthwork procedures and responsibilities including testing and inspection procedures and requirements. Notify participants at least 3 working days prior to convening conference. Record discussions and agreements and furnish a copy to each participant. 96-016/5-96 EARTHWORK 02200 - 2 . .,.: . 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by the Owner or others except when permitted in writing by the Engineer and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. - I. Provide a minimum 72-hours' notice to the Engineer and receive written notice to proceed before iriterrupting any utility. B. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated to be removed. Coordinate with utility companies to shutoff services if lines are active. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SOIL MATERIALS A. General: - Provide approved borrow soil materials from off-site when sufficient approved soil materials are not available from excavations. B. Satisfactory Soil ~aterials: ASTMD 2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM; free ofrock or gravel larger than 2 inch<;:s (50 mm) in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation and other deleterious matter. C. Unsatisfactory Soil Materials: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL,OH, and PI. D. Backfill and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials. . E. Subbase and Base Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand, ASTM D 2940, with at least 95 percent passing a 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) sieve and'not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 (75 micrometer) sieve. F. Engineered Fill: Subbase or base materials. G. Bedding Material: Subbase or base materials with 100 percent passing a 1 inch (25 mm) sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 (75 micrometer) sieve. H. Drainage Fill: Washed, evenly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, ASTM D 448, coarse aggregate grading size 57, with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2 inch (38 mm)sieve and not more than 5 percent passing a No.8 (2.36 mm) sieve. 1. Filtering Matenal: Evezilygradedmixture of natural or crushed gravel or crushed stone and natural sand, with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) sieve andQto 5 percent passing a No. 50 (300 micrometer) sieve. 1. Impervious'Fill: Clayey gravel and sand mixture capable of compacting to a dense state. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Detectable ,,warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches (150 mm) wide and . 96-016/5-96 EARTHWORK 02200 - 3 4 mils (0.1 mm) thick minimum, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches (750 mm) deep. . 1. Tape Colors: Provide tape colors to utilities as follows: a. Red: Electric. b. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials. c. Orange: Telephone and other communications. d. Blue: Water systems. e. Green: Sewer systems. B. Filter Fabric: Manufacturer's standard nonwoven peIVlOUS geotextile fabric of polypropylene, nylon or polyester fibers, or a combination. 1. Provide filter fabrics that meet or exceed the listed minimum physical properties determined according to ASTM D 4759 and the referenced standard test method in parentheses: a. Grab Tensile Strength (ASTM D 4632): 100 Ib (45 kg). b. Apparent Opening Size (ASTM D 4751): #100 U.S. Standard (150 micrometer) sieve. c. Permeability (ASTM D 4491): 150 gallons per minute per sq. ft. (102 Lis per sq. m). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. . B. Protect sub grades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost. Provide protective insulating materials as necessary. C. Provide erosion control measures to prevent erosion or .displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff in accordance with the latest edition of the "Manual for Erosion and Sediment Control in Georgia," and airborne dust to adj acent properties and walkways. D. Tree protection is specified in the Division 2 Section "Site Clearing." 3.02 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared sub grades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. B. Protect sub grades and foundation soils from softening and damage by rain or water accumulation. 3.03 EXCAVATION A. Explosives: Obtain written permission from authorities having jurisdiction before bringing explosives to the site or using explosives on the site: 96-016/5-96 EARTHWORK 02200 - 4 . . ,~... . I . :..! 1. Do not damage adjacent structures, property, or site improvements or weaken the bearing capacity of rock sub grade when using explosives. B. Classified Excavation: Excavation is classified and includes excavation to required sub grade elevations. Excavation will be classified as earth excavation or-rock excavation as follows: . 1. E?rth e~cavation includes excavation of pavements and other obstructions visible . on surface; - underground structures, utilities, and other items indicated to be demolished and removed; together with soil and other materials encountered that are not classified as rock or unauthorized excavation. a. Intermittent drilling, blasting, or ripping to increase production and not necessary to permit excavation of material encountered will be classified as earth excavation. Rock excavation includes removal and disposal of rock material and obstructions encountered that cannot be removed by the following heavy-duty rock excavating equipment without systematic drilling, blasting, or ripping. a. -. Rock material includes boulders 1/2 cu. yd. (0.38 cu. m) or more in -, volume and rock in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits. Rock excavating equipment for footings, trenches, and pits shall be equivalent to Caterpillar Model No. 215D LC track-mounted hydraulic excavator, equipped with a 42 inch (1050 mm) wide short-tip radius rock bucket, rated at not less than 120 hp (89 kW) flywheel power with bucket-curling force of not less than 25,000 Ib .(Ul kN)andstick-crowd force of not less than 18,700 Ib (83 kN), measured according to SAE Standard J1179. Rock"excavating equipment for open excavations shall be equivalent to Caterpillar Model No. 973, heavy-duty, track-mounted loader, rated at not less than 210 hp (157 kW) flywheel power and developing minimum of 45,000 Ib (200 kN) breakout force, measured according to SAE Standard J732c~69.' - a. Excavations more than 10 feet (3 m) in width and pits more than 30 feet . (9 m).in either length or width are defmed as open excavations. Rock excavation will be paid by unit prices included in the Contract Documents. Do not excavate' rock until it has been classified and cross-sectioned by Engineer. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. _ 3.04 STABILITY OF EXCAVATIONS A. Comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction to maintain stable excavations. 3.05 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES A. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1.2 inches (30 mm). -Extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing concrete form~ork, installing services and other construction, and for inspections. 1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Donot disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to fimu grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to .leave solidbase to receive other work. 3.06 EXCAVATION FOR WALK SAND PAVEMENTS . A. Excavate surfaces uiider walks and pavements to indicated cross se.ctions, elevations, and grades. . . 96-016/5-96 EARTHWORK 02200 - 5 3.07 EXCA VA TION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES . A. Excavate trenches to indicated slopes, lines, depths, and invert elevations. B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide a working clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches (300 mm) higher than top of pipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Clearance: 12 inches (300 mm) each side of pipe or conduit. 2. Clearance: As indicated C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit. Shape sub grade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove stones and sharp objects to avoid point loading. 1. For pipes or conduit less than 6 inches (150 mm) in nominal diameter and flat- bottomed, multiple-duct conduit units, hand-excavate trench bottoms and support pipe and conduit on an undisturbed sub grade. 2. For pipes and conduit 6 inches (150 mm) or larger in nominal diameter, shape bottom of trench to support bottom 90 degrees of pipe circumference. Fill depressions with tamped sand backfill. 3. Where encountering rock or another unyielding bearing surface, carry trench excavation 6 inches (150 mm) below invert elevation to receive bedding course. 3.08 APPROVAL OF SUBGRADE A. Notify Geotechnical Engineer when excavations have reached required sub grade. . B. When Geotechnical Engineer determines that unforeseen unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. 1. Unforeseen additional excavation and replacement material will be paid according to the Contract provisions for changes in Work. C. Reconstruct sub grades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. 3.09 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending indicated bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering required top elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used to bring elevations to proper position when acceptable to' the Geotechnical Engineer. 1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. B. Where indicated widths of utility trenches are exceeded, provide stronger pipe, or special installation procedures, as required by the Engineer. 96-016/5-96 EARTHWORK 02200 - 6 . . 3.10 . STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A. Stockpile excavated materials - acceptable for backfill and fill soil materials, including acceptable borrow materials. Stockpile soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent wind-blown dust. 1. Stockpile soil materials away from edgeof excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. . 3.11 BACKFILL A. Backfill excavations promptly, but not before completing the following: . . 1.- A~ceptan~e _ of construction below fmish . grade inciuding, where applicable, dampproofmg, waterproofmg, and perimeter insulation. . ,2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for record documents. 3. Testing, inspecting, and approval of underground utilities. 4. Concrete formwork removal. 5. Removal of trash and debris from excavation. 6. Removal oftemporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting. 7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls. . 3.12 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL A. Place and compact bedding course_ on rock and other unyielding bearing surfaces and to fill unauthorized excavations. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. . B. Concrete backfill trenches that carry below or pass under footings and that are excavated within 18 inches (450 mm) Qffootings. Place concrete to level of bottom of footings. C. Provide 4 inch (1 OOmm) thick concrete base slab support for piping or conduit less than 30 inches (750 mm). below surface of. roadways. After installation and testing, completely encase piping or conduit in a miillmum of 4 inches (100 nun) of concrete before backfilling or placing roadway subbase. D. Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil material or subbase material, free of particles larger than I inch (25 nun), to a height of 12 inches (300 mm) over the utility pipe or conduit. 1. C,arefully.compact material under pipe haunches and bring backfill evenly up on both sides and along the full length of utility piping or' conduit to avoid damage or displacement 'of utilitY. system. . E. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing. F. Fill voids with approved backfill materials as shoring,arid bracing, and sheeting is removed. G. Place and compact fin~.backfill of satisfactory soil material to final sub grade. . 96-016/5-96 EARTHWORK 02200 - 7 H. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches (300 mm) below finished grade, except 6 inches (150 mm) below sub grade under pavements and slabs. . 3.13 SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE BACKFILL A. Subsurface Drain: Place a layer of filter fabric around perimeter of drainage trench or at footing, as indicated. Place a 6 inch (150 mm) compacted course of filtering material on filter fabric to support drainage pipe. After installing and testing, encase drainage pipe in a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) of compacted filtering material and wrap in filter fabric, overlapping edges at least 6 inches (150 mm). B. Drainage Backfill: Place and compact drainage backfill of filtering material over subsurface drain, in width indicated, to within 12 inches (300 mm) of final subgrade. Overlay drainage backfill with one layer of filter fabric, overlapping edges at least 6 inches (150 mm). C. Impervious Fill: Place and compact impervious fill material over drainage backfill to [mal sub grade. 3.14 FILL A. Preparation: Remove vegetation, topsoil, debris, wet, and unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placing fills. 1. Plow strip, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing surface. B. When sub grade or existing ground surface to receive fill has a density less than that required for fill, break up ground surface to depth required, pulverize, moisture-condition or aerate soil and recompact to required density. . C. Place fill material in layers to required elevations for each location listed below. 1. Under grass, use satisfactory excavated or borrow soil material. 2. Under walks and pavements, use subbase or base material, or satisfactory excavated or borrow soil material. 3. Under steps and ramps, use subbase material. 4. Under building slabs, use drainage fill material. 5. Under footings and foundations, use engineered fill. 3.15 MOISTURE CONTROL A. Uniformly moisten or aerate sub grade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before compaction to within 3 percent of optimum moisture content. I. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air-dry satisfactory soil material that is too wet to compact to specified density. a. ~tockpile or spread and dry removed wet satisfactory soil material. 96-016/5-96 EARTHWORK 02200 - 8 . . 3.16 COMPACTION A Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches (200 mm) in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches (100 mm) in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. B. Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations. Place backfill and fill uniformly along the full length of each structure. C. Percentage of Maximum Dry Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the following percentages ofIIiaximum dry density according to ASTM D 698: I. Under structures; building slabs, steps, and pavements, methodically compact the top 12 inches (300 mm) below sub grade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 "percent maximum dry density using heavy compaction equipment; the upper 12" to 98 percent maximum dry density. 2. Under walkways, compact the top 6 inches (150 mm) below sub grade and each cayer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent maximum dry density. - 3.17 GRADING A General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. 1. 2. Provide a smooth transition betWeen existing adjacent grades and new grades. Cut out soft'spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to conform to required surface tolerances. . . B. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. . Finish sub grades to required elevations within the following tolerances: I. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1.2 inches (30 mm). 2. Walks: Plus or minus 1.2 inches (30 mm). 3. Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2 inch (13 mm). C. Grading Inside Building Lines: Finish sub grade to a tolerance of 1/2 inch (13 mm) when tested with a 10 foot (3 m) straightedge. 3.18 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES A Under pavements and walks, place subbase course material on prepared subgrades. Place base course material over subbases to pavements, as indicated on typical sections. 1. - Compact subbase and base courses at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections and thickness to not less thim 95 percent of ASTM D 4254 relative' density. , 2. Shape subbase and base to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades. 3. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course is 6 inches (150 mm) or less, place materiaIs u{ a single layer. . . - 96cO 16/5-96 EARTHWORK 02200 - 9 4. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches (150 mm), place materials in equal layers, with no layer more than 6 inches (150 mm) thick or less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick when compacted. . B. Pavement Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase and base course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders at least 5.0 feet (1.5m) wide of acceptable soil materials and compact simultaneously with each subbase and base layer. 3.19 FIELD QUALITY cONTR?L A. Testing Agency Services: Allow testing agency to inspect and test each sub grade and each fill or backfill layer. Do not proceed until test results for previously completed work verify compliance with requirements. 1. Perform field in-place density tests according to ASTM D 1556 (sand cone method), ASTMD 2167 (rubber balloon method), or ASTM D 2937 (drive cylinder method), as applicable. a. Field in-place density tests may also be performed by the nuclear method according to ASTM D 2922, provided that calibration curves are periodically checked and adjusted to correlate to tests performed using ASTM D 1556. With each density calibration check, check the calibration curves furnished with the moisture gages according to ASTM D 3017. b. When field in-place density tests are performed using nuclear methods, make calibration checks of both density and moisture gages at beginning of work, on each different type of material encountered, and at intervals as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. Footing Sub grade: At footing sub grades, perform at least one test of each soil stratum to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing sub grades may be based on a visual comparison of each subgrade with related tested strata when acceptable to the Geotechnical Engineer. Paved and Building Slab Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, perform at least one field in-place density test for every 2000 sq. ft. (186 sq. m) or less of paved area or building slab, but in no case fewer than three tests. Foundation Wall Backfill: In each compacted backfill layer, perform at least one field in-place density test for each 100 feet (30 m) or less of wall length, but no fewer than two tests along a wall face. Trench Backfill: In each compacted initial and fmal backfill layer, perform at least one field in-place density test for each 150 feet (45 m) or less of trench, but no fewer than two tests. . 2. 3. 4. 5. B. When testing agency reports that sub grades, fills, or backfills are below specified density, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to the depth required, recompact and retest until required density is obtained. 3.20 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. 96-016/5-96 EARTHWORK 02200 - 10 . . B. Repair and re-establish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. 1. ScarifY or remove and replace material to depth directed by the Architect; reshape and recompaci at optimum moisture content to th~ required d.ensity. C. Settling: Where settling occurs during the Project correction period, remove fmished surfacing, backfill with additional approved material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible. 3.21 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Disposal: Transport surplus satisfactory soil to designated storage areas on the Owner's property. Stockpile or spread soil as directed by Engineer. 1. Remove waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, . and debris, and legally dispose of it on the Owner's property in areas designated by Engineer. . END OF SECTION 02200 . . 96-016/5-96 EARTHWORK 02200 - 11 SECTION 02281 . TERMITE CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL - 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Soil treatment below slabs-on-grade for subterranean insects;' B. Soil treatment at interior and exterior foundation perimeter, for subterranean insects. 1.02 REFERENCES A. EPA - Federallnsecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act. . 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company'specializing in soil treatment for termite control with five years documented experience _and shall be a state licensed pest control operator. B. Materials: Provide certification that toxicants conform to requirements. of authority having jurisdiction. C. Material Packaging: Manufacturer's labels and seals identifying content. . 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Federal, State and Local requirements for application licensing and authority to use toxicant chemicals. 1.05 PRODUCT DATA A. Submit product data indicating toxicants to be used, composition by percentage, dilution schedule, intended application rate, and manufacturersinst(lllation instructions. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty for material and installation. B. Warranty: Cover against invasion or propagation of subterranean termites, damage to building or build.ing~contents cau.sed by termites; repairs to building. or building contents so caused. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Chemical shall be applied in a water solution. . 96-016/5-96 TERMITE CONTROL 02281-1 B. Acceptable Products: Toxicants shall be registered by the Environmental Protection Agency for their intended use and shall be accepted by the U.S. Department of Agriculture for use in controlling termite infestation of buildings, without being injurious to plant life. . C. Mixtures of chemicals are prohibited, except as premixed from manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify the soil surfaces are unfrozen, sufficiently dry to absorb toxicant, ready to receive treatment. B. Beginning of application means acceptance of soil conditions. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Apply toxicant under concrete slabs and along both sides of foundation walls in accordance with label instructions and EP A requirements for subterranean or surface treatment. B. Apply subterranean treatments by means of injection or trenching. C. Perform no treatment when soil is wet or after rains. Avoid flow of toxicant from treated surfaces. D. Coordinate soil treatment at foundation perimeter with fInish grading and landscaping work to avoid disturbance of treated soil. Retreat disturbed treated soil. . 3.03 RETREATMENT A. If inspection identifies the presence of termites, retreat soil and retest. B. Use same toxicant as for original treatment. END OF SECTION 02281 96-016/5-96 TERMITE CONTROL 02281-2 . . PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 02480 LANDSCAPE WORK 1.0 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS. A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division.l Specification sections, apply to the work specified in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK_ A. Extent of landscape development 'work is shown on drawings and in schedules. B. Subgrade Elevations: Excavation, filling and grading required to establish elevations shown on drawings are not specified in this section. Refer to earthwork sections. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE. A. Subcontract landscape work to a single firm specializing in landscape work. . '1. B. Source Quality Control . 96-016/5-96 2. General: Ship landscape materials with certificates of inspection required by governing authorities. Comply with regulations applicable to landscape materials. Do not make' substitutions: If specified landscape material is not obtainable, submit to Architect proof of non-availability and proposal for use of equivalent material. When authorized, adjustment of contract amount will be made. Analysis and ~tandards: Package standard products with manufacturer's certified analysis. For other materials, provide analysis by recognized laboratory made in accordance with methods established by the Association of Official Agriculture Chemists, wherever applicable. Trees and Shrubs: Provide trees and shrubs grown in a recognized nursery in . accordance with good horticultural practice. Provide healthy, vigorous stock free . of-disease, insects, eggs, larvae, and defects such as knots, sun-scald, injuries, abraSions, ,ar, disqgirrement. a. Sizes: Provide trees and shrubs of sizes - shown or specified. Trees and - shrubs of larger size may be used if acceptable to Ar<;hitect, and if sizes of roots or balls are increased proportionately. Inspection: Architect reserves the right to inspect trees and shrubs either at place of growth or at ;site before planting, for compliance with requirements for name, variety,- size and. quality. 3. 4. 5. LANDSCAPE WORK 02480 - 1 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Certification: Submit certificates of inspection as Required by governmental authorities, and manufacturer's or vendors certified analysis for soil amendments and fertilizer materials. Submit other data substantiating that materials comply with specified requirements. . 1. Submit seed vendor's certified statement for each grass seed mixture required, stating botanical and common name, percentage by weight, and percentages of purity, germination, and weed seed for each grass seed species. B. Planting Schedule: Submit planting schedule showing scheduled dates for each type of planting in each area of site. C. Maintenance Instructions: Submit typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance of landscape work for one full year. Submit prior to expiration of required maintenance period(s). 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery, and while stored at site. B. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within 24 hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking of rolled strips. c. Trees and Shrubs: Provide freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. . D. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist. E. Do not remove container grown stock from containers until planting time. F. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Proceed with complete landscape work as rapidly as portions of site become available, working within seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work required. B. Utilities: Determine location of underground utilities and perform work in a manner which will avoid possible damage. Hand excavate, as required. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by parties concerned. C. Excavation: When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions, or obstructions, notify Architect before planting. 96-016/5-96 LANDSCAPE WORK .02480 - 2 . . D. Planting Time: Plant or install materials during normal planting seasons for each type of landscape work required. Correlate planting with specified maintenance periods to provide maintenance from date of substantial completion. E. Coordination with Lawns: Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to planting of lawns,. unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. If planting of trees and shrubs occurs after lawn work, protect lawn areas and promptly repair damage to lawns resulting from planting operations. 1.07 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY A. Warranty lawns through specified maintenance period, and until final acceptance. B. Warranty trees and shrubs, for a period of one year after date of substantial completion, against defects including death and unsati~factory growth, except for defects resulting from neglect by Owner, abuse or damage by others, or unusual phenomena or incidents which are beyond LandscapeIn~taller's control. C. Remove and replace trees, shrubs, or other plants found to - be dead or in unhealthy condition during warranty period. Make replacements during growth season following end of warranty period. Replace trees and shrubs which are in doubtful condition at end of warranty period; unless, in the opinion of the Architect, it is advisable to extend warranty period for a full growing season. 1. - Another inspection will be conducted at end of extended warranty period, if any, to determine acceptance or rejection. Only one replacement will be required at - . end of warranty period, except for losses or replacements due to failure to comply with specified requirements. .- PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil has (or will be) stockpiled for re-use in landscape work. If quantity of stockpiled topsoil in insufficient, provide additional topsoil as required to complete landscape work. B. Provide new topsoil which is fertile, friable, natural loam, surface soil, reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps,br:ush, 'Yeeds and other litter, .and free of roots, stumps, stones larger than 2" in any dimension, and other extraneous or toxic matter harmful to plant growth. 1. Obtain topsoil from .Iocal sources or from areas having similar soil characteristics to that found at project site. Obtain topsoil only from naturally, well-drained ~ites where topsoil occurs in a depth of not less than 4"; do not obtain from bogs or marshes. - 2.02 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. . Lime: NaturarIimestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonates, ground so that not less than 90% passes a 10-mesh sieve and not less than 50% passes a.100-mesh sieve. . - B. Peat Humus: FS Q-P-166and'with texture and ph range suitable for intended use. o . 96-016/5-96 LANDSCAPE WORK 02480 - 3 c. Bonemeal: Commercial, raw, finely ground; 4% nitrogen and 20% phosphoric acid. D. Superphosphate: Soluble mixture of treated minerals; 20% available phosphoric acid. . E. Commercial Fertilizer: Complete fertilizer of neutral character, with some elements derived from organic sources and containing following percentages of available plant nutrients: 1. For trees and shrubs, provide fertilizer with not less than 10% available phosphoric acid and from 3% to 5% total nitrogen and from 3% to 5% soluble potash. 2. For lawns, provide fertilizer with not less than 4% phosphoric acid and not less than 2% potassium, and percentage of nitrogen required to provide not less than 1 lb. of actual nitrogen per 1000 sq. ft. of lawn area. Provide nitrogen in a form that will be available to lawn during initial period of growth. 2.03 PLANT MATERIALS A. Quality: Provide trees, shrubs and other plants, complying with recommendations and requirements of ANSI Z60.1 "Standard for Nursery Stock" and as specified. B. Deciduous Trees: Provide trees of height and caliper listed or shown and with branching configuration recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for type and species required. Provide single stem trees except where special forms are shown or listed. 1. 2. Provide balled and burlapped (B&B) deciduous trees. Container grown deciduous trees will be acceptable in lieu of balled and burlapped deciduous trees subject to specified limitations of ANSI Z60.1 for container stock. . C. Deciduous Shrubs: Provide shrubs of the height shown or listed and with not less than minimum number of canes required by ANSI Z60.1 for type and height of shrub required. 1. Provide balled and burlapped (B&B) deciduous shrubs. 2. Container grown deciduous shrubs will be acceptable in lieu of balled and burlapped'deciduous shrubs subject to specified limitations for container grown stock. D. Coniferous and Broad-leafed Evergreens: Provide evergreens of sizes shown or listed. Dimensions indicate minimum spread for spreading and semi-spreading type evergreens and height for other types, such as globe, dwarf, cone, pyramidal, broad up-right, and columnar. Provide normal quality evergreens with well-balanced form complying with requirements for other size relationships to the primary dimension shown. 1. Provide balled and burlapped (B&B) evergreens. 2. Container grown evergreens will be acceptable subject to specified limitations for container grown stock. 2.04 GRASS MATERIALS \) A. Grass Seed: Provide fresh, clean, new-crop seed complying with tolerance for purity and germination established by Official Seed Analysts of North America. Provide seed of . 96-016/5-96 LANDSCAPE WORK 02480 - 4 j =.~ '. . ,. .. . grass species, proportions and minimum percentages of purity, germination, and maximum percentage of weed seed, as specified. 1. Schedule of Grass Seed Requirements is scheduled on the drawings. B. Sod: Provide strongly rooted sod, not less than 2 years old and free of weeds and undesirable native 'grasses. Provide only sod capable of growth and development when planted (viable, not dormant). Provide sod composed principally of the following: 1. Kentucky Bluegrass (Po a prantensis). 2.05 GROUND. COVER . A. Provid~ plants established and well-rooted in' removable containers or integral peat pots and with not less than minimum number and length of runners required by ANSI 260.1 for the. pot size shown or listed. 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS LANDSCAPE MATERIALS A. Steel Edging: Commercial edging of size shown on drawings fabricated in sections with loops pressed from or welded to face of sections to receive stakes. Provide tapered steel stakes 16" long. Finish edging sections and stakes with manufacturer's standard green- black paint. B. Anti-Erosion Mulch: Provide clean, seed-free salt hay or threshed straw of wheat, rye, oats or barley. . C. Planting Mulch: ,Shredded bark mulch. D. Plastic Sheet: Black, weather-resistant polyethylene sheeting complying with FS L-P-512, Type III, 0.008" (8-mils) thick. E. Wrapping: Tree-wrap tape not less than 4" wide, designed to prevent bore damage during winter freezing. F. Stakes and Guys: Provide stakes and deadmen of sound, new hardwood, treated softwood, or_redwood,"free of knot holes and other defects. Provide wire ties and guys of 2-strand, twisted, pliable galvanized iron wire not lighter than 12 ga. with zinc-coated' turnbuckles. Provide not less than 1/2" hose, cut to required lengths to protect tree trunks from damage by wires. 2.07 PREPARATION OF PLANTING SOIL A. . Before mixing, clean topsoil of roots, plants, sods, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful or toxic to plant growth. B. Mix specified soil amendments and fertilizers with topsoil at rates specified. Delay mixing of fertilizer if planting will not follow placing of planting soil within a few days. "Schedule of Planting Soil Mixture Requirements" is scheduled on the drawings. C. For pit and trench type backfill, mix planting soil prior to backfilling, and stockpile at site. . 96-016/5-96 LANDSCAPE WORK 02480 - 5 D. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION For planting beds, mix planting soil either prior to planting or apply on surface of topsoil and mix thoroughly before planting. . 1. Mix lime with dry soil prior to mixing of fertilizer. 2. Prevent lime from contacting roots of acid-loving plants. 3. Apply phosphoric acid fertilizer (other than that constituting a portion of complete fertilizers) directly to subgrade before applying planting soil and tilling. A. Preparation for Planting Lawns: B. Planters: 96-016/5-96 1. Loosen subgrade of lawn areas to a minimum depth of 4". Remove stones over 1-1/2" in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish and other extraneous matter. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. a. Spread planting soil mixture to minimum depth of 2 inches required to r:neet lines, grades and elevations shown, after light rolling and natural settlement. b. Place approximately 1/2 of total amount of planting soil required. Work into top of loosened subgrade to create a transition layer and then place remainder of planting soil. c. Allow for sod thickness in areas to be sodded. Grade lawn areas to smooth, even surface with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake and remove ridges and fill depressions, as required to meet finish grades. Limit fme grading to areas which can be planted immediately after grading. ' Moisten prepared lawn areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. Restore lawn areas to specified condition if eroded or otherwise disturbed after fine grading and prior to planting. Preparation of Unchanged Grades: Where lawns are to be planted in areas that have not been altered or disturbed by excavating, grading, or stripping operations, prepare soil for lawn planting as follows: Till to a depth of not less than 6"; apply soil amendments and initial fertilizers as specified; remove high areas and fill in depressions; till soil to a homogenous mixture of fine texture, free of lumps, clods, stones, roots and other extraneous matter. a. Prior to preparation of unchanged areas, remove existing grass, vegetation and turf. Dispose of such material outside of Owner's property; do not turn into soil being prepared for lawns. . 2. 3. 4. 5. I. Place not less than 4" layer of gravel in bottom of planters and fill with planting soil mixture. Place soil in lightly compacted layers to an elevation 1-1/2" below top of planter allowing for natural settlement. . LANDSCAPE WORK 02480 - 6 C. . 3.02 PLANTING Excavation for Trees and Shrubs: '. ..'; 1. Excavate pits, beds and trenches with vertical s}des and with bottom of excavation slightly raised at center to provide proper drainage. Loosen hard subsoil in bottom of excavation. a. For balled arid burlapped (B&B trees and shrubs), make excavations at least half again as wide as the ball diameter and equal to the ball depth, plus following allowance for setting of ball on a layer of compacted backfi 11: b. Allow for 3" setting layer of planting soil mixture. c. For container grown stock, excavate as specified for balled 14 and burlappe,d stock, adjusted to size of container width and depth. 2. Dispose of subsoil removed from landscape excavations. Do not mix with planting' soil or use. as backfill. 3. Fillexcayationsfor trees and shrubs with water and allow to percolate out before planting. A. Planting Trees and Shrubs: . . 96-016/5-96 1. Set balled and burlapped (B&B) stock on layer of compacted planting soil mixture, plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of ball at same elevation as adjacent [mished landscape grades. Remove burlap from sides of balls; retain on bottoms. When set, place additional backfill around base and sides of ball, and work each layer to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air. pockets. When excavation is approximately 2/3 full, water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more is absorbed. Water again after placing final layer of backfill. . Set .container grown stock as specified for balled andburlapped stock, except cut cans on 2 sides with an approved can cutter; remove bottoms of wooden boxes after partial backfilling so as not to damage roots balls. Dish top of backfill to allow for mulching. , Mulch pits, trenches and planted areas. Provide not less than following thickness ; of mulch and work. into top of backfill and finish. level with adjacent finish grades. a. 'Provide 3" thickness of mulch. Prune,. tgin. out and shape trees and shrubs in accordance with standard horticlIlturalpractice. Prune trees to retain required height and spread. Unless otherwise directed by Architect, do not cut tree leaders, and remove only injured or dead ,branches, from flowering trees, if any. Prune shrubs to retain natural . character: and accomplish their use in the . landscape design. Remove and replace excessively pruned or misformed. stock resulting from improper pruning. . Wrap tre~ trunksof2" caliper and larger. Start at ground and cover trunk to height ,of ,first' branches and securely attach. Inspect tree trunks for injury, improper pruning and insect infestation and take corrective measures before wrapping. .. Guy and stake trees immediately after planting, as indicated. 2. ... .:>. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. LANDSCAPE WORK 02480 - 7 B. . Seeding New Lawns: . 1. Do not u~e wet seed or seed which is moldy or otherwise damaged in transit or storage. Sow seed using a spreader or seeding machine. Do not seed when wind velocity exceeds 5 mi. per hr. Distribute seed evenly over entire area by sowing equal quantity in 2 directions at right angles to each other. Sow n.ot less than the quantity of seed specified or scheduled. Rake seed lightly into top lI8" of soil, roll 'lightly, and water with a fine spray. Protect seeded slopes against erosion with erosion netting or other methods acceptable to the Architect. Protect seeded areas against erosion by spreading specified lawn mulch after completion of seeding operations. Spread uniformly to form a continuous blanket not less than 1-1/2" loose measurement over seeded areas. a. Anchor mulch by spraying with asphalt emulsion at the rate of 10 to 13 gallons per 1000 sq. ft. Take precautions to prevent damage or staining of construction or other plantings adjacent to mulched areas. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. C. Sodding New Lawns: 1. Lay sod within 24 hours from time of stripping. Do not plant dormant sod if ground is. frozen. Lay sod to form a solid mass with tightly fitted joints. Butt ends and sides of sod strips; do not overlap. Stagger strips to offset joints in adjacent courses. Work from boards to avoid damage to subgrade or sod. Tamp or roll lightly to ensure contact with subgrade. Work sifted. soil into minor cracks between pieces of sod; remove excess to avoid smothering of adjacent grass. a. Anchor sod on slopes with wood pegs to prevent slippage. Water sod thoroughly with a fine spray immediately after planting. . 2. 3. D. Reconditioning Existing Lawns: - 96-016/5-96 1. Reconditioning existing lawn areas damaged by Contractor's operations including storage of materials and equipment and movement of vehicles. Also recondition existing lawn areas where minor regrading is required. 2. Provide fertilizer, seed or sod and soil amendments as specified for new lawns and as required to provide a satisfactorily reconditioned lawn. Provide new topsoil as required to fill low spots and meet new finish grades. 3. Cultivate bare and compacted areas thoroughly to provide a satisfactory planting bed. 4. Remove diseased and unsatisfactory lawn areas; do not bury into soil. Remove topsoil containing foreign materials resulting from Contractor's operations including oil drippings, stone, gravel and other loose building materials. 5. Where substantial lawn remains (but is thin), mow, rake, aerate if compacted, fill low spots, remove humps and cultivate soil, fertilize, and seed. Remove weeds before seeding or if extensive, apply selective chemical weed killers as required. Apply a seedbed mulch, if required, to maintain moist condition. 6. Water ne~ly planted areas and keep moist until new grass is established. . LANDSCAPE WORK 02480 - 8 .~< E. Planting Ground Cover: . 1. Space plants as shown or scheduled. 2. Dig holes large enough to allow for spreading of roots and backfill with planting soil. Work soil around roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer indentation around plants to hold water. Water thoroughly after planting, taking care not to cover crowns of plants with wet soils. _ 3. Mulch areas between ground cover plants; place not less than 3" thick. F. Miscellaneous Landscape Work: 1. Install wood headers and edgings where shown. Anchor with wood stakes spaced not more than 3' o.c., and drive at least 1" below top elevation of header or edging.. Use.2 galvanized nails per stake to fasten headers and edging, and clinch point of each nail. 2. Install steel edging where shown. Anchor with wood stakes spaced not more than 3' o.c., and driven at least 1" below top elevation of edging. 3. Place mulch beds where shown. Compact soil subgrades before placing mulch. a. Place 8-mil carbonated polyethylene plastic film over compacted '. subgrade prior to placing mulch. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A. Begin maintenance immediately after planting. B. Maintain trees, shrubs and other plants until final acceptance but in no case less than 60 days after substantial completion of planting. . C. Maintain trees, shrubs and other plants by pruning, cultivating and weeding as required for healthy growth. Restore planting saucers. Tighten and repair stake and guy supports and reset trees and shrubs to proper grades or vertical position as required. Restore or replace damaged wrappings.. Spray as required to keep trees. and. shrubs free of insects and disease. D. Maintain lawn.s no(less than the period stated below, and longer as required to establish an acceptable lawn. 1. Seeded lawns, not less than 60 days after substantial completion. 2. Sodded' HiwrlS; not less than 30 days after substantial completion. E. Maintain lawns by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, and other operations such as rolling; regrading and replanting as required to establish a smooth, acceptable lawn, free of erodedot ~are areas. 3.04 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. During' landscape work, "keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition. B. Protect landscape work. and materials from damage due to landscape operations, operations. by other contractors and trades and trespassers. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair or replace damaged landscape work as directed. . 96-016/5-96 LANDSCAPE WORK 02480 - 9 3.05 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. When landscape work is completed, including maintenance, Architect will, upon request, make an inspection to determine acceptability. . B. Where inspected landscape work does not comply with requirements, replace rejected work and continue specified maintenance until reinspected by Architect and found to be acceptable. Remove rejected plants and materials promptly from project site. END OF SECTION 02480 . . 96-016/5-96 LANDSCAPE WORK 02480 - 10 SECTION 02511 . HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Spe,cification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A.. This Section includes provisions for hot-mixed asphalt paving over prepared subbase. B. Prepared subbase is specified in another Division 2 section. C. Proof rolling of prepared subbase is included in this Section. 1.03 . SUBMITTAL.S A. Gene~:' Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. . B. Material Certificates signed by material producer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with or exceeds specified requirements. 1.04 SITE CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Apply prime and tack coats when ambient temperature is above 50 deg F (10 deg C) and when temperature has not been below 35 deg F (2 deg C) for 12 hours immediately prior to application. Do not apply when base is wet or contains an excess of moisture. B. Construct hot-mixed asphalt surface course when atmospheric temperature is above 40 deg F (4 deg C) and when base is dry. Base course may be placed when air temperature is above 30 deg F (- I cleg C) and rising. C. Grade Control: Establish and maintain required lines and elevations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Use locally available materials and gradations that exhibit a satisfactory record of previous installations. . B. Coarse Aggregate: Sound, angular crushed stone, crushed gravel, or properly cured crushed blast furnace slag, complying with ASTM D 692-88. .. 96-016/5-96 , HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 02511 - 1 C. Fine Aggregate: Sharp-edged natural sand or sand prepared from stone, properly cured blast furnace slag,. gravel, or combinations thereof, complying with ASTM D 1073. . D. Asphalt Cement: ASTM D 3381 for viscosity-graded material; ASTM D 946 for penen:ation-graded material. E. Prime Coat: Cut-back asphalt type, ASTM D 2027; MC-30, MC-70 or MC-250. F. Tack Coat: Emulsified asphalt; ASTM D 977. G. Herbicide Treatment: Commercial chemical for weed control, registered by Environmental Protection Agency. Provide granular, liquid, or wettable powder form. I. A vailable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: a. Ciba-Geigy Corp. b. Dow Chemical U.S.A. c. E.1. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Inc. d. FMC Corp. e. Thompson-Hayward Chemical Co. f. U.S. Borax and Chemical Corp. H. Lane Marking Paint: Alkyd-resin type, ready-mixed complying with AASHTO M 248, Type 1. . 1. Color: White. 2. Color: Yellow. 1. Wheel Stops: 2500 psi (17.2 MPa) compressive strength precast, air-entrained concrete, approximately 6 inches (150 mm) high, 9 inches (225 mm) wide, and 84 inches (2130 mm) long. Provide chamfered corners and drainage slots on underside. 2.02 ASPHAL T-AGGREGA TE MIXTURE A. Provide plant-mixed, hot-laid asphalt-aggregate mixture complying with ASTM D 3515 and as recommended by local paving authorities to suit project conditions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. General: Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before applying herbicide treatment or prime coat. B. Proof-roll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and areas requiring additional compaction. 96-016/5-96 HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 02511 - 2 . C. Notify Cpntractor c:funsatisfactory conditions. Do not begin paving work until deficient subbase areas have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. . D. Herbicide Treatment: Apply chemical weed control agent in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommended dosages and application instructions. Apply to compacted, dry subbase prior to application of prime coat. E. Prime Coat: Apply at rate of 0.20 to 0.50 gallons per sq. yd. (0.9 to 2.3 liters per sq. m), over compacted subgrade. Apply material to penetrate and seal, but not flood, surface. Cure and dry as long as necessary to attain penetration and evaporation of volatile. F. Tack Coat: Apply to contact surfaces of previously constructed asphalt or Portland cement concrete and surfaces abutting or projecting into hot-mixed asphalt pavement. Distribute at rate of 0.05 tq 0.15 gallons per sq. yd. (0.2 to 0.7 liters Pier sq. Ip.) of surface. G. Allow to'dry until at proper condition to receive paving. H. "Exercise care in applYing bituminous materials to avoid smearing of adjoining concrete surfaces. Remove and clean damaged surfaces. 3.02 PLACING MIX A. General: Place hot-mixed asphalt mixture on prepared surface, spread, and strike off. Spread mixture at. minimum temperature of 225 deg F (107 deg C). Place areas inaccessible to equipment by hand. Place each course to required grade, cross-section, and 'compacted thickile-ss. . B. Paver Placing: "Place in strips not less than 10 feet- (3 m) wide, unless otherwise acceptable to, Architect. After first strip has been placed and rolled, place succeeding strips and extend rolling to overlap previous strips. Complete base course for a section before placing surface course.' . ., C. Immediately correct surface irregularities in finish course behind paver. Remove excess material. forming high spots with shovel or lute. D. . Joints: Make joints between old and new pavements, or between successive days' work, to ensure continuous bond between adjoining work., .Construct joints to have same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of hot-mixed asphalt course. Clean contact sllIfaces and apply tack coat. 3.03 ROLLING A. General: Begin rolling when mixture will bear roller weight without excessive displacemeilt. B. Compact mixture with hot hand tampers or vibrating plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers. C. Breakdown Rolling: Accomplish breakdown "or initial rolling immediately following rolling of joints and outside edge. . Check surface after breakdown rolling and repair displaced areas by loosening and 'filling, if required, with hot material. . 96-016/5-96 HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 02511 - 3 D. Second Rolling: Follow breakdown rolling as soon as possible, while mixture is hot. Continue second rolling until mixture has been evenly compacted. . E. Finish Rolling: Perform finish rolling wl).ile mixture is still warm enough for removal of roller marks. Continue rolling until roller marks are elimina~ed and course has attained 95 percent laboratpry density. F. Patching: Remove an.d replace paving areas mixed with foreign materials and defective areas. Cut out such areas and fill with fresh, hot hot-mixed asphalt. Compact by rolling to specified surface density 'and smoothness. G. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and hardened. H. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become marked. 3.04 TRAFFIC AND LANE MARKINGS A. Cleaning: Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust. B. Striping: Use chlorinated-rubber base traffic lane-marking paint, factory-mixed, quick- drying, and nonbleeding. C. Do not apply traffic and lane marking paint until layout and placement have been verified with Architect. D. Apply paint with mechanical equipment to produce uniform straight edges. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rates to provide minimum 12 to 15 mils (0.3 to 0.4 mm) dry thickness. . 3.05 WHEEL STOPS A. General: Secure wheel stops to hot-mixed asphalt surface with not less than two 3/4 inch (19 mm) diameter galvanized steel dowels embedded in precast concrete at 1/3 points. Size length of dowel to penetrate at least 1/2 hot-mixed asphalt depth. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Testing in-place hot-mixed asphalt courses for compliance with requirements for thickness and surface smoothness will be done by Owner's testing laboratory. Repair or remove and replace unacceptable paving as directed by Engineer. B. Thickness: In-place compacted thickness tested in accordance with ASTM D 3549 will not be acceptable if exceeding following allowable variations: 1. Base Course: Plus or minus 1/2 inch (13 mm). 2. Surface Course: Plus or minus 1/4 inch (6 mm). C. Surface Smoothness: Test fmished surface of each hot-mixed asphalt course for smoothness, using 10 feet (3 m) straightedge applied parallel with and at right angles to 96-016/5-96 HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 02511 - 4 . . " .-4;", ,'-.' ,. .: -' t~'l.t. . centerline of paved area. Surfaces will not be acceptable if exceeding the following tolerances for smoothness: 1. Base Course Surface: 1/4 inch (6 mm). 2. Wearing Course Surface: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 3. Crowned Surfaces: Test with crowned template centered and 'at right angle to crown. Maximum allowable variance from template is 1/4 inch (6 mm). D. Check surface areas at intervals as directed by Engineer. END OF SECTION 02511 . . 96-016/5-96 HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 02511 - 5 . SECTION 02520 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division' I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. , - 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes exterior portland cement concrete paving for the following: 1. Roadways. .2. Parking Jots. 3. Curbs and gutters. 4. Walkways. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for subgrade'pr~paration, grading and subbase course. Division 3 Section "cast-in-Place Concrete" for general building applications of concrete. . Division 7 Section "Paving Joint Sealants" for joint fillers and sealants within concrete paving and at joints with adjacent construction. 2. . 3. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification. Sections. . B. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement. and forming accessories, admixtures, joint systems, curing compounds, dry-shake fInish materials, and others if requested by Engineer. C. Design mixes for each class of concrete. Include revised mix proportions when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or-other circumstances warrant adjustments. . D. Laboratory test reports{or evaluation of concrete materials and-mix design tests. . 1.04 QUALITY ASSu:RAN.CE A. Concrete Standards: Comply with provisions of the folloWing standards, except where more stringent requirementS are indicated. . 96-016/5-96 PORTLAND CEIv1ENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - I 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. " ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice." . 2. 3. B. Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. C. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform materials evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes. D. Field-Constructed Mockup: Cast mockup of size indicated or as required to demonstrate typical joints, surface finish, texture, color, and standard of workmanship. I. When Engineer determines that mockup does not meet requirements, demolish and remove it from the site and cast another until the mockup is accepted. 2. Keep accepted mockup undisturbed during construction as a standard for judging completed paving. Undamaged mockup may be incorporated into the Work. 3. Demolish accepted mockup and remove from site when directed by Engineer. E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings" and the following: 1. Before installing portland cement concrete paving, meet with representatives of authorities having jurisdiction, Owner, Engineer, consultants, independent testing agency, and other concerned entities to review requirements. Notify participants at least 3 working days before conference. . 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.0 I FORMS A. Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood, or other acceptable panel-type materials to provide full-depth, continuous, straight, smooth exposed surfaces. I. Use flexible or curved forms for curves of a 100-foot or less radius. B. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form-release agent with a maximum of 350 g/L volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.02 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars and Tie Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed. 96-0-16/5-96 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 2 . . B. Epoxy~Coated Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 775 with ASTM A 615, Grade 60 deformed steel bars. C. Plain, Cold-Drawn Steel Wire: ASTM A 82. D. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185. I. Furnish ill flat sheets, not rolls, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. E. Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 497. F. Fabricated Bar Mats: Welded or. clip-assembled steel' bar mats, ASTM A 184. Use ASTM A 615, Grade 60 steel bars, unless otherwise indicated. G. Joint Dowel Bars: Plain steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. H. Epoxy-Coated Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 775 with ASTM A 615, Grade 60 plain steel bars. 1. Hook Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A bolts, internally and externally threaded. Design hook bolt joint assembly to hold coupling against pavement form and in position during concreting operations, and to permit removal without damage to concrete or hook bolt. . 1. Supports for Reinforcement Chairs, spacers, dowel bar supports and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars, welded wire fabric, and dowels in place. Use'wire bar-type supports complying with CRSI specifications. 1. Use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. . 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement ASTM C 150, Type 1. 1. Use one brand of cement throughout Project unless' otherwise acceptable to Architect. B. Fly Ash: ASTMC 618, Type F. C. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 4, and as. follows. Provide aggregates from a single source. . 1. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1-1/2 inches. 2. Do not use fmeor coarse aggregates that contain substances that cause spalling. 3. Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C 33 that have been shown to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability by special tests or actual service may be used when acceptable to Architect. . D. Water: Potable. .. 96-016/5-96 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 3 2.04 ADMIXTURES . A. Provide concrete admixtures that contain not more than 0.1 percent chloride ions. B. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. C. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. D. High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G. E. Water-Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. F. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. G. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2.05 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz. per sq. yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2. B. Moisture-Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171. 1. 2. 3. Waterproof paper. Polyethylene film. White burlap-polyethylene sheet. . C. Clear Solvent-Borne Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A or B, wax free. D. Clear Waterborne Membrane-Foiming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type I, Class B. 1. Provide material that has a maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) rating of 350 gIL. E. Evaporation Control: Monomolecular film-forming compound applied to exposed concrete slab surfaces for temporary protection from rapid moisture loss. F. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: G. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: I. Clear Solvent-Borne Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: a. Clear Cure; Anti-Hydro Co., Inc. b. Spartan-Cote; The Burke Co. c. All Resin; Conspec Marketing & Mfg. Co. d. Sealco 309; Cormix Construction Chemicals. e. Day-Chem Cure and Seal; Dayton Superior Corp. 96-016/5-96 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 4 . . . 2. f. Diamond Clear; Euclid Chemical Co. g. #64 Resin Cure-Clear; Lambert Corp. h. L&M Cure R; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 1. Masterkure; Master Builders, Inc. J. 3100 Series; WR Meadows, Inc. k. Seal N Kure; Metalcrete Industries. 1. "Ktire-N-Seal; Sonneborn-Chemrex. m. Horn Clear Seal; Tamms/AC. Horn. 'Clear Waterborne Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: a. Clear Cure Water Base; Anti-Hydro Co., Inc. b.Spartan Cote WE; The Burke Co. . c. W.B. Resin Cure; Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. d. Sealco VOC; Cormix Construction Chemicals, e. Safe Cure and Seal (J-18); Dayton Superior Corp. f. Diamond Clear VOX; Euclid Chemical Co. g. Aqua Kure-Clear; Lambert Corp. , h. Dress & Seal #22 WE; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 1. ,Masterkure 100 W; Master Builders, Inc. J. 1100 Clear Series; w.R. Meadows, Inc. k.' Metcure; Metalcrete Industries. 1. . Kure-N-Seal WE; Sonneborn-Chemrex. m. Horncure 100; Tamms/AC. Horn. Evaporation Control: a. . Aquafilm; Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. b. Eucobar; Euclid Chemical Co. c. ' E-Con; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. d. . C6nfilm; Master Builders, Inc. e. Waterhold; Metalcrete Industries. 3. 2.06 RELATED MATERIALS A Boiled Linseed Oil Mixture: Combination of boiled linseed oil and mineral spirits, complying with AASHTO M-233. B. Traffic Paint: Alkyd-resin ready-mixed, complying with AASHTO M 248, Type S. 1. Color: White. . 2. Color: . Yellow. 3. Color: Blue. ' , . C. Nonslip Aggregate Finish: Fused aluminum oxide granules or crushed emery as the abrasive aggregate for. a nonslip finish, with emery aggregate' containing not less than 50 percent aluminum oxide arid not less than 25 percent ferric oxide. Use material that is factory- graded, packaged, rustprbof, nonglazing; and unaffected by freezing, moisture; and cleaning materials.. . . ' D. Dry-Shake Color Hardener: Packaged dry combination of materials consisting of portland cement, graded quartz aggregate, coloring pigments, and. plasticizing admixture. Use coloring pigments 'that are fmely ground nonfading mineral oxides interground with cement. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturers' standards, unless indicated otherwise. . 96~016/5-96 PORTLAND CE:tv1ENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 5 E. Bonding Agent: Acrylic or styrene butadiene. F. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component material suitable for dry or damp surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit requirements. . G. Available Products: Subject to compliance' with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2.07 CONCRETE MIX A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of normal-weight concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 30 I. For the trial batch method, use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. . I. Do not use the Owner's field quality-control testing agency as the independent testing agency. 2. Limit use offly ash to 25 percent of cement content by weight. B. Proportion mixes according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 to provide normal-weight concrete with the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength (28-Day): 4000 psi. 2. Maximum Water-Cement Ratio at Point of Placement: 0.40. 3. Slump Limit at Point of Placement: 3 inches. a. Slump limit for concrete containing high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer): Not more than 8 inches after adding admixture to site- verified 2-to-3-inch slump concrete. . C. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows with atolerance of plus or minus 1-1/2 percent: 1. Air Content: 5.5 percent for l-II2-inch maximum aggregate. D. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances wan:ant. 2.08 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements and with ASTM C 94. 1. When air temperature is between 85 deg F (30 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from l-II2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 96-016/5-96 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 6 . . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Proof-roll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and verify need for additional compaction. Do not begin paving work until such conditions have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. . B. Remove loose material from compacted subbase' sUrface immediately before placing concrete. 3.02 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides for paving to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so that forms cap remain in place at least- 24 hours after concrete placement. B. Check completed formwork and screeds for grade and alignment to following tolerances: 1. Top of Forms: Not more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 2. Vertical Face on Longitudinal Axis: Not more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet. C. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as required to ensure separation from concrete without damage. 3.03 PLACING REINFORCEMENT . A. General: Comply' with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Iristitute's recommended practice for . "Placing Reinforcirig Bars" for placing and supporting reinforcement. . B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale,-earth, ice, or other bond-reducing materials. C. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and' bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement. D. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one fullinesh and lace splices With wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous .laps in either direction. E. Install fabricated bar mats'ffi lengthS as long as practicable. Handle units to keep them flat and free of distortions. Straighten bends, kinks, and other irregularities or replace units as required before placemenf Set mats for a minimum 2-inch overlap to adjacent mats. 3.04 JOINTS A. General: Construct contraction, construction, and isolation joints true to Ime with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to the centerline, unless indicated otherwise. . . 96-016/5-96 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 7 1. When joining existing paving, place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints, unless indicated otherwise. . B. Contraction Joints: Provide weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as shown on Drawings. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least II4 of the concrete thickness, as follows: 1. Tooled Joints: Form contraction joints in fresh concrete by grooving and finishing each edge of joint with a radiused jointer tool. . 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut II8-inch-wide joints into hardened concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before development of random contraction cracks. 3. Inserts: Form contraction joints by' inserting premolded plastic, hardboard, or fiberboard strips into fresh concrete until top surface of strip is flush with paving surface. Radius each joint edge with a jointer tool. Carefully remove strips or caps of two-piece assemblies after concrete has hardened. Clean groove of loose debris. C. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of paving and at locations where paving operations are stopped for more than II2 hour, unless paving terminates at isolation joints. 1. Provide preformed galvanized steel or plastic keyway-section forms or bulkhead forms with keys, unless indicated otherwise. Embed keys at least I-in inches into concrete. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip paving unless indicated. Provide tie bars at sides of paving strips where indicated. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. . 2. 3. 4. D. Expansion Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint filler strips abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, other fixed objects, and where indicated. I. Locate expansion joints at intervals of 25 feet, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, not less than 1/2 inch or more than I inch below finished surface where joint sealant is indicated. Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface when no joint sealant is required. 3. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths for full width being placed wherever possible. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip joint filler sections together. 4. Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with a metal, plastic, or other temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint. E. Installation of joint fillers and sealants is specified in Division 7 Section "Paving Joint Sealants. " F. Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt-coat one half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 96-016/5-96 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 8 . . 3.05 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. B. Remove snow, ice, or frost from subbase surface and reinforcing before placing concrete. . Do not place concrete on surfaces that are frozen. C. Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at the required fInish elevation and alignmeI)t. D. Comply with requirements and with ACI 304R for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. E. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place. 1. When,concrete placing is interrupted for more than 1/2 hour, place a construction joint. F. . Use a bonding-agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete sUrfaces. G. Consolidate concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-spading, rodding, or tamping. Use.equipment and procedures to consolidate concrete complying wi,th ACI 309R. . I. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand-spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating reinforcing, dowels, and joint devices. H. Screed paved surfaces with a straightedge and .strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to form a smooth surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturbconc~ete surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. 1. Curbs and Gutters: When automatic machine placement is used for curb and gutter placement, subIirit revised'mix design and laboratory test results that meet or exceed requirements. Produce curbs and gutters to required cross section, lines, grades, fInish, and jointing as specifiedforJormed concrete. If results are not acceptable, remove and replace with formed concrete. 1. Slip-Form Pavers: When automatic machine placement is used for paving, submit revised mix design and laboratory test results that meet or exceed requirements. Produce paving to required thickness, lines, grades, finish; and jointing as required for formed pavmg. 1. Compact subbase and prepare sub grade of sufficient width to prevent displacement .' of paver machine during operations. . . 96-016/5-96 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 9 K. When adjoining pavement lanes are placed in separate pours, do not operate equipment on concrete until pavement has attained 85 percent of its 28-day compressive strength. . L. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306R and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4 deg C), uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) and not more than 80 deg F (27 deg C) at point of placement. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. M. Hot- Weather Placement: Place concrete complying with ACI 305R and as specified when hot weather conditions exist. 1. Cool ingredients before rruxmg to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement to below 90 deg F (32 deg C). Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. Cover reivforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and sub grade just before placing concrete. Keep sub grade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. . 2. 3. 3.06 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Float Finish: Begin floating when bleed water sheen has disappeared and the concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power-driven floats, or by hand-floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes within a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 10 feet as determined by a 10-foot-long straightedge placed anywhere on the surfac.e in any direction. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to a uniform granular texture. 1. Burlap Finish: Drag a seamless strip of damp burlap across concrete, perpendicular to line of traffic, to provide a uniform gritty texture finish. B. Final Tooling: Tool edges of paving, gutters, curbs, and joints formed in fresh concrete with a jointing tool to the following radius. Repeat tooling of edges and joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces. I. Radius: 1/4 inch. 3.07 SPECIAL FINISHES A. Nonslip Aggregate Finish: Apply nonslip aggregate finish to paving surfaces indicated. 96-016/5-96 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 10 . . 1. After completing float finish, uniformly spread 25 Ib of dampened nonslip aggregate per 100 sq. ft. of surface. Tamp aggregate flush with surface using a steel trowel, but do not force below surface. After curing, lightly work surface with a steel wire brush or an abrasive stone, and water to expose nonslip aggregate. 2. B. Dry-Shake Color Hardener Finish: Apply a dry-shake color hardener finish to indicated paving surfaces as follows: 1. Uniformly apply dry-shake materials at a rate of 100 Ib per 100 sq. ft., unless a greater,amount is recommended by material manufacturer. 2. Immediately following the fIrst floating operation, uniformly distribute approximately 2/3 of the dry-shake material over the concrete surface with a mechanical spreader, and embed by power floating. Follow the floating operation with a second shake application, uniformly distributing the remainder of the dry- shake material to ensure uniform color, and embedby power floating. 3. After [mal floating, apply a light hand-trowel finish followed by a broom finish to concrete. Cure concrete with a curing compound reco~ended by the dry-shake material manufacturer. Apply the curing compound immediately after final fInishing. .3.08 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING . A. General: Protect fresply placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with the recommendations of ACI 306R for cold weather protection and ACI 305R for hot weather protection during curing. . B. Evaporation Control: In hot, dry, and windy weather, protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation-control material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before floating. C. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. D. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moisture curing, moisture-retaining-cover curing, curing compound, or a. combinatioI1'0f these as follows: 1. . Moisture CUring: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than 7 days with the following materials: a. . Water. b..ContulUous water-fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover ~. concrete "surfaces and edges with a 12-inch lap'over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable 'width, with sides and ends lapped at least f~ inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roll<;:r !iccording to manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy . 96-016/5-96 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 11 rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. . E. Boiled Linseed Oil Treatment: Apply boiled linseed oil mixture no sooner than 28 days after placement to clean dry concrete surfaces free of oil, dirt, or other foreign material. Apply in 2 sprayed applications at rate of 40 sq. yd. per gallon for the fIrst application and 60 sq. yd. per gallon for the second application. Allow complete drying between applications. 3.09 TRAFFIC PAINT A. Traffic Paint: Apply traffic paint for striping and other markings wIth mechanical equipment to produce uniform straight edges. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rates to provide a IS-mil rriinimum wet film thickness. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL TESTING A. The Owner will employ a qualified testing and inspection agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submlt test reports during concrete placement. Sampling and testing for quality control may include the following: 1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. a. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of placement for each compressive-strength test but no less than one test for each day's pour of each type of concrete. Additional tests will be required when concrete consistency changes. b. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method; one test for each Gompressive-strength test but no less than.one test for each day's pour of each type of air-entrained concrete. c. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and below and when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each set of compressive-strength specunens. d. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31; one set of four standard cylinders for each compressive-strength test, unless directed otherwise. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory-cured test specimens except when field-cured test specimens are required. e. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour of each concrete class exceeding 5 cu. yd. but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. Test one specimen at 7 days, test two specimens at 28 days, and retain one specimen in reserve for later testing if required. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. . 2. B. Test results will be reported in writing to Engineer, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 24 hours of testing. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing agency, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in paving, design compressive 96-016/5-96 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 12 . . strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions:and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for 7-day, 14-day, and 28-day tests. C. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection. D. Additional Tests: The testing agency will make additional tests of the concrete when test results indicate slump, air entrainment, concrete strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy 'of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. 3.11 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Remove and replace concrete paving that is broken, damaged, or defective, or does not meet. the requirements of this Section. B. Drill test cores where directed by Architect when necessary to determine magnitude of cracks or defecti~e areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory pavement areas with portland cement concrete bonded to paving with epoxy adhesive. C. Protect concrete from damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain paving as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. D. Maintain concrete paving free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep concrete paving not more than 2 days prior to date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections. . END OF SECTION 02520 . 96-016/5-96 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 13 . SECTION 02665 WATER SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUlv1ENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Gerieral and Supplementary Conditions and Qivision 1 Specification Sections, apply to th,is Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes water systems piping for potable water service and fire protection service outside the building. B. Relat.ed Sections: The following Sections contain requirements thatrelate'to this Section: 1. Division 15 Sections for fire protection systems inside bu~lding. 2. Division 15 Sections for water distribution systems inside building. C. Utility-furnished products include water meters that will be furnished to the site and ready for installation. 1.03 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS . A. Minimum Working Pressure Ratings: Except where otherwise indicated, the following are minimum pressure requirements for water system piping. 1. Underground Piping: 150 psig (1035 kPa). . 2. Underground Piping, Downstream of Fire Department Connections: 200 psig (1380 kPa).- . 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division Specification Sections. B. . Product data, mcludirig pressure rating, rated capacity; and settings of selected models for the following: . 1. Water meters. 2. Backflow preventers. 3. Valves. 4. Fire hydrants. 5. Fire department conneqtions. 6. Yard hydrants. 7. Identification materials and devices. . 96-016/5-96 WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - I c. Shop drawings for precast concrete pits. Include frames and covers. Include drains when indicated. . D. Shop drawings for cast-in-place concrete valve and meter pits. Include frames and covers. Include drains when indicated. E. Wiring diagrams for alarm devices. F. Coordination drawings showing pipe sizes and valves, meter and specialty locations and elevations. Include details of underground structures, connections, anchors, and reaction backing. Show other piping in same trench and clearances from. water system piping. Indicate interface and spatial relationship between piping and proximate structures. G. Record drawings at Project closeout of installed water system piping and products according to Division I Section "Project Closeout." H. Test reports specified in "Field Quality Control" Article in Part 3. 1. Maintenance data for inclusion in "Operating and Maintenance Manual" specified m Division 1 Section "Project Closeout." Include data for the following: I. Water meters.- 2. Backflow preventers. 3. Valves. 4. Fire hydrants. 5. Yard hydrants. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Comply with requirements of utility supplying water. Include tapping of water mains and backflow prevention. B. Comply with standllfds of authorities having jurisdiction for fire protection systems. Include materials, hose threads, installation, and testing. C. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for potable water piping and plumbing systems. Include materials, installation, testing, and disinfection. D. Comply with NFP A 24 "Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances" for materials, installations, tests, and flushing. E. Comply with NFP A 70 "National Electrical Code" for electrical connections between wiring and electrically operated devices. F. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on equipment made to specified standards. G. Listing and Labeling: Provide equipment and accessories that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defmed in "National Electrical Code," Article 100. 96-016/5-96 WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 2 . . 2. . Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defmed in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. H. Product Options: Water systems specialties and accessories are based on specific types, manufacturers, and models indicated. Comptsrieiiis by other manufacturers but ha~ing equal performance characteristics may be considered, provided cieviations. in dimensions, operation, and other characteristics do not change design concept or intended performance . as judged by Architect. The burden of proof of equality of products is on Contractor. Refer to Division I Section "Product Substitutions." 1.06 DELIVERY, STORACJE, AND HANDLING A. Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves, including fire hydrants, for shipping as follows: 1. Ensure that valves are dry and internally protected'against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect valves against damage to threaded ends, flange faces, and weld ends. 3. Set valves in best position for handling. Set valves closed to prevent rattling. B. Storage: Use the following precautions for valves, including fIre hydrants, during storage: 1. Do not remove. end protectors unless necessary for inspection; then reinstall for storage. . 2. Protect valves from we'ather. Store valves indoors and maintain temperature higher than ambient de,w point temperature. Support valves off ground or pavement in watertight eI,lclosures when outdoor storage is necessary. C. . . Handling: Use sling to handle valves and fire hydrants whose size requires handling by crane or lift. Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed valve parts. Do not usehandwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. . D. Deliver pipes and.tubes with factory"applied end-caps. Maintain end-caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe-end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. E. Protect stored pipes 'and tubes from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural capacity of floor when storing inside. . F. Protect flanges, fittings, and piping specialties from moisture and dirt. 'G. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS .~ A. Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility locations. Contact utility-locating service for area where Project is located. B. Verify th~t water-system piping may be installed in compliance with original design and referenced standardS:. . . 96-016/5-96 WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 3 1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING . A. Coordinate connection to water main with utility company. B. Coordinate with pipe materials, sizes, entry locations, and pressure requirements of building fIre protection systems piping. C. Coordinate with pipe materials, sizes, entry locations, and pressure requirements of building water distribution systems piping. D. Coordinate with other utility work. E Coordinate electrical requirements of actual equipment furnished with requirements specified in Division 16. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.0 I MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 96-016/5-96 1. Drilling Machine Corporation Stops: a. Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. b. Hays Div., Romac Industries. c. Mueller Co., Grinnell Corp. Bronze Corporation Stops and Valves: a. Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. b. Hays Div., Romac Industries. c. A. Y. McDonald Mfg. Co. d. Mueller Co., Grinnell Corp. Tapping Valves: a. Clow Valve Co. Div., McWane, Inc. b. East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. c. Kennedy Valve Div., McWane, Inc. d. Mueller Co., Grinnell Corp. e. U.S. Pipe & Foundry Co. Gate Valves: a. American Darling Valve Div., American Cast Iron Pipe Co. b. Clow Valve Co. Div., McWane, Inc. c. East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. d. Gem Sprinkler Co. Div., Grinnell Corp. e. Hammond Valve Corp. f. Kennedy Valve Div., McWane, Inc. g. Milwaukee Valve Co., Inc. h. Mueller Co., Grinnell Corp. 1. Nibco, Inc. J. Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc. k. U.S. Pipe & Foundry Co. 1. Waterous Co. . 2. 3. 4. WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 4 . 5. Indicator Posts and Indicator Gate Valves: . a. American Darling Valve Div., American Cast Iron Pipe Co. b. Clow Valve Co. Div., McWane, Inc. c. Kennedy Valve Div., McWane, Inc. d. Mueller Co., Grinnell Corp. e. Nibco, Inc. f. Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc. g. U.S. Pipe & Foundry Co. h. Waterous Co. 6. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants: a. American Darling Valve Div., American Cast Iron Pipe Co. b. Clow Valve Co. Div., McWane, Inc. c. East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. d. Kennedy Valve Div., McWane, Inc. e: Mueller Co., Grinnell Corp. f. U.S. Pipe & Foundry Co. g. Waterous Co. 7. Wet-Barrel Fire Hydrants: a. Clow Valve Co. Div., ofMcWane, Inc. b. Mueller Co., Grinnell Corp. 8. Water Meters: a. Badger Meter, Inc. b. Carlon Meter Co., Inc. c. Hays Div., Romac Industries. d. Hersey Products, Inc., Grinnell Corp. e. Kent Meters, Inc. f. Neptune Water Div., Schlumberger Industries, Inc. . g. Sensus Technologies, Inc., BTR Co. h. Water Specialties Corp. 9. Detector-Type Water Meters: a. Badger Meter, Inc. b. Hersey Products, Inc., Grinnell Corp. c. Neptune Water Div., Schlumberger Industries, Inc. d. Sensus Technologies, Inc. 10. Drains: a. Ancon, Inc. b. Jones Manufacturing Co., Inc. c. Josam Co. d. Jay.R. Smith Mfg. Co. Div., Smith Industries, Inc. e. Wade Div., Tyler Pipe Subsid.,Tyler Corp. f. Zurn HY9romechanics Div., Zurn Industries, Inc. 11. Detector Check Valves: a. Ames Co., Inc. b. Hersey Products, Inc., Grinnell Corp, ' c. - Kennedy Valve Div., McWane, Inc. d. Viking Corp. e. Watts Regulator Co. 12. Backflow Preventers: a. Ames Co., Inc. b. Cla- Val Co. Div.,.Griswold Industries. . c. Conbraco Industries, Inc. . 96-016/5-96 WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 5 13. d. Febco. e. Hersey Products, Inc., Grinnell Corp. f. Watts Regulator Co. . g. Wilkins Regulator Div., Zurn Industries, Inc. Sanitary-Type Yard Hydrants: a. Murdock, Inc. Post- Type Yard Hydrants: a. Ancon, Inc. b. Jones Manufacturing Co., Inc. c. Josam Co. . d. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. Div:, Smith Industries, Inc. e. Wade Div., Tyler Pipe Subsid., Tyler Corp. f. Woodford Mfg. Co. Div., WCM Industries, Inc. g. Zurn Hydromechanics Div., Zurn Industries, Inc. Fire Department Connections: a. Badger-Powhatan, Figgie International Co. b. Croker Div., Fire-End and Croker Corp. c. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc. d. Firematic Sprinkler Devices, Inc. e. Gem Sprinkler Co. Div., Grinnell Corp. f. Guardian Fire Equipment, Inc. g. Potter-Roemer Div., Smith Industries, Inc. h. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. i. Sierra Fire Equipment Co. Alarm Devices: a. Gamewell Co. b. Gem Sprinkler Co. Div., Grinnell Corp. c. Potter Electric Signal Co. d. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. e. System Sensor Div., Pittway Corp. f. Victaulic Co. of America. g. Watts Regulator Co. Grooved Couplings for A WW A Ductile-Iron Piping: a. Gustin-Bacon Div., Tyler Pipe Subsid., Tyler Corp. b. Victaulic Co. of America. . . 14. 15. 16. 17. 2.02 PIPES AND TUBES A. Refer to Part 3 Article "Piping Applications" for identification of systems where pipe and tube materials specified below are used. B. Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, Classes 150,200, and 250. 1. Lining: A WW A C 1 04, cement mortar, seal coated. 2. Gaskets, Glands, and Bolts and Nuts: A WW A C 111. 3. Push-On-Joint-Type Pipe: AWWA Cl11, rubber gaskets. 4. Mechanical-Joint- Type Pipe: A WW A C 111, rubber gaskets, ductile- or cast-iron glands, and steel bolts and nuts. C. Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types K and L (ASTM B 88M, Types A and B), seamless water tube, annealed temper. 96-016/5-96 WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 6 . ..~~~"'~'j -' . D. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe: AWWA C900; Classes 150 and 200; with bell end and elastomeric gasket, with plain end for cast-iron or ductile-iron fittings, or with plain end for PVC elastomeric gasket fittings. 1. Pipe Marking: NSF 14, "NSF-pvc cto only." . 2. Gaskets: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal. E. Polyvinyl Chloride (pVC) Pipe: AWWA C905, 200-psig (1380-kPa) minimum working pressure, with bell end and elastomeric gasket for PVC elastomeric 'gasket fittings. 1. Pipe Marking: NSF 14, "NSF-pvc cto only." F. Polyvinyl Chl~ride (PVC) Plastic Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedules 40 and 80. I.Pipe Marking: NSF 14, !'NSF -pw" or "NSF -pvc cto only." G. Polybutylene (PB) Plastic Pipe: ASTM D 2662; SIDR15 and SIDRll.5. 1. Pipe Marking: NSF 14, "NSF-pw" or "NSF-pvc cto only." H. Polybutylene (PB) Plastif Tubing: AWWA C902 or ASTMD 2666; SDR13.5. 1. Pipe Marking: NSFI4, "NSF-pw" or "NSF-pvc cto only." 1. Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing: AWWA C901, J:'E Compound Numbers required; with DR 9 for 125-psig (860-kPa) pressure rating and DR 7 for 160-psig (1100- kPa) pressure rating. . 1. Pipe Marking: NSF 14, "NSF -pw" or "NSF -pvc cto only." 1. Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe: ASTM D 2239, PE Compound Numbers required; with SIDR 15 for I 35-psig (930-kPa) pressure rating and SIDR 11.5 for 170-psig (1170-kPa) pressure" rating; at 100 deg F (38 deg C). . I. Pipe Marking: NSF 14, "NSF -pw" or "NSF -pvc cto only." 2.03 PIPE AND TUBE FITTINGS A. Refer to Part 3 ,Article. "Piping Applications" for identification of systems where pipe and tube fittingmateri!ils specified below are used. , . B. Ductile-Iron and Cast-Iron Pipe Fittings: A WW A C 11 0, ductile-iron or cast-iron, 250-psig (1725-kPa) minimum pressure rating; or A WW A C 153, ductile-iron compact fittings, 350- psig (2400~kPa}pressure raJing. 1. Lining: A WW A C I 04, cement mortar. 2. Gaskets: A WW A C 111, rubber. C. Ductile-Iron Pipe, Grooved-End Fittings:' ASTM A 47 malleable-iron or ASTM A 536 ductile-iron, A WW A-pipe~size,grooved-end fittings having cement lining or Food and Drug . i . WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 7 96-016/5-96 . Administration (FDA)-approved interior coating, designed to accept A WW A C606 couplings, for A WW A-size grooved-end piping joints. I . D. Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Flanged Fittings: AWWA ClIO, 250-psig (1 725-kPa) minimum pressure rating, with A WW A C 1 04 cement-mortar lining. E. Ductile-Iron, FlexibkExpansion Joints: Compound fitting with combination of flanged and mechanical-joint ends conforming to AWWA CliO or AWWA C153. Units have 2 gasketed ball-joint sections and I or more gasketed sleeve sections, rated for 250-psig (1725-kPa) minimum working pressure and with FDA-approved epoxy interior coating, for offset and expansion indicated. F. Ductile-Iron Deflection Fittings: Compound coupling fitting with sleeve and flexing sections, gaskets, and restrained-joint ends conforming to AWWA CliO or AWWA C153. Units rated for 250-psig (1725-kPa) minimum working pressure, and with cement lining or FDA-approved epoxy interior coating, for up to 20 degrees (0.34 rad) deflection. G. Ductile-Iron Expansion Joints: 3-piece assembly consisting of telescoping sleeve with gaskets and restrained-type, ductile-iron bell-and-spigot . end sections conforming to AWWA CliO or AWWA C153. Units rated for 250-psig (1725-kPa) minimum working pressure, and with. cement lining or FDA-approved epoxy interior coating, for expansion indicated. H. Polyethylene Encasement: A WW A C 1 05, 8-mils (2 mm) minimum thickness, tube or sheet. 1. Copper Tube Fittings: ASME B 16.22, wrought-copper, solder-joint pressure type. 1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe Couplings and Fittings: AWWA C900, with ASTM F 477 elastomeric seal gaskets. . K. Polyvinyl Chloride (pVC) Plastic, Schedule 80, Socket-Type Pipe Fittings: ASTM D 2467. I. Pipe Marking: NSF 14, "NSF -pw" or "NSF -pvc cto only." L. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic, Schedule 40, Socket-Type Pipe Fittings: ASTM D 2466. 1. Pipe Marking: NSF 14, "NSF-pw" or "NSF-pvc cto only." M. Polyvinyl Chloride (pVC) Pipe Fittings: Schedule 40 socket-type, solvent cement joint, or elastomeric gasketed joint. I. Pipe Marking: NSF 14, "NSF-pw" or "NSF-pvc cto only." 2. Gaskets: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal. N. Cast-Brass Fittings lor Polybutylene (PB) Plastic Pipe: Flare, compression, or barbed, insert- type fittings; made to PB pipe and tube dimensions. O. Molded Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings: ASTM D 3350, PE resin, socket-type and butt- fusion type, made to PE pipe dimensions. 96-016/5-96 WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 8 . . P. Cast-Brass Fittings for Polyethylene (FE) Plastic Pipe: Compression fittings or flare fittings, made to PE pipe dimensions. Q. Plastic Fittings for_ Polyethylene (FE) Plastic Pipe: ASTM D 2609, insert-type, with serrated end or threaded ends as required, and with c6trosion-resistant bands or corrosion-resistant crunp nngs. 2.04 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 Artick. "Piping Applications" for identification of systems where joining materials ~pecified below are used. B. Ductile-Iron Pipe and Ductile-Iron or Cast-Iron Fittings: The following materials apply: I. Push-On Joints: A WW A C III rubber gaskets and lubricant. 2. Mechanical Joints: A WW A C III ductile-iron or gray-iron glands, high-strength steel bolts and nuts, and rubber gaskets. 3. Flanged Joints: . AWWA Cl15 ductile-iron or gray-iron pipe flanges, rubber gaskets, and high-strength steel bolts and nuts. a. . Gaskets: Rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick except where other thickness is indicated; and full-face or ring type except where other type - is indicated. b. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASivIE B 18.2.1, carbon steel, except where other material is indicated. C. Couplings for Grooved-End Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings: A WW A C606, consisting of ASTM A 536 'ductile-iron housing having enamel finish, with synthetic-rubber gasket having central-cavity, pressure-responsive design, with ASTM A 183 carbon-steel bolts and nuts to secure grooved pipe and fittings and gasket suitable for hot water, except where otherwise indicated. . D. Brazing Filler Metals: : A WS A5.8, BCuP (copper-phosphorus) Series. E. Solder Filler Metal: . ASTM.B 32, AlloySn95; tin (approximately 95 percent), silver (approximately 4.5 percent), with 0.10 percent maximum lead content. F. Solder Filler Metal: ASTM-B 32, Alloy Sn95, Alloy Sn94, or Alloy E; tin (approximately 95 percent), silver or c.opper (approximately 5 percent), with 0.10 percent maximtun lead content. G. Primers for PVC.Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: ASTM F 656: . H. Solvent Cement for PVC Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: ASTM D 2564. 1. Pipe Couplings:Iron~b()dy sleeve assembly, fabricated to match outside diameters of pipes to be joined. 1. Sleeve:'ASTM A 126, Class B, gray iron. 2. Followers: ASTM A 47, Grade 32510, or ASTM A 536'ductile iron. 3. Gaskets: Rubber. 4. Bolts and Nuts: A WW A C Ill. . 96-016/5-96 WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 9 5. 6. Finish: Enamel paint. Encasement: A WW A C 1 05, polyethylene film tube or sheet. . 1. Plastic Pipe Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, except where other type or material is indicated. 2.05 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Flexible Pipe Connectors for Non-Ferrous Piping: Bronze hose covered with bronze wire braid; with copper-tube, pressure-type, solder-joint ends or bronze flanged ends; brazed to hose. B. Flexible Pipe Connectors for Ferrous Piping: Stainless-steel hose covered with stainless- steel wire t>raid; with ASME B 1.20.1 threaded steel pipe nipples or ASME B 16.5 steel pipe flanges; welded to hose. C. Dielectric Fittings: Assembly or fitting having insulating material isolating joined dissimilar metals to prevent galvanic action and corrosion. 2.06 VALVES 1. Description: Combination of copper alloy and ferrous; threaded, solder, plain, and weld-neck end types and matching piping system materials. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated union assembly, designed for 250-psig (1 725-kPa) minimum working pressure at 180 deg F (82 deg C). Include insulating material isolating dissimilar metals and ends with inside threads according to ASME Bl.20.1. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated companion-flange assembly, for 150-psig (1 035-kPa) or 300-psig (2070-kPa) minimum pressure to suit system pressures. Dielectric-Flange Insulaiion Kits: Field-assembled companion-flange assembly, full-face or ring type. Components include neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. a. Provide separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts for 150-psig (1035-kPa) or 300-psig (2070-kPa) minimum working pressure to suit system pressures. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel couplings having inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining, with threaded ends and 300-psig (2070-kPa) minimum working pressure at 225 deg F (107 deg C). Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipples having inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining, with combination of plain, threaded, or grooved end types and 300-psig (2070-kPa) working pressure at 225 deg F (107 deg C). . 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. A. Nonrising Stem Gate Valves 3 Inches (DN 80) and Larger: AWWA C509, resilient seated; bronze stem, cast-iron or ductile-iron body and bonnet, stem nut, 200-psig (1380-kPa) working pressure, mechanical joint ends. B. Rising Stem Gate Valves, 3 Inches (DN 80) and Larger: AWWA C509, resilient seated; cast-iron or ductile-iron body and bonnet, OS& Y, bronze stem, 200-psig (1380-kPa) working pressure, flanged ends. 96~OI6/5-96 WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 10 . . C. Nonrising Stem Gate Valves, 2 Inches (DN 50) and Smaller: MSS SP-80; body and screw bonnet of ASTM B 62 cast bronze; with ClaSs 125 threaded ends, solid wedge, nonrising copper-silicon alloy stem, brass packing gland, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE)-impregnated packing, and malleable-iron handwheel. D. Valve Boxes: Cast-iron box having top section and cover with lettering "WATER," bottom section with base of size to fit over valve arid barrel approximately 5 inches (124 mm) in diameter,.and adjustable cast-iron extension oflength required for depth of bury of valve. I. . Provide a steel tee-handle operating wrench with each valve box. Wrench shall have tee handle .with one pointed end, stem of length to operate valve, and socket- fitting valve-operating nut. E. Indicator Posts: UL,789, FM-approved, vertical type, cast-iron body with operating wrench, extension,rod, and adjustable cast-iron barrel of length required for depth of bury of valve. F. Curb Stops: Bronze body, ground key plug or ball, and wide tee head, with inlet and outlet to match service piping material. G. Service Boxes for Curb Stops: Cast-iron box with telescoping top section of length required for depth of bury of valve. Include cover having lettering "WATER," and bottom section with.baseof size to fit over curb stop and barrel approximately 3 inches (75 mm) in diameter. . . 1. Provide steel tee-handle shutoff rod with each service box. Shutoff rod shall have tee handle with 1 pointed end, stem of length to operate curb stop, and slotted end . fittingc~b stop head. . H. Tapping Sleeve and Tapping Valve: Complete assembly, including tapping sleeve, tapping valve, and bolts and nuts. Use sleeve and valve compatible with tapping machine. 1. Tapping Sleeve:' Cast-iron or ductile-iron 2-piece bolted sleeve with flanged outlet for new branch connection. Sleeve may have mechanical joint ends with rubber gaskets or sealing rings in sleeve body. Use sleeve that. mates with size and type pipe material being tapped. Outlet flange shall be size required for branch connection. 2.07 WATER METERS A. General: Provide water meter with registration in gallons (litres). B. Detector-Type Water Meter: AWWA C703, UL-listed, ,FM-approved, main line, proportional type, 150-psig (1 035-kPa) working pressure, with meter on bypass. 1. .. Bypass Meter: . A WW A C702, compound type, bro~e' case; size not less than one- . half the nominal size of the main line meter. C. Detector-Type Water Meter: AWWA C703, UL-listed, FM-approved, main' line turbine type, 175-psig (1200.-kPa) working pressure, with strainer', imd meter on bypass. 1. . Bypass Meter: AWWA C701, turbine type, bronze case; not less than 2-inch (50- mm) size. . 96-016/5-96 WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 11 D. Water Meter: A WW A C704, propeller type. E. Water Meter: A WW A C71 0, displacement type, plastic main case. F. Remote Registration System: Utility company standard. Include meter modified with self- generating transmitter, low-voltage connecting wiring, totalizing device, and remote wall register. G. Meter Box: Cast-iron body, cast-iron cover having lettering "WATER METER," and base section of length to fit over service piping. Base section is open at bottom, slotted, and may be cast iron, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), or piece of clay or other pipe. 2.08 PITS A. Concrete: Portland cement mix, 3000 psi (20.7 MPa). 1. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1. 2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand. 3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel. 4. '. Water: Potable. B.Reinforcement: Steel conforming to the following: 1. Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded wire fabric, plain. 2. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60 (ASTM A 615, Grade 400), deformed. C. Ladder: ASTM A 36 (ASTM A 36M), steel or polyethylene-encased steel steps. D. Manhole: ASTM A 48, Class 35, gray-iron, 24-inch (61O-mm) minimum diameter traffic frame and cover, of size and weight indicated. E. Manhole: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18, ductile-iron, 24-inch (610-mm) nunrmum diameter traffic frame and cover, of size and weight indicated. F. Drain: ASME Al12.21.lM, cast-iron area drain, of size indicated. Include body anchor flange, light-duty cast-iron grate, bottom outlet, and integral or field-installed bronze ball or clapper-type backwater valve. 2.09 FIRE HYDRANTS A. General: Cast-iron body, compression-type valve, opening against pressure and closing with pressure, 6-inch (DN 150) mechanical joint inlet, 150-psig (1 035-kPa) working pressure. B. Outlet Threads: NFPA 1963, with external hose thread used by local fIre department. Include cast-iron caps with steel chains. C. Operating and Cap Nuts: Pentagon 1-112 inch (40 mm) point to .flat. D. Direction of Opening: Open hydrant valve by turning operating nut to the left, or counterclockwise. 96-016/5-96 WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 12 . '- . . . E. Finish: Red exterior aikyd gloss enamel paint. F. Dry"Barrel Fire Hydrants: UL 246, FM-approved, two 2-1/2-inch (DN 65) and one 4-1/2- inch (DN 115) outlets,5-1/4-inch (133 mm) main valve, drain valve, and 6-inch (DN 150) mechanical joint inlet. G. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants: 'AWWA C502, two 2-1/2-inch (DN65) and one 4-1/2-inch (DN 115) outlets, 5-1/4-inch (133 mm) main valve, drain valve, and 6-inch (DN 150) mechanical joint inlet. H. Wet-Barrel Fire Hydrants: UL 246, FM-approved, two 2-1/2-inch (DN 65) and one 4-1/2- inch (DN 115) outlets, 6-inch (DN 150) threaded or flanged inlet, and base section with 6- inch (DN 150) mechanical joint inlet. . . 1. Wet-Barrel Fire Hydrants: A WW A C503, two 2-1/2-inch (DN 65) and one 4-1/2-inch (DN 115) outlets, 6-inch (DN 150) threaded or flanged inlet, and base section with 6-inch (DN 150) mechanical joint inlet. 2.10 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS A. Exposed, Sidewalk Fire Department Connections: UL 405, cast-brass body, with thread inlets accordIDgto NFP A 1963 and matching local fire department hose threads, and threaded NPS bottom outlet. Include lugged cap, gasket, and chain;. lugged swivel connection and drop clapper for each hose connection inlet; 18-inch (460-mm)-high brass sleeve; and round sidewalk escutcheon plate. . 1. 2. 3. 4. Connections: Two 2-1/2-inch (DN 65) inlets and 6-inch (oN 150) outlet. Inlet Alignment: In line, horizontal. Finish Including Sleeve: Rough chrome plated. . Escutcheon Plate Marking: "AUTO SPKR& STANDPIPE." 2.11 DETECTOR CHECK VALVES. A. Detector Check Valves: UL 213, galvanized cast-iron body, bolted cover with air-bleed device for access to internal parts, and flanged ends; designed for 175 psig (1200-kPa) working pressure. Include I-piece bronze disc with bronze bushings, pivot, and replaceable seat. Include threaded bypass taps in the inlet and outlet for bypass meter connection. Set valve to allow minimal water flow through bypass meter when major water flow is required. 1. Water Meter: A WW A C700, disc type, of size not less than one-fourth the size of detector check valve. Include meter, bypass piping, gate valves, check valve, and connections to detector check valve. 2.12 BACKFLOWPREVENTERS A. General: ASSE Stapdardbackflow preventers, of size indicated for maximum flow rate and maximum pressure loss mdicated. 1. Working Pressure: 150 pSlg (1035 kPa) muumum except where indicated otherwise. . 96-016/5-96 WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 13 2. 3. 2 Inches (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends. 2-1/2 Inches (DN 65) and Larger: Bronze, cast-iron, steel, or stainless-steel body with flanged ends. a. Interior Lining: FDA-approved epoxy coating for backflow preventers having cast-iron or steel body. Interior Components: Corrosion-resistant materials. Exterior Finish: Polished chrome plate when used in chrome-plated piping system. Strainer on inlet where strainer is indicated. . 4. 5. 6. B. Reduced-Pressure-Principle Backflow Preventer: ASSE 1013, with OS&Y gate valves on inlet and outlet, and strainer on inlet. Include test cocks and pressure-differential relief valve having ASME A 112.1.2 air-gap fitting located between 2 positive-seating check valves for continuous-pressure application. 1. Pressure Loss: 12 psig (83 kPa) maximum through middle third of flow range. C. Reduced-Pressure Detector Assembly Backflow Preventers: ASSE 1047, FM-approved or UL-listed, with OS&Y gate valves on inlet and outlet, and strainer on inlet. Include pressure-differential relief valve having ASME AI12.1.2 air-gap fitting located between 2 positive-seating check valves, test cocks, and bypass with displacement-type water meter, valves, and reduced-pressure backflow preventer, for continuous-pressure application. I. Pressure Loss: 12 psig (83 kPa) maximum through middle third of flow range. 2.13 YARD HYDRANTS A. Yard Hydrants, Sanitary Type: Nonfreeze, post type, with nondraining chamber for storing water trapped downstream of inlet valve. Hydrants have I-inch (DN 25) inlet, integral or field-installed vacuum breaker with outlet conforming to ASME B1.20.7, 3/4-11.5NH threads for garden hose, brass or bronze casing, and other parts in contact with water, and are handle or key operated. Body of hydrant is of length required for installation of storage chamber below frost line. Furnish 2 keys for each key-operated hydrant. . 2.14 ANCHORAGES A. Clamps, Straps, and Washers: ASTM A 506, steel. B. Rods: ASTM A 575, steel. C. Rod Couplings: ASTM A 197, malleable iron. D. Bolts: ASTM A 307, steel. E. Cast-Iron Washers: ASTM A 126, gray iron. F. Concrete Reaction Backing: Portland cement concrete mix, 3000 psi (20.7 MFa). 1. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1. 2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand. 3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel. 4. Water: Potable. 96-016/5-96 WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 14 . ;i::'. . 2.15 ALARM DEVICES A. General: UL 753, FM-approved, of types and sizes to mate and match piping and equipment. B. Water Flow Indicators:- Vane-type waterflow detector, rated to 250 psi (1725 kPa); designed for horizontal or vertical installation; having 2 single pole, double throw (SPDT) circuit switches to provide isolated alarm and auxiliary contacts, 7 ampere 125 volts a.c. and 0.25 ampere 24 volts d.c.; complete with factory-set, field-adjustable retard element to prevent false signals and tamperj)roofcover that sends a signal when cover is removed. C. Supervisory Switches: SPDT, designed to signal valve in other than full open position. D. Pressure Switches: SPDT, designed to signal increase in pressure. 2.16 IDENTIFICATION A. Plastic Underground Wiuning Tapes: Polyethylene plastic tape, 6 inches (150 mm) wide by 4 mils (0.1 mm) thick, solid blue in color with continuously printed caption in black letters "CAUTION - WATER LINE BURlED BELOW." B. Metallic-Lined Plastic Underground Warning Tapes: Polyethylene plastic tape with metallic core, 6 inches (150 mm) wide by 4 mils (0.1 mm) thick, solid blue in color with continuously printed'caption in black letters "CAUTION - WATER LINE BURlED BELOW." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EARTHWORK . A. Excavation, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." 3.02 SERVICE ENTRANCE PIPING A. Extend water system piping and connect to water supply source and building water distribution and fire protection systems at outside face of the building wall in locations and pipe sizes indicated. 1. Terminate water system piping at building wall until building water systems are installed. Terminate piping with caps, plugs, or flanges as required for piping material. MaKe connections to building water systems when those systems are installed. ~ B. Water distribution systems and fire protection systems are specified in Division 15 Sections. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 15 Se~tion "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. " C. Install restrained joints fo~ buried piping within60inches.(1SOO mm) of building. Use restrained-joint pipe and fittings, thrust blocks,' anchors, . tie-rod~ and clamps, and other supports at vertical and .horizontal offsets. . 96-016/5-96 WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 15 3.03 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Refer to Part 2 of this Section for detailed specifications for pipe and fittings products listed below. Use pipe, tube, fittings, andjoining methods according to the following applications. Piping in pits and inside building may be joined with flanges or couplings, instead of joints indicated, for grooved-end A WW A -size piping. . B. Use pipe, tube, fittings, and joining methods according to following applications. I. 2 Inches (DN 50) and Smaller: Copper tube, Type L (Type B), copper tube fittings, and soldered joints. 2. 2-1/2 Inches (65 DN) to 3-1/2 Inches (DN 90): Copper tube, Type L (Type B), . copper tube fittings, and soldered joints. 3. 2-1/2 Inches(DN 65) to 3-1/2 Inches (DN 90): Schedule 40 polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe, Schedule 40 PVC fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 4. 4 Inches (DN 100) to 8 Inches (DN 200): Class 200, ductile-iron pipe, ductile-iron or gray-iron fittings, and push-on or mechanical joints. 5. 10 Inches (DN 250) and Larger: Class 250, ductile-iron pipe, ductile-iron or gray- iron fittings, rubber gaskets, and push-on or mechanical joints. 3.04 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Pit and Aboveground Installation, Valves 2 Inches (DN 50) and Smaller: UL/FM, OS& Y gate valves. 3.05 JOINT CONSTRUCTION . A. Ductile-Iron, Grooved-End Pipe and Fitting Joints: Cut-groove pipes. Assemble joints with grooved couplings, gaskets, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions. B. Copper Tube and Fittings, Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to A WS "Brazing Manual," Chapter "Pipe and Tube." C. Copper Tube and Fittings, Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to A WS "Soldering Manual," Chapter "The Soldering of Pipe and Tube." D. AWWA Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Piping Gasketed Joints: Use AWWA C900 joining materials. Construct joints with elastomeric seals and lubricant according to ASTM D 2774 or ASTM D 3139 and pipe manufacturer's written instructions. E. Polyvinyl Chloride (pVC) Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Construct joints according to ASTM D 2672 and ASTM D 2855. 1. Handling of Solvent Cements, Primers, and Cleaners: Comply with procedures in ASTM F 402 for safe handling when joining plastic pipe and fittings with solvent cements. 96-016/5-96 WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 16 . .. ~ .-.;.',1, ,. l..':,,!. I., . F. Polybutylene (PB) Pipmg Insert-Fitting Joints: Construct joints with insert fittings according to fitting manufacturer's written instructions. G. Polybutylene (PB) Piping and Brass-Fitting Joints: Construct joints with brass or bronze fittings according to fitting manufacturer's written instructions. . t, ._ H. Polyethylene (PE) Pipe Heat-Fusion Joints: Co~truct joints according to ASTM D 3309 procedure for polybutylene piping heat-fusion joints and piping manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Polyethylene (PE) Piping Insert-Fitting Joints: Construct joints with insert fittings according to fitting manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Dissimilar Materials Piping Joints: . Construct joints using adapters that are compatible with both piping materials, outside diameters, and system working pressure. Refer to "Piping Systems - Common Requirements" Article for joining piping of dissimilar metals. 3.06 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS B. C. . D. E. F. G. A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems.- Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, arid other design considerations. Install piping as indicated except where deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. Install piping at indicated slope. InstaJl components haVing pressure rating equal to or greater thin system operating pressure. Install piping free of sags and bends. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. Piping Connections: Except as otherwise indicated, make piping connections as specified below. 1. Install unions, in piping 2 inches (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final copnection to each piece of equipment havmg2-inch (DN, 50) or smaller threaded pipe connection'- 2. Install flanges, in piping 2-1/2 inches (DN 65) and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final 'connection to each piece of equipment having flanged pipe connection. . 3. Install dielectric fittings to connect' piping of dissimilar metals. . . 3.07 PIPING INSTALLATION . 96-016/5-96 A. Water Main Connection: .AITange for tap in water main, of size and in location indicated, from water utility. . WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 17 3.08 ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION A. Anchorages: Install anchorages for tees, plugs and caps, bends, crosses, valves, and hydrant branches. Include anchorages for the following piping systems: . I. Gasketed-Joint, Ductile-Iron Piping: According to A WW A C600. 2. Gasketed-Joint, Polyvinyl CWoride (pVC) Piping: According to A WW A M23. 3. Fire Service Piping: According to NFP A 24. B. Apply full coat of asphalt or other acceptable corrosion-retarding material to surfaces of installed ferrous anchorage devices. 3.09 VALVE INSTALLATION A. General Application: Use mecharllcal-joint-end valves for 3-inch (80-mm)and larger buried installation. Use threaded- and flanged-end valves for installation in pits and inside building. Use nonrising stem UL/FM gate valves for installation with indicator posts. Use bronze corporation stops imd valves, with ends compatible with piping, for 2-inch (50-mrn) and smaller installation. B. AWWA-Type Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600. Install buried valves with stem pointing up and with cast-iron valve box. C. UL/FM- Type Gate Valves: Comply with NFP A 24. I. Install buried valves and valves in pits with stem pointing up and with vertical cast- iron indicator post. D. Bronze Corporation Stops and Curb Stops: Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install buried curb stops with head pointed up and with cast-iron curb box. . 3.10 FIRE HYDRANT INSTALLATION A. AWWA-Type Fire Hydrants: Comply with AWWA M17. Install with gate valve and provision for drainage as indicated. B. UL/FM- Type Fire Hydrants: Comply with NFP A 24. Install with gate valve and provision for drainage as indicated. 3.11 ROUGHING-IN FOR WATER METERS A. Install roughing-in piping and specialties for water meter installation according to utility company's instructions and requirements. 3.12 PIT CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION A. Construct pits of poured-in-place concrete or provide precast concrete pits of dimensions indicated, with manhole frame and cover, ladder, and drain. Include sleeves with waterproof mechanical sleeve seals for pipe entry and exit. 96-016/5-96 WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 18 . . B. Connect area drain outlet to storm drain. Storm drainage is specified in Division 2 Section "Storm Sewerage." 3.13 DETECTOR CHECK VALVE INSTALLATION A. ,Install detector check valves in pits for proper .direction of flow. Install bypass with water meter, gate valves on each side of meter and check valve downstream from meter. B. Support detector check valves, meters, shutoff valves, and piping on 3000-psi (20.7 -1'vfPa) minimum; portland-cement-mix concrete piers as indicated. 3.14 BACKFLOW PRE VENTER INSTALLATION A. Install backflow preventers of type, size, and capacity indicated. Include valves and test cocks. . Install according to plumbing and health department authorities having jurisdiction. B. Do not install bypass around backflow preventer. C. Do not install reduced-pres sure-principle-type in pit. D. Support backflow preventers, valves, and piping on 3000-psi (20.7-1'vfPa) nllmmum, portland-cement-mix concrete piers as indicated. 3.15 YARD HYDRANT INSTALLATION A. Install sanitary-type yard hydrants in pavement or with concrete anchor as indicated. . 3.16 .FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION INSTALLATION A. Install fIre departn.J.ent connections of types and features indicated in locations indicated. B. Install ball drip valves at each check valve for fire department connection to mains and where indicated. . 3.17 ALARM DEVICE INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with NFP A 26.for devices and methods of valve supervision. Buried valves with curb boxes, do not require supervision. B. Supervisory Switches:. Supervise valves in open position. . . 1. Valves:. Grind away a portiOli of exposed valve stem. Bolt switch, with plunger in stem depressi9n, to OS& Y gate-valve yoke. 2. Indicator Posts: Drill and thread hole in upper barrel section at target plate. Install . switch, with toggle against target plate, on barrel of indicator post. C. Locking and Sealing: Secure unsupervised valve as follows: 1. Valves: Install chains and padlocks on open OS& Y gate valves. 2. Post Indicators_:, Install padlock on wrench on indicator post.' . 96-016/5-96. WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 19 D. Pressure Switches:- Drill and thread hole in exposed barrel of fITe hydrants. Install switches. E. Waterflow Indicators: Install in water service piping in pit. Select indicator having saddle and vane matching pipe size. Drill hole in pipe, insert vane, and bolt saddle to pipe. . F. Connect alarm devices to building fITe alarm system. Refer to Division 16 Section "Fire Alarm Systems" for wiring and devices not specified in this Section. 3.18 IDENTIFICATION INSTALLATION A. Install continuous plastic underground warning tape during back-filling of trench for underground water service piping. Locate 6 inches (150 mm) to.8 inches (200 mm) below fInished grade, directly over piping. 3.19 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered and after thrust blocks have hardened sufficiently. Fill pipeline 24 hours prior to testing and apply test pressure to stabilize system. Use only potable water. B. Hydrostatic Tests: Test at not less than 1-1/2 times working pressure for 2 hours. 1. Increase pressure in 50-psig (350-kPa) increments and inspect each joint between increments. Hold at test pressure for 1 hour; decrease to 0 psig (0 kPa). Slowly increase again to test pressure and hold for 1 more hour. Maximum allowable leakage is 2 quarts (1.89 L) per hour per 100 joints. Remake leaking joints with new materials and repeat test until leakage is within above limits. . 3.20 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect water distribution piping as follows: 1. Purge new water distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired prior to use. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authority having jurisdiction or, if method is not prescribed by that authority, use procedure described in A WW A C651 or as described below: a. Comply with NFP A 24 for flushing of piping. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at points of outlet. b. Fill system or part of system with water/chlorine solution containing at least 50 parts per million of chlorine. Isolate (valve oft) system or part thereof and allow to stand for 24 hours. c. Drain system or part of system of previous solution and refill with water/chlorine solution containing at least 200 parts per million of chlorine'; isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours. d. Following allowed standing time, flush system with clean, potable water until chlorine does not remain in water coming from system. e. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authority having jurisdiction. Repeat procedure if biological examination made by authority shows evidence of contamination. 96-016/5-96 WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 20 . . B. . . 96-016/5-96 ~,' . Prepare reports for purging and disinfecting activities. END OF SECTION 02665 ; WATER SYSTEMS 02665 - 21 . SECTION 02700 SE\VER4..GE AND DRAJNAGE PART] - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Drawjngs and general provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary ConditionS and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ].02 SUMMARY A. Tins Section incIudt:s sewerage and drainage systems outside the buildIng. Systems include the follow'..ng: ]. Sanitary sewerage. 2. Stonn drainage. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section. J. Division 2 Section "Foundation Drainage Systems" for foundation drain connecting to storm drainage system. 2. Division 15 Section "Drainage and Vent Systems" for building drains. . 1.03 DEFINITIONS . A. Drainage Piping: System of sewer pipe, fittings, and appurtenances for gravity fiow of stann drainage. B. Sewerage Piping: Systemof se'V','er pipe, fittings, and appurtenances for gravity flow of sanitary s..."Wage. ] .04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Gravity-Flow, Nonpressure-Piping Pressure Ratings: At least equal to system test pressure. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specificatio~,Sections. . B. Product data for the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Polymer-concrete, c~eI drainage systems. Stainless-steel, trench drainage S'jstems. Backwater valves, cleanouts, and drains. Stonn-water disposal systems. 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - I . C. Shop drawings for precast concrete manholes and other structures. Include frames, covers, and grates. . D. Reports and calculations for design mixes for each class of cast-in-place concrete. E. Coordination drawings showing manholes and other structures, pipe sizes, locations, and elevations. Include details of underground structures and connections. Show other piping in same trench and clearances from sewerage system piping. Indicate interface and spatial relationship between piping and proximate structures. 1. Sanitary sewerage. 2. Storm drainage. F. Inspection and test reports specified in the "Field Quality Control" Article. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Environmental Agency Compliance: Comply with regulations pertaining to sanitary sewerage and storm drainage systems. B. Utility Compliance: Comply with regulations pertaining to sanitary sewerage and storm drainage systems. Include standards of water and other utilities where appropriate. C. Product Options: Drawings indicate sizes, profiles, connections, and dimensional requirements of system components and are based on specific manufacturer types indicated. Other manufacturers' products with equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Division I Section "Product Substitutions." . 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store plastic structures in direct sunlight. B. Do not store plastic pipe or fittings in direct sunlight. C. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage. D. Handle precast concrete manholes and other structures according to manufacturer's rigging instructions. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Site Information: Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility locations. B. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by the Owner or others except when permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide acceptable temporary utility services. 1. Notify tngineer not less than 72 hours in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 2 . 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without receiving Architect's written permissIOn. . 1.09 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate sanitary sewerage system connections to Richmond County's sanitary sewer. B. Coordinate ,sanitary sewerage system connections to existing on-'site sanitary sewer. C. Coordinate with interior building drainage systems.. . D. Coordinate with other utility work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2.02 PIPES AND FITIINGS A. Hub-and-Spigot, Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74,. service and extra-heavy classes, gray cast iron, for gasketed joints. . 1. Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber, compression tYPe, thickness to match class of pipe. B. Hubless, Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings: CISPI 301 or ASTM A 888, gray cast iron, for coupling joints. 1. Couplings: CISPI 310, corrugated, stainless-steel shield and clamp assembly, with ASTM C 564 rubber sealing sleeve. 2. Heavy-Duty Couplings: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stainless-steel housing and stainless-steel Clamp assembly, with ASTM C 564 rubber sealing gasket. Include housings ~. inches (76 mm) wide in sizes I-II2 to 4 inches (40 to 100 mm) and 4 inches (102 mm) wide in sizes 5 to 10 inches (125 to 250 mm). 3. Heavy-Duty Couplings: ASTM A 48, cast-iron housing and stainless-steel bolt assembly, with ASTM C 564 rubber sealing gasket. C. Ductile-Iron Pipe: A WWA C151, Class 150 minimum, for push-on joints. . I. Standard-Pattern, Ductile-Iron and cast-Iron Fittings: A WW A C 11 0, for push-on joints. 2. Compact-Pattern, Ductile-Iron Fittings:AWWA C153, for push-on joints. 3. Pipe and Fitting Interior Coating: A WW A C I 04, asphaltic-material seal coat, miI1imum l"mil (0.025-mm) thickness. 4. Gaskets: AWW A C 111, rubber. . . 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 3 D. Stainless-Steel Drainage Pipe and Fittings: . Fabricated from ASTM A 240, Type 304, stainless steel. Include socket and spigot ends, for gasket-joints. . 1. Gaskets for Sizes 4 to 6 Inches (100 to 150 mm): Lip seals, of shape molded to fit socket groove. Include plastic back-up ring. Use the following materials: a. Ethylene-propylene-diene-monomer (EPDM) rubber for general applications, except where other materials are indicated. b. Nitrile rubber compound for fluids containing gasoline or oil. 2. Couplings for Sizes 8 to. 12 Inches (200 to 300 mm): Stainless steel, mechanical type, with seal. Use the following seal materials: a. Ethylene-propylene-diene-monomer (EPDM) rubber for general applications, except where other materials are indicated. b. Nitrile rubber compound for fluids containing gasoline or oil. E. Corrugated-Steel Pipe: ASTM A 760 (ASTM A 760M), Type I, made from ASTM A 444 (ASTM A 444M), zinc-coated steel sheet for banded joints. 1. Fittings: Fabricated to types indicated and according to same standards as pipe. 2. Connecting Bands: Standard couplings made for corrugated-steel pipe to form soiitight joints. F. Corrugated-Aluminum Pipe: ASTM B 745 (ASTM B 745M), Type I, made from ASTM B 744 (ASTM B 744M), aluminum-alloy sheet for banded joints. 1. Fittings: Fabricated to types indicated and according to same standards as pipe. 2. Connecting Bands: Standard couplings made for corrugated-aluminum pipe to form soiltight joints. G. Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D 2751, for solvent-cemented or gasketed joints. . 1. SDR 35 for 4 and 6 inches (100 and 150 mm). 2. SDR 42 for 8 to 12 inches (200 to 300 mm). 3. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2235. 4. Gaskets: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal. H. Corrugated, Polyethylene (PE) Drainage Tubing and Fittings: AASHTO M 252 Interim, Type S, with smooth waterway for coupling joints. 1. Soiltight Couplings: AASHTO M 252 Interim, corrugated, matching tube and fittings to form soiltight joints. 2. Silttight Couplings: Polyethylene (PE) sleeve with ASTM D 1056, Type 2, Class A, Grade 2 gasket material, that mates with tube and fittings to form silttight joints. 1. Corrugated, Polyethylene (FE) Drainage Tubing: AASHTO M 252 Interim, Type S, with smooth waterway for gasketed joints. 1. Fittings: ASTM D 3034, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) with socket ends, for gasketed joints. 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 4 . 2. ", Gaskets:. ASTMF 477, elastomeiic seals, that mates with tube and fittings to form watertight joints. . . J. Corrugated, Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Fittings: AASHTO M 294 Interim, Type S, with sm()oth waterway for coupling joints. 1. Soiltight Couplings: AASHTO M 294 Interim, corrugated, matching pipe and fittings.!? form soiltight joints. 2. Silttight Couplings: Polyethylene (PE) sleeve with ASTM D 1056, Type 2, Class A, Grade 2 gasket material, that mates with pipe and' fittings to form silttight joints. K. Corrugated, Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe: AASHTO M 294 Interim, Type S, with smooth waterway for gasketed joints. 1. Fittings 12 and 15 Inches (300 and 375 mrn): ASTM D 3034, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) with socket ends, for gasketed joints. 2. Fittings 18 to 24 Inches (450 to 600 mm): ASTM F 1336, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) with socket ends, for gasketed joints; 3. Gaskets: ASTM F 477,. elastomeric seals, that mates with pipe and fittings to form watertight joints. L. Corrugated, Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and, Fittings: AASHTO M 294 Interim, Type S, with smooth waterway for coupling joints. . 1. Couplings: Polyethylene (PE) sleeve with ASTM F 477;elastomeric seals, that mates with pipe and fittings to form watertight joints. M. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), Cellular-Core Plastic Pipe: ASTM F 891, Sewer and Drain Series, PS 50 minimum stiffuess, for solvent-cemented joints. 1. Fittings: ASTM D 2729 or ASTM D 3034, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sewer pipe fittings. 2. . Primer: ASTM F 656. 3. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2564. N: Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35, for solvent- cemented or gasketed joints.. 1. Primer: ASTMF 656. 2. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2564. 3. Gaske!S: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal. O.Polyvinyl Chloride (pVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM F 679, T-l wall thickness, bell and spigot for gasketed joints. 1. Gaskets: ASTMF477, elas~omeric seal. P. Polyvinyl Chloride (pVC), Profile, Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM F 794, open and closed profile, bell and spigot for gasketed joints. . . 96-0 16/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 5 1. Gaskets: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal to form watertight joints. . Q. Polyvinyl Chloride (pVC), Ribbed Drain Pipe: AASHTO M 304M, bell and spigot, with smooth waterway for bell-gasketed joints. I. Fittings: AASHTO M 304M or ASTM F 794 for bell-gasketed joints. 2. Gaskets: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal to form soiltight joints. R. Nonreinforced-Concrete Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM C 14 (ASTM C 14M), Class 2, for gasketed joint~. 1. Gaskets: ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M), rubber. S. Reinforced-Concrete Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM C 76 (ASTM C 76M), Class Ill, Wall B, for gasketed joints. 1. Gaskets: ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M), rubber. 2.03 SPECIAL PIPE COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS A. Sleeve-Type Pipe Couplings: Rubber or elastomeric sleeve and band assembly fabricated to match outside diameters of pipes to be joined, for nonpressure joints. 1. 2. Sleeves for Concrete Pipe: ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M), rubber. Sleeves for Cast-Iron Soil Pipe: ASTM C 564, rubber. Sleeves for Plastic Pipe: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal. Sleeves for Dissimilar Pipes: Compatible with pipe materials being joined. Bands: Stainless steel, at least one at each pipe insert. . ... ,). 4. 5. B. Gasket-Type Pipe Couplings: Rubber or elastomeric compression gasket, made to match outside diameter of smaller pipe and inside diameter or hub of adjoining larger pipe, for nonpressure joints. 1. Gaskets for Concrete Pipe: ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M), rubber. 2. Gaskets for Cast-Iron Soil Pipe: ASTM C 564, rubber. 3. Gaskets for Plastic Pipe: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal. 4. Gaskets for Dissimilar Pipes: Compatible with pipe materials being joined. C. Internal, Expansion-Type Pipe Couplings: Stainless-steel expansion band with ethylene- propylene-diene-monomer (EPDM), rubber-compound sealing sleeve, made to match inside diameter of pipes for nonpressure joints. Use nitrile rubber-compound sealing sleeve for fluids containing oil or gasoline. D. Pressure-Type Pipe Couplings: Iron-body sleeve assembly, matching outside diameters of pipes to be joined, for pressure joints. Include polyethylene (PE) film encasement. 1. Sleeve: ASTM A 126, Class B, gray iron with enamel paint finish. 2. Followers: ASTM A 47, Grade 32510 (ASTM A 47M, Grade 22010), or ASTM A 536 ductile iron. 3. Gaskets, Bolts, and Nuts: AWWA CllI. 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 6 . . E. . Ductile-Iron, Flexible Expansion Joints: Compound fitting with a combination of flanged and mechanical-joint ends conforming to A WW A C 11 0 or A WW A C 153. Include 2 gasketed ball-joint sections and I or more gasketed sleeve sections, rated for 250-psig (1725-kPa) minimum wO,rking pressure and FDA-approved epoxy interior coating for offset and expansion indicat.ed. Include polyethyl~ne (PE) film encasement. F. Ductile-Iron Deflection Fittings: Compound coupling fitting with sleeve and flexing sections, gaskets, andrestniined-joint ends conforming"to A WWA CliO or A WWA C153. Include rating for 250-psig' (1725-kPa) minimum working pressure, and cement lining or FDA-approved epoxy interior coating for up to 20 degrees (0.35 rad) deflection. Include polyethylene (PE) film encasement. G. Ductile-Iron Expansion Joints: 3-piece assembly of telescoping sleeve with gaskets and. restrained-type, ductile-iron, bell-and-spigot end sections conforming to A WW A C II 0 or AWWA Cl~3. Include rating for 250-psig (1725-kPa) minimum working pressure, and cement lining or FDA-approved epoxy interior coating for expansion indicated. Include polyethylene (FE) film encasement. 2.04 PIPE ENCASEMENT A. Include AWWA CI05, polyethylene film tube and sheet, 8-mil (O.2-mm) thickness for the following: 1. Ductile-iron piping. 2. Ductile-iron, special pipe fittings. . 2.05 MANHOLES A. Precast Concrete Manholes: ASTM C 478 (ASTM C 478M), precast, reinforced concrete, of depth indicated, with provision for rubber gasket joints. 1. Base Section: 6-inch (150-mm) minimum thickness for floor slab and 4-inch (100-mm) minimUm thickness for walls and base riser section, and having a separate base slab or base section with integral floo~.. 2. Riser Sections: A-inch (100-mm) minimum thickness, 48-inch (1220-mm) diameter, and lengths to provide depth indicated. . 3. Top Section: Eccentric cone type, unless concentric cone or flat-slab-top type is indicated: Top of cone of size that matches grade rings. 4. Gaskets: ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M), rubber. 5. Grade Rings: Include 2 or 3 reinforced-concrete rings, of 6- to 9-inch (152- to 229~mm) t9tal thickness, that match a 24-inch- (61O-mm-) diameter frame and cover. 6.' Steps: . Fiber glass, individual steps or ladder. Include awidth that allows a worker to place both feet on one step and is designed to prevent lateral slippage gff the step. Cast steps or anchor ladder into base, riser,- and top section sidewalls at 12- to I6-inch (300- to 400-mm) intervals. Omit steps for manholes less than 60 inches (1500 mm) deep. 7. Steps:. ASTM C 478 (ASTM C 478M) individual steps or ladder. Omit steps for manholes less than 60 inches (1500 mm) deep. . 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 7 8. Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923 (ASTM C 923M), resilient, of size required, for each pipe connecting to base section. . B. Precast Concrete Manholes: ASTM C 858, precast, reinforced concrete, designed according to ASTM C 857 for structural loading. Include depth, shape, and dimensions indicated, with provision for rubber gasket joints. I. Gaskets: Rubber. 2. Grade Rings: Include 2 or 3 reinforced-concrete rings, of 6- to 9-inch (152- to 229-mm) total thickness, that match a 24-inch- (610-mm-) diameter frame and cover. 3. Steps: Fiber glass, individual steps or ladder. Include a width that allows a worker to place both feet on one step and is designed to prevent lateral slippage off the s.tep. Cast steps or anchor ladder into base, riser, and top section sidewalls at 12- to 16-inch (300- to 400-mm) intervals. Omit steps for manholes less than 60 inches (1500 mm) deep. 4. Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923 (ASTM C 923M), resilient, of size required, for each pipe connecting to base section. C. Brick Manholes: Brick and mortar, of depth indicated. 1. Base, Channel, and Bench: Concrete. a. Ballast: Increase thickness of or add concrete to base, as required to prevent floatation. Wall: ASTM C 32, Grade MS, manhole brick; 8-inch (200-mm) minimum thickness and an inside diameter of 48 inches (1220 mm) with tapered top for a 24-inch (610-mm) frame and cover. Include 12-inch (305-mm) minimum wall thickness for section of manhole deeper than 96 inches (2400 mm). a. Option: ASTM C 139, concrete masonry units may be used instead of brick. Mortar and Parging: ASTM C 270, Type S, using ASTM C 150, Type II, portland cement, 1/2-inch (13-mm) minimum thickness on exterior surface. Steps: Fiber glass, individual steps or ladder. Include a width that allows a worker to place both feet on one step and is designed to prevent lateral slippage off the step. Cast steps or anchor ladder into sidewalls at 12- to 16-inch (300- to 400-mm) intervals. Omit steps for manholes less than 60 inches (1500 mm) deep. . 2. 3. 4.. D. Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes: Construct of reinforced-concrete bottom, walls, and top, designed according to ASTM C 857 for loading. Include depth, shape, dimensions, and appurtenances indicated. 1. Steps: Fiber glass, individual steps or ladder. Include a width that allows a worker to place both feet on one step and is designed to prevent lateral slippage off the step. Cast steps or anchor ladder into sidewalls at 12- to 16-inch (300- to 400-mm) intervals. Omit steps for manholes less than 60 inches (1500 mm) deep. E. Manhole Frames and Covers: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18, heavy-duty ductile iron. Include 24-inch (61O-mm) inside diameter by 7- to 9-inch (178- to 229-mm) riser with 4- 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 8 . 0"":1-, ~ I . inch (lOO-mm) minimum width flange, and 26-inch- (660-mm-) diameter cover. Include indented top design with lettering, equivalent to the following, cast into cover: 1. Sanitary Sewerage Piping Systems: SANITARY SEWER. 2. Storm Drainage Piping Systems: STORM'SEWER. 3. Piping Systems Containing Sanitary Sewage: SANITARY SEWER. 2.06 CA TCH BASINS. A. Precast, Concrete Catch ~asins: ASTM C 478 (ASTM C 478M), precast, reinforced concrete, of depth indicated, with provision for rubber gasket joints. . 1. Base Section: 6-inch (150-mm) minimum thickness for floor slab and 4-inch (IOO-mm) minimum thickness for walls and base riser section, and having a separate base slab or base section with integral floor. 2. Riser Sections: 4-inch (1OO-mm) minimum thickness; 48-inch (1220-mm) diameter, and lengths to provide depth indicated. 3. Top Section: Eccentric cone type, unless c"oncentric cone or flat-slab-top type is indicated. Top of cone of size that matches grade rings. . 4. Gaskets: ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M), rubber. . 5. Grade Rings: Include 2 or 3 reinforced-concrete rings, of 6- to 9-inch (152- to 229-mm) total thickness, that match a 24-inch- (610-mm-) diameter frame and grate. 6. Steps: ASTM C 478 (ASTM C 478M) individual steps or ladder. Omit steps for catch basins less than 60 inches (1500 mm) deep. 7. Pipe Connectors:. ASTM C 923 (ASTM C 923M), resilient, of size required, for ~ach pipe connecting to base section. B. Precast Concrete Catch Basins: ASTM C 858, precast, reinforced concrete, designed according to ASTM C 857 for structural loading. Include depth, shape, and dimensions indicated, with provision for rubber gasket joints. - . 1. Gaskets: Rubber. 2. Grade Rings: Include 2 or 3 reinforced-concrete rings, of 6- to 9-inch (152- to 229-mm) total thickness, that match a 24-inch- (61O-mm-) diameter frame and grate. 3. Steps: Fiber glass, individual steps or ladder. Include a width that allows a worker to place both feet on one step and is designed to prevent lateral slippage off the step. Cast steps or anchor ladder into base, riser, and top section sidewalls at 12- to I6-inch (300- to 400-mm) intervals. Omit steps for catch basins less than 60 inches (1500 mm) deep. 4. Pipe Connectors:ASTM C 923 (ASTM C 923M), resilient, of size required, for each pipe connecting to base section. C. Brick Catch Basins: Brick and mortar, of depth, shape, and dimensions indicated. 1. Base, Channel, and Bench: Concrete. 2. Wall: ASTM C 32, Grade MS, manhole brick; 8-inch (200-mm) minimum thiclaiesswith .taper~d top for a 24-inch (61 O-mm) frame and cover. . 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 9 3. a. Option: ASTM C 139, concrete masonry units may be used instead of brick. Mortar: ASTM C 270, Type S, using ASTM C 150, Type II, portland cement. Steps: Fiber glass, individual steps or ladder. Include a width that allows a worker to place both feet on one step and is designed to prevent lateral slippage off the step. Cast steps or anchor ladder into sidewalls at 12- to 16-inch (300- to 400-mm)intervals. Omit steps for catch basins less than 60 inches (1500 mm) deep. . 4. D. Cast-in-Place Concrete Catch Basins: Construct of reinforced-concrete, designed according to ASTM C 857 for structural loading. Include depth, shape, dimensions, and appurtenances indicated. 1. Bottom, Walls, and Top: Reinforced concrete. 2. Channels and Benches: Concrete. 3. Steps: Fiber glass, individual steps or ladder. Include a width that allows a worker to'place both feet on one step and is designed to prevent lateral slippage off the step. Cast steps or anchor ladder into sidewalls at 12- to 16-inch (300- to 400-mm) intervals. Omit steps for catch basins less than 60 inches (1500 mm) deep. E. Frames'and Grates: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18, heavy-duty ductile iron, 24-inch (610- mm) inside diameter by 7- to 9-inch (178- to 229-mm) riser with 4-inch (1OO-mm) minimum width flange, and 26-inch- (660-mm-) diameter flat grate having small square or short-slotted drainage openings. 2.07 STORM-WATER INLETS . A. Curb Inlets: Made with vertical curb opening, of materials and dimensions according to utility standards. B. Gutter Inlets: Made with horizontal gutter opening, of materials and dimensions according to utility standards. Include heavy-duty frames and grates. - C. Combination Inlets: Made with vertical curb and horizontal gutter openings, of materials and dimensions according to utility standards. Include heavy-duty frames and grates. D. Frames and Grates: Heavy-duty frames and grates according to utility standards. E. Curb Inlets: Vertical, curb-opening type, of materials and dimensions indicated. F. Gutter Inlets: Horizontal, gutter-opening type, of materials and dimensions indicated. Include heavy-duty frames and grates. G. Combination Inlets: Vertical, curb-opening and horizontal, gutter-opening type, of materials and dimensions indicated. Include heavy-duty frames and grates. H. Frames and Grates: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18, heavy-duty ductile iron, frames and flat grates, of dimensions indicated. Include small square or short-slotted drainage openings in grates. 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 10 . 2.08 CONCRETE . A. General: Cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318, ACI 350R, and the following: 1. CeII1ent: ASTM C 150, Type II." 2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand. 3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel. 4. Water: Potable. B. Structures: Portland-cement design mix, 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) minimum, with 0.45 maximum water-cement ratio. I. Reinforcement Fabric: ASTM A 185, steel, welded wire fabric, plain. 2. Reinforcement.Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60 (ASTM A 615M, Grade 400), deformed steel. C. Structure Channels and Benches: Factory or field formed from concrete. Portland-cement design mix, 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) minimum, with 0.45 maximum water-cement ratio. 1. Include channels and benches in sanitary sewerage and storm drainage manholes. . a. Manhole Channels: Concrete invert, formed to same width as connected piping, with height of the vertical sides to 3/4 of the pipe diameter. Form curved channels with smooth, uniform radius and slope. 1) Invert Slope: 1.2 inches (30 mm) through manhole. b. Manhole Benches: Concrete, sloped to drain into channel. 1) Slope: I inch per foot (1:12). 2) Slope: 0.5 inch per foot (1:24). Include channels and benches in storm drainage catch basins. a. .' Catch Basin Channels: Concrete invert, formed to same width as . connected piping, with height of the vertical sides to 3/4 of the pipe diameter.. Form curved channels with smooth, uniform radius and slope. 1) Invert Slope: 1.2 inches (30 mm) through catch basin. b. Catch Basin Benches: Concrete, sloped to drain, into channel. 1) ". Slope: .1 inch per foot (1:12). . 2. 2.09 PROTECTIVE COATINGS A. General: Include factory-or field-applied protective coatings to structures and appurtenances according to the following: B. Coating: . 1- or 2-coat, coal-tar epoxy, 15-mil (O.3~I-mm) minimum thickness, except where otherwise indicated. 1. Manholes: On exterior surface. 2. - Brick Manholes: Over parging on exterior surface. 3 . Maqhole I:rames and Covers: On surfaces' that will be exposed to se.wer gases. 4. Catch Basins: On exterior surface. 5. Storm-Water Inlets: On exterior surface. . 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 11 2.10 POLYMER-CONCRETE CHANNEL DRAINAGE SYSTEMS A. General: Modular system of precast, polymer-concrete channel sections, grates, and appurtenances, designed so that grates fit into channel recesses without rocking or rattling. Include number o~ units required to form total lengths indicated. . B. Sloped-Invert, Polymer-Concrete Systems: Include the following components: 1. Channel Sections: Interlocking-joint, prec~t, modular units with end caps. Include 4-inch (1OO-mm) inside width and deep, rounded bottom, with built-in invert slope of 0.6 percent (1:167) and outlets in number, sizes, and locations indicated. Include extension sections necessary for required depth. a. Frame: Include cast-iron or steel frame for grate. 2. Grates with manufacturer's designation "Medium Duty," with slots or perforations that fit recesses in channels. a. Material: Galvanized steel. 3. Grates with manufacturer's designation "Heavy Duty," with slots that fit recesses in channels. a. Material: Galvanized steel. 4. Covers: Solid cast iron, where indicated. 5. Locking Mechanism: Manufacturer's standard device for securing grates to channel sections. c. Narrow- Width, Level-Invert, Polymer-Concrete Systems: components: Include the following 1. Channel Sections: Interlocking-joint, precast, modular units with end caps. Include 5-inch (127-mm) inside width and 9-3/4-inch (248-mm) deep, rounded bottom with level invert, and 4-inch (100-mm) outlets in number and locations indicated. Grates with slots or perforations that fit recesses in channels. a. Material: Galvanized steel. Covers: Solid cast iron, where indicated. Locking Mechanism: Manufacturer's standard device for securing grates to channel sections. . 2. 3. 4. D. Wide-Width, Level-Invert, Polymer-Concrete Systems: Include the following components: 1. Channel Sections: Interlocking-joint, precast, modular units with end caps. Include 8-inch (203-mm) inside width and 13-3/4-inch (350-mm) deep, rounded bottom with level invert, and outlets in number, sizes, and locations indicated. 2. Grates with slots or other openings that fit recesses in channels. a. Material: Cast iron. 3. Covers: Solid cast iron, where indicated. 4. Locking Mechanism: Manufacturer's standard device for securing grates to channel sections. E. Appurtenances: Precast, polymer-concrete units. 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 12 . 1. Large Catch Basins: 24-by-12-inch (610-by-305-mm) polymer-concrete body, wi.th outlets of number and sizes inCiicated. Include cast-iron slotted grate. a. Frame: Include cast-iron or steel frame for grate. Small Catch Bas'ins: 19 to 24. inches by approximately 6 inches (483 to 610 mm by approximately 150 mm) polymer-concrete body, with outlets of number and sizes indicated. Include cast-iron slotted grate. a. . Frarrie: Include cast-iron or steel frame for grate. Oil Interceptors: Polymer-concrete body with interior baffle and 4 steel support channels and two 1/4-inch- (6.35-mm-) thick steel-plate covers. a. Capacity: 200 gallons (757 L). . b. . Inlet and Outlet Size: 6 inches (150 mm). Sediment Interceptors: 27-inch- (686-mm-) square polymer-concrete body, with outlets of number and sizes indicated. Include 24-inch- (61O-mm-) square cast- iron frame and slotted. grate. . 2. 3. 4. F. Supports, Anchors, and Setting Devices: Manufacturer's standard, except where otherwise indicated; . G. Channel-Section, Joining and Fastening Materials: As recommended by system manufacturer. 2.11 BACKWATER VALVES A. Horizontal Backwater Valve Type: ASME AI12.14.1, cast-iron body and bolted cover, with bronze seat, swing check valve, and hub-and-spigot ends. . B. Combination Ho~izontal Backwater Valve and Manual Gate Valve Type: ASME AI12.14.1, cast-iron body and bolted cover, with bronze seat, swing check valve, and hub- and-spigot ends. ' C. Terminal Backwater Valve Type: ASME AI12.14.1, cast-iron body and bolted cover, with bronze seat, swing check valve, and hub inlet. 2.12 CLEANOUTS A. Description: ASME AI12.36.2M, round, cast-iron housing with clamping device and round, secured, scoriated, cast-iron cover. Include cast-iron ferrule with inside calk or spigot connection and countersunk, tapered-thread, brass closure plug. Use units with top- loading classificatiol)s. according to the following applications: 1. Light Duty: In earth or grass, foot-traffic areas. 2. Medium, Duty: In paved, foot-traffic areas. 3. . Heavy Duty: - In vehicle-traffic service areas. 4. . Extra Heavy Duty: In roads. . B. Sewer Pipe Fitting and Riser to Cleanout: ASTM A 74, service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings: . 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - ]3 2.13 DRAINS A. Area Drains: ASME Al 12.21.1M, round, cast-iron body with anchor flange and round, secured, cast-iron grate. Include bottom outlet with inside calk or spigot connection, of sizes indicated. Use units with top-loading classifications according to the following applications: . 1. Medium Duty: In paved, foot-traffic areas. 2. Heavy Duty: In vehicle-traffic service areas. 2.14 OUTFALLS A. Construct headwall, apron, and tapered sides of cast-in-place, reinforced concrete. B. Riprap: Broken stone, irregular size and shape, weighing 15 to 50 pounds (7 to 23 kg) each. C. Energy Dissipators: Construction as indicated, from materials indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EARTHWORK A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." 3.02 IDENTIFICATION A. Materials and their installation are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." Arrange for installation of green warning tapes directly over piping and at outside edges of underground structures. . I. Use warning tapes or detectable warning tape over ferrous piping. 2. Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground structures. 3.03 SEWERAGE PIPING APPLICATIONS A. General: Include watertight joints. B. Refer to Part 2 of this Section for detailed specifications for pipe and fitting products listed below. Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods according to the following applications. C. Pipe Size 4 to 6 Inches (100 to 150 mm): Hub-and-spigot, extra-heavy class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; compression-type gaskets; and gasketed joints. D. Pipe Sizes 4 and 6 Inches (100 and 150 mm): Ductile-iron pipe; standard-pattern, cast- iron or ductile-iron fittings or compact-pattern, ductile-iron fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 14 . E. Pipe Sizes 4 and 6 Inches (100 and 150 mm): Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), cellular-core plastic pipe; ASTM D 3034, PVC, solvent-cement, sewer pipe . fittings; and solvent- cemented joints: . F. Pipe Sizes 4 and -6 Inches (100 and 150 mm): .ASTM D 3034, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sewer pipe and fittings; solvent-cemented joints; or with gaskets and gasketed joints. G. Pipe Sizes 8 and 10 Inches (200 and 250 mm): Hub-and-spigot, extra-heavy class, cast- iron soil pipe and' fittings; compression-type gaskets; and gasketed' joints. H. Pipe Sizes 8 and 10 Inches (200 and 250mm): Ductile-iron pipe; standard-pattern, cast- iron or ductile-iron fittings or compact-pattern, ductile-iron fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. . . .1. Pipe Sizes 8 and 10 Inches (200 and 250 mm): ASTM A 240, Type 304, stainless-steel drainage .pipeand fittings; mechanical couplings; and coupled joints. Use ethylene- propylene-diene-monomer (EPDM), rubber-compound seal, except where otherwise indicated. Use nitrile-robber-compound seal for wastes containing gasolirie or oil. 1. Pipe Sizes 8 and 10 Inches (200 and 250 mm): ASTM D 3034, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sewer pipe aIidflttings; solvent-cemented joints; or With gaskets and gasketed joints. K. Pipe Sizes 12 to 16 Inches:(300 to 400 mm): Ductile-iron pipe; standard-pattern, cast-iron or ductile-iron fittings or compact-pattern, ductile~irori fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. . L. Pipe Sizes 12 and 15 Inches (300 and 375 mm): AASHTO M 294 Interim, corrugated, polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe; ASTM D 3034, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), socket-end fittings; gaskets; and watertight, gasketed joints. M. Pipe Sizes 12 and 15 Inches (300 and 375 mm): AASHTO M 294 Interim, corrugated, polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe and fittings; couplings with seals; and watertight, coupled joints. N. Pipe Sizes 12 and' 15 Inches (300 and 375 mm): ASTM D 3034, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sewer pipe and fittings; solvent-cemented joints; or with gaskets and gasketed joints. O. Pipe Sizes 12 and 15 Inches (300 and 375 mm): ,Reinforced-concrete sew,er pipe and fittings; rubber gaskets; and gasketed joints. P. Pipe Sizes 18 to 24 Inches (450 to 600 mm): AASHTO M 294 Interim, corrugated, polyethylene (PE) plastic'pipe; ASTM F 1336 or ASTM Q 3034 pattern, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), socket-end fittings;'gaskets; and watertight, gasketed joints. Q. Pipe Sizes 18 to 24 Inches (450 to 600 mm): AASHTO M 294 Interim, corrugated, polyethylene (PE)plastic pip.e and fittings; couplings with seals; and watertight, coupled joints. . -96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 15 R. Pipe Sizes 18 to 24 Inches (450 to 600 mm): ASTM F 679, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sewer pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. . S. Pipe Sizes 18 to 24 Inches (450 to 600 mm): ASTM F 794, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) profile sewer pipe; ASTM F 794, PVC profile fittings; elastomeric seals; and gasketed joints. T. Pipe Sizes 18 to 24 Inches (450 to 600 mm): Reinforced-concrete sewer pipe and fittings; . rubber gaskets; and gasketed joints. 3.04 DRAINAGE PIPING APPLICATIONS A. General: Include watertight, silttight, or soiltight joints, except where watertight or silttight joints are indicated. B. Refer to Part 2 of this Section for detailed specifications for pipe and fitting products listed below. Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods according to the following applications. C. Pipe Sizes 4 to 6 Inches (100 to 150 mm): Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; couplings; and coupled joints. D. Pipe Sizes 4 and 6 Inches (100 and 150 mm): Ductile-iron pipe; standard-pattern, cast- iron or ductile-iron fittings or compact-pattern, ductile-iron fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. E. Pipe Sizes 4 and 6 Inches (100 and 150 mm): Corrugated-steel pipe; corrugated-steel fittings; connecting bands; and soiltight, coupled joints. . F. Pipe Sizes 4 and 6 Inches (100 and 150 mm): Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), cellular-core plastic pipe; ASTM D 3034, PVC, solvent-cemented, sewer pipe fittings; and solvent- cemented joints. G. Pipe Sizes 4 and 6 Inches (100 and 150 mm): ASTM D 3034, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sewer pipe and fittings; solvent-cemented joints; or with gaskets and gasketed joints. H. Pipe Sizes 4 to 6 Inches (100 to 150 mm): ASTM F 794, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) profile, gravity sewer pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed'joints. 1. Pipe Sizes 8 to 16 Inches (200 to 400 mm): Ductile-iron pipe; standard-pattern, cast-iron or ductile-iron fittings or compact-pattern, ductile-iron fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. 1. Pipe Sizes 8 to 15 Inches (200 to 375 mm): Corrugated-steel pipe; corrugated-steel fittings; connecting bands; and soiltight, coupled joints. K. Pipe Sizes 8 to 15 Inches (200 to 375 mm): AS.TM D 3034, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sewer pipe and fittings; solvent-cemented joints; or with gaskets and gasketed joints. L. Pipe Sizes 18 to 36 Inches (450 to 900 mm): Corrugated-steel pipe; corrugated-steel fittings; connecting bands; and soiltight, coupled joints. 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 16. . M. Pipe Sizes i8 t5 36 Inches (450 to 900 rrurl): Corrugated-aluminum pipe; corrugated- aluminum fittings; connecting bands; and soiltight, coupled joints; . N. Pipe Sizes 18 to 36 Inches (450 to 900 mm): Reinforced-concrete sewer pipe and fittings; rubber gaskets; and gasketed joints. 3.05 SPECIAL PIPE COUPLING AND FITIING APPLICATIONS A. Special Pipe Couplings: Use where indicated and where required to join piping and no other appropriate method is specified. Do not use instead of specified joining methods. 1. Use the following pipe couplings for nonpressure applications: a. Strait-pattern, sleeve type to join .piping, of same size, with small difference in outside diameters. b. . Increaser/reducer-pattern; sleeve type to join piping of different sizes. c. Gasket type to join piping of different sizes where annular space between smaller piping's outside diameter and larger piping's inside diameter permits installation. d. Internal-expansion type to join piping with same inside diameter. 2. Ds~ pressure-type pipe couplings for force-main, pressure application joints. Include. polyethylene (PE) encasement. B. Special Pipe Fittings: Use where indicated. Include polyethylene (PE) encasement. 3.06 INSTALLATION, GENERAL . A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans and details) indicate the general location and arrangement of underground sewerage and drainage systems piping. Location and arrangement of piping layout take into account many design considerations. Install piping as indicated, to extent practical. B. Install piping beginning at low point of systems, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's recommendations for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed. C. Use manholes for changes in direction, except where fittings are indicated. Use fittings for bran~h connections, except where direct tap into existing sewer is indicated. D. Use proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings; where different sizes or materials of pipes and. fittings are connected. Reduction of the size of piping in the direction of flow is prohibited. E. Install gravity-flow-systems plpmg at constant slope between points and elevations indicated. Install straight piping runs at constant slope, not less than that specified, where slope is hOt indicated. F: Extend sewerage piping and connect to building's sanitary drains, of sizes and in locations indicated. Terminate piping as indicated. . 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 17 G. Install sewerage piping pitched down in direction of flow, at minimum slope of 0.5 percent (1 :200) and 24-inch (667-mm) minimum cover, except where otherwise indicated. . H. Extend drainage piping and connect to building's storm drains, of sizes and in locations indicated. Terminate piping as indicated. . 1. Install drainage piping pitched down in direction of flow, at minimum slope of 0.5 percent (I :200) and 24-inch (667-mm) minimum cover, except where otherwise indicated. J. Tunneling: Install pipe under streets or other obstructions, that cannot be disturbed, by tunneling, jacking, or a combination of both. 3.07 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION A. General: Join and ~stal1 pipe and fittings according to the following. B. Hub-and-Spigot, Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings: With rubber compression gaskets according to CISPI "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Volume 1. Use gaskets that match class of pipe and fittings. I. Install polyethylene film encasement over cast-iron soil pipe and fittings according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA CI05. C. Hubless, Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings: With CISPI-type couplings according to CISPI 310 and CISPI "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Volume 1. 1. Install polyethylene film encasement over hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA CI05. . D. Hubless, Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings: With heavy-duty-type couplings according to applicable provisions of CISPI 310, CISPI "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Volume I, and coupling manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install polyethylene film encasement over hub less, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA CI05. E. Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Cast-Iron Fittings: With push-on-joint, rubber gaskets according to A WW A C600. I. Install polyethylene film encasement over ductile-iron pipe and ductile- and cast- iron fittings according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA CI05. F. Stainless-Steel Drainage Piping: According to manufacturer's written instructions. G. Stainless-Steel Drainage Piping: According to manufacturer's written instructions and ASME Al 12.3.1. H. Install with top surfaces of components, except piping, flush with final finished surface. 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 18 . 1. Corrugatea-Steel Pipe: Join and install acc6~diiig to ASTMA 798. Use soiltight joints made with coupling bands and gaskets, except where other joints are indicated. . 1. Corrugated-Aluminum Pipe:. Join and install according to ASTM B 788. Use soiltight joints made with coupling bands and gaskets, except where other joints are indicated. K. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings: As follows: I. Join solvent-cement-joint pipe and fittings with solvent cement according to ASTM D 2855 and ASTM F 402. 2. Join pipe and gasketed fittings with.' elastomeric 'seals according to ASTM D 2321. 3. Join profile sewer pipe and ribbed drain pipe and gasketed fittings with elastom~ric seals according to ASTM D 2321 and manufacturer's written instruction. . 4. Install according to ASTM D 2321. L. Concrete Pipe and Fittings: Install according to ACPA "Concrete Pipe Handbook." Use the following seals: 1. Round Pipe and Fittings: ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M), rubber gaskets. 2. Elliptical Pipe: ASTM C 877 (ASTM C 877M), Type I, sealing bands. 3. Arch Pipe: ,ASTM C 877 (ASTM C 877M), Type I, sealing bands. M. System Piping Joints: Make joints using sy~tem m~ufacturer's couplings, except where otherwise specified.. . N. Join piping made of different materials or dimensions with couplings made for this application. Use couplings. that are compatible with and fit both systems' materials and dimensions. 3.08 MANHOLE INSTALLATION A. General: Install manholes, complete with accessories, as indicated. B. Form continuous concrete channels and benches between inlets 'and outlet, where indicated. C. Set tops of frames. and covers flush with finished surface where manholes occur in pavements. Settops 3 inches (76 mm) above finished surface elsewhere, except where otherwise indicated~ D. Place. precast concrete manhole sections as indicated, and install according to ASTM C' 891. I. Provide rubber joint gasket complying with ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M), at joints of.sections. E. . Cons~ct brick manholes as indicated. F. Construct cast~in-place manholes as indicated. . 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 19 3.09 CATCH BASIN INSTALLATION A. Construct catch basins to sizes and shapes indicated. . B. Set frames and grates to elevations indicated. 3.10 STORM DRAINAGE INLET AND OUTFALL INSTALLATION A. Construct inlet head walls, aprons, and sides of reinforced concrete, as indicated. B. Construct outlet head walls, aprons, and sides of reinforced concrete, as indicated. C. Construct riprap of broken ~tone, as indicated. D. Install outlets that spill onto' grade, anchored with concrete, where indicated. E. Install outlets that spill onto grade, with flared end sections that match pipe, where indicated. F. Construct energy dissipators at outlets, as indicated. 3.11 CONc:;RETE PLACEMENT A. Place cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318, ACI 350R, and as indicated. 3.12 DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Assemble and install components according to manufacturer's written instructions and as indicated. . B. Assemble and install components according to manufacturer's written instructions, ASME AI12.3.1, and as indicated. C. Install with top surfaces of components, except piping, flush with final finished surface. 3.13 BACKWATER VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install horizontal units in piping where indicated. B. Install combination units in piping and in structures where indicated. C. Install terminal units on end of piping and in structures where indicated. Secure units to structure walls. 3.14 CLEANOUT INSTALLATION A. Install c1eanouts and riser extension from sewer pipe to c1eanout at grade. Use cast-iron soil pipe fittings in sewer pipes at branches for c1eanouts and cast-iron soil pipe for riser extensions to clean outs. Install piping so c1eanouts open in direction of flow in sewer pipe. 96-01615-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 20 . B. Set cleanout frames and covers in earth in a cast-in-place concrete block, 18 by 18 by 12 inches (450 by 450 by 300 mm) deep. Set with tops 1 inch' (25 mm) above surrounding earth grade. . . C. Set cleanout frame~ and covers in concrete paving with tops. flush with surface of paving. 3.15 DRAIN INSTALLATION A. Install type drains in locations indicated. B. Embed drains in a 4-inch (IOO-mm) minimum depth 'of concrete around bottom and sides. C. Fasten grates to drains if indicated: D. Set drain frames and covers with tops flush with surface of paving. 3.16 TAP CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to existing piping and underground structures so finished work conforms as nearly as practical to requirements specified for new work. B. Use commercially-manufactured wye fittings for piping branch connections. Remove section of existmg pipe, install wye fitting into existing piping, and encase entire wye fitting plus 6-inch (150-mm) overlap, with not less than 6inches (150 mm) of 3000-psi . (20.7-MPa), 28-day, compressive-strength concrete. . C. Make branch connections from side into existing piping, sizes 4 to 20 inches (100 to 500 mm) by removing a section of existing pipe and installing a wye fitting into existing piping. Encase entirewye with not less than 6 inches (150 mm)of 3000-psi (20.7-MPa), . . 28-day, compressive-strength concrete. D. Make branch connections from side into existing piping, sizes 24 inches (600 mm) or larger or to underground structures by cutting an opening into existing unit large enough to allow 3 mches (76 mm) of concrete to be packed around entering connection. Cut end of connection pipe passing through pipe or structure wall to conform to shape of and be flush with inside wall, unless otherwise indicated. On outside of pipe or structure wall, encase entering connection in 6 inches (150 mm) of concrete for a minimum length of 12 inches (300 rrtm) to provide additional support of collar from connection to undisturbed ground. 1. Use concrete that: wili attain a minimum. 28-day comp~essive strength of 3000 psi (20~7 ~Pa)"Unless otherwise indicated. . 2. Use epoxy bonding compound as an interface between new and existing concrete. and piping materials. E. Protect existing pipmg and, structures to prevent concrete or debris from 'entering while making tap connections. Remove debris or other extraneous material that may accumulate. . 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 2] 3.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Clear interior of piping and structures of dirt and superfluous material as the work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in piping and pull past each joint as it is completed. . I. In large, accessible piping, brushes and brooms may be used for cleaning. 2. Place plug in end of incomplete piping at end of day and whenever work stops. 3. Flush piping between manholes and other structures, if required by authorities having jurisdiction, to remove collected debris. B. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches (600 mm) of backfill is in place, and again at completion of the Project. 1. Submit separate reports for each system inspection. 2. Defects requiring correction include the following: a. Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visual between structures. b. Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of a ball or cylinder of a size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter. c. Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping. d. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping. e. Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping.. 3. Replace defective piping using new materials and repeat inspections until defects are within allowances specified. 4. Reinspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory. C. Test new piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired for leaks and defects. . 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval. 2. Test completed piping systems according to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Schedule tests, and their inspections by authorities having jurisdiction, with at least 24 hours' advance notice. 4. Submit separate reports for each test. 5. Where authorities having jurisdiction do not have published procedures, perform tests as follows: a. Sanitary Sewerage: Perform hydrostatic test. 1) Allowable leakage is a maximum of 50 gallons per inch (4.6 L per mm dimension) nominal pipe size, for every mile (km) of pipe, during a 24-hour period 2) Close openings in system and fill with water. 3) Purge air and refill with water. 4) Disconnect water supply. 5) Test and inspect joints for leaks. 6) Option: Test ductile-iron piping according to A WW A C600, Section 4 "Hydrostatic Testing." Use test pressure of at least 10 psig (69.0 kPa). b. Sanitary Sewerage: Perform air test according to UNI-B-6. 96-016/5-96 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 22 . . . . 96-016/5-96 c. Option: Test concrete plpmg according to ASTM C 924 (ASTM C 924M). Storm Drainage: Perform hydrostatic test. I) Allowable leakage is a maximum of 200 gallons per inch (18.4 L per mm dimension) nominal pipe size, for every mile (km) of pipe, during a 24-hour period. Close openings in system and fill with water. Purge air and refill with water. Disconnect water supply. Test and inspect joints for leaks. Option: Test ductile-iron piping according to A WW A C600, Section 4 "Hydrostatic Testing." Use test pressure of at least 5 psig (34.5 kPa). Option: Test concrete piping according to ASTM C 969 (ASTM C 969M). Option: Test concrete arch piping and . elliptical plpmg according to authorities having jurisdiction. Storm Drainage: Perform hydrostatic test. Close openings in system and fill with water to not less than 10-foot (3-m) head of water. Disc()nnect water supply. Water level must not drop for 15 minutes. Inspect joints for leaks. 1) Option: Test concrete arch piping and elliptical plpmg according to authorities having jurisdiction. Storm Drainage: Perform air test according to UNI-B-6. 1) Option: Test round concrete piping, 24 inches (600 mm) and smaller, according to ASTM C 924 (ASTM C 924M). Option: . Test concrete arch piping and elliptical piping according to authorities having jurisdiction. ., 1) 2) 3) ,4) 5) 6) 7) 8) d. e. 2) END OF SECTION 02700 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 - 23 SECTION 02711 . FOUNDA TION DRAINAGE SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.0 I RELA TED DOCUMENTS . A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1-.02 SUMMARY A. This Section' includes foundation, subsoil drainage systems. B. This Section includesunderslab, subsoil drainage systems. C. This Section includes foundation and underslab, subsoil drainage systems. D. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements 'that relate to this Section: 1. Division.2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 2. Division 7 Section "Sheet Membrane Waterproofing." 3. Division 15 Section "Sewage and Sump Pumps" for building storm drain sump pumps. . 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1. Specification Sections. . B. Product data for each type of foundation drainage material required. C. Certification sign~ by C.ontractor and foundation drainage system Installer that installed materials conform' to specified requirements and system waS successfully checked and tested prior to covering with filtering and drainage fill 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed foundation drainage syst~ms similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 1.05 COORDINA nON A. Coordinate foundation. drainage system installation with excavating, trenching, and backfilling. B. Coordinate piping termination with storm drainage system. . ~6-0 16/5-96 FOUNDATION DRAINAGE SYSTEMS 02711 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS . A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Drainage Conduits: a. A vanEDGE; Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. b. Form-A-Drain; CertainTeed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group. 2.02 PIPES AND FIITINGS A. General: Il.lclude pipes, fittings, couplings, and joint materials. B. Perforated, Polyvinyl Chloride (pVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTMD 2729, bell-and- spigot ends, for loose joints. C. Joint Screening: 1 of the following coverings for each open joint: 1. Woven geotextile filter fabric, in I or more layers, for minimum total weight of 3 oz./sq. .yd. (0.1 0 kg/sq. m). Include fabric covering for entire length of tile installation. . . 2.03 SLEEVES A. Cast-Iron Sleeves: Cast or fabricated wall pipe with integral water stop, made for this application. . 2.04 SOIL MATERIALS A. Drainage Fill: W~hed, evenly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, ASTM D 448, coarse aggregate, Size No. 57, with 100 percent passing 1-1I2-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and not more than 5 percent passing No.8 (2.36-mm) sieve. B. Filtering Material: Evenly graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel or crushed stone and natural sand, with 100 percent passing 1-l/2-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing No. 50 (O.3~mm) sieve. C. Matting: Geotextile filter fabric, in 1 or more layers, for minimum total weight of 6 oz./sq. yd. (0.20 kg/sq. m). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and areas for suitable conditions where foundation drainage systems are to be installed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 FOUNDA TION DRAINAGE SYSTEM APPLICATIONS A. Systems with 4-Inch (DN 100) Piping: As follows: 96-016/5-96 FOUNDATION DRAINAGE SYSTEMS 02711 - 2 . 1. Perforated, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sewer pipe and fittings for loose, bell-and- spigot joints. . 3.03 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans and details indicate general location and arrangement of foundation drainage system piping. B. Install piping beginning at low points of system, true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Bed piping with full bearing, solidly in filtering material. .Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions and other requirements .indicated. I. Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at a minimum slope of 1 percent (1: 100) and with a minimum cover of 36 inches (1000 mm), except where otherwise indicated. 2. Provide recesses in excavation bottom to receive bells of pipe bell ends. Lay pipe with bells facing upslope and with spigot end entered fully into adjacent bell. C. Extend piping and connect to storm drainage/sump pump system, of sizes and in locations indicated: Terminate piping as indicated. D. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings: As follows: 1. Join ASTM D 3034 sewer pipe and fittings with elastomeric seal gaskets according to ASTM D 232 L Join ASTM D 2729 perforated, sewer pipe and fittings with loose, bell-and-spigot joints. Install according to ASTM D 2321. Ins~all perforated pipe with perforations down. . 2. 3. 4. 3.04 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves in locations. and at elevations indicated. 3.05 SOIL MATERIAL INSTALLATION A. Filtering Material: Place supporting layer of filtering material over compacted subgrade where drainage pipe is to be laid to depth indicated or, if not indicated, to compacted depth of not less than' 4 inches (100 mm). B. Drainage Filf: Place fill over drain piping after satisfactory testing and covering with filtering material. Cover piping to width of atleast ~ inches (150 mm) on each side and above top of pipe to within 12 inches (300 mm) of finish grade. Place fill material in layers not exceeding 3, inches (75 mm) in loose depth, and compact each layer placed. 1. Place L layer o(syntheticdrainage fabric, overlapping edges at least 4 inches (100-mm), over drainage fill material. . 96~0 16/5-96 FOUNDATION DRAINAGE SYSTEMS 02711 - 3 c. Fill to Grade: Place impervious fill material over compacted drainage fill. Place material in loose-depth layers not exceeding 6 inches (150 mm). Thoroughly compact each layer. Fill to finish elevations and slope away from building. . 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Test drain piping with water or visually check piping to ensure free flow before backfilling. Remove obstructions, replace damaged components, and repeat test until results are satisfactory. 1. Place additional filtering material to depth of 4 inches (100 mm) around sides and top of dr~ins after testing. END OF SECTION 02711 . 96-016/5-96 FOUNDA nON DRAINAGE SYSTEMS 02711 - 4 . . PART I - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE A. Work includes: Work under this Section consists of providing reinforced and non- reinforced concrete as indicated on the drawings. 1. Materials shall be free from defects impairing strength, durability or appearance. 2. Exposed surfaces throughout project shall have the same texture and color for like locations. B. Related documents: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract" including General and Suppll:mentarY Conditions and Division One Sections of these Specifications, apply to the work of this Section. 1.02 REFERENCES A Codes and standards: Comply with standards specified in this Section. . 10: 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. . 96-016/6-96 I. 2. ACI3of-R75,-"Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings". ACI 304-73, ReaffIrmed 1983, "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, . Transporting and Placing Concrete". ACI 305R-77, "Hot Weather Concreting". ACI 3.06R~78, "Cold Weather Concreting". ACI 309R-82, "Identification and Control of Consolidation Related Surface Defects inFormed Concrete". ACI 315-80, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reiilforcement". ACI 318-83; '!Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". ASTM A82-79,"Cold-Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement". ASTM A615-82 (SI), "Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete R,einforcement" . ASTMC31-84, "Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field"'- ASTM C33-84, "Concrete Aggregates". ASTM C42-84a, "Obtaining and Testing' Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete". ASTM C78:-84, "Test Method for Flexural strength of Concrete". ASTM C94~84, "Ready-Mixed Concrete". ASTM CI43-78, "Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete". ASTMCI50-85, "Portland Cement". ASTM CI7I-R80, "Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete". ' ASTM Cln, "Sampling". ASTM.CI73-78, "Test Method For.Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the VoiuriJ.etric Method". ASTM CI92, "Making and Curing Cylinder". ASTM C231 ~82, "Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method". 3. 4. . 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. CAST-IN-'PLACE CONCRETE 03300-1 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 1.03 SUBMITI ALS ASTM C260-77, "Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete". ASTM C309-81, "Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete". ASTM C494-82, "Chemical Admixtures for Concrete". ASTM C618, "Fly Ash". A WS-D1.4-79, "Structural Welding Code - Reinforced Steel". CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice". . A. General: Comply with the provisions of Section 01300. B. Manufacturers' data: Submit: I. Mix designs for each type and class of concrete. Submittal shall include independent lab tests verifying the design strength in accordance with ACI 318 Chapter 4. 2. Complete list of all items proposed for the work under this Section and sufficient data to demonstrate compliance with these specifications. 3. Complete description of proposed curing methods. 4. Concrete cylinder test reports. C. Shop drawings: Submit complete Shop Drawings of all materials proposed to be provided under this Section. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structur es." Include: 1. 2. 3. 4. Bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangement and assemblies. Special reinforcement required around openings throughout concrete structures. Location of all proposed construction joints, keying, and water stops. Locations of all openings, depressions, construction and control joints, trenches, sleeves, inserts, and other items affecting. the reinforcement and placing of concrete. . D. Mill Certificates: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit steel producer's certificates of mill analysis, tensile, and bend tests for reinforcing steel. E. Placement schedule: Submit schedule for all pours in project. Number each pour in schedule and cross reference schedule number to test report submittals indicating location for each pour. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer qualifications: Provide at least one person thoroughly familiar with specification requirements, completely trained, qualified to perform the work, who shall be present at all times on the project site directing the work. Provide additional skilled personnel to <;:nsure installation in strict accordance with design Documents. B. Quality control: Sampling during placement shall be accomplished either by an employee of an independent Testing Laboratory or by an individual, approved by the ARCHITECT, qualified to perfonn operations as described herein. Testing shall be accomplished by an independent laboratory as described in Section 01400. 96-016/6-96 1. Sampling and testing shall include the following: CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-2 . . . ~. .' \. :-~~{-:.:> 2. a.Slump: ASTM C143; one test for each concrete load at point of discharge. b.Air content: ASTM C173, volumetric method; for lightweight or normal weight concrete; ASTM C231 pressure for normal weight concrete; one for each set of compressive test specimens. c. Concrete temperature: Record hourly when air temperature is 40 degrees . F. and below,- or when 80 degr~es F. and above, and each time a set of strength test specimens are made. d. Compression test specimen: ASTM C31; one set of four standard cylinders fof each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold, cure and store as directed by the Testing Laboratory. Fi.eld test specimens: Samples of concrete mixtures shall be taken to determine the adequacy of control of materials, proportioning, consistency, mixing, and air content of the concrete. Sufficient quantities shall also be tested for curing strength as. follows: a. Compression test cylinders: One (1) setof four cylinders shall be made .. from the same batch for each 50 cubic yards, or fraction thereof, for each type of concrete placed daily, and not less than four (4) cylinders for each day~s operation or for each 4000 square feet of surface area places. Field sampling reports: ForWard to the ARCHITECT, on the same day sampling is performed, one Field Sample Report for each set of field test specimens made or a Daily Summary Report, listing each set of field test specimens, containing the following information. a. Project name and number b. Name of individual performing sampling c. Date d. Weather conditions e. . For each oftest specimens: 1 Time 2 Temperature . J, Air Content ~ Slump ~ Type and class of concrete Q Location of batch in structure . : 1 Specimen numbers 3. c. Allowable tolerances for concrete ~lacement: . .96-016/6-96 1. Variation from level or grades specified or indicated; unless noted on plans: a., Slabs 1 In any 10 ft. length 2 In any bay or in any 20 ft. leiigth,and Maximum for the entire length 3/8 inch Var:lation of the linear building lines from established position in plan and related position of columns, walls and partitions: 1 In any bay 2 In any 20 ft. . length J,Maximum for the entire length Vari.ation in the sizes and location of sleeves, floor openings, and wall openings Variation m the 'thickness 'of slabs Footings, variations in: 1/4 inch 2. 1/4 inch 3/8 inch 1/2 inch 3. 4. 5. 1/4 inch 1/4 inch CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-3 a. Dimensions in plan b. Misplacement of eccentricity: 2 percent of the footing width in the direction of misplacement but not more than c. Thickness 1 Decrease 1 inch . 2 inches 2 Increase 6. Steps, variations in: a. Each flight 1 Rise 2 Run b. Consecutive steps 1 Riser 2 Tread 5% or max. 2 inches No limit 1/8 inch 1/4 inch 1/16 inch 1/8 inch 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect materials of this Section before, during, and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of all other trades. B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs arid replacements necessary to the ARCHITECTs approval at no additional cost. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Cold weather concreting: Equipment shall be provided for protection of the concrete during freezing or near-freezing weather. No frozen materials or materials containing ice shall be used. Whenever the temperature. is below 40 degrees F., all concrete placed in the forms shall have a temperature of between 70 and 80 degrees F., and means shall be provided for maintaining a temperature of not less than 70 degrees F., for three (3) days, or 50 degrees F. for five (5) days, or for more time to insure curing of the concrete. Work shall be in accordance with ACI 306, "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting." . B. Hot weather concreting: During hot weather when atmospheric temperature rises higher than 90 degrees F., attention shall be given to ingredients, production method, handling, placing, protection and curing to prevent excessive concrete temperatures or water evaporation in accordance with ACI 305, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting. " PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A. Design offormwork is the Contractor's responsibility. 2.02 CONCRETE A. Concrete shall be produced at a central batching plant, mixed and delivered in the forms. 96-016/6-96 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-4 . B. Concrete shall be class, weights, and strength as listed herein, shown in the drawings, and as otherwise directed and specified. . " . C. Concrete class: Item Description Class . Weight Minimum Strength at 28 days Slump All Concrete A Normal Weight 145 PCF 3000'psi 3-5 D. Concrete materials: 1. Portilandcement: Meeting ASTM C 150, Type I or II, and using one brand of ceml~nt throughout project. 2. Fine aggregates: Conform to ASTM C 33, for normal weight and ASTM C 330 for light wieght. . . . 3. Coarse aggregate: Conform to ASTM C 33, for normal weight Conform to ASTM C 330, for light weight. Maximum size shall be 1" for slabs; 1-1/2" for reinforced footings; or not more than 1/5 the narrowest dimension between the sides of the fonns or 3/4 the minimum clear distance between parallel reinforcing-whichever is smaller. . 2.03 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing bars: Comply with ASTM A 615, Grade 60. -B. Steel wire: Comply with ASTM A 82, plain cold-drawn steel wire. C. Welded win~, fabric: Comply with ASTM A 185. D. Supports for reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including' bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other _devices for spacing, supporting. and. fastening remforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place: 1. Use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI specifications, or concrete bricks. , Do not use wood, brick, and other unacceptable materials: 2. For slabson.grade, use supports with sand plates orhorizonuil runners. 3. Surfaces exposed-to-:view, provide supports contactirig forms with either hot-dipped galvcUlized or plastic protected legs. 2.04. CURING MATERIAL. A. Liquid curing and sealing compounds shall conform to ASTM C 309. See Acceptable Products: 1. Type: Clear high solids based, meeting .<\.STM C 309, Type I. . Gifford-Hill & Co., Inc. Sealco 8000. . 96-016/6-96 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-5 Guardian Chemical Co. Protex Industries, Inc. . B. Sheet materials shall conform to ASTM C 171. C. Burlap Cloth made from jute or kenaf and weighing approximately 9 oz. per sq. yd. for moist curing. Provide two layers. 2.05 OTHER MATERIALS A. Acceptable manufacturers: Other manufacturers for a particular material may be submitted for consideration to the Architect, provided products are of comparable design, quality and accompanied by satisfactory evidence as defmed in Section 01600. Materials described herein are based on manufacturer's product and industry standards in order to establish standards of design and quality. B. Provide Manufacturer technical field service during initial pours, at no cost to th.e Owner by a person experienced in the adjustment of concrete mixes for the particular admixtures being used. C. Air entraining admixtures: Conform to the requirements of ASTM C260 and shall contain no chloride. Submit data for approval. 1. Euclid Chemical Company: Air Mix Perma Air Gifford-Hill: Air- Tite Amex 210 Air-Tite 60 (formulated for fly ash mixtures) Monier: Re1crete Air 30 Re1crete Air 40 Septair . 2. 3. D. Water reducing admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A for normal setting or Type D for retarding admixture; contain no chloride, and free of organic acids, (or salts of organic acids) and compatible with air entraining admixture. Submit data for approval. 1. Euclid Chemical Company: Eucon II (Type A, Mild Setting) Eucon HR 75 (Type A, Normal Setting) '2. Gifford-Hill, P.S.I. (Type A or D, Chloride Free) 3. Monier, Re1crete L, N or T E. Retarding admixtures: Conform to ASTM C 494, Type B or Type D; contain no chloride and free of organic acids or salts; and compatible with air entraining admixture. Submit data for approval. 96-016/6-96 1. 2. 3. Euclid Chemical Company, Eucon Retarder 75 (Type B or D) Master Builders, Pozzolith Silka 161 R(TypeD) CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-6 . ",'.J. . F. All other materials, not specifically described, but required for a complete and proper installation" shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to the ARCHITECTs approval. 2.06 PROPORTIONING OF CONCRETE MIXTURES A. General: The concrete shall be proportioned by 6rie of the following methods:. Laboratory verification method or ,water/cement ratio method. ,Proportioning shall be based on the requirements of a plastic and workable mix within the slump range for class and strength as specified. B. Air content of freshly-mixed concrete as determined by the method of ASTM C 173 shall be 5%. A field tolerance of I % plus or minus is acceptable. All concrete shall be air entrained except forfootings. C. Water reducing adri1ixture shall be used in all concrete to reduce the total water requirement per cubic y::I!d of concrete without loss of workability or test strength. D. Retarding admixture shall be used to retard the, settmg time when anticipated ambient temperaturt: exceeds 75 degrees F. during placing or finishing operations. . 2.07 BA TCHING AND MIXING A. Measure cement by weight on a scale separate from those used for other materials. Cement may be measured in bags of standard weight of 94 pounds; however, no fraction of a bag shall be used in any batch. . . B. Measure aggregates by weight. 'Batch weights shall be based on saturated surface dry materials corrected for the actual moisture condition of the aggregate. C. Measure water by volume or by weight by devices not subject to variation due to variable pressure in the water supply line. Measuring tanks shall be provided with means for checking their calibration. D.. Devices for measuring quantities of cement, aggregates, water and admixtures shall be accurate within 1 % under operating conditions. E. Furnish delivery ticket for each batch of concrete before unloading at the site. Weights of fine and coarse aggregate, amount of cement, and total water as batches shall be printed on ticket by alll automatic printing device. Delivery tickets shall, in addition, include the following: . " 1. Name ofbat(:h plant. 2. Serial number of ticket. 3. Date: and truck niunber. 4. Name of.contractoL' 5. Job !lame oflocation. 6. Class of concrete and slump. 7. Cubiic yards of concrete. 8. Timl~ loaded. 9. An1~.untwater added at job. 10. Initials of Job Superintendent. . 96-016/6-96 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE . 03300-7 F. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION Ready-mixed concrete shall be produced and delivered in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 94. . A.. Examine the substrate and conditions under which work of this Section is to be performed, and correct unsatisfactory conditions which would prevent proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Conduit Work 1. Electrical conduits shall be buried in concrete slabs. Low conduit shall be wired to the upper side of bottom reinforcing, and top conduit shall be wired to the lower side of top steel. 2. Take care in placing concrete around gangs or parallel conduit. Where such conduits occur, they shall be separate by at least one inch (1 It), concrete slab shall be thickened to maintain the same cross sectional concrete area. A. General: 3.02 REINFORCING PLACEMENT 1. Comply with the specified standards for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports, and as herein specified. Clean reinforcement to remove loose rust and mill scale, earth, and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. Position, supports, and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as required. Place reinforcement to obtain the minimum coverages for concrete protection. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports together with 16 gauge wire to hold reinforcement accurately in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so that twisted ends are directed away from exposed concrete surfaces. Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh. Provide sufficient numbers of supports of the strength required to carry reinforcement. Do not place reinforcing bars more than 2 inches beyond the last leg of any continuous bar support. Do not use supports as bases for runways for concrete conveying equipment and similar construction loads. . 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. B. Splices: Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping ends, placing bars in contact and tightly wire tie. 3.03 JOINTS A. Construction joints: 96-016/6-96 1. Horizontal . construction joints will not be permitted except as shown on the Drawings. . CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-8 . 2. If construction joints necessary for the progress of the work are not shown on the Drawings;:shown them in complete detail on Shop Drawings. For slabs on grade, locate joints as indicated on the drawings. Provide keyways at least mid depth in all construction joints in walls, slabs, and between footings and walls. 3. 4. . B. Isolation joints in slabs on grade: Provide isolation joints in slabs on grade at points of contact between slabs on grade and vertical swtaces where indicated. C. Control joints in slabs on grade: Provide control joints in slabs on grade to form panels or patterns as shown. Joints shall be constructed with keyed metal forms as indicated. Except where floor covering is required, construction and expansion joints in slabs shall be filled with joint sea!ant meeting the requirements of Section 07920. A. General 3.04 CONCRETE PLACEMENT L Place. concrete in compliance with practices and recommendations of ACI 304, and as herein specified. 2. Notify ARCHITECT 48 hours before placing concrete in any portion of the structure to permit inspection of the forms and reinforcement.. All embedded items of whatever natl,rre shall be in place prior to inspection. B. Procedures . 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Do. not place any c~ncrete which does not meet slump requirements for concrete specified. Deposit concrete continuously in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as herein specified. -. . Perform concrete placing at such rate' that concrete which is being integrated with fresh concrete is still plastic. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable in its. fmallocation to avoid segregation due.to rehandling and flowing. Do,not subject concrete to any procedure which will cause segregation. Scn:ed concrete which is to receive other construction to the proper level to avoid excessive skimming and grouting. Do .not use concrete which becomes nonplastic and unworkable, or does not meet the required quality control limits, or which has been. contaminated by foreign . matlerials.' , Remove rejected concrete from the site and dispose of it in an approved location. C. Placement schedule: Place concrete in. conformance with the placement schedule to ensure an even distributioh of loads throughout the entire structure. D. Concrete conveying: . 96-016/6-96 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-9 1. Handle concrete from the point of delivery and transfer to concrete conveying equipment, and to the locations of fmal deposit, as rapidly as practicable and by methods which will prevent segregation and loss of concrete mix materials. Keep interior surfaces of conveying equipment, including chutes and tremies, free from hardened concrete, debris, water, and other deleterious materials. Use chutes or tremies for placing concrete where a drop of more than 72 inches is required. Where free droP. through tremies exceeds 18', use flow checking devices. . 2. 3. 4. E. Placing concrete in forms: 1. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers not deeper than 24 inches, avoiding inclined construction joints. 2. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. 3. Remove temporary spreaders in forms when concrete placing has reached the elevation of such spreaders. 4. Do not place concrete in supporting elements until the concrete previously placed in columns and walls is no longer plastic. F. Placing concrete slabs: 1. Immediately before placing concrete, ensure that any required subgrade, waterproofing, vapor barriers, bond breaks, and/or joint forms have been properly installed. Install wire mesh and/or steel reinforcement as indicated and specified. Deposit and consolidate concrete in a continuous operation, within the limits of the construction joints, until the placing of a panel or area is complete. Consolidate concrete during placement by use of Contractor approved equipment, thoroughly working concrete around the reinforcement and into corners. Consolidate concrete placed against bulkheads of slabs on grade, as specified for formed concrete. Consolidate concrete in remainder of slabs by vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screed, or other methods acceptable to the ARCHITECT. Screed to correct level with straightedge to bring surface to the required finish elevation with no coarse aggregate visible. Immediately following screeding fmish the surface to a true even plane using bullfloats or darbies. After concrete.has stiffened sufficiently to support one man's weight without imprint and the water sheen has disappeared, it shall be wood floated. Unless noted otherwise on the drawings, immediately following wood floating, the surfaces shall be steel troweled to produce a smooth, dense surface free from blemishes including trowel marks. In lieu of hand fmishing, an approved power fmishing machine may be used in accordance with the directions of the machine manufacturer. A final hard steel troweling shall be done by hand. Do not sprinkle water on the plastic surface; do not'disturb the slab surfaces prior to start of fmishing operations. . 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 3.03 HOT AND COLD WEA TIlER CONCRETING A. See Job Conditions, paragraph 1.6 elsewhere herein. 96-016/6-96 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-10 . 3.04 CONSOLIDATION . A. General: 1. Consolidate all concrete in forms in accordance with provisions of ACI 309. 2. Corisolidate each layer of concrete immediately after placing, by use of internal concrete vibrators supplemented by hand spading, rodding, or tamping. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete.. . 4. Ma:infall.1: a. frequency of not less than 10,000 vibrations per minute for internal vibrators. . 5. Do not vibrate forms or reinforcement. B. . Equipment: Provide adequate number of units and power source at all times. Maintain spare units on hand. C. Procedures: I. Limit the duration of vibration to the time necessary to produce satisfactory consolidation without causing segregation of aggregate. 2. Inse:rt the vibrator so as to penetrate the lift immediately below the one being placed, arid manipulated to blend the two lifts. 3. Use the vibrator to melt force the concrete as it is being placed, and use the vibrator to consolidate concrete masses. 4. In the case of wall construction, assign one vibrator and vibrator operator to blend the mix; assign at least one other vibrator and operator for consolidating the masses of concrete. . 3.05 CURING A. General: 1. All concrete shall be cured by an approved method for. the period of time given below. Type III cement 3 days Type I, II,IP of IS cement 7 days Type I or Type II cement blended with pozzolaIi 12 days 2. Immediately after placement, concrete shall be protected from premature drying extremes in temperatures, rapid temperature change, mechanical injury and injury from rain and flowing water. All materials and equipment needed for adequate curing arid protection shall be available and accessible -prior to placing concrete. No fire or excessive heat shall be permitted near or in direct contact with the concrete at any. time. Curing shall be accomplished by any of the following methods, or combination thereof, as approved by Contractor. B. Moist curing: .Concrete to be moist-cured shall be maintained continuously wet for the entire curing period. If water or curing materials used, stains or discolors concrete surfaces which are to be permanently exposed, the concrete surfaces shall be cleaned. When wooden forms are left in place during curing, they shall be kept wet at all times. If the forms are removed before the end of the curing period, curing shall be carried out as on unformed surfaces;. using suitable materials. Horizontal surfaces shall be cured by covering with watel1troofpaper, polyethylene sheet, polyethylene-coated burlap or saturated burlap. . 96-016/6-96 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-11 C. Membrane curing: . I. Membrane curing shall not be used on surfaces that are to receive any subsequent treatment depending on adhesion or bonding to the concrete; ~xcept a styrene acrylate or chlorinated rubber compound meeting Class B requirements may be used for surfaces which. are to be painted or. are to receive bituminous roofmg or waterproofmg, or floors that are to receive adhesive applications of vinyl composition tile. Membrane curing compound shall not be used on surfaces that are maintained at curing temperatures with free steam. The curing compound shall be applied to formed surfaces immediately after the forms are removed and prior to any patching or other surface treatment except the cleaning ofloose sand, mortar, and debris from the surface. The surfaces shall be thoroughly moistened with water and the curing compound shall be applied to slab surface as soon as the bleeding water has disappeared, with the tops of jointS being temporarily sealed to prevent entry of the compound and to prevent moisture loss during the curing period. The compound shall be applied in a one-coat continuous operating, at a uniform coverage in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Concrete surfaces which have been subjected to rainfall within three hours after curing compound has been applied shall be recoated at the same coverage rate and method herein specified. On surfaces permanently exposed to view, the surface shall be shaded from direct rays of the sun for the duration of the curing period. Surfaces coated with curing compound shall be kept free offoot and vehicular traffic and from other sources of abrasion and contamination during the curing period. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 3.06 FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES . A. Rough form finish: I . Provide as cast rough form fmish to formed concrete surfaces that are to be concealed in the fmish work or by any other construction. 2. Standard rough form fmish shall be the concrete surface having the texture imparted by the form facing material used, with tie holes and defective area repaired and patched, and all fins and other projections exceeding l!4" in height rubbed down or chipped off. B. Smooth form finish: I. Provide as-cast smooth form finish for formed concrete surfaces that are to be exposed to view, or that are to be covered with a coating material other than cement plaster applied directly to the concrete. 2. Produce smooth form finish by selecting form material to impart a smooth, hard, uniform texture and arranging them orderly and symmetrically with a minimum of seams. 3. Repair and patch defective areas with all fms and other projections completely removed and smoothed. C. Related unformed surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and fmish with a smooth troweled finish. 96-016/6-96 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-12 . . l.",. fC'~ 3.07 MONOLITHIC SLAB.FINISHES . A. Scratch fmish: I. Apply scratch fmish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for terrazzo tile and other bonded applied' cementitious~fmish flooring material. 2. . Afte:r placing slabs, plane the surface to a tolerance not exceeding l!4" in 24" when tested with a straightedge. 3. Slope uniformly to drains where required. 4. - Afte:r leveling,' roughen the surface before its fmal set by using a stiff broom, a brush, or a rake.' B. Float fmish: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. . 6. 7. 8. Apply float fmish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive trowel finish and othe:r fmishes as specified, and to slab surfaces which are to be covered with insulation, and as otherwise shown on the Drawings or in the schedules. . Afte:r placing concrete slabs, do not work the surface further until ready for floating. Begin floating when the surface water has disappeared and when the concrete has stiffenedsufficientIy to permit operation ofa power-driven float, or both. Consolidate the surface with power-driven floats, or by hand-floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Check aI1d level the surface plan to a tolerance not exceeding l!4" in (I 0'0") when teswd with a I O'~O" straightedge placed on the surface at not less than two difference angl~es. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope to drains where required. Immediately after leveling, refloat the surfaces to a smooth, uniform, granular texture. C. Trowel Finiish: 1. Apply trowel flilish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to be exposed to view, unless otherwise shown,.and to slab surfaces that are to be covered with resilient flooring, carpeting, paint or other thin-film fmish coating sy~tem. 2. - ~fte:r floating; begin the fIrst troWel fmish operation using a power-driven trowel. Begin final troweling when the surface produces aringing sound as the trowel is mo,'ed over the surface. 3.' Consolidate the concrete surface by the fmal 'handtroweling operation, free from trowel marks,-uniform in texture and appearance~and'with a surface plane tolerance not I~xceeding 1!8'~in 10'0" when tested with a IO'-P" straightedge. 4. Grind smooth those surface defects which would telegraph through applied floor cove:ring system. . D. Nonslip broom. fmish: . 96-016/6-96 1. Apply nonslip broom fmish to exterior concrete 'paving, steps,' and ramps, and elsewhere as shown on the Drawings or in the schedules. 2. Immediately after trowel fmishing, slightly roughen the concrete surface by brooming in the direction perpendicular to the main traffic route. Use a fiberbristle broom. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-13 E. Chemical hardener fmish: . I. Apply chemical hardener fmish to exposed dry interior concrete floors where required by the Drawings and the schedules. 2. Apply liquid chemical hardener after complete curing - and drying of the concrete surface. 3. Dilute the liquid hardener with water and apply three coats. First coat: II3 strength Secondcoat: . II2 strength Third coat: 2/3 strength 4. Evenly apply all coats and allow 24 hours drying time between coats. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Areas shall be barricaded after the curing and sealing compound has been applied. As soon as the compound has dried, adequately cover floor surface to prevent staining, discoloration or physical damage which may be difficult to correct. Use scuff-proof non-staining building paper or polyethylene film, suitably weighted or ballasted with sand as necessary. B. Where other concrete structures are to be poured on to or adjacent to fmished surfaces, take all necessary precautions to prevent damage from erection of form work or staining from concrete laitance. C. Alert other trades to the need for special protection. against rolling or sliding heavy loads across the surface, oil drippings from pipe threaders, spillage of paint, plaster and mortar. Ensure that the covering is not damaged or removed during the progress of the work. 3.09 QUESTIONABLE CONCRETE . A. The strength level of the concrete will be considered satisfactory if the averages of three (3) consecutive strength test results equal or exceed the required 28-day strength, and no individual strength test result falls below the required 28-day strength by more than 500 pounds per square inch. B. Failure to comply with the evaluation procedure shall constitute questionable concrete, and core tests shall be made at no cost to the Owner in accordance with ACI Building Code 318, Chapter 4, ASTM C 42, and as directed by the ARCHITECT. If core tests fail to demonstrate the strength required by the contract documents, load tests shall be made in accordance with Chapter 20 of the ACI Building Code 318. If concrete again fails to demonstrate strength required, the materials shall be removed and new materials provided. The Contractor shall pay all costs of the load test and all costs of corrective measures to make the work conform to the Contract Documents. C. The term "Building Official" in ACI Building Code 318 shall be interpreted to mean the ARCHITECT. 3.10 CORRECTIVE WORK A. Any careless or improper application of curing compounds, variations in finishing, curing, staining, marring or other damage from ensuring construction operations shall be corrected at no cost to' the Owner. 9~016/6-96 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-14 . . . . 96-016/6-96 I";; B. Corrective work shall be performed in accor<ia,nce with procedures and utilizing materials recommended by approved manufacturer. Corrective work shall. produce a texture, color and fmish which will match adjacent accepted surface as approved by the ARCHITECT. END OF SECTION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-15 . SECTION 4200 UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and 'general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Concrete unit masonry. 2. Brick unit masonry. 3. Masoruywaste disposal. . B. Re1atedSections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: I. Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" for exposed sheet-metal flashing installed in masonry. . Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" for gutter and downspouts. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealing joint in mockup. Divisi9n 8 Section "Entrances and Storefronts" for entrances. Division.8 Section "Hollow Metal Windows" for windows. Division 10 Section "Louvers and Vents" for wall vents. . 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. C. Products i:Clstalled but not furnished under this Section include the following: 1. Steel shelf angles for unit masonry specified in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications. " 2. Wood nailersapd blocking built into unit masonry spe:cified in Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry." . 3. Manufactured reglets in masonry joints for metal flashing specified in Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal." . 4. . . Aluminum entraI).~e~sin unit masonry openings specified in Division 8' Section "Entrances and Storefronts." . 5. Hollow metal: frames in unit masonry openings specified in Division 8 Section ':Standard'SteeIDoors and Frames.." 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide .unit masonry that develops the following installed compressive strengths (fm) at 28 days. 1. F or ~oncrete Unit Masonry: As follows, based on net area: :3..' fI? = 1500 psi (10.3 MPa). . . 96-016/5-96 UNIT MASONRY 04200-1 1.04 SUBMITTALS . A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each different masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured product specified. C. Shop drawings for reinforcing detailing fabrication, bending, and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315 "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, and arrangement of masonry reinforcement. D. Samples for verification of the following: 1. Accessories embedded in the masonry. E. Material certificates for the following, signed by manufacturer and Contractor, certifying that each material complies with requirements. 1. Each different cement product required for mortar and grout, including name of manufacturer, brand, type, and weight slips at time of delivery. 2. Each type and size of joint reinforcement. 3. Each type and size of anchors, ties, and metal accessories. 4. Mortar complying with property requirements of ASTM C 270. 5. Masonry units. F. Qualification data for firms and persons specified' in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. . 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies with fire resistance ratings determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency, by equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by another means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Single-Source Responsibility for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from one source and by a single manufacturer for each different product required. C. Single-Source Responsibility for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source or producer for each aggregate. 96-016/5-96 UNIT MASONRY 04200-2 . . D. . . " 'It, ;;,", ,- ~ . Mockup: Prior to installing unit masonry, construct sample wall to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as other qualities of materials and execution. Build mockups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for final'unit of Work. I. Locate mockups on site'in the locations indicated. a. Include all coursing and material variations. b. Include sealant-filled joint complying with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." Build mockups for the following types of masonry in sizes approximately 60 inches (1524 mm) long by 48 inches (1200 mm) high by full thickness, including face and QHck-up wythes as well as accessories. Include a sealant-filled joint at least 16 mches (4;00 mm) long in each mockup. a. Typical exterior face brick wall with through-wall flashing installed for a 24-inch (600-mm) length in corner of mockup approximately 16 inches (400 mm) down from top of mockup with a 12-inch (300-mm) length of flashingleft exposed to view (omit masonry above half of flashing). Clean exposed faces of mockups with masonry cleaner indicated. Notify Architect.one week in advance of the dates and times when mockups will be constructed. Protect accepted mockups from the elements with weather-resistant membrane. Retain and maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed' condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. a. Acceptance of mockups is for color, texture: and blending of masonry units; relationship of mortar and sealant colors to masonry unit colors; tooling of joints; aesthetic qualities of workmanship; and other material and construction qualities specifically approved by Architect in writing. b. Acceptance of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from- the. Contract Docliments contained in mockups, unless such deviations are specifically approved by Architect in writing. c.. Accepted mockups in an undisturbed condition at the time of Substantial Completion will become part of the completed Work. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORA.GE, AND HANDLING A. Store mas'onryunits on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location to prevent their deterioration or daplage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion, and other causes" If units become wet, do not install until they are in an air-dried condition. B.Store Cemelltitious materials .on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. C. Store aggn:gates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. D. Store masonry accesspries, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil: 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry: During erection, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. . 96-016/5-96 UNIT MASONRY 04200-3 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches (600mm) down both sides and hold cover securely in place. . B. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. 1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by coverings spread on ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges, andprojections from mortar droppings. 3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings. 4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt on completed masonry. C. Cold- Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do hot build on frozen sub grade or setting beds. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or freezing conditions. Comply with the following requirements: I. Cold-Weather Construction: When the ambient temperature is within the limits indicated, use 'the following procedures: . a. 40 to 32 deg F (4 to 0 deg C): Heat mixing water or sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg C). b. Do not conduct masonry operations when temperature falls below 32 deg ~O deg C) Cold- Weather Protection: When the mean daily temperature is within the limits indicated, provide the following protection: a. 40 to 25 deg F (4 to -4 deg C): Cover masonry with a weather-resistant membrane for 48 hours after construction. Cold- Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and above and will remain so until masonry has dried out, but not less than 7 days after completion of cleaning. . 2. 3, D. Hot- Weather Requirements: Protect unit masonry work when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and grout. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 100 deg F (38 deg C) and above. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 96-016/5-96 1. Concrete Masonry Units: a. Blue Circle b. Claussen Concrete c. Metromont d. Augusta Concrete Block Co. UNIT MASONRY 04200-4 . . 2. Mortar Cement, Masonry Cement, and Lime: a. . Blue Circle b. Glen-GeryCorporation. c. ': Lafarge Corporation. ,'" .' d. L"ehigh Portland Cement Co. e. . Grant Cement Co. Joint Reinforcement, Ties, and Anchors: a. Dur-O-Wal, Inc. b. Heckman Building Products, Inc. c. Hohmann & Barnard; Inc. d. Masonry Reinforcing Corp. of America. e. National Wire Products Industries. . . 3. 2.02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS . A. General: . Provide shapes indicated and as follows for each form of concrete masonry unit required. 1. Provide square~edged units for outside comers, except where indicated as bullnose. B. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90 and as follows: . 2.03 BRICK I. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimuin average net-area compressive strength indicated below: a. 1900 psi (13.Ilv1Pa). b. Not less than the unit compressive strengths required to produce concrete unit masonry construction of compressive strength indicated. Weight Classification: Norinal weight. Aggregates: Do not use aggregates made from ptunice, scoria, or tuff. Provide Type I, moisture-controlled units. Size: Manufactured to the actual dimensions listed below (within tolerances specified in the applicable referenced ASTM specification) for the corresponding nominal sizes indicated on Drawings: . a. . 8 inch (200 mm) nominal: 7-5/8 inch (l94mm) actual. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture, unless otherwise indicated. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. A. General: 'Brick is provided by owner. Contractor responsible for transportation to the site and all labor required to handle and fully install brick as detailed. Contacts (Boral Bricks - Gary Fulmer #~OO-288-683J) and (Owner - Keven Mack #706821 1797) . 96-016/5-96 1. Products: The folloWing brick is provided by owner: a." _ Berkley Modular; as manufactured by BoralBrick Co.(Contact - Gary Fulmer #800-288-6831). Brick to be provided by owner (Contact - Keven Mack #706-821-1797. UNIT MASONRY 04200-5 . 2.04 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS . A. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91. 1. For pigmented mortars, use premixed, colored masonry cements of formuiation required to produce color indicated, or if not. indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard formulations. Pigments shall not exceed 5 percent of masonry cement' by weight for mineral oxides nor 1 percent for carbon black. B. Mortar Cement: U.B.C. Standard No. 21-14. 1. F or pigmented mortars, use premixed, colored mortar cements of formulation required to produce color indicated, or if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard formulations. Pigments shall not exceed 5 percent of mortar cement by weight for mineral oxides nor 1 percent for carbon black. C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. D. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144; except for joints less than 1/4 inch (6.5 rom), use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 (1.18 rom) sieve. 1. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural-colored sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound stone, as required to match Architect's sample. E. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. F. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortars. . G. Ready-Mixed Mottar: Cementitious materials, water, and aggregate complying with requirements specified in this Article; combined with set-controlling admixtures to produce a ready-mixed mortar complying with ASTM C 1142. H. Water: Potable. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Colored Masonry Cement: a. Brixment-in-Color; Essroc Materials, Inc. b. Magnolia Color Masonry Cement; Blue Circle Cement Co. c. Lehigh Custom Color Masonry Cement; Lehigh Portland Cement Co. d. Flamingo Color Masonry Cement; Riverton Corporation (The). 2. Mortar Pigments: a. True Tone Mortar Colors; Davis Colors. b. Centurion Pigments; Lafarge Corporation. c. SGS Mortar Colors; Solomon Grind-Chem Services, Inc. 3. Cold-Weather Admixture: a. Accelguard 80; Euclid Chemical Co. b. Morset; Grace: W.R. Grace & Co. 96-016/5-96 UNIT MASONRY 04200-6 . ';.,-",- '. . '~.;i.-: 2.05 JOINT REINFORCEMENT . A. General: Provide joint reinforcement formed from the following: 1. Galvanized carbon-steel wire, coating, class as follows: a. ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 64lM), Class 1, for interior walls; and ASTM A 153, Class B-2, for exterior walls. B. For single-wythe masonry, provide type as follows with single pair of side rods: 1. Truss design with continuous diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches (4.07 mm) o.c. . C. For multi-wythe masonrY and mock-up wall/job sign, provide type as follows: I. Truss design with continuous diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches (407 mm) O.c. 2.06 TIES AND ANCHORS, GENERAL A. General: . Provide ties. and anchors specified in subsequent. articles that comply with . requirements for meta1 and size of this Article, unless otherwise indicated. B. Wire:. As follows: . I. Galvanized Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82; with ASTM A 153, Class B-2 coating for wire ties and anchors in exterior walls. 2. , . Wire Diameter: 0.1875.inch (4.8 mm). C. Steel Sheet: As follows: I. . Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366 (ASTM A 366M) (commercial quality) cold-rolled, carbon-steel sheet hot-dip galvanized after fabrication to comply with ASTM A 153, Class B-2 or B-3, as applicable,.for sheet-metal ties and anchors. D. Thickness of Steel Sheet Galvanized After Fabrication: ,Uncoated thickness of steel sheet for hot-dip galvanizing afterfabrication: I. 0.'0598 inch (1.5 mm). 2.07 BENT WIRE TIES ' A. Individual units prefabricated from bent wire to comply with requirements indicated below: I. Tie Shape for Hollow Masonry Units Laid with Cells Vertical: Rectangular with closed ends and not less than 4 inches (100 mm) wide.. 2. Type for MaSonty Where CoUrsing Between Wythes Does Not Align: Adjustable . tie:s' composed' of 2 parts; one with pintIes, the other with eyes; maximum misalignment of 1,1/4 inches (32 mm). . 96-016/5-96 UNIT MASONRY 04200-7 3. Type for Masonry Where Wythes Are of Different Materials: Adjustable ties composed of 2 parts; one with pintles, the other with eyes; maximum misalignment of 1-l/4 inches (32 mm). . 2.08 ADJUSTABLE ANCHORS FOR CONNECTING TO STRUCTURAL FRAME A. General: Provide 2-piece assemblies as described below, allowing vertical or horizontal differential movement between wall and frame parallel to plane of wall but resisting tension and compression forces perpendicular to it. 1. For anchorage to steel framing, provide manufacturer's standard anchors with crimped II4-mch- (6.4-mm-) diameter wire anchor section for welding to steel and triangular-shaped wire tie section sized to extend within 1 inch (25 mm) of masonry face and as follows: a. Wire Diameter: 0.1875 inch (4.8 mm). 2.09 ADJUSTABLE MASONRY-VENEER ANCHORS A. General: Provide 2-piece assemblies allowing vertical or horizontal differential movement between wall and wall framing parallel to plane of wall but resisting tension and compression forces perpendicular to it, for attachment over sheathing to wood studs, and with the following structural performance characteristics: 1. Structural Performance Characteristics: Capable of withstanding a lOO-lbf (445-N) load in either tension or compression without deforming over, or developing play in excess of, 0.05 inch (1.3 mm). B. Screw-Attached, Masonry" Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a wire tie section and a metal anchor section complying with the following requirements: . 1. Wire Tie Shape: Triangular. 2. Wire Tie Length: As required to extend l-II2 inches (38 mm) into masonry wythe of veneer face. 3. Anchor S~tion: Rib-stiffened, sheet-metal plate with screw holes top and bottom, 0.0747 inch (1.9 mm) thick by 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) wide by 3 inches (75 rom) high; fabricated into tee shape with 2 projecting tabs, 3/4 inch (19 mm) wide by 1 inch (25 mm) long; with slotted holes for connection of vertical legs of triangular wire tie specially formed to fit anchor section. C. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: I. Screw-Attached, Masonry-Veneer Anchors: a. D/A 213; Dur-O-Wal, Inc. b. Pos-I- Tie; Heckman Building Products, Inc. c. DW -10; Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. d. DW-I0HS; Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. e. DW-lO-X; Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. 96-016/5-96 UNIT MASONRY 04200-8 . .. 2.10 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS: A. Vinyl Sheet Flashing: Flexible sheet flashing especially formulated from virgin polyvinyl chloride with plasticizers and other modifiers to remain flexible and waterproof in concealed masonry applications, black in color, and ofthiclai'ess indicated below: ., . 1. ' Thickness:- 30 mils (0,8mm). 2. Application: Use where flashing is fully concealed in masonry. B. Solder and Sealants for Sheet-Metal Flashings: As specified in Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal. " C. Adhesive for Flashings: Of type recommended by manufacturer of flashing material for use indicated. 2.11 lvITSCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Type 2, Class A, Grade I; compressible up to 35 percent; of width' and thickness indicated; formulated from the following material: I. Neoprene. . 2. . Urethane. B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Material as indicated below, designed to fit standard sash block arid to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated. . C. 1. Styrene-Butadiene Rubber Compound: ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA-805. Bond~Break~r Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). . D. Weep Holes: Provide the following: I. 'Wicking Material: Material as indicated below, in length required to produce 2- inch (50-mm) exposure on exterior and 18 inches (450 mm) in cavity between wythes: a. Fibrous glass rope. 2.12 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Job-Mixed Det~rgei1t Solution: Solution of II2-cup (0.14-L) dry measure tetras odium polyphosphate arid II2-cup (0.14-L) dry measure laundry detergent dissolved in I gal. (4 L) of water. ' B. Proprietary' Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard~strength, general-purpose . cleaner designed fc)r removing mortar{grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonrY surfaces of type indicated below without discoloring or damaging masonry stufaces; expressly approved for intended u~e by manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. . 96-016/5-96 UNIT MASONRY 04200-9 I. For masonry not subject to metallic oxidation stains, use formulation consisting of a concentrated blend of surface~acting acids, chelating, and wetting agents. For dark-colored masonry not subject to metallic oxidation stains, use formulation . consisting of a liquid blend of surface-acting acids and special inhibitors. For masonry subject to metallic oxidation stains, use formulation consisting of a liquid blend of organic and inorganic acids and special inhibitors. Available PrOducts: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be used to clean unit masonry surfaces include, but are not limited to, the following: a. 202 New Masonry Detergent; Diedrich Technologies, Inc. b. 200 Lime Solv; Diedrich Technologies, Inc. c. 202V Vana-Stop; Diedrich Technologies, Inc. d. Sure Klean No. 600 Detergent; ProSoCo, Inc. e. Sure Klean No. 101 Lime Solvent; ProSoCo., Inc. f. Sure Klean Vana Trol; ProSoCo, Inc. . 2. 3. 4. 2.13 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. I. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification, for job- mixed mortar; and ASTM C 1142 for ready-mixed mortar, of types indicated below: I. F or masonry below grade, in contact with earth, and where indicated, use type indicated below: a. Type: M. For exterior, above-grade, load-bearing and nonload-bearing walls and parapet walls; for interior load-bearing walls; for interior nonload-bearing partitions, and for other applications where another type is not indicated, use type indicated below: a. Type: N. . 2. C. Pigmented Mortar: Select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce color required. 1. Limit pigments to the following percentages of cement content by weight: a. For mineral oxide pigments and portland cemenf.lime mortar, not more than 10 percent. b. For carbon-black pigment and portland cement-lime mortar, not more than 2 percent. c. For mineral oxide pigments and masonry cement mortar, not more than 5 percent. d. For carbon-black pigment and masonry cement mortar, not more than 1 percent. D. Colored-Aggregate Mortar: Produce required mortar color by using colored aggregates combined with selected cementitious materials. 96-016/5-96 UNIT MASONRY 04200-10 . . E. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. Use grout of consistency indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of consistency (fme or coarse) at time of placement that will completely fill spaces intended to receive gro~t. . ;J' 1. Use fine grout in grout spaces less than 2 inches (50 mm) in horizontal dimension, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Use coarse grout in grout spaces 2 inches (50 mm) or more in least horizontal dimension, unless otherwise indicated. F. Epoxy Pointing Mortar: Mix epoxy pointing mortar to comply with mortar manufacturer's directions. , PART 3 - EXECUTION 3:01 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and o'ther conditions affecting performance of unit masonry. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Examine rough-in and built-in construction to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to the full thickness shown. Build single-wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using uni~) of thickness indicated. . B. Build chases.and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections of the Specifications. C. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completion of masonry. After installing equipmem, complete masonry to match construction immediately adjacent to the opening. D.. Cut masonry units with motor-driven saws to provide clean, shllIp, unchipped edges. Cut units as r,equired to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Use full- size units. without cutting, where possible. Allow units cut with water-cooled saws to dry before placing, unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. E. Mix units for exposed unit masonry from several pallets or cubes as they are placed to produce w:tiform blend of colors and textures. F. Wetting, of Brick:. Wet brick prior to laying if the initial rate of absorption exceeds 30 g/30 sq. in. (g/f94 sq. cm) per minute when tested per ASTM C67.' Allow units to absorb the water so they are damp but not wet at the time ofIaying. . 96-016/5-96 UNIT MASONRY 04200-11 3.03 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES . A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls, and arrises, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 mrn in 3 m), nor 3/8 inch in 20 feet (10 mm in 6 m), nor 1/2 inch in 40 feet (12 mrn in 12 m) or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed II4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), nor 1/2 inch in 40 feet (12 mm in 12 m) or more. For vertical alignment of head joints, do not exceed plus or minus II4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), nor II2 inch (12 mm) maximum. B. Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed II4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), nor 1/2 inch in 40 feet (12 mrn in 12 m) or more. For top surface of bearing walls, do not exceed 118 inch (3 mm) in 10 feet (3 m), nor III6 inch (1.5 mm) within width of a single unit. C. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan and related portion of columns, walls, and partitions, do not exceed 112 inch in 20 feet (12 mm in 6 m), nor 3/4 inch in 40 feet (19 rrim in 12 m) or more. D. Variation in Cross-Sectional Dimensions: For columns and thickness of walls, from dimensions shown, do not exceed minus 1/4 inch (6 mm) nor plus 112 inch (12 mm). E. Variation in Mortar-Joint Thickness: Do not vary from bed-joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus II8 inch (3 mm), with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch (12 mm). Do not vary bed-joint thickness from bed-joint thickness of adjacent course by more than 1/8 inch (3 mm). Do not vary from head-joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm). Do not vary head-joint thickness from adjacent head-joint thickness by more than 118 inch (3 mm). Do not vary from collar-joint thickness indicated by more than minus II4 inch (6 mm) or plus 3/8 inch (10 mm). . . 3.04 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint widths and for accurate locating of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid the use of less-than-half-size units at corners, jambs, and where possible at other locations. B. Lay walls to comply with specified construction tolerances, with courses accurately spaced and coordinated with other construction. C. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in the following bond pattern; do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch (100-mm) horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. . D. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 2 inches (50 mm). Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with less than nominal4-inch (100-mm) horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. E. Stopping and Resuming Work: In each course, rack back I12-unit length for one-half running bond or 1/3-unit length for one-third running bond; do not tooth. Clean exposed " 96-016/5-96 UNIT MASONRY 04200-12 . :..'",' . surfaces of set masonry, wet clay masonry units lightly if required, and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. F. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build-in items specified under this and other Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. G. Fill space betWeen hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise indicated. 1. AI: exterior frames, insert extruded polystyrene board insulation around perimeter of frame in thickness indicated, but not less than 3/4 inch (19 mm) to act as a th,;:rmal break between frame and masonry. H. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masorujunits, place a layer of metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. 1. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry unitS with grout 24 inches (600 mni) under bearing plates, bearns, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Build nonload-bearing interior partitions full height of story to underside of solid floor or roof structure above and as follows: I. Install compressible filler in joint between top of partition and underside of structure above. 3.05 MORTAR BEDDIl\fG AND JOINTING . A. Lay hollow concrete masonry units as follows: 1. With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. . 2. B,;:d webs in mortar in starting course' on footings and in all courses of piers, c;olumns, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout. 3. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar be:d, including areas under cells. 4. Maintain joint widths indicated, except for minor variations required to maintain . bond ali~ent. If not indicated, lay walls willi 3/8-inch (1 O-mm) joints. B. Lay solid brick-size masoniy. units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar tofill head joints and shove intoplace. Do not furrow bed joints or slush head joints. '. 1.' At cavity walls,' slope beds toward cavity to minimize mortar protrusions into cavity. As -work progresses, trowel mortar fins protruding into cavity flat against , cBlvityfaceofbrick. ,. C. Lay hollow brick as follows: 1. Lay vertical-cell units with full head joints, unless otherwise indicated. Provide bed joints with full mortar coverage on face shells and webs. . 96-016/5-96 UNlT MASONRY 04200-13 3. Lay horizontal-cell units with full bed joints, unless otherwise indicated. Keep drainage channels, if any, free of mortar. Form head.joints with sufficient mortar so. excess will be squeezed out as units are placed in position. Butter both sides of units to be placed, or butter one side of unit in place and one side of unit to be placed. Maintain joint widths indicated, except for minot variations required to maintain bond alignment. If not indicated, lay walls with 1/4- to 3/8-inch (6- to 1O-mm) joints. Where epoxy-mortar pointed joints are indicated, rake out setting mortar to a uniform depth of II4 inch (6 mm) and point with epoxy mortar to comply with epoxy-mortar manufacturer's directions. . 2. 4. D. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness, unless otherwise indicat~d. E. Cut joints flush for masonry walls that are to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other than paint), unless otherwise indicated. 3.06 STRUCTURAL BONDING OF MULTIWYTHE MASONRY A. Use individual metal ties installed in horizontal joints to bond wythes together. Provide ties as shown, but not less than I metal tie for 4 sq. ft. (0.37 sq. m) of wall area spaced not to exceed 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. horizontally and vertically. Stagger ties in alternate courses. Provide additional ties within 12 inches (305 mm) of openings and space not more than 36 inches (915 mm) apart around perimeter of openings. At intersecting and abutting walls, provide ties at no more than 24 inches (6 I 0 mm) o.c. vertically. B. Use continuous horizontal-joint reinforcement installed in horizontal mortar joints for bond tie between wythes. . C. Comers: Provide interlocking masonry unit bond in each course at comers, unless otherwise shown. 1. Provide continuity with horizontal-joint reinforcement at comers by usmg prefabricated "L" units in addition to masonry bonding. D. Intersecting and Abutting Walls: Unless vertical expansion or control joints are shown at juncture, provide same type of bonding specified for structural bonding between wythes and space as follows: 1. Provide individual metal ties not more than 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. 2. Provide continuity with horizontal-joint reinforcement by using prefabricated "T" units. 3. Provide rigid metal anchors not more than 24 inches (610 mm)o.c. If used with hollow masonry units, embed ends in mortar-filled cores. 3.07 CA VITIES A. Keep cavities clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction. Strike joints facing cavities flush. 96-016/5-96 UNIT MASONRY 04200-14 . ", '"........ , '-',~:- ," - .,..'t':.. .~ ,0'1 1 . .,i' .', t..;..... B. Tie exterior wythe to back-up with individual metal ties. Stagger alternate courses. . C. Tie exterior wythe toback-up with continuous horizontal-joint reinforcing. 3-.08 HORIZONTAL-JOINT REINFORCE11ENT A. General:. Provide continuous horizontaHoint rM1forcement~ as indicated. Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a miniinum cover of 5/8 inch (16 mm) on exterior side of walls, II2 inch (13 mm) elsewhere. Lap reinforcing a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm). I. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches (406 mm) a.c. 2. Provide reinforcement in mortar joint 1 block course above and below wall openings and extending 12 inches (305 mm) beyond opening: a. Reinforcement above is in addition to continuous reinforcement. B. . Cut or int,errupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide continuity at comers and wall intersections by using prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and bend reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions. 3.09 ANCHORING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL 11EMBERS A. Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces structural members to comply with the following:' . 1. Provide an open space not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in width between masonry and stJuctural member, unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space 'free of mortar or otherngid materials. 2. Anchor masonry to structural members with flexible anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. 3. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. vertically and36 inches (915 mm) o.c. horizontally. 3.10 ANCHORING MASONRY VENEERS A. Anchor masonry veneers to wood studs with masonry-veneer anchors to comply with the following f(:cjuirements: I. . Fasten each anchor section'tMough sheathing to wood studs with 2 metal fasteners of type mdicated. 2. F 3iSten anchors through sheathing to woodl studs with metal fasteners of type indicated.' 3. Insert anchor section in wood studs as sheathing is installed. Provide one anchor at each stud in each horizontal joint between sheathing boards. 4. . Embed ,tie section in masonry joints. Provide not less than 2-inch (50-mm) air space between back of masonry veneer and face of sheathing. . . 96-016/5-96 UNIT MASONRY 04200-15 '6. 5. Locate anchor section relative to course where tie section is embedded to allow maximum vertical differential movement of tie up and down. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. vertically and 18 inches (457 mm) o.c. horizontally. Install additional anchors within 12 inches (305 mm) of openings and at intervals around perimeter not exceeding 8 inches (203 mm). . 3.11 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. General: Install control and expansion joints in unit masonry where indicated. Build-in related items as the masonry progresses. Do not form a continuous span through movement joints unless provisions are made to prevent in-plane restraint of wall or partition movement. B. Form control joints in concrete masonry as follows: I. Fit bond-breaker strips into hollow contour in ends of block units on one side of control joint. Fill the resultant core with grout and rake joints in exposed faces. 2. Install preformed control-joint gaskets designed to fit standard sash block. C. Form expansion joints in brick made from clay or shale as follows: 1. Build flanges of metal expansion strips into masonry. Lap each joint 4 inches (100 mm) in direction of water flow. Seal joints below grade and at junctures with horizontal expansion joints, if any. Build flanges of factory-fabricated, expansion-joint units into masonry. Build-inj9int fillers where indicated. Form open joint of width indicated, but not less than 3/8 inch (10 'mm) for installation of sealant and backer rod specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." Maintain joint free and clear of mortar. . 2. 3. 4. D. Build-in horizontal pressure-relieving joints where indicated; construct Jomts by either leaving an air space or inserting a compressible filler of width required for installing sealant and backer rod specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 3.12 LINTELS 1. Locate horizontal pressure-relieving joints beneath shelf angles supporting masonry veneer and attached to structure behind masonry veneer. A. Install steel lintels where indicated. B. Provide masonry lintels where shown and where openings of more than 12 inches (305 mm) for brick size units and 24 inches (610 mm) for block size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. C. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches (200 mm) at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. 96-016/5-96 UNIT MASONRY 04200-16 . . 3.13 FLASHING, WEEP HOLES, AND VENTS A. General: Install.embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to thedo\\'nward flow of water in the wall, and where indicated. B. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture. flashing.Place;through-wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Seal penetrations in,flashing with adhesive, sealant, or tape as recommended by flashing manufactw'er before covering with mortar. C. Install flashing as follows:, .. I. At composite masonry walls, including cavity walls, extend flashing from exterior . fa.ce of outer wythe of masonry, through the outer wythe, turned up a minimum of 4 inches (IOO.mm), and through the inner wythe to within 1/2 inch (13 mm) of the interior face of the wall in exposed masonry. Where interior surface of inner wythe i's concealed by furring, cany flashing completely through the 'inner wythe and turn up approximately 2 inches (50 mm), unless otherwise indicated. At masonry-veneer walls, extend flashing from exterior face of veneer, through the veneer, up face of sheathing at/east 8 inches (200 mm), and behind air-infiltration barrierlbuilding paper. At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) into '. masonry at each end. At heads and sill~, extend flashing 4 inches (100 mm) at ends and turn up'~ot less than 2 inches (50 mm) to form a pan. Interlock end joints of ribbed sheet-metal flashing by overlapping ribs not less than I..II2 inches (38 mm) or as recommended by flashing manufacturer, and seal lap with elastomeric sealant complying with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants"for application indicated. 2. 3. 4; D. Install weep holes in the head joints in exterior wythes of the fIrst course of masonry . immediately above embedded flashing and as follows: .1. . Form weep holes with product specified in Part 2 of this Section. 2. Space weep holes 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. 3. , In cavities, place pea gravel to a height equal to height of fITst course, but not less than,2 inches (50 mm), immediately above top of flashing embedded in the wall, as masonry'construction progresses, to splatter mortar droppings and to maintain drainage. 4. Place cavity drainage material immediately above flashing in cavities. 5. In insUlated. cavities, cover cavity side of open weep holes with copper or plastic insect screening before placing loose-fIll masonry insulation in cavity. E. Trim wicking material used in weep holes flush with outside face of wall after mortar has set. F. Install vents in vertical head joints at the top of each continuous cavity. Space vents and close off cavities vertically and horizontally with blocking in manner indicated. . 96-016/5-96 1. Install through-wall flashing and weep holes above horizontal blocking. UNIT MASONRY 04200-17 3.14 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY . A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. I. Construct formwork to conform to shape, line, and dimensions shown. Make sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. 2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on them during construction. B. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained sufficient strength to resist grout pressure. 96-016/5-96 l. Do not exceed the following pour heights for fme grout: a. For minimum widths of grout spaces of 3/4 inch (19 mm) or for minimum grout space of hollow unit cells of l-II2 by 2 inches (38 by 51 mm), pour height of 12 inches (305 mm). b. For minimum widths of grout spaces of2 inches (51 mm) or for minimum grout space of hollow unit cells of 2 by 3 inches (51 by 76 mm), pour height of 60 inches (1524 mm). c. For minimum widths of grout spaces of 2-112 inches (63 mm) or for minimum grout space of hollow unit cells of 2-1/2 by 3 inches (63 by 76 mm), pour height of 12 feet (3.6 m). d. For minimum widths of grout spaces of 3 inches (76 mm) or for minimum grout space of hollow unit cells of 3 by 3 inches (76 by 76 mm), pour height of 24 feet (7.3 m). Do not exceed the following pour heights for coarse grout: a. F or minimum widths of grout spaces of 1-112 inches (38 mm) or for minimum grout space of hollow unit cells of l-II2 by 3 inches (38 by 76 mm), pour height of 12 inches (305 mm). b. For minimum widths of grout spaces of2 inches (51 mm) or for minimum grout space of hollow unit cells of2-II2 by 3 inches (63 by 76 mm), pour height of 60 inches (1524 mm). c. For minimum widths of grout spaces of 2-1/2 inches (63 mm) or for minimum grout space of hollow unit cells of 3 by 3 inches (76 by 76 mm), pour height of 12 feet (3.6 m). d. For minimum widths of grout spaces of 3 inches (76 mm) or for minimum grout space of hollow unit cells of 3 by 4 inches (76 by 101 mm), pour height of24 feet (7.3 m). Provide cleanout holes at least 3 inches (76 mm) in least dimension for grout pours over 60 inches (1524 mm) in height. a. Provide cleanout holes at each vertical reinforcing bar. b. At solid grouted masonry, provide cIeanout holes at not more than 32 inches (813 mm) o.c. . 2. 3. UNIT MASONRY 04200-18 . . 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL - A. The Contractor will employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform the following testing, for field quality control. Rstes~ing of materials failing to meet specified requirements shall t>e done at Contractor's exp'ense: B. Testing Frequency: Tests and Evaluations listed in this Article will be performed during construction for each 5000 sq. ft. (460 sq. m) of wall area or portion thereof. C. Mortar prclperties will be tested per property specification of ASTM C 270. D. Mortar composition and properties will be evaluated per ASTM C 780. E. Grout will be sampled and tested for compressive strength per ASTM C 1019. 3.16 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or if units do not match adjoining units. Install new unitS to match adjoining units; install in 1;r'esh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep. holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point-up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, Uniform appearance. Prepare joints for application of sealants. . C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing. to remove mortar fins, and smears prior to tooling joints. final CleanIng: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean eXposed masonry as follows: . D. 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. 'T est cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. . 3. Wet wali surfaces with water prior to application of cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water. 4. Clean brick by bucket and brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA Technical Note No. 20 R~vised, using the following masonry cleaner: . a. Job-mixed detergent solution. 5. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2 applicable to type of stain present on exposed surfaces. E. Protection: ~rovide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure unit masonry is without damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.17 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. Recycling: Un,damaged, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property and shall be removed from theProject site for his use. . 96-016/5-96 UNIT MASONRY 04200-19 B. 96-016/5~96 Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess, clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above, and other masonry waste and legally dispose of off Owner's property. . END OF SECTION 04200 . . UNIT MASONRY 04200-20 . .. SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 QUALIFICATIONS A. Fabricator: Not less than 5 years experience in fabrication of structural steel for projects of similar scope. B. Steel Erector: Not less than 5 years experience in the erection of structural steel structures of similar magnitude to the proposed structure. 1.02 STANDARDS AN]) CODES A. American Institute of Steel Construction: . 1. AISC "Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings". 2. AISC"Code of Standard Practice". 3. "Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts", approved by the Research Council on Rive~ed and Bolted Structural Joints. 4. AISC "Quality Criteria and Insp~ction Standards". B. American Welding Society: I. A WS "Structural Welding Code". 2. AWS "Welding Symbols". 3. A WS "Gas Metal-Arc Welding with C02 Shielding". 4. A WS "Non-Destructive Testing Symbols". . C. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM): . 1. A6, General Requirements for Delivery. 2. A325, H. S. Bolts., 1.03 . ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Plumb, level and align individual pieces in accordance with the requirements of the "Code of Staridard Practice" o(the AISC. ' . . 1.04 SUBM]ITALS A. Shop Drawings; Submit in accord with the Contract Conditions: . . 96-016/6-96 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-1 I. Indicate all shop erection details, including cuts, copes, connections, holes, bolts, welds and preparation required such as bevels, testing and backup bars. Indicate all welds, both shop and field, by A WS "Welding Symbols", A2.0, latest edition. . 2. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery of materials to be installed under other sections: 1. Coordinate delivery of embedded items with General Contractor. 2. Provide setting drawings for installation of embedded items to General Contractor. B. Storage and Materials: I. Store structural steel. members at the project site above' ground on platforms, skids or other supports. 2. Store bolts and weld rod in original unbroken containers with labels intact. 3. Protect all items from corrosion affecting structural strength and use. 1.06 SEQUENCING, SCHEDULING AND PROCEDURES A. The Contractor shall review the structural capacities of areas to be used for lifting devices, material delivery and storage and shall not exceed design loads without taking appropriate steps to compensate for the anticipated loads exceeding design loads. B. Any modifications, temporary or permanent, to the building's structural frame required to support erection equipment (including trucks, cranes and other devices) and its load shall be made by the Contractor at his own expense and as subject to review and directives of the ArchitectlEngineer. . C. Any redesign by the Contractor for his own convenience, if acceptable to the ArchitectlEngineer, is to be paid for by the Contractor. D. Place Contractor's lifting equipment in location approved by the General Contractor. E. The Contractor shall furnish and place any temporary guys, b~ces or falsework required to stabilize the structural steef during erection and it shall not be removed until the structure is fully erected and bolted or welded. F. The Contractor shall cooperate fully with authorized personnel making inspections of both shop and field operations. The Contractor will provide access to scaffolds and work platforms and any necessary manpower to assist in the inspection of welding and bolting. 1.07 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Owner shall provide an independent testing laboratory to check structural steel erection for compliance with AISC Specifications including Part 6 of "Structural Joints Using ASTM 96-016/6-96 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-2 . . A325 or A490 Bolts". Contractor shall coordinate erection and testing to facilitate, construction. B. Inspection will be required of a random selection of 10 percent of all high strength shop and field bolting. To .be acceptable 95 percent of all Dolts tested shall meet design tension, and . no bolt shall test to less than 85 percent of design tension. If the bolting fails to meet this requirement, bolts shall be reworked by the Contractor and additional tests of 50 percent of all bolts shall be made until the above requirements are met. C. Where field welding' has been used for structural' cormections, testing laboratory will perform visual inspections of minimum of 50 percent of welds. Should any welds fail, then 100 percent of welds shall be inspected. . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. B. C. D. E. . F. G. H. Structural Steel: "ASTM A36. High-Strength BoltS: ASTM A325. Unfinished BoltS: ASTM A307. Structural Tubes: ASTM A500, Grade B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A5~,Grade B. Filler Metal: E70 electrodes or ~quivalent. Electrodes shall. be as recommended by their manufacturers for the position and other conditions of actual use. Paint for shop coat and touch-up field coat shall be combination of gray iron oxide and alkyd resin. Lintel angh~s and exposed steel to be galvanized in accordance with applicable ASTM specifications. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate structural steel in accordance with AISC, except as modified or noted in these specifications. ' B. Drill or punch holes 'atright angles to the surface of the metal. Do not make or enlarge holes by bwning. Remove burrs resulting from drilling operations. C. Apply one (I) shop coat of paint after cleaning of all rust, scale, and foreign matter. Surfaces shall be dry and clean at time of paint application. . 96-016/6-96 STRUCTURAL STEEL . . 05120-3 2.03 . CONNECTIONS A. All connections shall conform to those shown on structural drawings or as approved by ArchitectlEngineer. . 2.04 BOLTING A. Use high strength bolts in bearing. B. Size bolts allowing. full thread engagement. C. Enter bolts into holes without damaging the thread. D. Oversize and short-slotted holes are subject to approval by ArchitectlEngineer. If approved for use, standard hardened . washers are required to provide adequate bearing area. Place washers on the exposed face of the oversized or short-slotted hole. E. Long-slotted holes are subject to approval by ArchitectlEngineer. 2.05 WELDING A. Prior to commencing welding, joint elements are to be bolted or tacked in intimate contact and adjusted to dimensions shown on drawings with allowance for any weld shrinkage. B. Shop splices not shown on drawings are subject to approval by ArchitectlEngineer. C. Welding shall be performed by welders currently qualified under A WS standard qualification procedures to perform the type of work required. . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION A. Check alignment and elevations and locations of all anchor bolts. Report to ArchitectlEngineer all gross errors and proposed correcting methods prior to proceeding with corrections and base plate setting. B. Field correction of fabrication by flame cutting will only be permitted by written prior approval of the ArchitectlEngineer. C. Provide all temporary erection bracing. Be responsible for design and installation of all erection bracing and for its safe removal. D. Assemble structural steel frames accurately to the lines and elevations indicated within the specific tolerances. E. Align and adjust accurately members forming parts of the complete frame before fastening. 96-016/6-96 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-4 . F. Splices permitted only where indicated. . G. Remove all temporary erection material (lifting hitches, column erection lugs, temporary gussets for bracing or guy calbes, and related items). , 3.02 CONNECTIONS A. Connections shall ~omply with requirements specified iri Part 2, Products. B. Remove run-off tabs and grind surfaces smooth where the tabs interfere with fIreproofing and architectural treatment. C. Do not use powder actuated faSteners for connections onto structural steel unless written permission is granted by the Architect. 3.03 PAINTING A. Immediately after erection, spot paint field connections and abraded places with the same paint used for shop coat. B. Surfaces shall be clean and dry before painting. Apply no paint in freezing weather. c. All touch-up paintmg to be by steel erector. See other parts of specifications for fmish painting. . . END OF SECTION 05120 . 96-016/6-96 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-5 . SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL' 1.01 RELATED DOClliv1ENTS A. Drawings and general pz:ovisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Framing with dimension lumber. 2. Wood furring, grounds, nailers, and blocking. 3. Sheathing. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: I. D~~si.on i Secti~n "W~? Truss System." . 2. DIVISIon 6' Section "Flillsh Carpentry . and Millwork" for nonstructural carpentry items exposed to view and not specified in another Section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS . A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for the following products: 1. Engineered wood products. 2. Insulating sheathing: 3. Air-irifiltration barriers. 4. Metal framing anchors. 5. Construction adhesives. C. Wood treatment data as follows, including chemical treatment manufacturer's instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated ma~erials: 1. For each type of preservative-treated wood product, include certification by treating plant stating type of preservative solution and pressure process used, net amount of preservative retained, and compliance with applicable standards. 2. For waterborne-treated products, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels indicated before shipment to Project site. 3. For fIre-retardant-treated wood products, include certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with specified standard and other requirements as well as clltta relative to bending strength, stiffuess, and fastener-holding capacities of treated materials. . 96-016/5-96 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 1 D. Material test reports from a qualified independent testing agency indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance offrre-retardant-treated wood products with requirements indicated. . E. Warranty of chemical treatment manufacturer for each type of treatment. F. Research or evaluation reports of the model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that evidence the following products' compliance with building code in effect for Project. , I. Engineered wood products. 2. Air-infiltration barriers. 3. Metal fraffiing anchors. 4. Power-driven fasteners. 5. Fire-retardant-treated wood. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility for Fire~Retardant- Treated Wood: Obtain each type of frre- retardant-treated wood product from one source and by a single producer. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING . A. Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect from weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber, plYwood, and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. 1. For lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterborne chemicals, place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.0 I MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Wood-Preservative- Treated Materials: a. Baxter: J. H. Baxter Co. b. Chemical Specialties, Inc. c. Continental Wood Preservers, Inc. d. Hickson Corp. e. Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc. f. Osmose Wood Preserving, Inc. 2. Fire-Retardant- Treated Materials, Interior Type A: a. Baxter: J. H. Baxter Co. b. Chemical Specialties, Inc. 96-016/5-96 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-2 . . . 3. c. Contin~ntal Wood Preservers, Inc. d. Hickson Corp. e. Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc. Laminated- Veneer Lumber: a. Alpine Structures. . b. Boise Cascade Corp. c. Georgia-Pacific Corp. d. Louisiana-Pacific Corp. e. Trus JoistMacMillan. f. Willamette Industries, Inc. Gypsum Sheathing Board: a. Domtar Gypsum. b. . ,Georgia-Pacific Corp. c. National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division. d. United States Gypsum Co. Extruded Cellular Polystyrene Sheathing: a. Amoco Foam Products Co. b. DowChemical Company (The). c. UC Industries, Inc. Air- Infiltration Barriers: a. Amoco Foam Products Co. b. Anthony Industries, Inc.; Simplex Products Division. 'c. Celotex Corporation (The); Building Products Division. d, DuPont Company; Fibers Department. e. 'Parse~,Inc. f. Raven ITIdustries, Inc. g. Reemay, Inc. h. Sto-Cote Products, Inc. Metal Fniming' Anchors: a. . Cleveland Steel Specialty Co. b, Harlen Metal Products, Inc. c. Silver Metal Products, Inc. d. Simpson Strong- Tie Company, Inc. e. Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Co., Inc. 4. 5. 6. 7. 2.02 LUMBER, GENERAL A. Lumber Standards: Comply with DOC PS 20, "American Softwood Lumber Standard," and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review. I. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 2. \'1CLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 3. VVWP A - Western Wood Products Association. B. Grade Stamps: . Provide lumber with each piece factory marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. , . 96-016/5-96 1. For exposed lumber, furnish pieces with grade stamps applied to ends or back of e:ach piece, or omit grade stamps and provide grade-compliance certificates issued t)y in~ection agency. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 3 C. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. . 1. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-inchnominal (38-mm actual) thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. 2.03 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Where lumber or plywood is indicated as preservative treated or is specified to be treated, comply with applicable requirements of A WP A C2 (lumber) and A WP A C9 (plywood). Mark each treated item with the Quality Mark Requirements of an inspection agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review. 1. Do not use chemicals containing chromium or arsenic. 2. For exposed items indicated to receive stained finish, use chemical formulations that do not bleed through, contain colorants, or .otherwise adversely affect fmishes. B. Pressure treat aboveground items with waterborne preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.25 Ib/cu. ft. (4.0 kg/cu. m). After treatment, kiln-dry lumber and plywood to a maximum moisture content of 19. and 15 percent, respectively. Treat indicated items and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. Wood framing members less than 18 inches (460 mm) above grade. Wood floQr plates installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. . 2. 3. 4. C. Pressure treat wood members in contact with ground or freshwater with waterborne preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.40 lb/cu. ft. (6.4 kg/cu. m). D. Complete fabrication of treated items before treatment, where possible. If cut after treatment, apply field treatment complying with A WP A M4 to cut surfaces. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. 2.04 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated wood is indicated, comply with applicable requirements of A WP A C20 (lumber) and A WP A C27 (plywood). Identify fire-retardant- treated wood with appropriate classification marking ofUL; U.S. Testing; Timber Products Inspection, Inc.; or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Research or Evaluation Reports: Provide fire-retardant-treated wood acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which a current model code research or evaluation report exists that evidences compliance of fire-retardant-treated wood for application indicated. 96-016/5-96 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 4 . -~1'- --.-'- '';- ._;"" _f -; ~ .", '"r" 'I:.; ': 0" _.; - .~ .: 4 ; '- .. "t -:"1':' '... ; 2. For exposed items indicated to receive stained finish, use 'chemical formulations that do not bleed through, contain colorants, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. . B. Interior Type A: For interior locations, use chemical formulation that produces treated lumber and plywood with the following properties under conditions present after installation: I. Bending strength, stiffness, and fasteiler~holding capacities are not reduced below values published by manufacturer of chemical formulation under elevated . temperature and humidity conditions simulating installed conditions when tested by a qualified independent testing agency. 2. No . form of degradation ~ccurs due to acid hydrolysis or other causes related to tr,eatment. 3. Contact with treated wood does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. C. Exterior Type: Use for exterior locations and where indicated. ' . . D. Inspect each piece of treated lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or . defective pieces. . 2.05 DIMENSION LUMBER A. General: Provide dimension lumber of grades indicated according to the ALSC National Grading Rule (N GR) provisions of the inspection agency indicated. B. Non-Load.-Bearing Interior Partitions: Provide framing of the following grade and species: . 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Grade: Construction, Stud, or NO.3. Species: Southern pine; SPIB. Species: Spruce-pine-fIr south; WCLIB or WWP A. . Species: . Western woods; WCLIB or WWP A. Species: Any species above. C. .. Framing' Other "than Non-Load-Bearing Partitions: Provide framing of the following grade and species: 1. Gnide: No.2. 2. Species: Southern pine; SPIB. 3. . Species: Hem-fIr; WCLIB or WWPA. 4. Species: Douglas fir south; WWP A. 5. Species: Any sp,ecies above. D. ' Exposed Frainlng: Provide material hand-selected from lumber' of species and grade indicated below for uniformity of appearance and freedom from characteristics that would impair finish appearance. 1. S])ecies,and'Grade: As indicated above for load-bearing construction of same type. 2.06 BOARDS A. Exposed Boards:, Where boards will be exposed in the finished'work, provide the following: . 96-016/5-96 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 5 I. 2. Moisture Content: 19 percent maximum. Species and Grade: Southern Pine, c finish per SPIB rules. . 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER . A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction, nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping, and similar members. ' B. Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated and into shapes shown. C. Moisture. Content:' 19 percent maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment. D. Grade: For dimension lumber sizes, provide No.3 or Standard grade lumber per ALSC's NGRs of any species. For board-size lumber, provide No. 3 Common grade per NELMA, NLGA, or WWPA; NO.2 grade'per,SPIB; of'Standard-grade per NLGA, W8LIBorWWPA ~~~~~. . 2.08 ENGINEERED WOOD PRODUCTS A. General: Provide engineered wood products acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that evidence compliance with building code in effect for Project. 1. Allowable Design Stresses: Provide engineered wood products with allowable design stresses, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis, and de~onstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. . B. Laminated- Veneer Lumber: Lumber manufactured by laminating wood veneers in a continuous press using an exterior-type adhesive complying with ASTM D 2559 to produce members with grain of veneers parallel to their lengths and complying with the following requirements: 1. Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending: 2500 psi (17 MPa) for 12-inch nominal- (286- mm actual-) depth members. 2. Modulus of Elasticity: 2,000,000 psi (13800 MPa). 3. Tension Parallel to Grain: 1850 psi (13 MPa). 4. Compression Parallel to Grain: 2800 psi (19 MPa). 5. Compression Perpendicular to Grain: 400 psi (3 MPa) perpendicular to and 500 psi (3.5 MPa) and parallel to glue line. 6. Horizontal Shear: 285 psi (2 MPa) perpendicular to and 190 psi (1.3 MPa) parallel to glue line. 2.09 GYPSUM SHEATHING A. Gypsum Sheathing Board: Water-resistant-core gypsum sheathing board complying with ASTM C 79 with long edges surfaced with water-repellent paper and as follows: 96-016/5-96 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 6 . . 1. 2. 3. . Type: Regular. Edge Configuration: Square, for veI;ticalappli~ation. Thickness: 112 inch (l2.Tmm). 2.10 AIR-INFILTRATION BARRlER A. Asphalt-saturated . organic felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), unperforated. B. Air retarder complymg with ASTM E 1677; made from polyolefms; either cross-laminated films, woven strands, 'or spunbonded fibers; coated or uncoated; with or without perforations to transmit water vapor but not liquid water; and as follows: 1. Minimum Thickness: 3 mils (0.08 mm). 2. Minimum Water-Vapor Transmission: 10 perms (575 nglPa x s x sq. m) when tested according to ASTM E 96, Procedure A. 3. MaximumFlame Spread: 25 per ASTM E 84. 4. Ivfinimum Allowable Exposure Time: 3 months. 2. I I FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specltied in this ArtiCle for material and manufacture. . B. C. D. E. F. I. ~Vhere rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high nelative humidity, provide fasteners with a hot-dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or" of Type 304.stainless steel. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF-N-I05. Power-Driven Fasteners:. CABO NER-272. Wood Screws: ASME B 18.6.1. . Lag Bolts: ASME B 18.2.1. (ASME B 18.2.3 . 8M) Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. 2.12 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS A. General: Provide galvanized steel framing anchors of structural capacity, type, and size indicated and as follows: 1. .Research or Evaluation Reports: Provide products for which model code research or evaluation reports exist that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that evidence compliance of metal framing anchors for application indicated with building code in effect for Project. 2. Al,lowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published'by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering . 96-016/5-96 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 7 analysis, and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. . B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653, G60 (ASTM A 653M, Z 180) coating designation; structural, commercial, orlock-forming quality, as standard with manufacturer for type of anchor indicated. C. Rafter Tie-Downs (Hurricane Ties): Bent strap tie for fastening rafters or roof trusses to wall studs below, 1-5/8 inches (41 mm) wide by 0.052 inch (1.3 mm) thick. D. Hold-Downs: Brackets for bolting to wall studs and securirig to foundation walls with anchor bolts or to other hold-downs with threaded rods and designed with fIrst of 2 bolts placed 7 bolt diameters from reinforced base. I. Bolt Di3II).eter: 5/8 inch (16 mm). 2. Width: 3-3/16 inches (81 mm). 3. Body Thickness: 0.108 inch (2.8 mm). 4. Base Reinforcement Thickness: 0.180 inch (4.6 mm). E. Wall Bracing: Angle bracing made for letting into studs in saw kerf, 15/16 by 15/16 by 0.040 inch (24 by 24 by I mm) thick with hemmed edges. 2.13 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Sill-Sealer Gaskets: Glass-fiber-resilient insulation, fabricated in strip form, for use as a sill sealer, I-inch (25-mm) nominal thickness, compressible to II32 inch (0.8 mm); selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated. B. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying with APA AFG-Ol that is approved for use with type of construction panel indicated by both adhesive and panel manufacturers. . C. Water-Repellent Preservative: NWWDA-tested and -accepted formulation containing 3- iodo-2-propynyl butyl carbonate (IPBC) as its active ingredient. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry and that are too small to use with minimum nwnber of joints or optimwn joint arrangement. B. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plwnb, true to line, cut, and fitted. C. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of funing, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction. D. Apply field treatment complying with A WP A M4 to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber and plywood. 96-016/5-96 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 8 . . E. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by'anchoring and fastening a~ indicated, complying with the following:. I. CABO NER-272 for power-driven staples, P-nails, and allied fasteners. 2. ~'ublishedrequirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. 3. "Table 1705.1--Fastening Schedule," of the Standard Building Code. F. Use common Wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Use fuiishing nails for fmish work. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners Without splitting wood; predrill as required. G. Use hot-dip galvanized or stainless-steel nails where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground I::ontact, or in area of high relative humidity. H. Countersink naillieadson exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler. 3.02 WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS, BLOCKING, AND SLEEPERS A. Install wood' grounds, nailers,. blocking, and sleepers where shown and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to. shapes shown and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless oth<~rwise iridicated. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement. . . C. Install pennanent grounds of dressed, preservative-treated, key-beveled lumber not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. 3.03 WOOD FRAMING, GENERAL A. Framing Standard: Comply with AFPA's "Manual for Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. B. Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install engineered wood products to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. . C. Install framing members of size and at spacing indicated. D. Do not sphce:structural members between supports. . . E. Firestop cl:mcealed sp-aces Ofwood-framed walls and partitions at each floor level and at ceiling lme of top story. Where firestopping is not inherent in framing system used, provide closely fitted wood blocks of2-inch nominal- (38-mmactual-) thickness lumber of same width asfr;aming members. . . 96-016/5-96 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 9 3.04 WALL AND PARTITION FRAMING . A. General: Arrange studs so that wide face of stud is perpendicular to direction of wall or partition and narrow face is parallel. Provide single bottom plate and double top plates using members of 2-inch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness whose widths equal that of studs; except single top plate may be used for non-load-bearing partitions. Nailor anchor plates to supporting construction, unless otherwise indicated. 1. For exterior walls, provide 2-by-4-inch nominal- (38-by-89-mm actual-) size wood studs spaced 16 inches (406 mm) o.c., except where otherwise indicated or required. 2. For interior partitions and walls, provide 2-by-4-inch nominal- (38-by-89-mm actual-) size wood studs spaced 16 inches (406 mm) o.c., except where otherwise indicated or required. . B. Construct corners and intersections with 3 or more studs. Provide miscellaneous blocking and framing as shown and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. 1. Provide continuous horizontal blocking at midheight of single-story partitions over 96 inches (2438 mm) high and multistory partitions, using members of 2-inch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness and of same width as wall or partitions. C. Frame openings with multiple studs and headers. Provide nailed header members of thickness equal to width of studs. Set headers on edge and support on jamb studs. 1. For non-load-bearing partitions, provide double-jamb studs with headers not less than 4-inch nominal (89-mm actual) depth for openings 36 inches (900 mm) and less in width, and not less than 6-inch nominal (140-mm actual) depth for wider openmgs. For load-bearing walls, provide double-jamb studs for openings 72 inches (1800 mm) and less in width, and triple-jamb studs for wider openings. Provide headers of depth shown or, if not shown, as recommended by AFP A's "Manual for Wood Frame Construction." . 2. D. Provide bracing in exterior walls, at both walls of each external corner, full-story height, unless otherwise indicated. Provide one of the following: 1. Plywood panels, not less than 48 by 96 inches (1219 by 2438mm) applied vertically. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF STRUCTURAL-USE PANELS A. General: Comply With applicable recommendations contained in AP A Form No. E30, "AP A Design/Construction Guide: Residential & Commercial," for types of structural-use panels and applications indicated. B. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below: I. Sheathing: Nail to framing. a. Space panels 1/8 inch (3 mm) at edges and ends. 96-016/5-96 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 10 . . 3.06 GYPSUM SHEATHING ': A. General: Fasten gypsum sheathing to supports with galvanized roofmg nails or divergent point galvanized staples. Nailor staple to comply with manufacturer's reconunended spacing and referenced fastening schedule. Keep perimeter fasteners 3/8 inch (10 nun) from edges and ends of units. Fit units tightly against each other and around openings. B. Install 24-by-96-inch (609-by-2438-nun) sheathing horizontally with long edges at right angles to.studs with V"grooved edge down and tongue edge up. Interlock tongue with groove to bring long edges in contact with edges of adjacent board without forcing. Abut ends of boards over centers of studs and stagger end joints of adjacent boards not less than 1 stud spaGing, 2 where possible. C. Install 48-by-96-in:ch (1219-by-2438-nun) or longer sheathing vertically with long edges parallel to, and centered over, studs. Install solid wood blocking where end joints do not occur over framing. 3.07 AIR-INFILTRATION BARRIER A. Cover sheathing with air-infiltration barrier as follows: I. ' Apply asphalt-saturated organic felt horizontally with 2-inch (50-nun) overlap and 6 inch (150 nun) end lap; fasten to sheathing with galvanized staples or roofmg n.ails. 2. Apply air retarder to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Apply air-infiltration barrier to cover upstanding' flashing with 4-inch (lOO-nun) overlap. . END OF SECTION 06100 . 96-016/5-96 ROUGH CARPENTRY 061 00 - 11 . SECTION 06190 WOOD TRUSS SYSTEM PART I GENERAL 1.0 I RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The General Conditions,' Supplementafy Conditions, and' General Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all labor, materials, tools, and other construction equipment including hoists, bracing, etc.., necessary for the fabrication and erection of the structural wood elements of the truss construction. The structural wood elements shall be taken to include ail timber of 2 inch nominal dimensions or greater used in the construction as indicated. 1.03 REFERENCES A. "Timber Construction Standards AITC 100," Latest Edition, American Institute of Timber Construction. . B. "National Design Specification for Stress-Grade Lumber and Its Fastenings," Latest Edition by the National Forest Products Association (NFPA). C. Truss Plate Institute ~'Design Specifications for Metal Plate Connected Parallel Chord Wood Trusses" PCT-80 and "Design Specifications for Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses".TPI-85. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: Indicate species, sizes and grades of lumber, roof pitch and span connectors; truss camber, and spacing for each truss type. 'Shop drawings shall bear the seal and signatw'e of a Professional Engineer registered in the State in which the project is located. Submit seven copies of shop drawings to Architect prior to truss fabrication. B. Design computations: Submit for ArchitectlEngineer review. Include stress diagram indicating de:sign load on each truss member, or computer print-out of computer design. C. Fabrication ~;half not begin until shop drawings have been approved by ArchitectlEngineer. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. All lumber sj~all be stored under cover and shall be protectedagainst rain at all times. B. Structuralluinber shall be stored at least 12 inches off the ground or 3 inches off a concrete floor and it shall be col11pletely protected against rain. . 96-016/6-96 WOOD TRUSS SYSTEM 06190-1 c. Wood trusses shall be stored in an upright position. Provide bearing supports and bracing to prevent damage to trusses. . 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Grading rules of the following associations apply to materials furnished under this section: I. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLB). 2. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA). 3. Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (SPIB). 4. National Forest Products Association (NFPA). B. Grade Marks: Identify all lumber by official grade marks. Grade stamp shall contain symbol of grading agency, mill number or name, grade of lumber, species or species grouping or combination designation, rules under which graded, where applicable, and condition of seasoning at time of manufacture. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.0 1 MATERIALS A. Lumber dimensions: Indicated dimensions are nominal. Actual dimensions conform to industry standards established by the American Lumber Standards Committee and the rules writing agencies. B. Roof trusses: Shall be #2, Southern Yellow Pine K.D. or other approved wood species; minimum 1350 stress grade lumber with appropriate metal connectors as standard with manufacturer; minimum 2" x 4" chord size. . C. Moisture Content: 15% maximum, 7% minimum at time of fabrication. D. Lumber species and grades: No.2 kiln dried Southern Pine or Western Lumber, minimum, S4S. E. Wood truss connections shall be press or nail type 20 ga galvanized plate. Press plate type shall be provided with stamped teeth for embedding into the wood. Those bearing the following trade names are acceptable: Alpine, Truss Joist Corporation,TECO, Sanford, H- brace, Anchor-lock, Templin, Barb-Grip, Dura-Plate, Penhurst and Hercules. F. Metal Accessories: Such as joist hangers, column bases, etc. shall be appropriate connectors as manufactured by Teco, Hohmarm-Bernard, Simpson Company, or approved equal. 2.02 F ABRICA TION A. Fabricate trusses in accord with approved shop drawings and design computations. B. Fabricate trusses in a permanent facility devoted principally to truss fabrication. C. Cut truss members to accurate length, angle and size, within specified tolerances. D. Fabricate truss "tails" 4" longer than required length, for cutting true to line after erection. WOOD TRUSS SYSTEM 06190-2 . 96-016/6-96 . E. Clamp truss members in mechanical or hydraulic jig with sufficient' pressure to bring members into contact at joints during application of connector plates. If truss is removed from jig to apply plates to reverse side, care shall be taken to prevent opening of joint. F. Include design camber when positioning members. . G. Each truss shall carry the' permanently affIxed stamp of the fabricator indicating truss identification number with reference to shop and setting drawings. 2.03 QUALITY CRITERIA A. Design qualification: All Trus.ses shall.be designed by a Registered Engineer and bear his seal. Trusses shall comply with configuration and Dead Load plus Live Load conditions depicted by drawings and the requirements of the BOCA BasiclNational Building Code. Working stress and cb~ector loads shall comply with requirements of the National Design Specification for Stress Grade Lumber and its fastenings, published by the NFPA. B. Allowable Tolerances: . l. Location of connector plates: +1- 1/4" from location shown on approved shop drawings. . 2. Member length: . +1-,1/16" in 20 feet. 3. Member height: .1/8" in total height. 4. Square end cuts: 1/16" per foot of depth and width. 5. Openings between tension members: 1116" maximum. 6. Openings between compression members: II32" maximum. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. V erify that s.urfaces to receive trusses are prepared to exact elevations, grades and dimensions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Damaged trusses shall .notbe erected. If trusses are damaged, fabricator is to be notified and corrective work peiformed if possible or trusses shall be replaced. B. Hoist trusses into place as ~ear to fmal position as practicable. Minimize out-of-plane bending of truss. . C. Set trusses at spacing indicated, attached at top plate. Provide temporary bracing to hold truss in position. D. Erect trusses perpendicular to wall plates; anchor at bearing points with minimum of one metal anchor per bearing po~ts. Lateral bracing shall be I" by 4" diagonal braces applied to bottom edg,e of top chord and two I" by 6" boards applied to top of bottom chord acting as catwalk access to attic space. . 96-016/6-96 W90D TRUSS SYSTEM 06190-3 E. Install permanent bracing members as indicated on approved shop drawings, prior to loading trusses. . F. Cutting except for "tail" cutting, or removal of truss members will not be permitted. G. Restrict construction loads on roof surfaces to prevent overstressing of truss members. H. Holes shall be bored the same size as bolts and bolts shall be driven into place for a snug fit. Bolts. nuts. and lag screws shall be turned up tight at time of installation and again iust before being enclosed with other materials or at completion of work. 1. Work shall be performed to the best standard of practice and under competent supervision. Work shall be laid out carefully to produce designs indicated on Drawings and to accommodate work of other trades. J. Coordinate carpentry work with the work of this Section. K. All plates and nailers shall be bolted to masonry and steel as detailed. L. Wood trusses shall be notched for solid bearing on wood, steel, or masonry plate. Every truss shall be anchored at each bearing point with a type "A" Trip-L-Grip or approved equal, except as noted on Drawings. M. The cutting or notching of truss Goist or rafters) to permit installation of other trades will be permitted only upon written approval of the Architect. END OF SECTION . 96-016/6-96 WOOD TRUSS SYSTEM 06190-4' . . PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS SECTION 06400 FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK A. Shop Drawtngs . B.Samples 1.' Submit for casework, standing and running trim, shelving, and miscellaneous ornamental work. In addition to the requirements of the General and Supplemental Conditions, Submittals, shop drawings shall include the following: . a.. Dimensioned plans and elevations, including field dimensions. b. Grain direction on surface which are exposed to view and have a transparent fInish. c.. Wood cut and species. d. Large scaled details, including joinery, and changes of fInish materials occurring within or adjacent to the work. e. All attachment devices, fInish hardware, and other components. f., Coordination details for all electrical, plumbing and' mechanical devices . including, but not limited to, thermostats, switches, vents, outlets and sinks occurring in woodwork. . 'g. Blocking necessary for securing the fInished woodwork. h., Shop drawings shall certify that this woodwork shall be manufactured in accordance with the Architectural Woodwork Institute's (AWl) "Quality Standards", latest edition. If shop drawing are submitted in part, the portion of the work indicated in each package for approval shall be complete withiIi itself. Reproductions of architect's construction documents will not be acceptable as millwork shop drawings and will be returned to the contractor. 2. 3. 4. 1. Plastic laminate: To be selected from Manufacturer's standard color and pattern as specified. 2. Hardware Samples: Submit samples of hinges ,and exposed hardware; one of e~:ch type and finish, properly labeled as to its use on this project. Samples may 'be: returned to Contractor. . . . 3. Brush out samples on actual species of wood for opaque and transparent fmishes. to be submitted to Architect during shop drawing; and product data submittal. Sllmple will be 'used to establish a standard quality of work that will be acceptable. C. Product Da.ta:. Submit product data for hardware and other items not manufactured by the woodwork fabricator with the products clearly indicated, including product number and fInish. Include description of the product's use in the Work. Submit with shop drawings. . 96-01615-96 FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 06400-1 D. Certificates: At the time of the installation, the woodwork fabricator shall submit written certification that the Work installed complies with quality grades and all other requirements stated herein. . 1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: materials shall be delivered to the site by the woodwork fabricator in undamaged dry condition, stored in fully covered, well ventilated areas, and protected from extreme changes in temperature and humidity. Required humidity and' temperature shall be stabilized prior to the delivery and maintained until the Date of Substantial Completion. B. Protection: Store in a dry place. Store materials a minimum of 4" above ground or framework or blocki!lg and cover with protective waterproof covering. Provide air circulation and ve~tilation. Store in dry, conditioned space. woodwork shall be covered immediately upon arrival at the job site. Cover woodwork after installation for protection. General Contractor responsible for protection of installed millwork from damage caused by related trades or subcontractors. 1.03 QUALITY CRITERIA A. Industry Standards: 1. The Architectural Woodwork "Quality Standards", latest edition, by the Architectural Woodwork Institute, shall apply to the Work, and by reference are hereby made a part of this specification, except where more stringent requirements are listed herein. Any reference to premium, custom or economy grades in this section shall be as defined in the latest edition of the A WI "Quality Standards". Any item not given a specific quality grade shall be custom grade as defmed in the A WI "Quality Standards". . 2. 3. B. Preservative-treated materials: Meeting specified standards of the American Wood Preservers Association (A WP A) and the American Wood Preservers Institute (A WPI). C. Grade marks: Identify lumber and plywood by official grade mark. 1. Lumber: .Grade stamp shall contain symbol of grading agency, mill number or name, grade of lumber, species or species grouping or combination designation, rules under which graded, where applicable, and condition of seasoning at time of manufacture. 2. Plywood: Appropriate grade trademark of the American Plywood Association (AP A) or agency approved by the Architectural Woodwork Association (AWl). Indicate type, grade, class and identification index and inspection and testing agency mark. 3. Grade marks on components to be exposed to view shall be located so as to be concealed in finished work. D. . Work specified in this section shall be fabricated and iIistalled by a single source. 96-016/5-96 FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 06400- 2 . }:~;;::,:);'.." , ,.....,. .l:~l I 4;'~t;~.~' 1.. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS . A. Field Dimensions 1. Take field, measurements to ascertain exact woodwork, sizes. Indicate exact dimensions on shop drawings. Notify Architect in writing in case of discrepancies. Contractor and woodwork fabricator shall cooperate to establish and maintain critical field dimensions. . 2. Woodwork f?bricator shall be responsible for details and dimensions not controlled by job conditions and shall notify Architect and Contractor within 35 working days after the award of this Contract of those critical dimensions which wiII be required of'other subcontractors for proper installation of this Work. B. Coordination 1. General Contractor shall coordinate equipment to be fitted into the woodwork n~quiring cut-outs, filler pieces and careful fitting with related trades and subcontractors. 2. General Contractor shall coordinate installation of electrical, mechanical and plumbmg items into woodwork with Contractor related trades and subcontractors. . 3. Coordinate installation 'of fixed lites with Section 08800, Glazing. C. Install no woodwork until spaces are enclosed, dry and capable of being heated. Maintain minimuin temperature of 600 Fand maximum relative humidity of 25 to 55 % for 72 hours before beginning installation, during installation and afterwards until Date of Substantial Completion. . . D. Woodwork: shall be allowed to acclimatize in the spaces to be installed a minimum of 48 hours prior to installation. , . E. Do not install woodwork in areas where painting, sanding, grinding or wet work is not sufficiently complete to .guarantee the protection of the woodwork. No plumbing work shall be performed in areas where woodwork installation is not substantially complete. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. ' A. Dimensions: Indicate luinber'dimensionsare nominal. Actual dimensions shall conform . to industry standar~ established by the American Lumber Standards Committee and the grading rules ~ritin~ associations. B. Surfacing: Surface. four sides .(S4S), unless otherwise indicated. 2.02 FASTENERS A. Nails shall be size'and type best suited for the purpose in accordance with the requirements .of the .National Forest Products Publication on lumber and its fastenings when applicable to the type to be used. . 96-016/5-96 FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 06400-3 B. Screws for use where nailing is impracticable shall be of the size best suited for the purpose. . C. Miscellaneous Fasteners and Anchors: Provide bolts, nails, screws, toggle bolts, brackets, cleats and similar fasteners as indicated or required to attach and secure work under this section. D. Anchor woodwork to ,anchors or blocking built-in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, 'stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. Except where prefmished matching fasteners heads are required, use the finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork, and matching fmal finish where transparent finish is indicated. 2.03 MILLWORK HARDWARE A. Fabricator shall submit schedule of proposed hardware for Architect's review and approval. Hardware will be standard of woodwork fabricator unless otherwise specified below. 1. Door and drawer pulls: Stanley Works, #4484. Screw hqlespacing 4" O.c. 2. Concealed cabinet hinges: Grass 1300 opening self-closing nickel plated finish. 3. Closet rod: Knape and Vogt Mfg. Co., #770-5 CHR, 1-5/16" diameter with #764 CHR flanges. Provide rod under wood shelf in coat closets. 4. Clip shelf supports: Knape and Vogt #333ZC; zinc plated steel. 5. Cabinet drawerldoor lock: K&V962 Chrome and flush mounted. 6. Drawer Slides: grant 3/4 extension, 751b minimum capacity. All exposed hardware to be satin chrome (US26D) unless noted otherwise. . B. Architect will provide akey schedule for locks when shop drawings are reviewed. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate items of woodwork in mill so far as practical. B. Items too large for transportation in one unit shall be completely assembled and fitted in the mill, then demounted and shipped in sections for reassembly on the job. Items which cannot be manufactured in one piece shall be so noted on shop drawings. Where counter tops cannot be furnished in single length, join using concealed compression type fastener. C. Woodwork items which are fitted to other work shall have allowances for scribing. D. Pre-Cut Opening~: Fabricate architectural woodwork withpre-cut openings, where possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work and similar items. Locate openings accurately. Use templates or roughing-in diagrams for proper size and shape. Smooth edges of cutouts and, where located in countertops and similar exposures, seal and finish edges of cutouts to match body of casework. 96-016/5-96 FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 06400-4 . 2.05 EXTERIOR STAl\fDING AND RUNNING TRIM . A. Lumber Trim: Provide fmished lumber and moldings complying with the following . requirements,incIuding those of the grading agency listed with species: , , I. Species: FIR. at. Grade: B & B. 2. Texture: Surfaced (smooth). 3. Texture: One face saw textured, the other surfaced (smooth). 4. Lumber for PaiD.ted Finish: Glued-up lumber or solid lumber stock. 2.06 INTERIOR STANDING'AND RUNNING TRIM (Window Stools) A. Opaque fiinish: 1. AWl Quality grade: Premium. 2. Solid wood: Paint:Grade Birch. 3,. Factor preparation for field finishing: factory sand for quality grade specified in accordance with A WI "Quality Standards." Prime and fill the surfaces. Sand . . and add another coat of primer. Refer to . Section 09900 painting for additional i:nfonnation. 4. Provide 1/4 x 3/4 hardwood band on exposed edge of window stool. B. Minor warp which can be held flat and straight with nonnal nailing will be accepted. c. . Natural and manufacturing defects ~ .excess of those pennitted in the grade specified will be accepted .if such defects are to be covered by adjoining members or otherwise concealed when the interior trim is installed. . 2.07 CASEWORK A. Laminate Clad Casework (typical) 1. AWIQuality grade: Premium. 2. PlastiC laminates: 3. a. b. c. d. Types: a. b. c. d. e. . Nevamar . Wilsonart Fonnica* Colors to be selected from ManufactUrer's standard color selections. *Bid Standard Con(orming to NEMA Standard LD-3-1975 as follows: 'Horizontal applications and high usage exposure: Grade GP-50. VertiCal applications and medium usage exposure: Grade GP-28. Cabinet liner and backing sheet:' Grade :eK-20. Horizontal postforming: Grade PF-42. Vertical postforming: Grade PF-30. B. Plywood Case Work 1. Hardwood Plywood: ANSI/HPMA HP hardwood and decorative plywood, , Good Grade (1) or better. . 96-016/5-96 FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILL WORK 06400-5 2. Solid Wood: Clear, dry, sound, and free of defects selected from First Grade lumber as defmed by NHLA. Solid Wood and Face Veneer Species: Northern hard maple. Factory Finishing: To the greatest extent possible, finish casework at factory. Defer only fmal touch-up after installation. a. Finish: Selection made by Architect from full range of standard finishes available. . 3. 4. C. Semi-exposed parts: Inside faces of doors and bottom of cabinets more than 30" and less than 42" above finished floor shall match exposed parts. D. Tops 1. Countertops with sinks or subject to wetness and humidity: Use one layer of 3/4" exterior grade plywood. Marine grade ply at wet areas. . 2. Brace counters as indicated on construction documents wherever unsupported area exceeds 39" install braces at 36" o-c maximum. 3. Extend finish at least 3" under edge of countertops' with openings below. E. Provide dust panels of 1/4" thick plywood or tempered hardboard above compartments and drawers, except where located directly below counter tops. F. Allow ample borders and edges to allow for subsequent scribing and trimming of woodwork for accurate fit. G. Casework: Conslruction of casework to be all plywood board as per construction documents. H. Veneer Medium Density Overlay: 3/4",45 lb.lcu. ft. by Durafleke and 3/4" M.D.F. (Barer board) for painted cabinets. . 2.07 STORAGE SHELVING A. AWl Quality grade: Custom. B. Lumber species: Shop grade birch, paint grade. C. Panel products: 3/4" A-C INT plywood to be shop primed, painted in the field. D. Edge bands: 1/4" x 3/4" hardwood with eased edges, pressured glued. E. Factory preparation for field finishing: Factory sand for quality grade specified in accordance with A WI "Quality Standards". Prime and fill the surfaces. Sand and add another coat of primer. Refer to Section 09900 for specific fmish requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP A. Install work in a manner consistent with the specified quality grade, plumb, level, true and straight within 1/8" in 10' -0". Shim as required using concealed shims. 96-016/5-96 FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 06400-6 . . B. Finish work shall be smooth, free from abrasion, tool marks, raised grain, grade markings or similar defects on exposed surfaces. Field~Cut Openings: c. 1. Woodwork fabricat<?r shall coordinate with Contractor and Architect to provide cut-outs not cut in the shop as required by others and as indicated on Drawings. 2. All cut-outs made in the field shall be skded and sealed smooth willi waterproof sealer. Immediately seal edges of field cuts on fire-resistant treated wood. 3. All exposed cutouts shall be approved in advance by Architect and shall be compatible in quality, finish and design with cut-outs made in shop. D. Cut work to fit unless indicated to be shop-fabricated to exact size. Where carpentry and . millwork abuts other finished work, scribe and cut for accurate fit. Before making cut- outs, drill pilot holes at 'corners. E. Distribute defects allowed in the quality grade specified to the best overall advantage when installing job assembled work. F. Complete the finishing work specified as work of this section not completed at shop or prior to installation of woodwork. G. Refer to the Section 09900, Painting, for finishing carpentry and'millwork indic~lted to be painted in the field. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM . A. Trim and moldings: Install in single unjointed lengths for openings and for runs less than 1O'-O~. For longer runs, use only one piece less than 10'-0" in straight runs. Stagger joints in adjacent members. Cope at returns and interior angles and miter at external corners. Intersections of flat work shall be shouldered to ease any inherent change in plane. B. Attach and secure"members in place with uniform joints, providing for thermal and building movements. Install straight, plumb, level and, with closely fitted joints. C. Nailing: Blind nail where possible. Use finishing nails whe~e exposed. Set exposed nail heads for filing. Nail holes shall be fIlled with fIller matching color of trim and grain painted on if necessary. Finish work shall be smooth where nail heads occur and shall be indiscemibleOinthe fmished work. D. Anchoring: Secure work to anchors or blocking built-in or directly attached to substrate. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CASEWORK A. Install millwork in a manner consistent with the specified quality grade, plumb, level, and true and straight within 1/8" in 10'-0". Shim as required using concealed shims. B. Secure to ~7"ounds;:strippiD.g and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners. Scribe and cut for accurate fit to other fmished work. . 96-016/5-96 FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 06400- 7 C. Touch up mill finished'items as required, including refmishing necessitated .by job fitting or attaching and repair of scratches and similar damages. Touch up repairs shall be indiscernible in the finished work. . 3.04 FIELD FINISHING OF PAINTED WOOD A. Woodwork to be painted shall be thoroughly sanded smooth and clean before any paint is applied. Fill all holes and crevices. Undercoats shall be sanded smooth and sharp edges softened. No cross scratches, lint or bubbles shall be visible in premium grade. B. Color and final top coat shall match approved sample forwarded to Architect during initial submittal. Refer to Section 09900, Painting, for specifications. 3.05 ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION A. Protection 1. General Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and securing finished and prefinished surfaces from work of other trades and subcontractors. 2. Cover completed work with 4-mil polyethylene film protective enclosure, applied in a manner which will allow easy removal and without damage to woodwork or adjoining work. Remove cover immediately before Date of Substantial Completion. B. Prior to Date of Substantial Completion, examine work for damage. Repair or replace such damages to original condition. C. Clean wood, metal and accessory items using a neutral cleaner recommended by fabricator. Chec~ and correct operating mechanism for proper operation. Adjust and lubricate hinges, catches and other operating hardware. . D. Repair damaged and defective woodwork wherever possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually. Where not possible to repair properly, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. E. Clean woodwork on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. Touch up shop-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. Touch up repairs shall be consistent in color and finish with shop applied fInishes and indiscernible in the finished work.. Touch up and cleaning of the work under this contract shall be the responsibility of the woodwork fabricator. END OF SECTION 06400 96-016/5-96 FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 06400-8 . . SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general' provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divis~on I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Insulation under slabs-on-grade. 2. Concealed building insulation. 3. Safing insulation. . B. Related Sec:tions: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: I. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for foam-plastic board sheathing over wood framing: " Division 7 Section "Firestopping" for sating insulation. Division 9 Section indicated below for insulation installed as part of wood-framed wall and partition assemblies: a. "Gypsum Board Assemblies. " 2. 3. . 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each type of insulation product specified. C. Samples for verification in full-size units of each type of exposed insulation indicated for each color:;pecified. D. Product test report's from and based on tests performed by a qualified independent testing agency evidencing compliance 'of insulation products with specified requirements including those for (b.ermalresistance, fire-test-response characteristics, water-vapor transmission, water absorption, and other properties, based on comprehensive testing of current products. E. Research or evaluation reports of the model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that evidence compliance of foam-plastic insulations with building code in effect for Project. ' . 96-016/5-96 BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 1 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Single-Source Responsibility for Insulation Products: Obtain each type of building insulation from a single source with resources to provide products complying with requirements indicated without delaying the Work. B. Fire- Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the f1re- test-response characteristics indicated on Drawings or specified elsewhere in this Section as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84. 2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119. 3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND'HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instruction5 for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. B. Protect plastic insulation as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to Project site before installation time. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. . 2. 3. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering insulation products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: a. Amoco Foam Products Company. b. DiversiFoam Products. c. Dow Chemical Co. d. DC Industries, Inc.; Owens-Corning Co. 2. Glass-Fiber Insulation: a. Certain Teed Corporation. b. Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH. c. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation. d. Schuller International, Inc. 96-016/5-96 BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 2 . , ., .:' .j . :b~\: or. . 2.02 INSULATING MATERIALS " A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. . . 1. PrefoI1I1ed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengfus. . B. Extruded-Polystyrene' Board Insulation: Rigid, cellular polystyrene thermal insulation formed from polystyrene base resin by an extrusion process using hydrochlorofluorocarbons as blowing agent to comply with ASTM C 578 for type and with other requirements indicated ~eIow: I. Type IV,.1.60-lb/cu. ft. (26-kglcu. m) minimum density, uruess otherwise indicated. 2. Slmace-Burning 'Charac~eristics: Maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of75 ill1d 450; respectively.' 3. R,ecycled Content: Not less than 50 percent blend of post consumer and recovered polystyrene resins. 4. Extruded polystyrene insulation shall be 4' x 8' scored board, 2" thick, "R" value 10.0. C. Unfaced Wlineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Thermal insulation combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply wi.th ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing). . . I. 2. Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass. Surface-Burning' Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 .lind 50, respectively. D, Faced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Thermal insulation combining mineral fibers of type desc~bed below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665, Type III, Class A (blankets with reflective vapor-retarder membrane facing and flame spread of 25 or less); with foil-scrim-kraft, foil-scrim, or foil-scrim-polyethylene vapor:retarder membrane on 1 face. 3-1/2" blankets with "R" value of ll,and 6" blankets with "R" value of 19. I. Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass. 2. Flanged Units: . Provide blankets fabricated with fl!cing incorporating S-inch- (127- mm-) wide flanges along edges for attachment to framing members. 2.03 SAFING INSULATION AND ACCESSORIES A. . Caulking Compound: Material approved by manufacturer of safing insulation for sealing joint between foil backing of safing insulation and edge of concrete floor slab against penetration of smoke. . 2.04 VAPOR RETARDERS. A. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder:' ASTM D 4397, 6 mils (0.15 mm) thick, with maximum permeance rating of 0.13 perm (7.5 nglPa x s x sq. m). . . 96-016/5-96 BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 3 B. Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. . C. Available Prod~cis: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Reinforced-Polyethylene Vapor Retarders: a. DURA-SKRllv16WB; Raven Industries, Inc. b. Griffolyn T-65; Reef Industries, Inc., Griffolyn Div. 2.05 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS A. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates. B. Eave Ventilation Troughs: Preformed rigid fiberboard or plastic sheets designed and sized to fit between roof framing members and to provide cross ventilation between insulated attic spaces and vented eaves. 2.06 INSULATION FASTENERS A. Wire insulation supports: Manufacturers Standard for use between roof trusses. B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: I. Wire and Insulation Supports: a. Tiger Teeth; Squthwestem Wire. b. Hangers and Tie Wires; L.D. Peters & Sons. . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements of Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other conditions affecting performance of insulation are satisfactory. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances hannful to insulations or vapor retarders, including removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders or that interfere with insulation attachment. 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. .. 96-016/5-96 BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 4 . . B. InstaII insulation tlia~ is undamaged, dry, unsoiled, and has not been exposed at any time to ice andsnow. C. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Apply single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated. E. Apply single layer o~ insulation to produce thickness indicated, unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF PERIMETER AND UNDER-SLAB INSULATION A. Protect top surface of horizontal insulation from damage during concrete work by applying protection board. 3.05 . INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical. anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B. Seal joints between closed-cell (nonbreathing) insulation units by applying adhesive, mastic, or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed mstallation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant as recommended by insulation manufacturer. . . C. Set vapor.,retarder-faced units with vapor retarder to warm side of construction, unless otherwise indicated. Do not obstrue<t ventilation spaces, except for frrestopping. 1. Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of' rr.lsulitb.on to surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation. D. Set reflective, foil-faced units with not less than 0.75-inch (l9-mm) air space in front of foil as indicated. E. Install milileral-fIbeibl~ets in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: 1. Use blanket WIdths and lengths that fill cavities formed by framing members. v,'here more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will prod:uce a snug fit between ends. 2. ' Place bl!lnkets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit , between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. For woOd~frariJ.ed construction with faced blankets having stapling flanges, position insulation to produce 1I2-inch (l3-rnm) continuous air space between insulation facing and inner surface of concealing finish material, unless otherwise indicated. Sl~ureinsulation by inset, stap~ing flanges to sides offramingmembers. . 96-016/5-96 BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 5 4. F or wood-framed construction with faced blankets having stapling flanges, lap blanket flange over flange of adjacent blanket to produce airtight installation after concealing finish material is in place. . 3.06 INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDERS A. General: Extend vapor retarder to extrermtles of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as indicated. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose-fiber insulation. B. Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less. than 2 wall studs. Fasten vapor retarders to framing at top, end, and bottom edges; at perimeter of wall openings; and at lap joints. Space fasteners 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. C. Seal overlapping joints in vapor retarders with adhesives or vapor-retarder tape according to vapor retarder manufacturer's instructions. Seal butt joints and fastener penetrations with vapor-retarder tape. Locate all joints over framing members or other solid substrates. D. Firmly attach vapor retarders to substrates with mechanical fasteners or adhesives as recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer. E. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with vapor-retarder tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarder. F. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. Cover with vapor-retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarder. . 3.07 PROTECTION A. General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposure!l, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION 07210 96-016/5-96 BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 6 . SECTION 07270 . FIRESTOPPING PART I - GENERAL 1.0 I RELA TED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division'1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. . 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes firestopping for the following: 1. Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated floor arid roof construction including both empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other penetrating items. 2. ,Penetratipns through fire-resistance-rated walls and partitions including both empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other penetrating items. . 3. Penetrations through smoke barriers and construction enclosing compartmentalized areas involving both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items. 4. Sealant joints in fire-resistance-rated construction. . B. Related Sections: The, following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 3 Section "Cast-In-Place Concrete" for construction of openings in concrete slabs. 2. I:tivision 4 Section ';Unit Masonry~' forjoint fillers for non-fire-resistive-rated masonry construction. 3. Division 7 Section "Building Insulation" for safing insulation and accessories. 4. Division 7 Section "Jpint Sealants" for non-fire-resistive-ratedjoint sealants. 5. Division 15 Sections specifying ducts and piping penetrations. . 6. Division 16 Sections specifying cable and conduit penetrations. . . . , 1.03 SYSTEM PERFORMAN<:E REQUIREMENTS A. General: ~Tovide firestopping systems that are produced and installed to resist the spread of fire, according to. requirements indicated, and the passage of smoke and other gases. , , B. F-Rated lbrough-PenetrationFirestop Systems: . Provide through-penetration firestop systems with F ratings indicated, as determined pet ASTM E 814, but not less than that equaling or exceeding the fire-resistance rating of the constructions penetrated. 'C. . Fire-Resistive Joint Sealants: Provide joint sealants with fire-resistance ratings indicated, as determined per ASTM E 119, but not less than that equaling or exceeding the fire- 'resistance rating of the construction in which thejoint occurs. . 96-016/5-96 FIRESTOPPING 07270 - I D. For frrestopping exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions. . 1. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet-pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture-resistant through-penetration firestop systems. 2. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through-penetration firestop systems not requiring removal of insulation. E. For frrestopping exposed to view, provide products with flame-spread values of less than 25 and smoke-developed values of less than 450, as determined per ASTM E 84. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type of product specified. 1. Certification by firestopping manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and are nontoxic to building occupants. c. Shop drawings detailing materials, installation methods, and relationships to adjoining construction for each through-penetration firestop system, and each kind of construCtion condition penetrated and kind of penetrating item. Include firestop design designation of qualified testing'and inspecting agency evidencing compliance with requirements for each condition indicated. I. Submit documentation, including illustrations, from a qualified testing and inspecting agency that is applicable to each through-penetration firestop configuration for construction and penetrating items. . D. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of firestopping products certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. E. Product test reports from, and based on tests performed by, a qualified testing and inspecting agency evidencing compliance of firestopping with requirements based on comprehensive testing of current products. F. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, names of Architects and Owners, and other information specified. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide firestopping that complies with the following requirements and those specified under the "System Performance Requirements" article: I. Firestoppmg tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A qualified testing and inspecting agency is UL, Warnock Hersey, or another 96-016/5-96 FIRESTOPPING 07270 - 2 . . 2. agency performing testing and follow-up inspection services for firestop systems that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Through~penetration firestop systems are identical to those tested per ASTM E 8l4underconditions where positive furnace pressure differential of at least 0.01 inch of water (2.5 Pa) is maintained at a distance of 0.78 inch (20 mm) below the fill materials surrounding the penetrating items in the test assembly. Provide . rated systems complying with the following requirements: a. Through-penetration frrestop system products bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency.' b. Through~penetration firestop systems correspond to those indicated by reference to through-penetration firestop system designations listed by UL in 'their, "Fire Resistance Directory," by Warnock Hersey, or by another qualified testing and inspecting'agency. Fire-resistive joint sealant systems are identical to those tested for fire-response characteristics per ASTM E 119 under conditions where the positive furnace pressure differential is at least 0.01 inch of water (2.5 Pa); as measured 0.78 inch (20 mm) from the face exposed to furnace frre. Provide syst~ms, complying with . the following requirements: a. Fire-Resistance Ratings of Joint Sealants: As indicated by reference to design designations listed by UL in their "Fire Resistance Directory" or by another qualified testing and inspecting agency. b. Joint sealants, including backing materials, bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspection agency. 3. B. Information on drawings referring to specific design designations of through-penetration frrestopsystems is intended to establish requirements for performance based on conditions that are expected to exist during installation. Any changes in conditions and designated systems require the Architect's prior approval. Submit documentation showing that the performance of proposed substitutions equals or exceeds that of the systems they would replace and are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. . C. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who is certified, licensed, or otherwise qualified by the firestopping manufacturer as having the necessary experience, staff, and training to iJ?stall manufacturer's products per specified requirements. A manufactmer's willingness to sell its firestopping products to the Contractor or to an Installer engaged by the Contractor does not in itself confer qualification on the buyer. D. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain through-penetration fIrestop systems for each kind of penetration andconstrnction condition indicated from a single manufacturer. E. Provide firestopping products containing no detectable asbestos' as determined by the method spl~cified iri 40,CFR Part 763,. Subpart F, AppendiX A, Section I, "Polarized Light Microscopy." - , F. CoordinatItlg Work: Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that desi.gnated through~penetration firestop systems are installed per specified requirements. . 96-01615-96 FIRES TOPPING 07270 - 3 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING . A. Deliver firestopping products to Project site in original, unopened containers or packages with intact and legible manufacturers' labels identifying product and manufacturer; date of manufacture; lot number; shelf life, if applicable; qualified testing and inspecting agency's classification marking applicable to Project; curing time; and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle firestopping materials to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not install firestopping when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by firestopping manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. B. Ventilation: Ventilate frrestopping per firestopping manufacturers' instructions by natural means or, where this is inadequ'ate, forced air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide firestopping composed of components that are compatible with each other, the substrates forming openings, and the items, if any, penetrating the frrestopping under Conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by firestopping manufacturer based on testing and field experience. . B. Accessories: Provide components for each firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to comply with "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1. Use only components specified by the firestopping manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing and inspecting agency for the designated fire-resistance-rated systems. Accessories include but are not limited to the following items: 1. Permanent forming/damminglbacking materials including the following: a. Semirefractory fiber (mineral wool) insulation. b. Ceramic fiber. c. Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming materials to prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state. d. Fire-rated form board. e. Joint fillers for joint sealants. 2. Temporary forming materials. 3. Substrate primers. 4. Collars. 5. Steel sleeves. C. Applications: Provide firestopping systems composed of materials specified in this Section that comply with system performance and other requirements. 96-016/5-96 FIRES TOPPING 07270 - 4 . . . . >: 2.02 FILL MATERIALS FOR THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS A. Ceramic-Fiber and,Mastic Coating: Ceramic fibers in bulk form formulated for use with mastic coating, and ceramic fiber manufacturer's mastic coating. : B. Ceramic-Fiber Sealant: Single-component formulation of ceramic fibers and inorganic binders. C. Endothermic, Latex' Compound Sealant: Single~component, endothermic, latex formulation. D. Intumescent, Latex Sealant: Single-component, intumescent, latex formulation. E. Intumescent Putty: Nonhardening, dielectric, water-resistant putty containing no solvents, inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds.' . F. Intumescent Wrap Strips: Single-component,elastomeric sheet with aluminum foil on one side. G. Job-Mixed Vinyl Compound: Prepackaged vinyl-based powder product for mixing with water' at Project site to produce a paintable compound, passing ASTM E 136, with flame-spread and smoke- developed ratings of zero per ASTM E 84. '., H. Mortar: Prepackaged dry mix composed of a blend of inorganic binders, fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulatled for mixing with water at Project site to form anonshrinking, homogenous mortar. 1. PillowslBags: Re-usable, heat-expanding pillowslbags composed of glass-fiber cloth cases filled with a combination of mineral-fiber, water-insolubl,e expansion agents and fire-retardant additives. J. Silicone Foam: Two-component, silicone-based liquid elastomer that, when mixed, expands and cures in place to p:roduce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. K. Silicone Sealant:. Moisture-curing, single-component, silicone-based, neutral-curing elastomeric sealant of grade indicated below: I. Grade: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces and nQnsagformulation for openings in vertical and other surfaces requiring a nonslumping/ gunnable sealant, unless indicated frrestop system limits use to nonsag grade for both openingcohditions. L. Solvent-Release-Cwing Intuinescent Sealant: Solvent-release-curing, single-component, synthetic- polymer-based sealant of grade indicated below: I. Grade: Pi)uiable (seif-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces and nons~g formulation for openings. in vertical and other surfaces requiring a nonslumping/ guruiable sealant, unless indicated firestop system limits use to nonsag grade for both opening co_nditions. M. Products: Subject 'to tompliance with requirements, provide one 'of the following: I. CeramiC-Fiber lind Mastic Coating: a. FireMaster Bulk and FireMaster Mastic, Thermal Ceramics. 2. Ceramic-Fiber Sealant: 96-016/5-96 FIRES TOPPING 07270 - 5 3. a. Metacaulk 525, The RectorSeal Corporation. Endothermic, Latex Sealant: a. Fyre-Shield, Tremco Inc. Endothermic, Latex Compounds: a. Flame-Safe FS500/600 Series, International Protective Coatings Corp. b. Flame-Safe FS900IFST900 Series, International Protective Coatings Corp. Intumescent Latex Sealant: a. Metacaulk 950, The RectorSeal Corporation. b. Fire Barrier CP 25WB Caulk, 3M Fire Protection Products. Intumescent Putty: a. Pensil 500 Intumescent Putty, General Electric Co. b. Flame-Safe FSPIOOO Putty, International Protective Coatings Corp. c. Fire Barrier Moldable Putty, 3M Fire Protection 'Products. Intumescent Wrap Strips: a. Dow Corning Fire Stop Intumescent Wrap Strip 2002, Dow Corning Corp. b. CS2420 Intumescent Wrap, Hilti Construction Chemicals, Inc. c. Fire Barrier FS-195 WraplStrip, 3M Fire Protection' Products. Job-Mixed Vinyl Compound: a. 'USG Firecode Compound, United States Gypsum Co. Mortar: a. K-2 Firestop Mortar, Bio Fireshield, Inc. b. Novasit K-IO Firestop Mortar, Bio Fireshield, Inc. c. KBS-Mortar Seal, International Protective Coatings Corp. Pillows/Bags: a. FirestopPilIows, Bio Fireshield, Inc. b. KBS Sealbags, International Protective Coatings Corp. Silicone Foams: a. Dow Corning Fire Stop Foam 2001, Dow Corning Corp. b. Pensil 200 Foam, General Electric Co. Silicone Sealants: a. Dow Corning Firestop Sealant 2000, Dow Coming Corp. b. Dow Corning Firestop Sealant SL 2003, Dow Corning Corp. c. Pensil 100 Firestop Sealant, General Electric Co. d. CS240 Firestop Sealant, Hilti Construction Chemicals, Inc. e. Metacaulk 835, The RectorSeal Corporation. f. Metacaulk 880, The RectorSeal Corporation. g. Fyre-Sil, Tremco Inc. h. Fyre-Sil SIL, Tremco Inc. Solvent-Release-Curing Intumescent Sealants: a. Biostop 500 Intumescent Firestop Caulk, Bio Fireshield, Inc. b. Fire Barrier CP 25N/S Caulk, 3M Fire Protection Products. c. Fire Barrier CP 25SIL Caulk, 3M Fire Protection Products. . . 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 2.03 FIRE-RESISTIVE ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated that complies with ASTM C 920 requirements, including those referenced for Type, Grade, Class, and Uses, and requirements specified in this Section applicable to fire-resistive joint sealants. B. Sealant Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with the following: 96-016/5-96 FIRESTOPPING 07270 .- 6 . . . . 96-016/5-96 . ' - ~ ~', r~ " ~"' ',. ~( ~".'" . .'''0'-;'';:-; Provide sdections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of tYPe indicated. C. Single-Component, N~iitriii~Curing Silicone Sealant: TyPe'S; Grade NS; Class 25; exposure-related Use NT, and joint-substrate-related Uses M, G, A, and (as applicable to joint substrates indicated) O. I. 1. Additional Movement Capability: Provide sealant with the capability to withstand the following percentage changes in joint width existing at time of installation, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, and remain in compliance with other requirements ofASTMC 920 for uses indicated: a. 100 percent movement in extension and 50 per~ent movement in compression for a total of 150 percent movement. D. Multicomponent, Nonsag, Urethane Sealant: Type M; Grade NS; Class 25; exposure-related Use NT, and joint-substrate-!elated Uses'M, A, and (as applicable to joint substr~tes indicated) O. 1. Additional Movement Capability: Provide sealant with the capability to withstand the following percentage change in joint width existing at time ,of installation, when tested for adhesion and cop.esion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for uses indicated: a. . 50 percent movement in both extension and compression for a total of 100 pl~rcent movement. E. Single-Component, Noilsag,Urethane Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; and Uses NT, M, A, . and (as applicable tojoint substrates indicated) O. F. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Single"Component, Neutral-Curing, Silicone Sealant: a. Dow Corning 790, Dow Corning Corp. b. Dow Corning 795, Dow Corning Corp. c.Silpruf, General Electric Co. d. . Ultraglaze, General Electric Co. e. 864, Pecora Corp. '.' 2. Multicomponent, Nonsag, Urethane Sealant: a. Vulkem 922, Mameco International Inc. b. Dynflex, Pecora Corp. c. Dynatred,' Peconi Corp. d. Dynatrol. II, Pecora Corp. e. "Si.kaflex 2cn NS, Sika Corp. f. Sonolastic NP 2, Sonneborn Building Products Div.,. ChemRex Inc. g. Dymeric, Tremco Inc. 3. Single-Component, Nonsag, Urethane Sealant: . a. . Isoflex880 GB, Harry S. Peterson Co., Inc. b. Isoflex 881LHaI'ryS. Peterson Co., Inc. c. ' ' Vulkem 921, Mameco International Inc. . d. Sikaflex--15LM, Sika Corp. FIRESTOPPING 07270 - 7 2.04 MIXING A. For those products requiring mixing prior to application, comply with firestopping manufacturer's directions for accurate proportioning of materials, water (if required), type of mixing equipment; selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures needed to produce frrestopping products of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates,. and other conditions affecting performance of firestopping. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 . PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings and joints immediately prior to installing firestopping to comply with recommendations of firestopping manufacturer and the following requirements: I. Remove all foreign materials from surfaces of opening and 'joint substrates and from penetrating items that could interfere with adhesion of fIresropping. Clean opening and joint substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with firestopping. Remove:Ioose particles remaining from cleaning oper~tion. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. . 2. 3. B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended by firestopping manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent firestopping from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed upon completion of Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from firestopping materials. Remove tape as soon as it is possible to do so without disturbing firestopping's seal with substrates. 3.03 INSTALLING THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOPS A. General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1 and the through- penetration frrestop manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated. B. Install forming/damming materials and other accessories of types required to support fIll materials during their application and in the position needed to produce the crosNectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings of designated through-penetration firestop systems. After installing fill materials, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestop systems. 96-016/5-96 FIRES TOPPING 07270 - 8 . . . . C. Install fill materials for through-penetration firestop system's by proven techniques to produce the following results: I. Completely ~1! ,":,oidsand cavities,formed by op'e~ings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items. 2. Apply materials so they'contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings. and penetrating items.' 3. For .fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.04 INSTALLING FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part I, with ASTM C 1193, and with the sealant manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated. B. Install joint filIers to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross-sl~ional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability and develop fire-resistance rating required. C. Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint width that optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time joint fillers are installed. ' D. Tool nonsag sealants immediately after sealant application and prior to the time skinning or curing begins. FormsmoOoth,. uniform beads of configuration indicated or required to produce fire- resistance rating, as welL as to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealants with sides of joint. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that di~color, sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean off excess fill materials and sealants adjacent to openings and joints as work progresses by methods and wiihdeaning materials approved by manufacturers of firestopping products and of products in which' opening and joints occur. B. Protect fuestopping during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or . from damage resulting from . construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated firestopping immediately and install new materials to produce firestopping complying with specified requirements. . . . 96-016/5-96 FIRESTOPPING 07270 - 9 3.06 SYSTEMS AND APPLICATION SCHEDULE* Penetrating Item Concrete Gypsuni WoodFloor/Ceiling Plastic Pipe 64 FS 195/RC-I 394 FSI95 148 FSI95/RC-I, PPO 160 FS 195/RC-I PPO CP25WB 570 CSI95 CS 195/PPO 182 FS I 95/RC-I 488 FSI95/RC-I FSI95 167 FSI95/RC-I E5A, FDI50 PPO Insulated CP25WB PPO 245 FS I 95/RC-I 562 FSI95 446 FSI95/RC-I CSI95 CP 25WB PPO 451 FS 195/RC-I PPO Metal Pipe 49 CP 25N/S,SIL 170 FOl50 147 CP 25 159 CS195, CP 25 63 7900 Kit 202 Mold. Putty 322 CPP 25WB E5A 93 CS195, FSI95 233 CS195, 328 CP 25N/S, SIL 169 CP 25N/S, S/L FSI95,CP 25 CP25 569 FOl50 453 CP 25WB 94 CP 25N/S, SIL 234 CSI95 570 CSI95 95 FSI95 CP 25N/S, SIL or FSI95 137 CSI95 Putty CP 25WB CP 25N/S,SIL 319 CP 25WB 138 CSI95 321 CP 25WB CP 25N/S; SIL 337 CP 25N/S, SIL 160 FOl50 395 CP 25 487 CP 25WB. 561 FSI95 CP 25 Insulated Metal Pipe 91 CP 25N/S, SIL 233 CS195, FSI95 147 FS195, CP 25 454 FS195 FS195, CP 25 395 FS195, CP 25 566 FS195, CP 25WB CP 25WB 152 CP 25N/S, SIL 567 FS195, CP 25 WB 203 Mold, Putty 568 CP 25WB Insulated Cable 33 CP25N/S, SIL 233 CS195,FS195 149 CP 25 168 CP 25N/S, S/L 65 7900 Kit CP 25 328 CP 25N/S 452 FSI95 140 CP 25N/S, SIL 234 CSI95 571 FS195 CP 25WB 171 FOl50 CP 25N/S, SIL CP 25WB 172 FOl50 or Mold, Putty 572 CSI95 204 Mold, Putty 320 CP 25WB FSI95 337 CP 25N/S, SIL CP 25WB 447 FS195, Mold, .573 FSI95 Putty CP 25WBIPutty 448 FSI95 FSI95/RC-I CSI95 Mold, Putty 560 CP 25WB Cable Tray 66 7900 Kit 139 CS195, FSI95 557 CSI95 105 CS195, FSI95 CP 25 FSI95 CP 25 179 F0150, E5A CP 25WBIPutty Busway 97 CP 25N/S, SIL 99 CS195, FS195 Cover Plate CP 25 Glass Pipe 90 7900 Kit or 154 FS195, CP 25 FSI95 211 FS195, CP 25 212 FS195, CP 25 96-016/5-96 FIRESTOPPING 07270 - 10 . FS 195 (Floor). CP 25N/S, SIL, Cover Plate CP 25N/S, SIL (Floor) CP 25N/S, SIL (Wall) CP 25N/S, SIL (Wall) Un erwnters Laboratones, Inc., ftre ReSistance Directory Blank enetrating Item 61 62 92 102 104 CS195 7900 Kit CS195 CS195 CP 25N/S, SIL Cover Plate Construction Gap J900B . . J900C U900J U900L 96-016/5-96 ,COl\crete. 136 280 1 . , 319 CS195 CP 25N/S, SIL or Mold, Putty CP 25WB END OF SECTION 07270 Gypsum " i WoodFloor/Ceiling FIRESTOPPING 07270 - 11 SECTION 07310 . . ROOF SHINGLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCU!\.1ENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes asphalt shingles for steep roofs. B. Related Sections: '. T~e following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: I. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood sheathing and framing. 2. Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" for metal valley flashing, step flashing, drip edges,' and other sheet metal work. 3. Ciivision 7 Section "Roof Accessories" for ridge vents, hatches, and roof. penetrations. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. . . B. Product data for each type of product specified, including details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, profiles, textures, and colors. C. ' Samples fc)r initial selection in the form of manufacturer's sample finishes showing the full range of colors and profiles available for.each type of asphalt shingle indicated. D. Samples f.or verification in the form of 2 full-size units of each type of asphalt shingle indicated showing the full range of variations expected in these characteristics. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURt\NCE A. Fire- Test-Response Classification: Where products with afire-test-response classification are specifif:d, provide asphalt shingles identical to those tested according to ASTM E 108 or . UL 790 arid listed by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify each bundle of asphalt shingles with appropriate markings indicating fire-test-response Classification of applicable testing and inspecting agency. B. Wind-Re5;istance-Test Characteristics: Where wind-resistant asphalt shingles are indicated, provide products. identical to those tested according to ASTM D 3161 or UL 997 and passed. Identify each bundle of asphalt shingles with appropriate,markIngs of applicable testing and inspecting agency. . 96-016/5-96 . ROOF SHINGLES 07310 - I 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING . A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's unopened bundles or containers with labels intact. B. Handle and store materials at Project site to prevent water damage, staining, or other physical damage. Store roll goods on end. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for job-site storage, handling, and protection. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installing asphalt shingles only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit work to be performed according to manufacturers' recommendations and warranty requirements, and when substrate is completely dry. 1.07 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Warranty: Submit a written warranty signed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace asphalt shingles that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, deformation or deterioration of asphalt shingles beyond normal weathering. 1. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 25 years after date of Substantial Completion. . 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels clearly describing contents. I. Furnish I square (9.29 sq. m) coverage of asphalt shingles, identical to those to be installed, in unbroken bundles. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering asphalt shingles that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Fiberglass Asphalt/25; (The) Celotex Corporation. 2. Glassguard; CertainTeed Corporation. 3. Slateline; GAF Building Materials Corporation. 4. Tough-Glass; Georgia-Pacific Corp. 5. Firescreen Plus; GS Roofmg Products Co., Inc. 96-016/5-96 ROOF SHINGLES 07310-2 . "I. ._t< ',~ , . .' '=~ " . 6. Classic-Plus; Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporat,ed in the Work include, but are not limited to, the folloWing: 1. Ridge Vents: a. Ridge Filter Shinglevent; All- Vent, Inc. b. Ridge Filtervent; Air Vent, mc. (for Class A). c. Cobra Ridge Vent; GAF Building Materials Corporation. d. Roll Vent; Obdyke: Benjamin Obdyke, Inc. e. Trimline; Trimline Roof Ventilation Systems. 2.02 ASPHALT SHINGLES A. Colors, Blends, and Patterns: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated, provide asphalt shingles with the folloWing requirements: 1. Provide Architect's'selections from manufacturer's full range of colors, textures, and p.atterns for asphalt shingles' of type indicated. B. Square- Tab, Fiberglass Strip Shingles: Mineral-surfaced, self-sealing, 3-tab, fiberglass- based, strip asphalt. shingles, complying with ASTM D 30 18,,Type I, and with the following requirements: . 1. 2. 3. 4. Wind Resistance: Passes the Wind-resistance-test requirements of ASTM D 3161. Fire- Test-Response Classification: Class A. Color to be selected by architect. F1IDguS Resistant: Provide shingles that have been surface ,treated to remain free of fungus and algae growth, which adversely affects the app~arance of the roof, for ~t least 5 years. . C. Hip and Ridge Shingles: Job-fabricated units cut from actual asphalt shingles used. 2.03 METAL TRTh-1 AND FLASHING A. . Sheet Metal Materials: Furnish the following sheet metal materials: 1. Aluminum Sheets: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), alloy 3003 H14 with mill finish, minimum 0.024 inch (0.6 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated. B. Metal Drip Edge: Brake-formed sheet metal with at least a 2-inch (50-mm) roof deck flange and a ]: II2,.inch (38~mm) fascia flange with a 3/8-inch(9.6-mm)drip at lower edge. Furnish the following material in lengths of 8 or 10 feet (2.5 to 3 m). 1. Material: Aluminum sheets. C. Metal Flashing: Job-cut to sizes and configurations required. I. Material: Aluminum sheets. . 96-016/5-96 ROOF SHINGLES 07310 - 3 D. Vent Pipe Flashing: Lead conforming to ASTMB 749, Type L51l21, at least 1/16 inch (1.6 . mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated. Provide lead sleeve sized to slip over and turn down into pipe, soldered to skirt at slope of roof extending at least 4 inches (100 mm) from pipe onto roof. (paint to match roof.) . 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Felt Underlayment: Type I, 36-inch- (914-mm-) wide, asphalt-saturated organic felt, complying with ASTM D 226 (No. 15) or ASTM D 4869. B. Ridge Vent: High-density 'polypropylene, nonwoven modified polyester, or other UV- stabilized plastic designed to be installed under asphalt shingles at ridge. c. Asphalt Plastic Cement: ASTM D 4586. Nonasbestos fibrated asphalt cement, complying with D. Nails: Aluminum or hot-dip galvanized steel, 0.120-inch- (3-mm-) diameter barbed shank, sharp-pointed, conventional roofmg nails With a minimum 3/8-inch- (9.5-mm-) diameter head and of sufficient length to penetrate 3/4 inch (19 mm) into solid decking or at least 1/8 inch (3 mm) through plywood sheathing. 1. Where nails are in contact with flashing, prevent galvanic action by providing nails made from the same metal as that of the flashing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAWNATION A. Examine substrate for compliance with requirements for substrates, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of asphalt shingles. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. . 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. Cover knotholes or other minor voids in substrate with sheet metal flashing secured with noncorrosive roofmg nails. B. Coordinate installation with flashings and other adjoining work to ensure proper sequencing. Do not install roofmg materials until all vent stacks and other penetrations through roof sheathing have been installed and are securely fastened against movement. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply.with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations but not less than those recommended by ARMA's "Residential Asphalt Roofmg Manual" or "The NRCA Steep Roofmg Manual." 1. Fasten asphalt shingles to roof sheathing with nails. 96-016/5-96 ROOF SHINGLES 07310 - 4 . . B. Felt Underlayinent: Apply 1 layer of felt underlayment horizontally over entire surface to receive asphalt shingles, lapping succeeding courses a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm), end 'laps a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm), 'and hips and valleys ,a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm).Fa.sten felt with sufficient number of roofmg nails or noncorrosive staples to hold underlaymerit in 'place until asphalt shingle ingtaliaiion. " . , C. Underla)1nent it Closed Valleys: Center a 36-inch- (900-mm-) wide felt underlayment in valley and secure'with only enough nails to hold in place until asphalt shingles are installed. Lap roof underlayment over valley underlayment at least 6 iriches (150 mm). D. Woven and Closed-Cut Valleys: Comply with ARMA and NRCA recommendations. E. Flashing:, Install metal flashing and trim as indicated and according to details and recommendations of the "Asphalt Roofing" section of "The NRCA Steep Roofmg Manual" and ARMA's"Residential Asphalt Roofing Manual." F. Install asphalt shingles, beginning at roofs lower edge, with a starter strip of roll roofing or inverted asphalt shingles with tabs removed. Fasten asphalt shingles in the desired weather exposure pattern; use number of fasteners per shingle as recommended by manufacturer. Use vertical and horizontal chalk lines to ensure straight coursing; 1. Cut and fit asphalt shingles at valleys, ridges, and edges' to provide maximum weather protection. Provide same weather exposure at ridges as specified for roof. Lap':asphalt shingles at ridges to shed water away from direction of prevailing wind. 2. ' Use fasteners at ridges of sufficient length to penetrate sheathing as specified. 3. Pattern: 1/3 shingle spacing offset at succeeding courses. . G. Ridge Vents: Install ridge vents accOrding to manufacturer's instructions. . 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Replace any damaged materials installed under this Section with new materials that meet specified requirements. . ,END OF SECTION 07311 . 96-016/5-96 ROOF SHINGLES 07310 - 5 . SECTION 07460 SIDING. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUJ\1ENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions .and Division. I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: I. ,Vrnyl,Clapboard siding. B. Related Se:ctions: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for underlayrnent and wood framing. 2. Division -7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" for flashing, gutters, and other sheet metal work. . 3. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers" for field-applied sealants. 1.03 SUBMITTALS . A. B: C. D. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for each type of product specified, including details of construction relative to materials; dimensions of-individual components, profiles~ textures, and colors. Samples f()r initial selectiori purposes in form of manufacturer's sample finishes showing full range of colors, profiles and textures available. Samples for verification purposes in form of two full-size units of each type of siding and accessory required. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility for Siding and Accessories: Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and variety of siding' and related accessories from a single source with resources to provide products~ of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver ma~erials to Project site in manufacturer's unopened bundles or containers with labels intact. . 96-016/5-96 SIDING 07460- 1 B. Handle and store materials at Project site to prevent water damage, staining, or other physical damage. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for job site storage, handling and protection. . 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Conditions: Proceed with siding installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit siding to be installed in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations and when substrate is completely dry. '1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials matching products installed as described below, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels clearly describing contents. 1. Furnish quantity of siding equal to 2 percent of amount installed. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Special Project Warranty: Submit a written warranty, executed by manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace siding that fails in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, deformation or deterioration of siding beyond normal weathering. This warranty shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights the Owner may have against the Contractor under the Contract Documents. I. Warranty period is 20 years after date of Substantial Completion. . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering siding which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide siding of one of the following: 1. Vinyl Clapboard Siding: a. Alcoa Building Products, Div. Stolle Corp. b. CertainTeed Corp., Vinyl Building Products Group. c. Georgia-Pacific Corp. d. Mastic, Inc. e. Wolverine Technologies, Inc. (Bid standard.) 2.02 VINYL CLAPBOARD SIDING A. Formed Vinyl Siding: Solid vinyl siding and accessories fabricated by extrusion from a polyvinyl chloride compound complying with ASTM D 3679, and as follows: I. Exposure: 6.5 inch ( mm) exposure. 2. Texture: Low gloss brushed. 96-01615-96 SIDING 07460 - 2 . . B. Colors, Textures and Patterns: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated, provide siding with the following requirements: I. Match Architect's samples. 2. ,Match colors, textures, and patterns indicated by reference to manufacturer's standard designations for these characteristics. , 3. Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors, textures, and patterns for vinyl siding indicated. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Siding Ac:cl~ssories: Soiidsoffit panels, ventilating soffit panels, starter strips, trim, and other items as recommended by manufacturer for building configuration, matching type of siding selected. , B. Fasteners: Noncorrosive aluminum siding nails, in sufficient length to penetrate minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) into substrate. Provide prefinished fasteners in color to match siding where face nailing is unavoidable. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for substrates, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of siding. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. . 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean subslrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. B. Coordinate installation with flashings and other adjoining construction to ensure proper sequencmg. 3,03 INSTALLATION A. Comply with siding manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. Center nails in elongated nailing slots without binding siding to allow for thermal movement. Install trilnand accessories, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Overlap butt joints to sh!ed water away from direction of prevailing wind. Isolate dissimilar metals. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Replace damaged sidmg materials with new materials complying specified requirements. 3.05 CLEANING" A. Clean finished surfaces as recommended by siding manufacturer, and mairitain in a clean condition d.uring construction. END OF SECTION 07460 .. 96-016/5-96 SIDING 07460 - 3 SECTION 07631 . , GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Prefmished aluminum; ., B. Precast concrete splash blocks. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry. R ' Section 07310- Shingles c: Section 07901 ~ Joint Sealants 1.03 REFERENCES ANSIIASTM A446 - Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated, (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, structural (Physical) Quality. ANSII ASTM B32- Solder Metal. ASTM A525 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawi.ngsshall indicate general construction, configUrations, jointing methods .and locations, fastening methods, locations, and installation details. Refer to Section 01300 - Submittals, for additional information. . . .. B. Provide product data on prefabricated components. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Conform to SMACNA Manual for nominal sizing of components for rainfall intensity determined by a storm occurrence of 1 in 10 years. ' 1.06 DELIVERY, STm~GE; AND HANDLING A. Stack preformed ahd prefmished material to prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and to aid ventilation. Slope to drain. . 96-016/5-96 GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS 07631-1 B. Prevent contact with materials during storage which may cause discoloration, staining, or damage. . . 1.07 SCOPE OF WORK Furnish all labor, materials and equipment required to complete installation of all Gutters and Downspouts and related work indicated on drawings or specified herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Downspouts to be 5" x 5" .032" 20 gauge prefinished, color as selected by Architect. B. Roof aprons to be .032" gauge, pre-finished, color as selected by Architect. C. End caps to be .032" gauge, pre-finished, color as selected by Architect. D. Inside and outside miters to be .032" gauge, pre-finished, as selected by Architect. E. Sealant material manufacturer approved gutterseal. F. Expansion joint-aluminum. G. Downspc>ut clip 0.14" gauge, pre-finished, color as selected by Architect. H. Hangers to be .051" - .082" gauge depending on the manufacturer's requirements. Pre- finished, color as selected by Architect. . 1. Downspouts to be prefmished, color as selected by Architect. 1. Splashblocks: Precast concrete tYPe, 3000 psi (21 MPa at 28 days). 2.02 INSTALLATION/WORKMANSHIP A. Before starting work, verify governing dimensions at building: examine, clean and repair, if necessary, any adjoining work on which this work is in any way dependent for its proper installation. B. Gutters and Downspouts shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer gutter system installation planner, latest edition. Gutters shall be installed by using hangers so that movement is not restricted. (Note: Spikes and ferrules or brackets attached to the outside periphery of the gutter will not be used.) C. All gutter hangers shall be installed by using two 1 1/4" screw-shank nails and will be fastened into solid lumber. D. Expansion joints provided wherever necessary to allow for proper expansion and contraction (l/8" per 10'). Expansion joints will be used on runs of more than 40 feet in length. . 96-016/5-96 GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS 07631-2 . E. Upon completion, the contractor shall clean all aluminum work. . F. Dissimilar materials 1) Care mUst be,exercised in placing aluminum in contact with metals or materials . not compatible with aluminum. 2) Dissimilar materials shall be pamted or otherwise protected when they are in contact with' aluminum or when drainage from them passes over aluminum. 2.03 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE Gutter and Downspouts meet or exceed the following specifications and/or code approvals: 1) American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA) Specification 1405.1 "Specifications for Aluminum Gutters and Downspouts. n 2.04 WARRANTY Materials in this section are covered by a 20-year prorated and transferable warranty with the first three years full labor and materials. PART 3 - MANUFACTURERS , A. Alumax Building, Produ~ts. . B. Architect Approved Equal. .END OF SECTION 07631 . 96-016/5-96 GUITERS AND DOWNSPOUTS 07631-3 . SECTION 07901 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL , 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provlSlons of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following locations: 1. Exterior jo~ts in vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces as indicated bdow:' a. b. 2. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. . Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and . windows. y. Control and expansionjoints in ceiling and overhead surfaces. d. Other joints as indicated. Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces as indicated below: .a. Control, expansion, and isolation joints in cast-in-p1ace concrete slabs. b. Other joints as indicated. Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces as indicated ,below: a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. Vertical control joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry and concrete walls and partitions. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior , . doors, windows, and elevator entrances. e. Perimeterjoints oftoilet fixtures. C Other'joints as indicated. In.terior joints in horizontal traffic surlaces as indicated below: a. ' Control and expansion joints in cast-in-plac.e concrete slabs. b. "Other joints as indicated. b. 3. . . c. d. 4. B. Related SeGtions: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 8 "Glaz~g" for sealants used in glazing. 2. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for sealing concealed perimeter . joints of gypsum board partitions to reduce sound transmission. 3. Bivision9 Section "Acoustical Panel Ceilings" for sealing edge moldings at p(:rimeter of acoustical ceilings. . . 96-016/5-96 JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - I 1.03 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS . A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates. B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that have been produced and installed to establish and maintain airtight continuous seals that are water resistant and cause no staining or deterioration of joint substrates. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data from manufacturers for each joint sealant product required. 1. Certification by joint sealant manufacturer that sealants plus the primers and cleaners required for sealant installation comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds. C. Certificates from manufacturers of joint sealants attesting that their products comply with specification requirements and are suitable for the use indicated. D. Compatibility and adhesion test reports from elastomeric sealant manufacturer indicating that materials forming joint substrates and joint sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. Include sealant manufacturer's interpretation of test results relative to sealant performance and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed to obtain adhesion. . 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed joint sealant applications similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealant Materials: Obtain joint sealant materials from a single manufacturer for each different product required. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 96-016/5-96 JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 2 . . 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environnioental' Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of jom.t sealants under the following conditions: I. 'When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealant maimfacturer or below 40 deg f (4 deg,C). 2. \Vhenjoint substrates are wet. B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less th1m allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated. C. Joint Substrate Conditions:. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contamina:nts ~apableof interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates. 1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Sequence'installation of joint sealants to occur not less than 21 nor more than 30 days after completion of waterproofmg, unless otherwise indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS, GEt-ffiRAL A. . Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatibkwith one another and with joint substrates urider conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. . B. Colors: Provide color of e~posed joint sealants to comply wi~ the following: 1. Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of type indicated. 2.02 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing elastomeric sealants that comply with ASTM C 920 and otherrequirements indicated on each Elastomeric Joint Sealant Data Sheet at end of this Section, including those requirements referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for Type, Grade, Class, and Uses. B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, elastomeric sealants that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified in each Elastomeric Sealant Data Sheet. 2.03 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard one-part, nonsag, mildew-resistant, paintable latex sealant off,:>rmulationindicated that is recommended for exposed applications on interior and protected. ;~xterio{ locations and that accommodates indicated percentage change in joint width existing at time of installation without failing either adhesively or cohesively. . 96-016/5-96 JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 3 B. Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant: Provide product complying with ASTM C 834 that accommcx:lates joint movement of not more than 5 percent in both extension and compression for a total of 10 percent. . C. . Silicone Emulsion Sealant: Provide product complying with ASTM C 834 and, except for weight loss measured per ASTM C 792, with ASTM C 920 that accommodates joint movement of not more than 25 percent in both extension and compression for a total of 50 percent. D. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: l. Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant: a. "AC-20,"Pecora Corp. b. "Sonolac," Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc. c. "Tremco Acrylic Latex 834," Tremco, Inc. 2. Silicone-J;:mulsion Sealant: a. "Trade Mate Paintable Glazing Sealant," Dow Corning Corp. 2.04 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on' field experience and laboratory testing. B. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of flexible plastic foam of material indicated below and of size, shape, and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: . 1. Closed-cell polyethylene foam, nonabsorbent to liquid water and gas, non outgassing in unruptured state. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as detennined from preconstruction joint sealant- substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming in any way joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces, and'formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with j oint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. 96-016/5-96 JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 4 . o. ~,<jl'~~' 'to . ,-'''.." 1. ~.~-.f:. . PART 3 - EXECUTION . 3.01 EXAMINATION , A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present;for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installat~on tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint seailmt performance. Do not proceed With installation of joint sealants until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION , . A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply wilhrecommendations of joint sealant manufacturer and the following requirements: . 1. Remov~ all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of jointsealant, including dust, paints (except forpe,rmanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. . . 2. Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and similar porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming orblowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. 3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. 4. Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and other nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. B. Joint P~ing: Prime joint substrates where indicated or ~where recommended by joint sealant' manufa~turer based on preconstruction, joint sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Confme ~p'Iimers to areas of joint sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto , adjoining surfaces. . 3.03 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's printed installation instructions applicable to products'and applications indicated, except where more stringent r~quirements apply. :8. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1 193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Installation of Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: ' 1. Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. a. " Do not leave .gaps between ends of joint fillers. . 96-016/5-96 JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 5 b. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint fillers. Remove absorbent joint fillers that have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry material. . c. D. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time sealant backings are installed. E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuratiori indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. 1. , Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide flush joint configuration, per Figure SB in ASTM C 1193, where indicated. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage attime of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so that and installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. . 96-016/5-96 JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 6 . . PRODUCT DATA SHEET 1 - ELASTONfERlC JOINT SEALANT A. Elastomeric Joint Sealant Designa~on: ES I B. Base Polymer: Acid Curing Silicon C. Type: S (single component). D. Grade: N,S (nonsag). . E. Class: 25" F. Use[s] Rellitedto Exposure: NT (nontraffic). G. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. I. Use 0 Joint Substrates: Plastic, ceramic tile, and wood. H. Available Products: I. Pecora Corporationp; 863 2. Sonneborn Building Products Division; Omniplus . . 96-016/5-96 JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 7 PRODUCT DATA SHEET 2 - ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANT A. Elastomeric Joint Sealant Designation: ES2 B. Base Polymer: Urethane. C. Type: M (multicomponent). D. Grade: P (pourable). E. Class: 25. F. Use[s] Related to Exposure: T (traffic). G. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, A. H. Available Products: 1. W. R. Meadows; Pourthane 2. Pecora Corporationp; NR-200 Urexpan 3. Sonneborn Building Products Division; Sonolastic SL-2 96-016/5-96 . . JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 8 . . PRODUCT DATA SHEET 3 - ELASTOMERICJOINT SEALANT A. Elastomeric Joint Sealant Designation: ES3 B. Ba~e Polymer: Nelltr8J-curing silicone. C. Type: S (single component). D. Grade: NS (nonsag). E. Class: 25. F. Users] Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). G. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A.' 1. Use 0 Joint Substrates: Coated glass, color anodized aluminum, galvanized steel, ceramic tile, and wood. H. Available Products: 1. Dow Corning; 795 or 790 or 791 2. Pecora Corporationp; 895 or 864 3. Sonneborn Building Products Division; Sonolastic Omniseal . . 96-016/5-96 JOINT SEALANTS 07901-9 PRODUCT DATA SHEET 4 - ELASTOMERlC JOINT SEALANT A. Elastomeric Joint Sealant Designation: ES4 B. Base Polymer: Urethane. . C. Type: M (multicomponent). D. Grade: NS (nonsag). E. Class: 25. F. Use[s] Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). G. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M,G, A. H. Available Products: 1. W. R. Meadows; cm-60 2. Pecora Corporationp; GC-5 SSynthacaulk 3. Sonneborn Building Products Division; Sonolastic two part sealant . , 96-016/5-96 JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 10 . . PRODUCT DATA SHEET 5 - ELASTOl\i1ERIC JOINT SEALANT A. ElastomeriCJoint~ealant Designation: LS B. Base Polymer: Acrylic Latex C. Type: S (single component). D. Grade: NS (nonsag). E. Class:, 25. F. Use[s] Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). G. Uses Relat(:d to Joint Substrates: M,G,A.. H. . Available Products: 1. ,Pecora Corporationp; 863 2. ..' Sonneborn Bui~ding Products Division; Omniplus . . 96-016/5-96 JOINT SEALANTS 07901-11 I JOINT SEALANT SCHEDULE I DESIGNATION JOINT SEALERS ' DESCRIPTION ESI One-part inildew-resistant silicone Interior joints in vertical surfaces of ceramic tile sealant in toilet rooms, showers, and kitchens. - ES2 Multi-part pourable urethane sealant Exterior and interior joints in horizontal surfaces of cOncrete; between metal and concrete, mortar, stone, and masonry. ES3 One-part neutral curing silicone Exposed joints within glazed curtain wall sealant framing systems, skylight framing systems, and aluminum entrance framing systems. ES4 Multi-part urethane sealant Exterior and interior joints in vertical surfaces of concrete and masonry; between concrete masonry and stone; between metal and concrete, mortar, or stone; interior and exterior perimeter joints of metal frames in exterior walls; exterior overhead joints. LS Acrylic-emulsion sealant Interior joints in fIeld-painted vertical and overhead surfaces at perimeter of elevator door frames and hollow metal door frames; in gypsum drywall, plaster, concrete, and concrete masonry; and.all other interior joints not indicated otherwise. END OF SECTION 07901 96-016/5-96 JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 12 . . . . _SECTION 08111 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED' A. Factory glazing. B. Interior light frames. C. Finish preparation. D. Schedule on Drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 08210 - Wood Doors. B. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware. C. Section 08800..- Glazing. D. Section 09900 - Painting. . 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM E152 - Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assem\;>lies. B. DHI - DOIJr Hardware Institute: The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in 'Wood Frames and Builder's Hardware, latest Edition. C. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. D. NFPA 252 - Fire Tests for Door Assemblies. E. SDI-100 .: Standard Steel Doors and Frames. F. . SDI-105 .. Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. G. UL lOB.: Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE .' . , , ' A. Conform to requirements of SDI-100, except where more stringent requirements are specifiedher:ein. . B. Fire rated doorand:frame construction JO conform to ASTMEI52, NFPA 252, and UL lOB. . 96-01615-96 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111-1 C. Installed frame and door assembly to conform to NFP A 80 for fire rated class indicated on Drawings. . 1.05 REGULA TORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for fire rated frames and doors. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal. shall indicate frame configuratton, anchor types and spacings, location of cutouts for hardware, reinforcement, and fmish. B. Submittal shall indicate door elevations, internal reinforcement, closure method, and cut outs for glazing louvers. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Protect doors and frames with packaging to prevent bending, twisting or damage to surface. B. Break seal on-site to permit ventilation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Hollow Metal Frames (Wrap Around) . 1. Bymoco. 2. Builders Mfg. Company. 3. Williamburg Steel Products. 4. Mesker Industries, Inc. 5. Ceco. 6. D&D Specialities. 7. Habersham Metal Products Company 8. Architect approved equal. B. Anchors as required to meet existing conditions. 2.02 DOORS AND FRAMES A. Gauges 1. Interior Door Frames: 16 ga. 2. Exterior Door Frames: 14 ga. 3. Pairs of doors, having an inactive leaf, shall have an 18 ga. astragal attached to , the active leaf. B. Knockdown Frames: Rigidly interlock knocked down frame joints so as to maintain alignment of parts and provide functionally satisfactory performance of complete frames when field assembled. 96-016/5-96 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111-2 . _~ .Jo-: .. c. Frame Anchors ,1. Provide frames with a minimum of three anchors per jamb as required for the adjoining wall construction. 2. Provide anchors of not less than l~gage steel "T" shaped. 3 . UL rated frame anchors shall be welded to frame. D. Floor Anchors: Provide'all frames with minimum 18 ga. anchors for attachment at the floor. E. Dust Cov(~rs: Provide 25 ga. dust cover at all hardware mortises. F. Hardware Reinforcement 1. Frames shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped at the factory for fully templated mortised hardware only, in accordance with approved hardware sehedule and templates. 2. Minimu~ thickness of hardware reinforcing plates shall be as follows: a) , Hinge reinforcement: 7 ga~ x 1-1/4" xIO". (Note: Special hinge reinforcing straps required on all exterior and . labeled' frames). b) Strike, flush bolt, closer, hold open arms and surface panic device - 12 ga. 2.03 ACCESSORIES. . A. Pressure a.ppli~d rubber silencers. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate frames for knockdown field assembly type from cold rolled, hot rolled pickled and oiled, .30 oz. per square foot per side not dipped galvanized or electrolytic zinc coated ste,el with a stretcher level degree of flatness. B. Allowable Manufacturing Tolerances 1. . Overall dimensions: 1/16" variation. 2., I;toQr or frame'squareness: Maximum 1/8" variation in diagonal dimension. C. Labeled Components: Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) and N:ational Fire Protection Associati.<)Il (NFPA). ,(Label to be screw or'rivet attached metal plate, not adhesive attached, or paper) D. Fabricate members in accordance with SDI-100, except where more stringent requirements :are specified herein. E. Preparation for Hardware .. 1. Reinforcement: Reinforce components for hardware installation in accordance with SDI-I07. . 96-016/5-96 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111-3 3. Punch single leaf frames and double leaf frames to receive silencers, as required. Factory prepared hardware locations shall be in accordance with Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames, as adopted by the Steel Door Institute. .. 2. F. Door and frame assemblies shall restrict air infiltration to 1.25 CFMISF of door area, when tested in accordance with ASTM E-283. G. Clearances Between Door and Frame 1. At head and jamb: 1/8" 2. At sills without thresholds: 3/8" above finished floor. 3. At sills with thresholds: 3/8" maximum above finished floor. 4. Between meeting edges of pairs of doors: 118" H. Finished floor is defmed as the top surface of the floor, except where resilient tile or carpet is used in which case it shall be the top of the concrete slab. 2.05 FINISH A. After fabrication, thoroughly clean, phosphate treat (to assure maximum paint adhesion) and dip or spray all surfaces of the door and frame exposed to view with a coat of rust inhibiting primer, either air dried or baked on. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREP ARA TION . A. When frames are removed from storage, they shall be inspected prior to setting, and any rusted areas shall be sanded to bare metal and primed. B. Damaged frames shall be rejected and replaced. 3.02 SETTING FRAMES A. Set frames in position and brace until permanent anchors are set. B. Set anchors at hinge and strike levels for frames as work progresses. C. Install plumb, straight, square and level, at correct plane and elevation in alignment with the adjacent work. D. Remove temporary braces and spreaders after wall construction is complete. 3.03 DOOR INSTALLATION A. Install doors in frames, using hardware, fittings, and accessories specified in Finish Hardware Section 08710. B. Insure correct clearances, smooth operation, and closing of door without force. 96-016/5-96 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111-4 . . 3.04 ADJUSTMENT . A. Upon completion of the Work, inspect all openings for satisfactory operation and make all necessary adjustments to insure same. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. Install frames in accordance with SDI-105. B. Install doors in accordance with DHI. C. Coordinate with masonry, wallboard wall construction for anchor placement. D. Install roll formed steel reinforcement channels between two abutting frames. Anchor to structure and floor. 3.06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING . ~ A. Adjust hardware for smooth and balanced door movement. 3.07 SCHEDULE '1" - A. See Architectural'Drawings. . ~ND OF SECTION 08111 . 96-01615-96 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES . 08111-5 . SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Wood doors fire rated and non-rated. B. Pre-finished. 1.02 RELATED WORK C. Schedule on Drawings. , . A. Section 08111, ,Standard Steel Doors and Frames. . 1.03 REFERENCES B. Section 08710, Door Hardware. A. . B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. ANSIINWMA I.S.1 - Industry Standard For Wood Flush Doors (Includes Standards I.S.1.1 thru I.I'.S.L7). '.' ANSI A135.4 - Basic Hardboard. ASTM E90 -, MeasUrement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. ASTM E152 - Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. A WI - Quality Standards of Architectural Woodwork Institute. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and windows. NFPA 252 - Standard " Method of Fire Tests for Door Assemblies. UL 1OB.-FireTestsof Door Assemblies. 1.04 PERFORMANCE NWWDA - National Wood Window and Door Association. A. AcousticRating for Door and Frame Assembly: ASTM E90, minimum STC 35. 1.05 QUALITY ASSUJ~NCE A. Conform.to requirements of AWl Quality Standard Section 1300 and 1400 Premium Grade.ANSIINWMA I.S.1. . 96-016/5-96 WOOD DOORS 08210-1 C. Do not walk or stack other materials on top of stacked doors. Do not drag across one another. . 1.09 WARRANTY A. Submit written agreement on door manufacturer's standard form signed by manufacturer, installer and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors which have warped (bow, cup or twist), or which show"telegraphing of core construction below in face veneers, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of NWMA and AWL B. Warranty s~all also include refinishing and reinstallation which may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors. C. Warranty shall be in effect for 2 years of original installation following after date of substantial completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Eggers Hardwood Products Corp. Glen-Mar Door Mfg. Company. Fenestra Corporation Weyerhauser Company. Architect approved equal. . 2.02 SOLID CORE, FLUSH WOOD DOORS A. Thickness: 1-3/4 inch. B. Veneer: Rotary cut Birch. C. Core: Stave core D. Hardware: Pre-routed for butts, drilled for lockset; coordinate with requirements of approved finish hardware schedule. E. Softwood stiles and rails. F. Adhesives: Type II (Interior). G. U nfmished veneer. H. Fire Rating: Refer to Door/Frame Schedule. - 96-016/5-96 WOOD DOORS 08210-3 . . . . B. Obtain doors from a single manufacturer to ensure uniformity in quality of appearance and construction. . C. Allowable fabrication tolerances: 1. Overall dimension: +. 1/16" 2. Maximum warp, bow, cup or twist: 1/4" 3. Squareness: Maximum '1/8" difference in "diagonal measurement. D. Allowable erection tolerances: . 1. Variation from specifiedclearances: + _ 1/32", -0. 2. Maximum variation in edge alignment, pairs of doors: lil6" E. Allowable color and grain variation: Doors for natural finish shall be selected for uniformity in color and grain. Joints in face veneers shall be inconspicuous. Adjacent doors and doors viewed together shall have similar color and grain. E Labels: 1. Provide each door with a label on top or bottom edge which identifies . manufacturer, trade association of which he is a member, grade and type of door or industry standard with which it complies. , 2. Provide each labeled fire rated door with a label permanently attached to hinge stile showing fire rating. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for fire rated doors. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A.. Submittals shall indicate door elevations, stile and rail reinforcement, internal blocking for hardware attachment, and cutouts for glazing and louvers. Submit manufacturer's certificate that doors and louvers meet. or exceed specified acoustic, fire rated requirements. . B. Submit 6" square minimum samples, showing fully completed factory finish on same veneer and edge construction that will be used on factory fmished doors. Submit full range of samples from which sel~ction can be made. 1.08 , DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND P~OTECTION', . A. During transit, storage and h.andling, prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. Comply with "on-site care" recominendations of NWMA pamphlet "Care and Finishing of Wood Doors" and with man~facturer's instructions, and as otherwise indicated. B. Polywrap all prefmished doors. Manufacturers must wrap each door individually with polyethylene material in such a manner as to allow the door to breath. 96-016/5-96 WOOD DOORS 08210-2 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate non-rated doors in accordance with AWl Quality Standards, ANSI/NWMA I. S.1 requirements. . . B. Fabricate fire rated doors in accordance with A WI Quality Standards, ANSI/NWMA I.S.l and to UL requirements. Attach fire rating label to door edge. C Pre fitting and Premachining 1. Factory prefit and machine doors to clearances and bevels specified. 2. Prepare for hardware installation using hardware manufacturer's templates. Located in accord with NWWDA I.S.1.7-80 unless otherWise indicted. 3 Seal edges of doors and cut-outs immediately following machining. D. Factory Finish I. Prefmish wood doors at factory. Comply with 'recommendations of AWl for factory fmishing of doors, including final sanding immediately before application ~f fmish materials to all faces and edges. 2. Type. Finish - White Birch, factory applied finish complying with A WI Section 1500, System 3 conversion varnish. Clear tint. 3. All doors to be individually poly-bagged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION . A. Inspection: Installer must examine door frames and verify that frames are correct type and have been installed as required for proper hanging of corresponding doors and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely installation of wood doors. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to installer. B. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Machine cut: relief for hinges and closures; coring for handsets and cylinders. D. Trim door width by cutting equally on both jamb edges. Trim fire door width from lock edge only, to a maximum of 3/16 inch (5 mm). E. Trim door height by cutting equally on top and bottom edges to a maximum of 3/4 inch (19 mm). Trim fire door height at bottom edge only, to a maximum of 3/4 inch (19 mm). F. Pilot drill screw and bolt holes. G. Prepare doors to receive fmish hardware in accordance with AWl and ANSI/AWMA requirements. H. Conform to AWl and ANSI/AWMA requirements for fit tolerances. 96-016/5-96 WOOD DOORS 08210-4 . I. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing. . J. Coordinate door preparation w/requirements of approved finish hardware schedule. 3.02 ',ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement. B;' Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely, as directed by Architect. _ C. Refinish or replace. doors damaged during installation, as directed by Architect. D. Advise Contractor of proper procedures required for protection of installed wood doors from damage or deterioration until acceptance of work. 3.03 SCHEDULE A. See Door Sched~le' on Architectural drawings. . END OF SECTION 08210 . 96-016/5-96 WOOD DOORS 08210-5 . . . SECTION 08410 ALlJMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONT PART I GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-l specification sections, ilpply to work in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of aluminum entrances is indicated on drawings and schedules. B. Types of aluminum entrances include thdollowing: 1. Exterior entrance doors. 2. Vestibule doors matching exterior doors. 3. Frames for exterior entrances. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ' Entrances shall be as manufactured by Special-Lite, Inc. of Decatur, Michigan. Equivalent products of other manufacturer's may be acceptable, if in the'judgement of the architect, they meet the intent of the specification in terms of design, function, materials and workmanship. B. Products of the following manufacturers will be considered providing they meet detailed specifications contained herein. 1. Kawneer 2. Vistawall 1.04 SUBWTTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's' specifications, standard details and installation recommendations for components of aluminum entrances. , B. Shop Drawings: SubIDit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of aluminum entrances. 1.05 WARRANTIES A.' .warranty the material and workmanship of the entrance system for 10 years. B. Warranty the installation of the materials and workmanship of the factory installati~n of hardware for 10 ~ears. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND ACCES~;ORIES A. Aluminum rails, midrails and stiles are to be 1-3/4" thick tubular extruded 6063T5 aluminum with a nummum 1/8" wall thickness. 96-016/5-96 08410-1 B. Corner joints are to be mortise and tenon type so the rails and stiles are physically interlocked. Joints are to . be fastened top and bottom with full-width 3/8" steel tie rods secured with locking hex- nuts. Exterior glass stops are to be extruded as an integral part of rails and stiles. Interior glass stops to be screw applied. 2.02 HARDWARE A. Refer to Section 08710 for hardware requirements. Hardware shall be furnished under that Section. B. Hardware shall be installed by the door manufacturer at the manufacturer's facility. C. Hardware finish to match door and frame finish. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Sizes and profiles: Required sizes for door and frame units, including profile requirements, are indicated on drawings. Any variable dimensions are indicated, together with maximum and minimum dimensions required to achieve design requirements and coordination with other work: B. Reinforcing: Install reinforcing as necessary for performance requirements. 2.04 STILE AND RAIL DOORS A. Materials and Construction: 1. Stile and rails of type 6063- T5 aluminum alloy 1-3/4" minimum thickness tubular extiusions with a minimum .125" wall thickness. Overall stile and rail widths: a. SL-15 wide 4" top, 4-1/2" stiles and 6-1/2" bottom rail. 2. True mortise and tenon joinery at corners with full width 3/8" diameter tie rods secured with locking . washers and hex nuts. 3. No welding of joinery is permitted. 4. Exterior glazing stops are permanent and integral to stile and rail extrusions. Provide interior glazing stops with counterpunched holes and flat head screws. No applied snap-on stops are permitted. Factory furnish and install glass, panels and louvers. 2.05 FRAMING SYSTEM A. Frame: Provide 1-3/4" x 4-1/2" tubular frame members with minimum 1/8" thick walls,Jabricated with mechanical joints using heavy inserted reinforcing plates and concealed tie-rods or j-bolts. Frames to be supplied with 1/2" x 1-1/4" door stop, with heavy duty weathering pile included. Framing system to be manufactured by Special-Lite, Inc. B. Glazing: Fabricate doors to facilitate replacement of 1/4" glass or panels, without disassembly of door stiles and rails. Exterior glass stops are to be extruded as an integral part of rails and stiles. Interior glass stops to be screw applied. 2.06 FINISH A. Finish to be as selected. 96-016/5-96 08410-2 . . . . f' , . ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREP ARA TION A. Field Measurement: Wherever possible, take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, to ensure proper' fitting of work. However, proceed with fabrication and coordinate installation tolerances as necessary when field measurements might delay work 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of aluminum entrances. 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust operating hardware to function properly, without binding and to prevent tight fit at contact points and weatherstripping. B. Clean completed system, inSide and out, promptly after erection and installation of glass and sealants. Remove excess glazing and joint sealants, dirt and other substances from aluminum surfaces. C. Institute protective measures 8ndother precautions required to assure that aluminum entrances will be without damage or deteriorations, other than normal weathering, at time of acceptance. , END OF SECTION 08410 96-016/5-96 08410-3 SECTION 08710 . FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED , A. Furnishing hardware for ~hterior and exterior doors. B. Furnishing and installing access control systems. 1.02 ' RELATED WORK A. Section 08111 Me:tal Doors and Frames B. Section 08210 Wood Doors C. . Section 08410 Entnmces and Storefront 1.03 'QUALITY ASSURANCE,' ,.' A. The company furnishing hardware under this Section shall ~e regularly engaged in the sale and distribution of Finish Hardware for commercial projects. . B. The person responsible for scheduling, detailing, ordering and coordinating hardware for this project shall be an experienced hardware consultant. Consultant membership in the Door and Hardware Institute is acceptable as ',indication of required experience. C. Hardware furnishe:d shall comply with the requirements of the Standards and Codes listed in 1.04 of this Section. D. The access control system and related equipment shall be installed by qualified, skilled technicians experienced in the installation of such systems, in accordance with the manufacturer's rec:ommend'ations .and all applicable codes and standards.. ' 1.04 References A. Standards: 1. 2 BHMA 1301-1982 Materials and Finishes. , , . ANSI All? .1-1991 Specification for Making Buildings and' Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. ADA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities 3. B. Codes: 1. 2. ANSI/NFPA 'ibl-199i Life Safety Code Standard JB~ilding Code-1994 Edition 1.05 SUBMITTALS . A. Within 30 days of award of purchase order, submit to the Architect for review a complete vertical format hardware specification in accordance with these Specifications. Furnish six copies of complete submittal. 96-016/5-96 08710-1 B. Submittal shall include manufacturer's name, type, finish and location for each item. Title page shall indicate Project, Architect, Owner, and Contractor and shall include address and phone number of each. There shall also be included a table of contents, glossary of terms, abbreviations, and symbols used in the Hardware Schedule. Also include a cross reference of all product numbers used within the Schedule that deviate from those specified. Colunin 1 shall state specified item and manufa~turer and Column 2 shall state prior approved substitute item and its manufacturer. ' . C. Schedule and detail each floor separately. On doors of different sizes or where hinges, closers, or locks are different, a separate heading shall be used. No labeled openings shall be combined with non-labeled openings. Note each Specification hardware set in each schedule heading. D. Submit a sample of each item of hardware that differs from the Specification. If requested, supply a sample of each hardware item required, to be retained by the Architect for comparison with the hardware furnished on the project. Samples will be retumedin time for identification ' E. Furnish as part of the submittal six copies of catalog cuts of all products. F. Submittals for the access control system shall also include complete electrical information, wiring diagrams, and operating and maintenance instructions. G. After approval of hardware schedule, furnish templates to other trades who have hardware applied to their products. All templates shall be clearly marked as to their respective heading number and shall give full information with regard to installation, fasteners, dimensions and other pertinent details affecting their installation and operation. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Hardware shall be delivered to the job site in the manufacturers' original packages. Each item shall be clearly marked with the opening number and hardware heading to identify correct location. . B. Locked storage space complete with shelving, for unpacked crates and sorting out hardware shall be furnished. The space shall be maintained clean and dry for protection of hardware. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate hardware with related trades such as entrance, steel and wood doors, frames, millwork, electrical, etc. B. Hardware shall be ordered so that it will be available on time for job requirements. 1.08 WARRANTY A. All hardware items shall be guaranteed for a period of one year from final acceptance, with exception of door closers, which shall carry a ten year warranty, and exit devices which shall carry a three year warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. A Specified Manufacturer is shown for each hardware item to establish a standard of quality and minimum functional requirements. The product numbers of these manufacturers are found in the Hardware Sets. . 96-016/5-96 08710-2 . . . B. Approved Manufacturers d~signate ~ufacturers whose products may be acceptable on the Project if in the opinion of the Architect the products meet the intent of the specification in terms of design, function, material, and quality of worlkmanship. C. All items of a particular hardware category i.e. locksets, closers, hinges, shall be of the same manufacturer. D. Continuous Aluminum Gear Hinges 1. Specified Manufacturer-Select.Products 2. Approved Manufacturer-Markar~ Stanley 3. Continuous hinges shall be template. E. Hinges 1. 2. 3. Specified Manufacturer-Stanley, Approved Manufacturers-Hager, Lawrence All ball bearing hinges shall be equipped with non-rising pins. Furnish non removable pins on all outs wing exterior doors and 'where noted "NRP" in the Hardware Sets. Size hinges in accordance with specified manufacturer's published recommendationS. F. Locksets,latches,deadbolts ' - 1. Specified Manufacturer-ScWage D Series, Rhodes trim, exterior doors, AL series Saturn trim, interior doors. 2. Approved manufacturers- Corb~usswin, Sargent . 3. Alllocksets and latchsets shall have minimum Ih" throw latchbolts. All to be 2~ backset. G. Exit devices 1. Specified'Manufactllirers -Von Duprin. 2. Exit devices shall be "UL" listed for life safety. All exit devices for fire rated openings shall have "UL" labels for "Fire Exit Hardware. " H. Door closers 1. Specified Manufacturer~LCN Closers series 1460/1071. 2. Door closers shall be fully adjustable for accessibility requirements. 3. Door closer shall hnve high strength cast iron cylinders with separate adjustments for backcheck, general speed 8nd llltch sPeed. I. Overhead holders 1. Specified Manufacturer - Glynn' Johnson. J. Pushes, pulls, stops, trim, flush bolts 1. Specified Manufacnirer-Rockwo.od Manufacturing 2. Approved Manufacturers-Glynn Johnson, Ives 3, Kickplates, mop plates, and armor plates shall be furnished 10",4", and 36" high respectively, and 2" less than door width when applied to the push side of the door 8nd 1" less than door width when applied to the pull Slide of the door or to pairs of doors. K. Weatherstrip, thresholds, so\!ndsea1 : 1. Specified Manufacturer-National Guard Products 2. Approved Manufacturers-Reese, Zero L. Silencers 1. Specified Manufacturer:Rockwood' 2. Approved Manufacturers-Glynn Johnson, Ives 3. Supply three silencers for single opening and two silencers for double openings. 96-016/5-96 08710-3 M. Key Cabinet 1. 2. Specified Manufacturer- Telkee Supply Regent Series RWC 25-S key cabinet. . 2.02 KEYING A. Establish a new masterkey system. Stamp all keys and key blanks with "Do Not Duplicate". B. Alllocksets shall be subject to a Construction Masterkey System during the construction period. A total of six (6) construction masterkeys shall be furnished. Construction Masterkey System shall be voided at the project completion at the direction of the architect C. Supply key requirements as follows: Three (3) Masterkeysand (2) Change keys for each lock cylinder. D. Final keying requirements shall be coordinated with the Owner and Architect. 2.03 MATERIAL AND FINISHES A. Unless otherwise shown in the Hardware Sets finishes shall be as follows: Continuous hinges-628 (US28) Aluminum Hinges-On wood doors 652 (uS26D) Dull Chrome Plated steel. Metal doors 600, Primed for paint. Locksets-626 (uS26D) Dull Chrome Plated brasslbronze. Exit devices-628 (US28) Aluminum Door closers-Powder coated to match adjacent hardware. Door trim-630 (US32D) Satin Stainless/626 (US26D) Dull Chrome PART 3 - EXECUTION . 3.01 INSPECTION A. Condition of opening size shall be verified as door frames being plumb and of correct tolerance to receive doors and hardware. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. All Hardware shall be installed by carpenter mechanics, skilled in the application of institutional grade hardware. B. A schedule of mounting heights for all items of hardware shall be included in hardware schedule for approval. C. Degree of opening for doors with overhead holders, closers, etc. shall be included in hardware schedule for approval. D. The hands of doors shall be shown in the hardware schedule. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Hardware shall be adjusted for correct operation. B. Coordinate with "Contract Closeout" Section. 96-016/5-96 087104 . . . . C. D. After installation of hardware and before the building is accepted, inspect the installation and certify that the hardware is correctly' installed in' accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. I' If doors are field painted or finished, hardware shall be protected. E. After installation of all hardware and before acceptance of the building, check each locked door against key schedule to make ceIUUn that correct locks and cylinders are on proper'doors. For any incorrectly located cylinder, tag and have relo~ated to proper location. 3.04 HARDWARE SETS 96-016/5-96 HRAnINo H1 DOOR #: 01A EACH PAIR TO HAVE: 2 1 1 1 1 2' 2 1 1 1 CONTINUOUS HINGES EXIT DEVICE . EXIT DEVICE REMOVABLE MULLION CYLINDER PULLS CLOSERS THRESHOLD SET DOOR SEALS DOOR BOTTOM SEAL SL-ll 22NL-OP 22EO 5254 20-000 BF157 1460-H-CUSH 425 BY DOOR MANUFACTURER BY DOOR MANUFACTURER HRA nINo H2 DOOR #: 01B EACH DOOR TO HAVE: 11/2 1 1 1 1 1 PAIR HINGES LOCKSET CLOSER CLOSER KICK PLATE WALL BUMPER BB179 ALS3PD PI071 X COVER 1071 X COVER (DOOR #06A) 1000 403 HRA nINo H1 DOORS # 02,05, 06A, 07 EACH DOOR TO HAVE: 11/2 1 1 F179 ALSOPD 403 PAIR HINGES LOCKSET WALL BUMPER 08710-5 HFA nTNG #4 DOOR#: 04 . EACH DOOR TO HAVE: 11/2 PAIR HINGES Fl79 1 LOCKSET AlSOPD 1 FLOOR STOP 483 HFAnTNG #5 DOOR #: 06B EACH DOOR TO HAVE: 11/2 PAIR HINGES FBB199NRP 1 LOCKSET D53PD 1 CLOSER 1460-CUSH 1 KICK PLATE 1000 1 THRESHOLD 425 1 SET DOOR SEALS 120SA 1 DOOR BOTTOM SEAL 200SA HFAnTNG #6 . DOOR #: 08 EACH DOOR TO HAVE: 11/2 PAIR HINGES FBB191NRP 1 LOCKSET D80PD 1 CLOSER 1460-CUSH 1 KICK PLATE 1000 1 THRESHOLD 425 1 SET DOOR SEALS 120SA 1 DOOR BOTTOM SEAL 200SA HFAnTNG #7 DOOR #: 12 EACH DOOR TO HAVE: 11/2 PAIR HINGES F179 1 PASSAGE SET ALIOS 1 WALL BUMPER 403 96-01615-96 08710-6 . HRA nTNG 118 . DOOR #: 10 EACH DOOR TO HAVE: 11/2 PAIR HINGES FBB179 1 PRIVACY SET AL40S 1 CLOSER 1071 X COVER 1 WALL BUMPER 403 HRAnTNG IIQ DOOR #: 11 EACH DOOR TO HAVE: 11/2 PAIR HINGES' F179 1 PASSAGE SET ALIOS 1 FLOOR STOP' 483 HRAnTNG /110 DOOR #: 13 . EACH DOOR TO HAVE: 11/2 PAIR HINGES FBB179 1 LOCKSET ALSOPD 1 CLOSER 1071 X COVER 1 KICK PLATE 1000 HRAnTNG /I 11 DOORS .#: 14, 15 EACH DOOR TO'HA VE: 11/2 PAIR HINGES FBB168 1 . PASSAGE SET ALIOS 1 CLOSER 1071 X COVER 1 KICK PLATE 1000 . . 96-016/5-96 08710-7 HF.AnTNG 611 . DOOR #: 16 EACH DOOR TO HAVE: 11/2 PAIR HINGES 1 LOCKSET 1 CLOSER 1 KICK PLA IE FBB179 ALSOPD PI071 X COVER 1000 HF.AnTNG 613 DOORS #: 17,19 EACH DOOR TO HAVE: 11/2 PAIR HINGES 1 EXIT DEVICE 1 CYLINDER 1 PULL 1 CLOSER 1 KICK PLATE 1 THRESHOLD 1 SET DOOR SEALS 1 DOOR BOTTOM SEAL FBB191NRP 22NL-OP 20-000 BF157 1460-CDSH 1000 425 120SA 200SA . HF.AnTNG 614 DOOR #: 18 EACH PAIR TO HAVE: 3 1 1 1 1 1 2 PAIR HINGES SET FLUSH BOLTS DUST PROOF STRIKE LOCKSET CLOSERS OVERHEAD HOLDER KICK PLATES FBB 179 555 571 ALSOPD PlO71 X COVER GJ450H 1000 NOTE: REFERENCE NFPA80 EXCEPTION 2-8.2.4 %-016/5-96 08710-8 . . .. . HF.AnTNCT 1115 DOORS #: 19A, 21 EACH DOOR TO HA VB: 11/2 PAIR HINGES 1 PASSAGE SET 1 CLOSER 1 KICK PLATE FBB179 ALIOS PI071 X COVER 1000 HF.AnTNCT 1116 DOORS #: 20,22,24, 26A, 26B EACH DOOR TO HAVE: 11/2 PAIR HINGES 1 PASSAGE SET 1 CLOSER 1 KICK PLATE _ 1 WALL BUMPER FBB179 ALIOS PI071 X COVER 1000 403 HF.AnTNCT 1117 DOORS #: 23, 25 EACH DOOR TO HAVE: 11/2 1 . 1 PAIR HINGES LOCKSET OVERHEAD HOLDER F179 AlSOPD GJ450H HRAnTNCT 1118 DOOR #: 27 EACH PAIR TO HAVE: 3 1 1 1 2 PAIR HINGES SET FLUSH BOLTS DUST PROOF STRIKE LOCKSET OVERHE.t\D HOLDERS F179 555 571 AlSOPD GJ450H . 96-016/5-96 08710-9 96-016/5-96 HPAnTNG 1119 DOOR #: 28 EACH PAIR TO HAVE: 3 2 2 2 PAIR HINGES ROLLER LATCHES DUMMY TRIM OVERHEAD HOLDER F179 592 AL170 GJ450S END OF SECTION 08710-10 . . . SECTION 08800 . GLAZING , PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Glass' and glazing for hollow metal work windows, glazed walls and doors. 1.02 RELATED WORK B. Bathroom mirrors. . . 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSIZ97.L- Safety Performance Specifications and Methods.of Test for Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings. B. ASTM E84 -Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. FS DD-G-451 - Glass,- Float or Plate, Sheet, Figured (Flat, for Glazing, Mirrors and Other Uses). D. FS DD-G-1403 - Glass; Plate, (Float), Sheet, Figured, and Spandrel (Heat Strengthened/Fully Tempered). . E. FS TT-G-410 - Glazing Compound, Sash (Metal) for Back Bedding and Face Glazing (Not for Channel or Stop Glazing); F. FS TI-S-227 - Seiller ComPound: Rubber Base, Two Component (for Caulking, Sealing and Glazing in Building Construction). G. FS TT-S-230 - Sealing Compound: Synthetic Rubber Base, Single Component, Chemically Curing for Caulking, Sealing and Glazing in Building Construction. H. FS TT-S-1543 - Sealing Compound: Silicone Rubber Base (Caulking, Sealing, and Glazing in:Buildmgs and Other Structures). I. F~TI-S-OOI657 - sealing Compound:, Single Component, Butyl Rubber Based Solvent Release Type (for Buildings and Other Types of Construction). , J. SIGMA No. 64-7-2 - Specification for Sealed Insulating Glass Units. K. FGMA - Glaz!ng Manual arid Glazing Sealing Systems Manual. L. Consumer Products S~ety Commission (CPSC): Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing ~aterials, (16CFRI201). ' M. Associated Laboratories, Inc.: Directory,' MarcQ '~981 Edition. .' 96-016/5-96 , GLAZING 08800-1 N. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL). . 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA) Glazing Manual and Glazing Sealing Systems Manual for glazing installation methods. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall provide structural, physical and envirornilental characteristics, size limitations, special handling or installation requirements. B. Provide data on glazing sealant. Identify colors available aDd identify glazing sealant used. C. Submit minimum 1'-0" by 1'-0" samples of each type glazing proposed for use. D. Submit 6-inch long bead of glazing sealant in color selected. E. Submit sealed glass unit manufacturer's certificate indicating units meet or exceed specified requirements. F. Framing manufacturer's. approval: Indicate by letter prior to submission of shop drawings that an authorized representative of selected aluminum storefront manufacturer and security metal work has reviewed and approved details, including glass bite, clearances and glazing methods. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION . A. Store and protect products as recommended by manufacturer. B. Move no case which has been partially unpacked. Unpack glazing materials in accord with manufacturer's product data for type of material being handled. Stack individual lites as recommended by manufacturer. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Unframed mirrors: Warrant against silver spoilage for. period of ten (10) years, beginning at date of Substantial Completion. B. Warranty: Include coverage of sealed glass units from seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, and replacement of same for period of ten years, beginning at date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 . ACCEPTABLE GLASS MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. AFG Industries, Inc. 96-016/5-96 GLAZING 08800-2 . . . -;"-<('- 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Ford Motor Company Glass Division. Guardian Industries, Corp. Libbey-Owens Ford Company. . PPGlndustries, Inc. Architect approved equal. 2.02 GLAZING MATERIALS A. Tempered Clear Float Glass: 5/8" thickness, glazing quality, fully tempered in accord with ANSI Z97.1-1975. B. Insulated Glass: 1" thickness, glazing quality, fully tempered in accord with ANSI Z97.1-1975. C. Mirror Gla.ss: FSDD-G-41, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, 1/4" thick, with silver coating, copper protective coating and non-metallic paint coating complying with FS DD-M-411. (Add - Alternate #3) , 2.03 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Setting Blocks and Edge Cushions: Neoprene, 70-90 durometer hardness, meeting ASTM D 1056-85. . 1. Setting Blocks a} . Neoprene, EPDM, or.silicone, 855.I. Shore A duro meter hardness. b) Width: 1/16" less than full channel width. . c} Height: Sufficient height to provide recommended nominal bite and minimum edge clearance. d) Length: 0.1" length per square foot glass, but'not less than 4" long. Edge Cushions: Neoprene 65 + 5 Shore A duro meter hardness, 3" long IDinimum. 2. B. Spacer Shims: Neoprene, 40-50 durometer hardness, meeting ASTM DI056-85. C. Glazing Sealant 1. Acceptable Products a} . Dow Corning Corp., #999 Silicone Rubber Sealant. b) General Electric Company. Silicone Products Dept.: Silicone Construction 1200 Sealant. c} Tremco,Inc., Proglaze. , d;1 Architect approved equal. 2. Characteristics: 'One part silicone rubber. Colors as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard selection to match existing site conditions. D. Preshimmed Glazing Tape . 96-016/5-96 1. Acceptable Produc~s a} Pecora Corp., Preshimmed Extru-Seal Glazing Tape. .b) Protective Treatments, Inc.,-PTI-303 Spacer Rod,Glazing Tape. GLAZING 08800-3 c) Tremco, Inc., Pre shimmed 440 Tape. d) Architect approved equal. Characteristics: ' Preformed butyl or ' butylpolyisobutylene tape encasing continuous rubber shim, 100% solids, color as required to match existing. . 2. E. Polyvinyl chloride foam tape: Closed cell; self-adhesive tape meeting ASTM D1667-76. F. Furnish and install piate glass mirrors as indicated in drawings. (Add - Alternate #3) G. Acceptable Products (Mirror Adhesive) (Add - Alternate #3) 1. Miracle Adhesives Company; Type M, Black Magic. 2. Palmer Products Corp.; Mirra-Mastic. 3. Architect approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions, and ready for work of this Section. B. Verify compliance with the following requirements prior to beginning glazing work. 1. Framing is anchored in position, plumb and square within 1/8" of nominal dimensions indicated. Fastener heads and other projections are removed from glazing rabbets. Comers and fabrication intersections are sealed and framing is weathertight. Rabbets at sills weep to outside and rabbets are of sufficient depth and width to receive glazing material and provide required overlap of glazing material. . 2. 3. 4. 3.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Install glazing materials to obtain airtight and watertight installation to withstand normal temperature changes and windloads without failure. B. Protect glazing material faces and edges during handling and installation. C. Size glazing materials for each opening to ensure bite on glazing material, without imposing strain, in accord with manufacturer's product data. D. Maintain minimum bed clearance between glazing material and sash of 1/8", both sides, except where greater clearance is required by either glazing material or framing manufacturer. 3.03 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. Clean glazing channel of debris and protective coating immediately prior to glazing. Use material acceptable to framing, glazing material, and glazing sealant manufacturers. B. Inspect glazing material prior to installation. Eliminate lites having face or edge damage. 96-016/5-96 GLAZING 08800-4 . C. Do not cut or alter lites of tempered glass in field, J ' . D. Expansiop.-allowances for polycarbonate shall generally be 1/16" per 12", per 1000 F change .in temperature. 3.04' GLAZING PROCEDURES A. Install glazing materials in accord with manufacturer's product data and applicable standards, except where more' stringent requirements are specified. B. Install setting blocks for all glazing materials aver six square feet in area. Install at sill rabbet at quarter points. Size setting blocks in proportion to glass weight; minimum 4 " length. C. Shim all lites aver 100 united inches, inboard and outboard, on all sides, using continuous shims. D. Mirrors' (Add - Alternate #3) 1. fustall with mirror clips uniformly spaced at 2'_0" O.C., maximum, along top and bottom of mirrors; ffiinimum two each per mirror. Anchor mirror clips with toggle bolts. 2. fustall with adhesive in accord with manufacturer's product data, and provide four (4) corner anchors. 3.05 PROTECTION AND CLEANING . Protect glazing materials subject to damage during construction fram breaking by attachment. of crosse,<l streamers to framing. , Do not mark on surfaces. B. Remove and replace broken, cracked, chipped, or otherwise damaged glazing materials priar tada.te of Substantial Completion. A. C. Cleaning $hall be done using a mild detergent, such as Formula 409 and lukewarm water. Use a clean sponge or cloth and rinse well. END OF SECTION 08800 . 96-016/5-96 GLAZING 08800-5 SECTION 09250 . GYPSUM DRYWALL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division'l Specification Sections, apply to this Sect,ion. 1.02 SUMMARY A.Extent 'of ~:ach type of gypsum drywall construction required is indicated on Drawings. B. This Section iochides the following types of gypsum board construction: 1. Gypsum board mechanically-attached to wood framing and furring members. C. Wood framing and furring are specified in the following Division 6 sections: 1. 2. "Rough Carpentry. " "Pre-fabricated Wood Trusses." ". 1 ;03 DEFINITIONS . A: Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Refer to ASTM C '11 and GA 505 for definitions of terms for gypsum board construction not otherwise defined in this section or other referenced standards. 1.04 , SUBMITTALS A. Product data from manufacturers for each type of product specified. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where fire resistant (F.R.) materials are indicated, provide materials and construction which are identical to those of assemblies whose fire resistance rating has, been~determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and iIlspecting organization acceptable to authorities h~ving jurisdiction. 1. Provide fire-resistance-rated assemblies identical to those indicated by reference to. GA .File No's. in GA-600 "Fire Resistance Design Manual" or to design designations'm U.L. "Fire Resistance Directory" or in listing of other testing and age'ncies acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each' type of gypsum board and related joint treatment materials from a single manufacturer. . 96-016/5-96 GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250-1 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. . B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct swlIight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum boards flat to prevent sagging. C. Handle gypsum bQards to prevent damage to edges, ends, and surfaces. Do not bend or otherwise damage metal corner beads and trim. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for application and finiShing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 and with 'gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations. B. Minimum Room Temperatures: For nonadhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain not less than 40 deg F (4 deg C). For adhesive attachment and finishing of gypsum board maintain not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 48 hours prior to application and continuously thereafter until drying is complete. C. '.-: Ventilate building spaces to remove water not required for drying joint treatment materials . Avoid drafts during dry, hot weather to prevent materials from drying too rapidly. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS . 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. Gypsum Boards and Related Products: a. Centex American Gypsum Co. b. Domtar Gypsum Co. c. Georgia-Pacific Corp. d. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. e. United States Gypsum Co. 2.02 GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end joints. I. Thickness: Provide gypsum board in thicknesses indicated, or if not otherwise , indicated, in either 1/2 inch or 5/8 inch thicknesses to comply with ASTM C 840 for application system and support spacing indicated. 96-016/5-96 GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250-2 . . B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, and as follows: 1. Type: Regular, unless otherwise indicated. . 2. T:Yl:?e: ~ire resistant (F.R.) at common walls and mechanical/water heater rooms . 3. Type: Water resistant at bath walls and at wet walls of kitchen. 4. Edges: Tapered. 5. Thickness: 1/2 inch, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Thickness: 5/8 inch for F.R. 7. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide 'one of the following , products where F .R. gypsum wallboard is indicated: . a. "Gyprock Fireguard 'C' Gypsum Board"; Domtar Gypsum Co. b.." , "Fire-Shield G"; Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. . C,,' '''SH~ETROCK Brand FIRECODE 'c' Gypsum ,Panels"; United States Gypsum Co. . C. Water-Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C630, and as follows: 1. Type: Regular, unless otherwise indicated. 2.03 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Corner be2..d and Edge Trim for Interior Installation: Provide corner beads, edge trim and control joints which comply with ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated below: . 1. Material: Formed metal, with metal complying with the following requirement: a, Sheet steel zinc-coated by hot -dip process. , " Edge trim shapes indicated below by reference to designations of Fig. 1 in ASTM C1047: a" "LC" Bead, unless otherwise indicated. b. "LK" Bead with square nose for kerfed jambs. CoO "L" Bead where indicated. d. "U" Bead where indicated. 2. 2.04 GYPSUM BOARD JOINT TREA TMENT MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials complying with ASTM'C 475, ASTM C 840, and recomInendations of mailUfaeturer of both gypsum board and joint treatment materials for the application indicated. ' B. Joint Tape:: Papeneinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. C. Drying- Type-JoInt Compounds: Factory-prepackaged vinyl-based products complying with the following requirements "for formulation and intended use. I. Ready-Mix Formulation: . Factory-premixed product. . 2. A~l-purpose c..ompound formulated for use as both taping and topping compound. . 96-016/5-96 GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250-3 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall construction which comply with referenced standards and the recommendations of the manufacturer of the gypsum board. . 1. Gypsum Board Screws: ASTM C 1002. 2. Gypsum Board Nails: ASTM C 514. 2.06 TEXTURE FINISH MATERIALS A. . Primer: Of type recommended by the manufacturer of texture fmish. B. Polystyrene Aggregated Finish for Ceilings: Manufacturer's standard proprietary product formulated with polystyrene aggregates for spray application, with surface burning characteristics of 25 per ASTM E 84, and in texture indicated. C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products: 1. "IMPERIALQT SPRAY Medium Texture Finish"; United States Gypsum Co. 2. "Perfect Spray Medium"; Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to which drywall construction attaches or. abuts, and structural framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions 'affecting performance of drywall construction. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. . 3.02 APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standard: Install and fmish gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840. B. Locate exposed end-butt joints as far from center of walls and ceilings as possible, and stagger not less than 24 inches in alternate courses of board. C. Install ceiling boards across framing in the manner which minimizes the number of end- butt joints, and which avoids end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger end joints at least 24 inches. D. Install wall/partition boards in manner which minimizes the number of end-butt joints or avoids them entirely where possible. E, Install exposed gypsum board with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch open space between boards. Do not force into place. 96-016/5-96 GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250-4 . F. Locate either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Position bDards so that like edges abut, tapered edges against tapered edges and mill-cut or field-cut ends against mill-cut or field-cut ends., Do not place tapered edges against cut edges orei:J.ds.. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions., . G. Attach gypsum board to supplementary framing and blocking provided for additional support at openings and cutouts. H. Space fastl~ners in gypsum boards in accordance with reference gypsum board application and fmishing standard and' manufacturer's recommendations. 3.03 METHODS OF GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION A. Single-Layer Applications: Install gypsum wallboard as follows: 1. On ceilings apply gypsum board prior to wall/partition board application to the greatest. extent possible. 2. Onpartions/walls apply gypsum board horizontally (perpendicular to framing); use maximum length sheets possible to minimize end joints. ' 3. At baths, install water-resistant gypsum backing board to comply with ASTM C 840 and re~ommendations of.gypsum board manufacturer. B. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum boards to supports as follows: . 1. Fasten with screws or double nailing. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anc~ortrim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges to comply with manufacturer's recommendations. ' B. Install corner beads at extenial corners. C. Install metal edge trim whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi-exposed. Provide,type with face flange to receive joint compound except where "U" bead (semi-Tmishing type) is indicated. '1. Install "LC" bead where drywall construction is tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be attached to framing or. supporting substrate. 2. Install "LK" bead where substrate is kerfed to receive long flange of trim. 3. Install "L" bead where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum board is illStalled. 4. Install U-type ~ where edge is exposed, revealed, gasketed, or sealant-filled. . 96-016/5-96 GYPSUM DRYWALL 09~50-5 3.05 FINISHING OF DRYWALL . A. General: Apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions); flanges of corner bead and edge trim; penetrations; fastener heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration. B. Prefill open joints and rounded or beveled edges, if any, using setting-type joint compound. C. Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim accessories are indicated. D. Finish interior gypsum wallboard by applying the following joint compounds in 3 coats (not including prefill of openings in base), and sand between coats and after laSt coat: 1. Embedding and First Coat: Ready-mix drying-type all-purpose or taping compound. 2. Fill (Second) Coat: Ready-mix drying-type all-purpose or topping compound. 3. Finish (Third) Coat: Ready-mix drying-type all-purpose or topping compound. E. Partial Finishing: Omit third coat and sanding on concealed drywall construction which is indicated fortextured finishing or which requires finishing only to achieve fire- resistance rating, sound rating or to act as air or smoke barrier. 3.06 APPLICATION OF TEXTURE FINISH A. General: Provide. textured finish at all ceilings except exterior storage and mechanical rooms . . B. Surface Preparation and Primer:' Prepare and prime drywall and other surfaces in strict accordance with texture finish manufacturer's instructions. Apply primer to all surfaces to achieve texture fmish. C. Finish Application: Mix and apply fmish to drywall and other surfaces indicated to receive finish in strict accordance with manufacturer's instruction to produce a uniform texture matching Architect's sample without starved spots or other evidence of thin applications, and free of application patterns. D. Remove any texture droppings or overspray from door frames, windows and other adjoining construction. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable to Installer, which ensures gypsum drywall construction being without damage or deterioration at time of Final Acceptance. END OF SECTION 09250 96-016/5-96 GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250-6 . . SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01: SUBMITTALS A. Shop, Drawings 1. Submit detailed shop drawings of construction details , at a scale of no less than 3" - l' -0", reflected ceiling plans at a scale of no less than 1/8"~'- I' -0", and specified suspension systems. . b;1dicate locations "of lighting fixtures, grilles, and sprinkler heads; insert and hanger spacing and fastening details; splicing method,for main and cross runners; change in'leveldetails; access panel dimensions and locations; support at lighting fixtures. Indicat~ framing and support details for work of other supported by the suspension system. '2. B. Samples: Submit the following: 1. l' -0" by l' -0" samples of each type acoustical material specified. Samples shall show the full range of color and texture to be expected in the completed work and, upon approval, shall become the standard of quality for the work. 2. I' -0" length of each suspension member and moulding. . C. Product D~ta: Include product descriptions and installation instructions for each material. D. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning and refinishing each type of acoustical material used. InClude precautions agaiilst materials and methods which ma)' be detrimental to finishes and acoustical efficiency. E. Certificates:: Indicate compliance with specified requirements, including Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) fire-resistive ratings. 1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver aco1llstical Ul}its in manufacturers original unopened cartons, fully identified by type, finish, perfDrmance data and compliance labels. B. Handle, store andprotec~ in accordance with manufacturer's' recommendations. 1.03 QUALITY CRITERIA. A. Allowable Tolerances 1. Ddlections: Suspension system components, hangers and fastening devices supporting lighting fixtures, ceiling grilles and acoustical units shall have maximum de:flection of 1/360 of the span, tested in accordance with ASTM C635-86. 2. Bow, camber and,twist: Not exceeding tolerances established by ASTM C635-86. 3. Variation from level in finished ceiling: ..:!:. 1/8" in 12'-0". . 96-016/5-96 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510-1 B. Installer's Qualifications: Installer shall be approved by material manufacturers and have at least five (5) years experience in the installation of the specified prOducts. . 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements I. Maintain humidity in 65 % to 75 % range in areas where acoustical materials are to be installed 24.hours before, during and 24 hours after installation. 2. Maintain uniform temperature in the range of 55D;F t089DF for at least 48 hours prior to inStallation and after installation until Date of Substantial Completion. B. Sequencing and Scheduling, 1. Do not install ceiling until space has been enclosed and is weathertight. Wet work shall be completed and be nominally dry prior to installation of ceilings. 2. Schedule acoustical material installation to minimiie need for removal and replacement of acoustical units to accommodate work of other trades. C. Coordination: Coordinate with the mechanical and electrical trades to locate all items to be installed in acoustical ceiling system, and do not permit installation of any work which will penetrate acoustical ceilings or affect desigIiated ceiling heights until layouts and all'questions are resolved by the Architect. D. Protect completed work above ceiling system from damage during installation of ceiling suspension system. 1.05 WARRANTY . A. Acoustical tile manufacturer shall provide a 10-year limited warranty of dimensional stability against warping, buckling, sagging or delamination. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CEll..JNG SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Acceptable Manufacturers I. Armstrong. 2. Architect approved equal. B. Exposed Grid System 1. Type: Exposed inverted "tee" as manufactured by Armstrong and conforming to ASTM C-635 medium duty system. 2. Grid: Non"fire rated, exposed tee, all components die cut and interlocking. 3. Accessories: Splices, edge moldings, hold down clips as required to complete and complement suspended ceiling grid system. 4. Materials: .020 gauge commercial quality cold-rolled steel; off white enamel finish on exposed surfaces. 5. Finish on exposed components: Factory-applied, low-gloss white paint. 96-016/5-96 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS , 09510-2 . .~ C. Accessories 1. 2. Hanger wire: Minimum 12 ga., galvanized, soft~ann~aled: mild steel wire. Wall molding: Angle shape, exposed face surface finished to match suspension system components. Molding attaching clip: Friction-fit clip to attach cross' tees and main tees to wall molding. Partition attachment clip: Snap-fit clip, ~prefinished to match suspension system components. . Hold down clips: Suspension system ~ufacturer's standard design. Hanger rod: 1/4" diameter, threaded galvanized steel rod. 3. 4. 5.- 6. 2.02 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILES A. Acceptable Products 1. . Armstrong. . 2. ' Architect approved equal. B. Lay-in panels . PART 3 - EXECUTION 1. Standard Acoustic Tiles: 24 inch x 48 inch x 5/8 inch thick; mineral fiber composition; fissured sUrtace finish; flat shape; 75 % light reflectance; equal to Minaboard. Note: Provide Owner with one extra package of replacement ceiling tiJle at project completion. 2. Vinyl Faced Acoustic Tiles: 24 inch x 48 inch x 5/8 inch thick; vinyl film facing and fiberglass composition; fissured surfac/washable finish; flat shape; 75 % light reflectance; equal to Minaboard. Note: Provide Owner with one extra package of replacement ceiling tile at project co~pletion. 3.01 SUSPENSION SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install suspension system in accordance with applicable portions of ASTM C636-86, the manufacturer's recommendations, and approved shop drawings. B. Field measure entire ceili.qg area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite ends of each ceiling. Avoid the use of less~than-half width units at borders and comply with reflected ceiling plans. Notify the Architect in writing of any discrepancies. Do not pmi;eed until receiving instructions from Architect. - ' C. Hangers' . 96-016/5-96 - . 1. Space hangers at 4'-0" o.c., maximum, in each direction. Secure to building stlUcture by powder-activated studs. , 2. Secure: to structural framing members by attaching to metal clips designed for the type of member involved, or where possible, by looping and wire-tying directly to mt~mber. For steel joist spacing of 2' -0" or less, tie furring channels directly to joists. For spacings greater than 2' -0" o.c., suspend furring channels on cold rolled channels. ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510-3 3. Secure to concrete by wire-tying powder-activated studs. Coordinate placement of wire hangers or inserts with concrete work. . 3.02 ACOUSTICAL UNIT INSTALLATION A. Install acoustical units in level plane and straight line courses within allowable tolerances. B. Place materials to bear all around on suspension members. C. Pattern shall be syIDmetrical about centerline of area, unless otherwise indicated. Layout units having directional pattern in same direction. D. Seal joints in acoustical units around pipes, ducts, and ducts and electrical outlets with acoustical sealant. E. Where cutting of acoustical units is required, cut so that no cut or damaged edges are visible in finished work. Cut all reveal edge tiles at wall and edge angle intersections as required for finish installation. F. Hold-down clips I. Install acoustical units surrounding recessed troffer lights with hold-down clips to prevent movement or displacement of units. 2. Install hold-down clips at exterior ceiling panels and fire-resistive panels. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean soiled or discolored unit surfaces after installation. . B. Touch up scratches, abrasions, voids and other defects in painted metal surfaces. C. Remove and repla~ damaged and stained acoustical units with new units. END OF SECTION 09510 96-016/5-96 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510-4 . SECTION 09650 . RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Resilient tileflooririg ahd base. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. FS L-F-475 - Floor Covering, Vinyl Surface (Tile and Roll), with Backing. C. FS RR-T-650 - Treads, Metallic and Non-metallic, Non-skid. D. FS SS-T-312 - Tile, Floor: Asphalt, Rubber, Vinyl, Vinyl Composition. E. FS SS-W-<W ~Wall Base: Rubber and Vinyl Plastic. 1.03 REGULATORYREQYIREMENTS . A. ~ Conform to applicable code for flamel fuel/smoke rating requirements of in accordance with ASTM E84: 1.04 SUBMITTALS. .: A. Provide product data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics, sizes,. patterns and colors available. . B. Submit two samples 12 x 12 inches (full size), illustrating color and pattern for each floor material specified. Also submit full range of manufacturers available colors and selections. C. Submit 2,2-1/2" long samples of base and accessory material for each color specified. Also subnllt full range of manufacturers available color selections. D. Submit manufacturer's'installation instructions and include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning, stripping, and re-waxing. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL lU~Ql!IREMENTS A., Store materials for ,three days' prior to installation: in area of installation to achieve teInperatun~ stability, B. Maintain ambient temperature required by adhesive manufacturer three days prior to, 'during, apd 24 hours after installation of materials. . 96-016/5-96 RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-1 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide 2 % extra flooring and base of each material specified. . PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS - TILE FLOORING & BASE A. Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT) 1. Armstrong Standard Excelon. 2. Architect approved equal. B. Vinyl Rubber Base 1. Allstate Rubber Base. 2. Architect approved equal. 2.02 TILE FLOORING MATERIALS A. Vinyl Composition Tile: FS SS-T-312, Type IV, Composition 1; 12 x 12 inch size, 1/8 inch thick. Four (4) colors as selected by Architect. Refer to plans for patterns. 2.03 BASE MATERIALS A. Base: Vinyl; 4 inch (100 mm) high; .080 inch thick; coved; premolded external corners x 48 inches long. . B. Base Accessories: Premolded end stops and external corners, of same material, size, and color as base. C. Color as selected by Architect. D. Conforming to Fist SS-W-40. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Sub floor Filler: Type recommended by flooring material manufacturer. B. Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof; types recommended by flooring manufacturer. C. Edge Strips: As recommended by flooring manufacturer and as approved by Owner. D. Sealer and Wax: Non-slip types recommended by flooring manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are smooth and flat and are ready to receive the Work. 96-016/5-96 RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-2 . . 3.02 B. Commencing installation means acceptance of existing substrate and site conditions. PREPARATION A. Remove sub-floor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with subfloor filler. B. Apply, trowel, and float filler to leave a smooth, flat, hard surface. C. Prohibit traffic from area until. filler is cured. D. Thoroughly clean substrate as required to assure a proper installation. E. Apply primer to surfaces as per manufacturer recommendation. 3.03' INSTALLATION - TILE. MATERIAL A. 'B. e. D. E. . F. G. H. I. J. Install in ,accordance with manufacturers' instructions. Mix tile from container to ensure shade variations are consistent. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials 'before initial set. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. Lay flooring with joints and seams parallel to building lines to produce minimum number of seams, and symmetrical tile patterns. Terminate flooring at centerline of door openings where adjacent floor fmish is dissimilar. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, and where flooring terminates. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets; and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. ' , Install flooring in pan type floor access covers. Maintain floor pattern. Install flooring under movable partitions without interrupting floor pattern. 3.04 INST ALLA TION ,~ BASE, M~ TERIAL A. Fit joints tight and vertical. B. Miter internal comers. At external comers, use premolded Urllts. At exposed ends use premoldedl units. e. Install base on solid backing. Bond tight to wall and floor surfaces. D. Scribe and! fit to door frames and other interruptions. . 96-016/5-96 RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-3 3.05 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic on floor fmish for 48 hours after installation. . 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. B. Clean, seal, and wax floor and base surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions . END OF SECTION 09650 . 96-016/5-96 RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-4 . SECTION 09688 . CARPET GLUE-DOWN PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . . A. Carpeting glue-dowri method and accessories for a complete instaIlation. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM E648 ~ Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. B. ASTM E84 -Surfa~e Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. FS DDD-C-95 - Carpets and Rugs, Wool, Nylon, Acrylic, Modacrylic. D. FS DDD.-C-0095'~ Carpet and Rugs, Wool, Nylon, Acrylic, Modacrylic, Polyester, Polypropylene. E. FS DDD-C~1559- Carpet, Loop, Low Pile Height, High Density, Woven or Tufted with Attached CusbJ,oning. . . 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. ' Submit manufacturer's: installation instructions. .Provide product data on specified products, describmg physical and performance characteristics; sizes, patterns, colors available, and method of installation. B. Submit two samples 12 x 12 inch in size illustrating color and pattern for each carpet material specified. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Include maintenance 'procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule 'for cleaning and shampooing. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicable Standards: Standards of the following as referenced herein: 1. American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (AATCC). 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 3. National-Fire Protection Association (NFPA). B. Design ,Criiteria: ,Carpet shall meet the following: . . . 96-016/5-96 CARPET GLUE-DOWN 09688-1 Flame spread, fuel contribution and smoke development: Class B when tested in accord with ASTM E84-84 and NFPA 101-81. ' Critical radiant flux: Class I, 0.45 watts/cm2 when tested in accord with ASTM E648-78. Electrostatic propensity: Less than 3000 volts wheJ? tested in accord with AA TCC 134. Flammability of carpet: Pass methenamine pill test when tested in accord with ASTM D2859-76.' . Tuft bind: 20 Ibs. average pull force, with no pull less than 15 Ibs., when tested in accord with ASTM D1334-67 (1972). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. . 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Store materials for three days prior to installation in area of installation to achieve temperature stability. B. Maintain minimum 70 degrees F (21 degrees C) ambient temperature 3 days prior to, during, and 24 hours after installation of materials. 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide 2 % of carpeting of each color specified, plus salvage scraps over 3 square feet and over l' -0" in length. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CARPET A. Acceptable Manufacturers 2.02 MATERIALS 1. Stratton 2. Architect Approved Equal A. Specifications 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Style: Type: Gauge: Pile Height: Pile Thickness: Yam Weight: Dye Method: Primary Backing: Secondary Backing: Flooring Radian Panel: . Per Finish Schedule - See Drawings Dense Pattern Loop 1/ 10 inch .187 inch .150 inch (ASTM-D-418) 26 oz. per sq. yd. Solution Dyed Nylon Woven Polypropylene Action Bac ASTM E648 Class II B. Carpet Manufacturer to provide 10 year commercial warranty on material 96-016/5-96 CARPET GLUE-DOWN 09688-2 . ",' ~ ". ~', 2.03 . ACCESSORIES . A. Sub-Floor Filler: Type recommended by carpet manufacturer. B. Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof; of types recommended by carpet manufacturer. C. Edge Strips: Type, fmish, and color as selected by Architect D. Base Gripper: Type, finish, and color as selected by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are smooth and flat and are ready to receive work. B. Seginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and site conditions. . 3.02 PREPARATION A. Vacuuni substrate immediately prior to beginning carpet installation. Remove debris, oil, grease and other_ foreign materials. Surfaces to receive installation shall be dry. B. Grind high areas and fill depressions with leveling compound where required to produce smooth installation and for proper alignment of carpet with adjacent flooring materials. . C. Except where mqre stringent requirements are specified herein, comply with manufacturer's product data. D. Layout carpeting materials in accordance with approved shop drawings. Provide architect with seaming.iocations prior to commencing the Work. E. Lay carpet with pattern and texture running in same direction. Do not seam weft to warp. Lay out for minimum nUmber of seams. Locate seams perpendicular to doorways so as not to occur in doorways. Locate seams at doorways parallel to openings directly under door. F. Extend carpet under moyable furniture and equipment' and into closets of rooms indicated to be carpc~ted unless other floor f1~sh is indicated in fmish schedule. G. Install carpet edge strip at locations where edge of carpet is exposed to traffic, except where an~therdevice,s!lchas a threshold is indicated. H. Maintaine:dges and seams straight and square with adjacent surfaces. 3.03 DIRECT GLUE INSTALLATION A. l)nroll cut and fit carpet in lengths for space prior to applying adhesive. In cutting allow 1/2" overlap in adjacent widths. . 96-016/5-96 CARPET GLUE-DOWN ' 09688-3 B. Apply adhesive in accord with manufacturer's printed directions. Apply to half of width at a time, beginning at seam with carpet width already laid. . C. Apply seaming cement to cut backing and pile edges without evidence on carpet faces. Compress 1/2" overlap at seam by fitting against width already laid; then push looseness away from seam. D. Roll out air bubbles as installation progresses, using a roller weighing approximately 10 Ibs. E. Where transverse .seams are required, loosely back-sew lengths together. F. Trim carpet at vertical surfaces to straight, true to lines, within 1/32" of abutting surfaces. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At completion of installation, remove debris. Sort out scraps to be saved. B. Vacuum carpet with a commercial type vacuum cleaner having a rotating agitator in nozzle. Utilize corner attachment for vacuuming in corners and crevices. C. Remove stains with spot remover acceptable to carpet manufacturer. D. Immediately after cleaning, cover carpeted areas with heavy kraft paper. Maintain in place for remainder of construction period. E. Just prior to Date of Substantial Completion, remove protective covering and vacuum carpet. Steam clean areas if required to remove stains. . F. Replace carpet at no additional expense to the Owner, which cannot be cleaned and is deemed unacceptable to Architect. END OF SECTION 09688 96-016/5-96 CARPET GLUE-DOWN 09688-4 . SECTION 09900 . . PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Painting and finishing of all new interior and exterior work wood, metal, masonry, and other surfaces required. for a complete job, whether or not every item is specifically mentioned. Submit,maD.ufacturer's standard colors for specific applications to Owner for selection of color and color schemes. B. Touching up of shop applied prime coats. C. Preparation of surfaces .to receive finishes. D. Priming and back priming of interior and exterior finish carpentry; E.Painting, staining, or otherwise finishing all surfaces, except as otherwise indicated. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANTI/ASTM D16 - Defmitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. . B. ASTM D2016 - Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Conform t;o ANTIIASTM D16 fo~ interpretation of terms used in this Section. 1.04' QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product M:mufacturer:. Company 'specializing in manufacturing quality paint and fmish products with ten years experience. B. Applicator: C~mpany specializing in commercial painting and fmishing with five years documented experience. ". C. ' Provide products for all specified paints from single manufacturer and production run; and all specified stains fronisingle manufacturer and production run. 1.05 REGULATORY R]~QUIREM,ENTS A. Conforin to applicable code for flame/fuel/smoke rating requirements for finishes. . 96-016/5-96 PAINTING 09900-1 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Provide product data on all finishing products. . B. Color samples: Submit two sets of color samples from paint manufacturers proposed for use, for individual color selections and preparation of color scheme by Architect. C. Submit manufacturer's application instructions. Indicate special surface preparation procedure required. D. Refer to Section 01300, Submittals for format and additional information. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site; store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Deliver products to site ready-mixed in original container, sealed and labels intact; inspect to verify acceptance. C. Container labelling to include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. D. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) and maximum of 90 degrees F (32 degrees C), in well ventilated area unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. . 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain surface and ambient temperatures above 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) for 24 hours before, during, and 48 hours after application of finishes, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the Humidity Range required by the Paint Product Manufacturer. e. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 50 degrees F (7 degrees C) for interiors; 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) for exterior; unless required otherwise by manufacturer. Note: Substrate and Ambient temperature should be within these constraints. D. Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish and Stain Finishes: 65 degreesF (18 degrees C) for interior or exterior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E. Provide lighting level to ensure proper [mish as per manufacturer's requirements. 96-016/5-9.6 PAINTING 09900-2 . 1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS . A. , . Provide a one gallon (4 L) container of each color and surface texture to Owner. B. Label each container with color, type, texture, and room,locations in addition ro the manufacturer's label. C. Furnish under provisions of Section 01701 PART 2 - PRODUCTS' 2.0 1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Paint 1. Porter Paint Co. 2. Archite'ct approved equal. , B. Paint thinners, primers and tints shall be products of same manufacturer as paints or approved by manufacturer for use. C. Shellac, turpentine, patching compounds and similar materials required for execution of work shall be pure, best quality products. . D. Paint and stain colors will be selected by Architect from manufacturer's. custom mixed color rang(~ with fmal approval based on brush-out submittal by painting Contractor to Architect on-site during actual application., PART 3 - EXECUTION 3".01 INSPECTION A. Verify that'surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition l:hat may potentially affect proper application. C. Moisture' content of surfaces shall comply with manufacturer's requirements for appropri~te applications. -D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Removeel.ectrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or fmishing. B. Correct minor defects and clean surfaces which ,affect work of this Section. Seal with pigmented shellac any marks which may bleed through surface fmishes. . 96-016/5-96 PAINTING 09900-3 C. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. . D. Aluminum Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish: Remove surface contamination such as oils and grease by solvent cleaning (sspc-sp-l). Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent washing. 'Apply #33 Alumiprep to slightly etch the surface prior to priming. E. Insulated Coverings: Remove dirt, grease, and oil from canvas and cotton. F. Concrete Floors: Remove contamination, acid etch, and rinse floors with clear water. Allow to dry. G. Copper Surfaces scheduled for a paint finish: Remove contamination by steam, high pressure water, or solvent washing (sspc-sp-l). Apply #79 Metalprep to clean and slightly etch surface. H. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Latex fill minor defects. Spot prime defects after repair. I. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with xylol to remove grease, oil and contaminants. Per (SSPC-SP-l) Wipe dry with clean cloth. Create a clean etched surface which would be appropriate for proper adhesion to primer coat. J. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tn-sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly w~ning with water. Remove form release agents and residue left from these agents. Allow to dry. . K. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, scale, dirt, weld splatter and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs. L. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. M. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats. N. Interior Wood Items Schedules to Receive Transparent Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to staining and sealing. Fill nail holes and cracks with stainable wood filler or color putty to match, stain color. O. Exterior Wood Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections. Fill nail holes, cracks and other openings with tinted exterior caulking compound after prime coat has been applied. 96-016/5-96 PAINTING 09900-4 . ,P. Exterior WoQd S~heduled to Receive Transparent Finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign ,..' . . matter; fill nail'holes and cracks with tinted exterior caulking compound. . Q. Wood angMetaLDoors Scheduled for Painting: Remove dust, grit and foreign matter. Seal top and bottomedges with primer. 3.03 PROTECTION ., A. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. B. Repair dar!lage to other surfaces caused by work of this, Section. C Fumishdrop cloths, shields, and protective methods to prevent spray or droppings from disfiguring other surfaces. ' , D. Remove empty paint containers from site. Do not store in mechanical rooms, janitor closets, storage rooms, or any fire'rated areas. 3.04 APPLICATION.' Apply.coating materials in accord with manufacturer's approved product data. Apply coating ,~mly. when moisture content of surfaces is within manufacturer's recommended, range., Apply paimmateri.als using clean brushes and rollers. Spraying paint shall be allowed at the option of the painting Contractor. Apply materials at rate not exceeding manufacturer's recommendations for surface being coated, less ten percent for losses. Comply with manufacturer's product data for drying time between coats. . Sand and dust between coats to remove defects visible from distance of 5' -0" . Interior Wood ItemsSchedul~d to Receive Transparent Finish: Wipe off dust imd grit prior to stainip,g and sealing. Fill nail holes and cracks with stainable wood filler or color putty to match stain color. . H. Exterior Wood SCheduled to Receive Transparent Finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter; fill nail holes and cracks with tinted exterior caulking compound. I. Finish Coats: Smooth, 'free of brush marks, streaks, laps or pile-up of pain:t, skips, or missed areas. J. Make edges of coating adjoining other materials or colors sharp and clean without overlapping. K. Primer coats may. be omitted for surfaces specified to receive factory applied primer if finish coats are compatible with primer. : Substitute bond coat as recommended by paint manufacturer for specified primer coat if fmish coats are not compatible. . 96-016/5-96 PAINTING 09900-5 L. Refinish entire surface of partition where portion of finish on gypsum board partition is damaged, or unacceptable. . . M. Finish carpentry and millwork with material specified for prime coat without runs on face. Finish cut edges just prior to installation. "N. Seal tops and bottoms of interior doors with prime coat only; side edges same as faces. O. Finish all edges of exterior doors same as exterior faces. P. Paint exposed pipes and ductwork in occupied areas same as adjacent wall surfaces. Q. Paint all construction on roof top; include mechanical and electrical equipment unless otherwise indicated. ' R. Surfaces not requiring painting: 1. Prefinished surfaces and items. 2. Concealed duc,twork, conduit, and piping unless otherwise specified. 3.05 CLEANING A. As Work proceeds, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed, or spattered. B. During progress of Work maintain premises free of unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials, and debris. C. Collect cotton waste, cloths, and material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers and remove daily from site. . 3.06 APPLICATION SCHEDULE - EXTERIOR SURFACES A. Wood - Painted (Opaque): 1. One (1) Coat Latex Primer - #515 Acrylic Bonding Primer 2. Two (2) Coats Acrylic Exterior Gloss - #905 Advantage 900 (trim only) B. Pavement Markings: 1. One (1) Coat Traffic Paint - #408 White; #409 Yellow C. Steel Unprimed 1. One (1) Coat Alkyd Primer - #286 Fast Drying Metal Primer 2. Two (2) Coats Alkyd Enamel Gloss - #4100 Glyptex Alkyd Gloss Enamel D. Steel-Shop Primed 1. One (1) Coat Zinc Chromate ~ #296 Glyptex Rust Inhibitive Primer 2. Two (2) Coats Acrylic Exterior - Semi Gloss - #619 Acrylic Gloss Ext. 96-016/5-96 PAINTING 09900-6 . E. Steel-Galvanized: . 1. 2. ". One (1) Coat Gillvanized Primer - #215 Rust Screen Acrylic Metal Primer Two (2) Coats Acrylic Exterior - Gloss - #905 Advantage 900 F. Aluminum: (Etch Surface with Alumiprep) 1. One (1) Coat Primer - #286 Fast Drying Metal Primer 2. Two (2) Coats Alkyd Gloss - #4100 Glyptex Alkyd Gloss Enamel 3.07 Application Schedule -Interior Surfaces A. Wood - P.ainted 1. One (l).Coat Latex Primer Sealer -'#1029 Acrylic Enamel Undercoated 2. Two (2) Coats Latex Enamel - Seml Gloss - #109 Latex Semi Gloss B. Concrete Floors ' 1. One (1) Coat Primer - International Intergard 410, 5 Mils. Dft. 2. Two (2) Coats 'Finish, Gloss - International Intergard 740, 2 Mils. Dft. C. Gypsum Board ' 1. One (1) Coat Primer Sealer - #426 Drywall Sealer 2. Two (2) C<?ats Latex Enamel - Semi Gloss - #109 Latex Semi Gloss . D. Wall Surfaces Under Vinyl Wall Covering - 1. One (1) Coat Primer Sealer - Latex - Pro Line Surface Sealer END OF SECTION 09900 . 96-016/5-96 PAINTING 09900- 7 . SECTION 10165 PLAstIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 A. ' B. 1.02 A. B. 1.03 A. B. . C, D. 1.04 A. . WORK INCLUDED: ToiletcoDlpancrnents Urinal Screens RELATED SECTIONS: Wall backing required to secure DlOunting brackets. Toilet roODl accessories. REFERENCES (including but not limited to) ANSI A117 Spt>.cificatiom: for Mak-ine' Ruile!ine!: and Facilitie!: Acce!:!:ihle to anel H!:ahle hy Phy!:ically Handicapped pf'A'lple. ADA, Acce!:!:ihility Guideline!: fc;r Ruile!ine!: ane! Facilitie!:, Federal Register Volume 56, Number 144, Rules and Regulations. Fair Housing Amendm.ents Act, of 1988, Acce!:!:ihility Guideline!: Federal Register Volunie 56, Number 44. Standard Building Code. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Manufacturers: 1. Model numbers for cODlpancrnents II1llllufactured by Bobrick WashrOODl EquipDlent, Inc., are listed as a standard of quality for design, function, materials, worlananship, and appearance Other manufacturers may be submitted for evaluation by the architect by following the conditions of the ,substitutions clause. The architect shall be the sole judge as to the acceptability o(all prOduc~ subDIittedfor substitution. , 2. CODlpancrnents :shall be the products ofa single manufacturer. ' 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. CODlply with requireDlents' regarding subDIitta1s. B. Manufacturer's Data: 1. Provide reqUired number of copies of: a. Product Data Sheets b. Installation instructions c. Replaeement parts information 96-016/5-96 10165-1 1.06 1.07 C. Shop Drawings: 1. Provide required number of copies of all shop drawings. 2. Show fabrication and erection of compartment assemblies, to extent not fully described by manufacturer's data sheets. 3. Show anchorage, accessory items and finishes. 4. Provide location drawings for bolt hole locations in supporting members for attachment of compartments . . D. Samples: 1. Furnish scale model of compartments, including stile, shoe, door, door hardware, divider panel, and mounting brackets. 2. Furnish section showing stile anchoring and leveling devices, concealed threaded inserts, panel and stile core construction, bonding methods, and edge construction. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver items in manufacturer's original unopened protective packaging. B. Store materials in original protective packaging to prevent physical damage, or wetting. C. Handle so as to prevent damage to finished surfaces. WARRANTY A. Furnish one year guarantee against defects in material and workmanship. . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 2.02 96-01615-96 CONFIGURATIONS A. Toilet Compartments shall be: Overhead Braced (1542 Classic Series) B. Urinal Screens shall be: Wall Hung (15.45 Classic Series) COMPONENTS/MA TERIALS: A. Stiles, Panels, Doors, and Screens: 1. All surfaces shall be high pressure laminated plastic NEA LDS-1985 miniinu.m thickness 0.050 inches (1.33 mm) with matte finish. R. Color and pattern as selected by architect from Bobrick standard colors. 2. Core: a. Panels, doors, screens and wall posts: 3-ply, resin impregnated particle board, type IT grade DB, 45 pound density. B. Latch 1. Sliding door latch shall require less than 5 lb of force to operate. Twisting latch operation will not be acceptable. 10165-2 . . . . 2.03 C. A. Stile shoe: One piece, 4" (102mm) high, type 304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with satin finish., Top shall have 90 degree return to stile. F ABRICA TION: Stiles, Panels, Doors, and Screens: 1. Bond high pressure plastic laminate to core material with adhesive specially formulated to prevent delamination. Bond edges prior to bonding face sheets. No splices or joints in faces or edges shall be acceptable: 2. Finish thickness --- 1 " (25inm) for uniform flush front. 3.01 PART 3 - EXECUTION INSPECTION: A. B. C. , . Check areas scheduled to receive compartments for correct dimensions, plumbness of walls and soundness of surfac~s that would affect installation of mounting brackets. Verify spacing of plumbing fixtures to assure compatibility with installation of compartments. 3.02 ERECTION: Do not begin installation of compartments until conditions are satisfactory. 3.03 , A. D. 96-01615-96 A. B. C. General: 1. Install compartml~nts rigidly, straight, plumb, and level and in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 2. Installation methods shall conform to manufacturers reco~endations for backing and proper support. 3. Conceal evidence of drilling, cutting, and fitting, to room finish. 4. Maintain unifoml dearance at vertical edge of doors. ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: Adjust hardware for proper operation after installation. , , Set hinges on inward swing doors to hold doors open approximately IS degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on outward swing doors to hold unlatched doors in closed position. Clean exposed SUrfaces of partitions, hardware, fittings. END OF SECTION 10165 10165-3 SECTION 10420 . SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install custom braille and engraved signage plates. B. Furnish, and install custom braille, graphic symbol and engraved signage plates. 1.02 SUBMITTALS, A. Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions. Color to be selected by Archite:ct. Sl!bmit schedule of door signage for approval by Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Seton Name Plate Co., P.O. Box HA-1331, New Haven, CT 06505. Telephone: 1-800- 243-6624, or approved equal, in the color and letter so/Ie ,(relief letters in contrasting color) as selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's standard colors. Size as required for text. Mounting by Double-Sided Scotchmount. . B. Architect approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Mount custom braille and engraved signage plates at 60" above fmished floor to the center of the sign, on wall at latch side of door. , B. Verify with Architect for other doors and conditions.. 3.02 SCHEDULE A. Custom Braille, Graphic Symbol and Engrave Signage Plates: Door No.' Signage Text 02 '04, 05 ' ,06A 07 DIRECTOR SUPPLIES OFFICE BREAKROOM WELLNESS ROOM . 96-016/5-96 SIGNAGE 10420-1 B. Custom Braille and Engraved Signage Plates: 96:.016/5-96 Door No. 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 20 21 22 24 26 Signage Text PANTRY BREAKROOM MECHANICAL ROOM MEN WOMEN DINING ROOM STORAGE CERAMICS ROOM KILN ROOM QUILTING ROOM T.V. ROOM ACTIVITY ROOM END OF SECTION 10420 . . SIGNAGE 10420-2 . . SECTION 10522 FIRE EXTINGillSHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, iIicludillg General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Fiil~ extinguishers. 2. Firl~ extinguisher mounting brackets. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: SubIDii the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. . B. Product dai\a for Cabinets include rough-in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction" door hardware, cabinet type and materials, trim style, door construction, panel style, and materials. 1.4 ' QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain extinguishers and cabinets from one source from a single manufacturer. B. UL-Listed,Pr04ucts: Fire extinguishers shall be UL listed with UL listing mark for type, rating, arid classification C!f extinguisher. C. FM~Listed Products: Fire extinguishers approved by' Factory Mutual Research Corporation for type, rating, and classification of extinguisher with FM marking. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS . A. Available ManufactUrers: ' Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: ,', ' B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:' , ' . 96-01615-96 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES . 10522 - 1 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. J.L. Industries. Larsen's Manufacturing Co. Modern Metal Products by Muckle. Potter-Roemer, Inc. Samson Metal Products, Inc. . 2.2 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. General: Provide fire extinguishers for each cabinet and other locations indicated, in colors and finishes selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard, that comply with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Dry Chemical Type: UL-rated 5-B:C, 2-l/2-lb nominal capacity, in enameled steel container. 2.3 MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Brackets: Designed to prevent accidentally dislodging extinguisher, of sizes required for type and capacity of extinguisher indicated, in plated finish. " 1. Provide brackets for all extinguishers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION . A. Examine walls and partitions for thickness and framing for cabinets to verify mounting prior to cabinet installation. B. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for installation. B. Install in locations and at moUnting heights to comply with applicable regulations of governing authorities. 1. Fasten mounting brackets and cabinets to structure, square and plumb. END OF SECTION 10522 96-016/5-96 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES 10522 - 2 . . SECTION 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Toilet, bath, and washroom accessories. 'B. Attachment hardware. 1.02 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Installation of concealed anchor devices.' 1.03 RELATED SECTION B. Installation of backing plate reinforcement. . 1.04 A. B. C. D. E.' F. G. A. In wall fraffiing,and plates and above ceiling framing for support of accessories. B. Section 01030, Alternates. C. ,Section 10165, Toilet Compartments. REFERENCES ANSI All7 .1- Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible To and Usable , by Physically Handicapped People. ANSI/ ASTM A123 - Zinc. (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and Forg(~d Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars and Strips. ANSI/ASTM A366 - Steel, Carbon, Cold-Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. ANSI/ASTM A386 - Z,inc Coating (Hot-Dip) ,on Assembled Steel Products. ANSII ASTM B456'- Electrodeposited ' Coatings of Copper Plus Nickel Pl~s Chromium and Nickel Plus Chromium. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. ASTM A269 - Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service. H. NEMA LD-3 - High Pressure, Decorative Laminates. 1.05 SUBMITTALS . 96-016/5-96 A. ,Submittals shall provide product ,data on accessories describing size, fmish, details of function, attachment methods. ' TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800-1 B. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.06 KEYING . A. All accessories shall be keyed alike. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for installing work in conformance with ANSI Al17 .1. B. Operation of accessories shall comply with guidelines set forth by the American Disabilities Act, Title III. Documentation and samples to be provided to architect upon request. 1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the work of this Section with the placement of internal wall reinforcement to receive anchor attachments. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS, A. Model numbers for toilet room accessories manufactured by BobrickWashroomEquipment, Inc. are listed to establish a standard of quality for design, function, materials, workmanship and appearance. Others manufacturers may be submitted for evaluation by the architect by following the conditions of the substitutions clause. Unless approval is obtained 10 days prior to the bid date, all bids shall be based on the standard of quality. The architect shall be the sole judge as to the acceptability of all products submitted for substitution. . B. Accessories shall be the products of a single manufacturer. Accessories with tumbler locks shall be keyed alike with the exception of coin boxes in vending equipment. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ANSI Type 302/304, with polished No.4 finish, 22 gauge minimum, unless otherwise indicated. B. Sheet Steel: Cold-rolled, commercial quality ASTM A366, 20-gauge minimum, unless otherwise indicated. Surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for applied finish. C. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same materials as accessory unit or of galvanized steel where concealed. 2.03 FABRICATION A. General: Stamped names or labels on exposed faces of toilet accessory UIiits are not permitted. Unobtrusive labels on surfaces not exposed to view are acceptable. Where locks are required for a particular type of toilet accessory, provide same keying throughout project. B. Surface-Mounted Toilet Accessories, General: Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, exposed edges rolled. Provide concealed anchorage wherever possible. 96-016/5-96 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800-2 . . C. Recessed Toilet Accessories, General: Fabricate units of all welded construction with mitered corners. Hinge doors or access panels with full-length stainless stee! piano hinge. Provide anchorage which is fully concealed when unit is closed. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that site co:ndition~ are ready to receive work and dimensions are as instructed by the manufacturer. , B. Beginning of instaUation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough~in frames to site at appropriate time for building-in. B. Provide templates and ro~gh-in measurements as required. , 3.03 INSTALLATION C. Verify exact location of accessories for installation. A. . B. 3.04 A. B. Install fixtures,' accessories and items in accordance with manufacturers' instructions, and as per ANSI 117.1., . Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damag~d or defective items. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces after removing labels and protective coating. SCHEDULE TOILET #10 TO HAVE: (Add Alternate #5) 1 B-4112 1 B-165-24 X 30 1 B-369 1. B-2888 1 B-6806 X 36 1 B-6806 X 42 SOAP DISPENSER MIRROR, PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERIW ASTE RECEPTACLE , T9ILET TISSUE DISPENSER GRAB BAR GRAB BAR MEN'S RESTROOM #14 TO HAVE: 1 B-4112 2 B-165 24 X 36 1 B-3944 2 B-2888 SOAP DISPENSER MIRRORS PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERIW ASTE RECEPTACLE TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER . 96-016/5-96 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800-3 1 B-6806 X 36 3 B-6806 X 42 . GRAB BAR GRAB BARS . WOMEN'S RESTROOM #15 TO HAVE: 1 B-4112 2 B-165 24 X 36 1 B-3944 3 B-2888 1 B-6806 X 36 3 B-6806 X 42 SOAP DISPENSER MIRRORS PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER/WASTE RECEPTACLE TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS GRAB BAR GRAB BARS JANITOR'S CLOSET #16 TO HAVE: 1 B-224 X 36 MOP AND BROOM HOLDER WITH SHELF END OF SECTION 10800 . . 96-016/5-96 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800-4 SECTION 15100 AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, VENTILATION . 1.0 '- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE TO DIVISION 1: A. The General,Conditions, Special Conditions and all applicable requirements of Division 1 ,apply to all work herein. 1.02 SCOPE: A. The SCOpE~ of the work included in this division of the Specificationssh~ll include a complete mechanical system as shown on _ the drawings' and ' aOs specified herein. ']'his section shall establish minimum acceptable requirements unless specifically stated otherwise on the drawings. .. The Contractor shall provide 'all supervision, labor, equipment:, machinery, material and any other items necessary ,for the installation and operation of a complete mechanical system. Small details not usually indicated on the drawings or specified, brit which are necessary for the proper installation and operation of the mechanical system, shall be included in the work and in the Contractor's estimate the same as if specifiedl herein or shown on the Drawings. While all items' arE~ specified in the singular, the Contractor shall furnish the .proper number of item~ shown on the Drawings oirequired for a complete system. C. The Contractor shall install equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Where the Drawings and Specifications confli6t with manufacturer's recommendations, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to bring this to the attention of,the,Architect in a timely manner. B. 1.03 ORDINANCES, PERMITS AND CODES: A. The workn:lanship and materials covered in these Specifications shall conform to all ordinances and regulations of all, authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to all applicable regulations of the City ,"county , and State. ' . ,B. The Contractor-shall obtain and pay for all permits, connection and inspe6tion fees as r~quired ,for the complete installation of the mechanical system. He shall deliver to the Architect' all certificates of inspections issued by the authority having jurisdict.ion. 96-016/5-96 15100-1 C. All work herein shall conform to all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations of the local utility companies. D. The work shall be in accordance with, but not limited . to requirements of: 1. National Fire Protection Association 2. National Safety Code 3., Standard Mechanical Code 1994 4. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers. (ASHRAE) 5. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association. (SMACNA) 6. State Energy Code 7. ASHRAE Standards 90.1-1989 1.04 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: A. It shall be the Contractor's duty to examine and have thorough knowledge of the architectural, structural, electrical, mechanical and site work Drawings and Specifications. B. The commencement of work under this section, indicates that the Contractor has examined and has knowledge of the architectural, structural, electrical, mechanical and site work Drawings and Specifications. The failure of the Contractor to acquaint himself with all the available information shall not relieve him of any responsibility of performing the work properly. .. C. No additional compensation shall be allowed because of conditions that occur due to the Contractor's failure to become thoroughly familiar with all of the contract documents for this project, as described above, and with the job site. D. It shall be the Contractor's duty to notify the Architect in a timely manner of any discrepancies, , errors or omissions, ambiguities or conflicts which were known or discovered during the course of the preparation of the bid or the contract of work. E. Unless expressly stipulated, no additional allowance will be made in the Contractor's and/or manufacturer's favor by virtue of errors, ambiguities and/or omissions which were known to or which should have been known or discovered during the preparation of the bid estimate and directed to the Architect attention in a timely manner. F. The Drawings and Specifications are intended to supplement one another. Any material or labor called for in one but not the other, shall be furnished as if both were mentioned in the Specifications and shown on 96-016/5-96 15100-2 . . the drawirigs'~' 'Labor and mat~:ti:~l nei thet shown on the Drawings or mentioned in th~ Specifications, but are necessary for the completion and proper functioning of the systems, shall be furnishedand:installedby this Contractor. G. The Drawings are diagrammatic and schematic and are intended to.show the approximate location of equipment, piping and ~apparatus. 'Dimensions given, in figures, on the Drawings, shall take precedence over scaled dimensions: All' dimensions; whe'ther scaled or in figures, shal~ be field verified. The Drawings are not to be used as the Contractor's fabrication drawings, and do not relieve the Coritractor of the responsibility to make his'own fabrication and installation drawings. All equipment, duct, piping, etc. locations shall be co-ordinated with. the other trades. 1.05 SPACE CONDITIONS: . A. It shall be the 'Contractor's duty to verify that all apparatus, ductwork, piping, etc., shall fit into the availablE~ spaces in the building, and must be introducl~dinto the building at such times and in such a manner as to not cause damage to the structure. B. Where minor deviations from the plans are required in order to conform to space limitations, such changes shall,be made by the Contractor at no,additional cost to the mmer, and shall be subject to the approval of the Archi t,ect . C. All equipment normally requiring service and maintenance shall be accessible. 1.06 COORDINATION AND CONFLICTS: A. The Contractor shall co-ordinate his work so that it does not interfere with the work of the other trades. It shall be'the Contractor's responsibility to see that his work is installed in a timely manner. B~ In th~ event 'that' there is a'discrepancy or conflict in the Plans and Specifications, it shall be the Contractor's duty to notify the Architect of this conflict or discrepancy prior to his acceptance of the project.' ., , '1.07 GUARANTEE: . 96-016/5-96 A. All equipment shall be started, tested,. adjusted and placed satisfactory operating condition by the Contractor. All equipment shall be covered for the duration 'of-the manufacturer's guarantee or warranty and the Contractor shall furnish the Owner with all 15100-3 manufacturer's guarantees and warranty information. B. Equipment furnished shall be guarante~d for a period of one year from the date of acceptance. All compressors shall have a five year warranty from the manufacturer. . C. The Contractor shall furnish a letter addressed to the Owner outlining the guarantees and advising that the completed ~ystems have been installed in accordance with the Plans and specifications and that they are in proper operating condition. D. 'See the Products section for any additional warranty requirements .- 1.08 RECORD DOCUMENTS: A. The Contractor shall furnish at the time of request for final ,payment a brochure containing the following information as called for in the specifications: 1. Letter of Guarantee 2. Manufacturer's parts data and service instructions on all items of equipment. 3. Manufacturer's guarantees and warranties. 1.09 SUBMITTALS: A. All substituted materials and equipment which the Contractor proposes to furnish shall be submitted for . review within thirty days a~ter the general contract has been let. Data shall be complete in all respects and shall be referenced, where applicable, to the unit identification shown on the Drawings. Substituted equipment is any item of equipment other than the first named item shown in the specifications or on the Drawings. B. IF SUBMITTAL DATA ARE NOT RECEIVED WITHIN THE SPECIFIED TIME, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL EQUIPMENT EXACTLY AS SPECIFIED. C. Where shop drawings are reviewed, said review does not ln any way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility nor the necessity of furnishing material or performing work required by the contract Drawings and Specifications. D. Submit for review complete data and drawings on the following items: 1. 2. 3 . 4. vertical Gas Fired Furnace and DX Cooling Coil Exhaust Fans Grilles, Registers and Diffusers Insulation 15100-4 . 96-016/5-96 . 5. 6. 8. 9. 10. Spin~irl Fittings . Insulated Flexible Round. Duct Duct: Liner Thermostats Air Cooled Condensing Units 1.10 SUBMITTAL REVIEW: . A. Sub~ittal review is considered as geDeral acceptance of the basic: applicability of the substituted equipment. The Contractor is responsible for the installation of the subs1:ituted equipment within the given space. When the Contractor desires to use substituted equipment, he shall be responsible, for producing his- own coordinated working drawings, which depict the substituted equipmen1: accommodated in the existing allocated space. Where thE~ substituted equipment creates the need for alterations in any portion of the work depicted in the contract documents, it shall be the Contractor's duty to notify all the af.fected parties, and coordinate these items with all other trades. Further, it shall be the Contractor's duty to assume any additional cost to the cOiltract'cr.eated by the substituted equipment. B. Substi tu1:ed equipment is considered to be any equipment other than the first named item in the Specifications or on thE~ Drawings. Each item of substitution shall be accompaniad by a separate sheet listing the deviations from the, Drawings and Specifications. C.' The Contractor agrees that Shop Drawings Submittals processed by th~.Engineer are not change orders, and that the purpose of the Shop Drawing Submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate to the Engineer that the Contractl:)r :understands the design concept, and that he demonstrate,s his understanding by indicating which equipmen1: and material he intends to furnish and' install and, by detailing the fabrication and installation methods he intends to' use. D. The Contractor'further agrees that if' deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between Shop Drawirigs and Specification~ are discovered either prior to or after Shop Dralll1ings are processed by the Engineer, the design Drawings and Specifications shall control 'and shall be followed ,:' , 1.11 INSTRUE:TIONS ~~O THE' OWNER: . A. The Contractor,' shall instruct the Owner or the Owner's represen1:ative in the proper operation of all equipmen1:. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner all pamphlets,andother literature fur~ished by the Manufacturer and explain the proper operating and maintenance procedures. '96-016/5-96 15100-5 1.12 NOISE AND VIBRATION: A. It shall be the Contractor's duty to insure that all equipment shall operate quietly and be free from perceptible vibration. All equipment suspended from the . structure shall have spring type vibration isolation. ' Small exhaust fans may have neoprene pad type isolators in place of springs. 1.13 FLASHING: A. All special flashing required for penetration of the roof surfaces by HVACvents, pipes, roof caps, curbs, etc., shall be furnish~d by this Contractor for installation by the rooting Contractor. Flashing shall be in accordance with the Roofing section of the Specifications unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 1.14 MOTORS AND STARTERS: A. Motors shall be wound for the currents and voltage specified under the Electrical Plans and Specifications. Motor running currents shall not exceed the manufacturer's name plate full load amps. Moto~s other than hermetic type shall be manufactured in accordance with NEMA Standards. All motors installed outdoors shall beenclosed~ weatherproof type, unless installed within weatherproof equipment housing. B. Furnish starters providing overload protection for each motor. The starters shall be installed under the Electrical section of the Specifications. All overload elements shall be of the proper size to protect the motors. Starters are to include control transformers. The starters enclosures shall be NEMA 1 unless otherwise specified. . 1.15 ELECTRICAL WORK: A. Motors, motor starters, controls, relays, contactors and switches required for proper control and operation of equipment covered under this section, except items specified to be furnished under the Electrical Section, shall be furnished by the Contractor under this section of the Specifications. Devices which are a part of the power wiring circuit and which are not an integral part of the equipment shall be installed under the Electrical Section. ,B. Control wiring and all related devices for HVAC equipment shall be furnished and installed by the Mechanical Contractor. C. Power wiring, unless otherwise indicated, shall be 96-016/5-96 15100-6 .. furnished and installed under the Electrical section. D. Devices, materials and installation shall conform to requirements' of the Electrid~l!Section, except as noted in This section. . E. All motors, starters, and motor switches shall be for the voltage and phase shown on the,Electrical Plans and Specifications. F. If a return air plenum is utilized by the HVAC system, all control wiring shall be in c6nduit unless the wiring is approved,for, installation ,in a return air plenum and is approved and accepted by the local authori ty havi-ng jurisdiction. 2.0 - PRODUCTS 2.01 VERTICAL GAS FIRED FURNACE: Furnish and install natural gas fired furnac~ of the type and capacity shown on the drawings. The heat exchanger shall be of the seam welded sectionalized type or the aluminized steel type. Spark ignition pilot . 10 year limited warranty on the heat exchanger Furnish and install a matching direct expansion cooling coil capable of providing the cooling capacities shown on the drawings~The coil shall be furnished with a refrigerant metering device and be equipped with refrigerant line fittings to permit mechanical connections. Coil casing shall be insulated and constructed with galvanneal steel, bonderized and finished-with baked enamel. Furni~h'f~ctory or field fabricated transitions from furnace air outlet to inlet of cooling coils. F. Controls shall include a combination gas valve to regulate gas iiow, pilot, provides manual main burner and pilot shutoff. ,G. units to be 'Carrier, Lennox, Trane. 2.02 AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS: . A. Furnish an~install air cooled condensing units of the ,size and cap'a'ci ty shown on the drawings. The unit shall contain sufficient refrigerant (R-22) for a complete system and be,eq~ipped with refrigercint line fittings which permitmec;:hanical or sweat connections. Brass service valves with fittings and gauge ports shall be 96-016/5-96 15100-7 located on the exterior of the unit. B. The compressor shall 'be of the welded hermetic type with internal vibration isolation. C. The compressor shall come equipped from the factory with both'thermal and current sensitive overload devices. . D. The condenser coil shall be aluminum fins bonded to either copper or aluminum tubing. E. The condenser fan shall be direct drive, propeller type with a vertical air discharge. The fan motor shall be factory lubricated, totally enclosed and inherently protected. F. Furnish and install, a low voltage control transformer, fan relay and all required devices and wire for the proper control of the heating and cooling. G. units shall be Carrier, Lennox, or McQuay 2.03 EXHAUST FANS: A. Furnish and install exhaust fans in the location and of the size and capacity shown on the Drawings. All fans and duct shall be free from vibration and rattle. The motors shall be rubber mounted or ~he entire unit shall be isolated from the building with isolation pads. All . dampers, fittings and accessories shall have no movement or objectionable noise under operating conditions. If any fan is noisy, in tQe opinion of the Architect, the Contractor shall take the necessary action, at no cost to the Owner, to reduce the noise to an acceptable level. B. All fans and ductwork installed on the roof shall be weatherproofed and water tight.. c. In-line and ceiling mounted fans shall have an insulated housing. D. Roof mounted fans shall have a factory roof curb disconnect and bird screen. E. Approved manufacturers are Greenheck, Penn, Cook. 2.04 GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS: A. Furnish and install all grilles, registers and diffusers as scheduled on the Drawings. Co-ordinate the frame type with the ceiling type. B. Approved suppliers are Titus, Metalaire and 15100-8 . 96-016/5-96 Krueger~ 2.05 AUTOMATIC FIRE DAMPERS: .;:,',..... .l:" . A. Dampers shall conform to' the requirements of NFPA where called for in ducts and shall be constructed in accordance with NFPA 90A and bear the UL label. The fusible llnks sheill be rated to -release at 135 degrees F. Fire d~mpars located' in diffusers and grille necks shall be of the type that do not restrict the inside duct ar~a by'more than 15%. All, others ~hall be equal to Ruskin style Bfire dampers and have the entire collapsed damper out of the air stream. Access panels shal~ be provided at each fire damper. The access panels shal~ have a rubber gasket, be' air tight, and have a minimum size of 18" x 18" for duct work over 20" wide. ' B. Fire dampers shall have the same rating as the wall or floor/ceiling assembly that is penetrated. 2.06' MANUAL DAMPERS: A. Dampers shall be constructed of not.less than 16 gauge metal. B. Volume dampers shall be equal to Ruskin CD 35 for rectangular duct and Rtiskin CDR25 for round duct. . 2.07 INSULATION: A. All insulation including insulation, jacket or facing, and adhe~ives, shall have composite fire and smoke hazard ratings tested by the procedure recommended by ASTM E-8~~, NFPA .255 or UL 723 ,and shall not exceed: Flame-Spread 25 Smoke Developed 50' B. All ,accessories, including but not limited to adhesiveS, mastics, cements, and tapes, shall have the, same component ratings as listed above. C. All' products and, their shipping cartons shall bear a label indicating'that flame and smoke ratings do not exceed the above' requirements. . D. Any treat:mentof. jackets, or facings to impart flame and smoke saf'ety'ratings shall be permanent. The use of water soluble treatment is prohibited. E. Insulation on all, sheet metal supply and return air duct shall be 2"'thickR= 5.6, Owens corning Fiberglas:s all,serviced,' faced duct wrap with FRK vapor barrier, type 75. ' 96-016/5-96 " 15100-9 F. Duct shown on the drawings as being internally lined, shall be insulated with Owens Corning Fiberglass Aeroflex duct liner,lu thick, type 100. G. Condensate pipe inside the building shall be insulated . .with 1/2" thick Armaflex. ~.08 DUCTWORK: SHEET.METAL A. All rectangular and rigid round ductwork shall be constructed of the best bloom galvanized sheet metal sheets, free from blisters and imperfections. The gauges, joints, bracing and suppor,ts shall be in strict accordance with SMACNA standards unless otherwise specif~ed. ' B. Unless otherwise specified, ductwork shall be galvanized sheets of the following gauges: Greatest Dimension o - 12 13 - 30 31 - 54 55 - 84 85 and up Plenums u.s. Gauge #26 #24 #22 #20 #18 #18 Duct shall be Seal Class "C"'. C. Cross break flat sides of ducts. . D. Duct hangers for horizontal duct shall not be over eight feet on center, #16 gauge and one inch wide for ducts eighteen inches greatest dimension and smaller; #12 gauge and one and a half inches wide for larger ducts. Duct hangers shall extend to the bottom of the duct. E. All flexible connectors shall be- 'installed at points where fans connect to ductwork. The connector between the duct and the fan discharge shall be at least 4" wide, and be fabricated specifically for,use'as a flexible duct connector. All connections shall be made air tight and made so that the connector is undamaged when the joint is removed. F. Where ducts pass through floors or'partitions, seal the openings on each exposed side with 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x #20 gauge galvanized angles secured to the duct. G. Plenums and sheet metal partitions shall be #18 gauge galvanized steel riveted or spot welded to 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" galvanized angles, spaced not over three feet on center. Seal all plenum joints air tight. 15100-10 ., 96-016/5-96 2.09 FIBROUS GLASS DUCT BOARD: (ALTERNATE TO SHEET METAL, OUTSIDE MECHANICAL ROOM ONLY) . A. Identify in pidsubmittal as, "~lternate#l: Fiberglass duct. " ~7ii tten approval froht 'the Owner.' s Representative must be optained forus~ of fiberglass duct as an alternate to sheet m~tal. ' B. Dimensions shown on the drawings are finished inside dimensions. .Fabrication and installation shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendations and to the requirements of the latest edition of-SMACNA fibrous glass duct consfruction standard. C. The finished duct system shall meet the requirements of NFPA-90A by complying with the r'equirements of underwrit~er's'laboratories standard for safety UL181 for class I air duct. D. Grooves a.nd shiplaps shall be made using specific tools designed for that purpose. Ends. shall mate so that shiplaps meet flush without ridges or rough edges. E. All supply; return ducts and related fittings of 48" span orles~ operating at +/- 2", W.G. pressure shall be fabricate:d from Owens Corning fiberglass ductboard, type 475. On spans larger than 48" Owens-Corning fiberglass type 800 is to be used. . F. The facing is to be aluminum foil reinforced with woven scrim (FR) or a foil-kraft laminate reinforced with scrim (FKR) G. The flap on all joints should be stapled 2" O.C. with minimum 1/2" outward clinching steel staples near the edge of the flap. The joints shall be sealed with a ~L 181 listed closure system as shown.on.the manufacturer'I s instruction sheets packed with the material. The tap~ shall be identified by manufacturer/~ name, date of manufacture and product number. All tape surfaces shall be wiped with a clean cloth befor~sealiri~. If the surface is contaminated with grease or 6il it should be cleaned with a solvent recommended by the tape manufacture'r. Firmly rub the tape in place,imIne'diately after. application using a "squeegee" type tool. Allow thirty minutes before applying pressure to the system. When the duct and surface is below'50 degrees F a heat sealing tool must be used ori the t~pe. . H. As an alternate closure system, one of the UL listed h~at- sealable tapes or 3" wide fabri~ and cadoprene 725 mastic- as manufactured by the Epoloux Corp. may be applied. The' mastic must be applied in accordance with application instructions on the container. Application 96-016/5-96 15100-11 rate should be in the range of 165,to 185 lineal feet per gallon for a 3-1/2" wide strip. This closure alternative shall be used to seal equipment connection and connections of fiberglass duct to sheet metal ducts. Mechanical fasteners on 1211 centers must be used . to tie the duct board to the sheet metal before application of the closure',material. I. Heat-sealable closures may be used in all applications except for bonding to sheet metal. The heat sealing iron must be capable of maintaining 550 degrees F to insure an adequate bond. Heat-sealable tapes may be applied to the longitudinal seam without staples when application of the tape is made with a glass master closure machine. J. The duct shall be supported at fittings, elbows and' transitions and at a maximum of 8 feet O.C. for ducts up to 3511 wide; 6 feet O.C. for ducts 3611 to 5911, and 4 feet O.C~ for ducts over 6011. Not more than one transverse joint shall occur between hangers; however, if the duct perimeter does not exceed 8011 and the duct is not reinforced, then two transverse joints may occur between hangers. Hangers are to be minimum 1I1x2"x1"x22 gage channel supported by 111 wide x 22 gage or heavier straps, 1/4" rods or where codes permit, 12 gage hanger wire may be used. Transverse reinforcing may be used as part of the duct support when it occurs within the maximum hanger spacing. All systems must be capable of withstanding a load of three times the anticipated . load. K. Reinforce duct to prevent ballooning or sagging using either the formed sheet metal system (tables 4-1 and 4-2) or the tie rod system (table 4-3) in the SMACNA manual for the type board being used and the appropriate static pressure. To prevent sagging on the top of supply ducts over 48" wide, use a sheet metal screw with a 2-1/211 square washer inside the duct on, the longitudinal centerline for the formed sheet metal type system; for the tie rod system, a sag support shall be located at the center of the duct 2-1/211 in from the male shiplap edge. For all negative pressure systems, refer to tables 4-1 and 4-2 of the SMACNA standard for the proper spacing of reinforcing members and the proper attachment to the duct board. L. Doors, coils, dampers, registers, grilles, diffusers, air turning vanes, and air volume extractors shall be installed as detailed in the SMACNA manual with adequate reinforcement and support to accommodate additional weight without damage to the duct material. Dampers and air turning vanes shall be supported by sheet metal sleeves with all moving parts shielded with metal at all abrasion points. Elbows shall contain 96-016/5-96 15100-12 . M. turning vanes spaced at 3-1/2" centers on sheet metal plates a1:tached to the duct system . Turning vanes are not to bE~ considered to be reinforcing members. If air volume extractors or splitter dampers are required on side takeoff and split duct connections, they should be factor~ fabricat~d with locking quadrants. Slip-in electric quct heaters shall be" supported independently of the dudt system and shall be installed in metal sleeves E~xtending 6" on both side's of the heater. Connection, of accessory items shall be made to the duct system using 2-1:/2"x2,-1/2" galvanized or plated metal washers to spread the load to the duct .board. All fibergl~s~ duct~ork and fittings shall be constructed b~ a manufacturer ap~roved shop. No on-site fitting' construction shall be permitted. All square elbows in supply air duct shall have double thickness turning vanes. . 2.10 VENT CONNECTOHS A. A Type "~"~etalbest6s, Dura or Metal~FAB vent connection of the size shown shall be run from unit heaters, duct furnaces and water heater through the roof. Each vent" shall be braced and supported from the bu-ildingstructure by means of .steel strap supports. . B. ' Provide ~ ventilator top of the same material as the vent and ,flashing for vent where it passes throu~httie roof. C. Each vent: shall be braced and supported' from the building structure by means of steel strap supports. D. The vents shall be assembled by using the method recommended by' the manufacturer.' E. Lateral vent connectors shall not enter opposite sides of the same common vent or masonry stacks at the same level. Vemts' shalT' be connected to a -common vent by means of a "y" type connection. Fu1l'~rea of vent connectors shall ,be maintained where two or more vents are combi.ned~ Where a vent connection is made to a common vemt, the bent connector shall _not project into the common vent sUfficiently'to restrict the space between t:he end of the vent . connector and the opposite wall of t:he common. vent. . F. Each vent shall terminate ,24" minimum above the highest point whe:r;-e it passes through the roof of a building, a'nd atl~ast 24" higher than any ridge, roof, or wall within 10 feet in a horizontal direction of ~he vent, and the vent shall terminat~ in a ventilator top o~ the same mat~rial as the v€!nt. ,96"-016/5-96 15100-13 G. Flashing and counter flashing shall be provided where vents pass through the roof. 2.11 SMOKE DETECTORS: A. Install duct mounted smoke detectors. Locate duct mounted smoke detectors in the supply'air duct, prior to the first takeoff. . B. Detectors shall be furnished and wired by the Electrical Contractor. C. Detectors shall be furnished for all furnaces 2000 CFM and larger. D. Upon a detection of smoke, the detector shall shut down the unit and send a signal to the fire alarm panel. 2.12 CONTROLS: A. Equipment with, multi stage capacity shall have thermostats with the same multi-stage capability. B. Thermostats'shall be compatible with the HVAC equipment to be controlled and shall be 7 day programmable with digital display and auxiliary contacts "closed" during "Occupied" program only. Fans shall run continuously ion the "occupied" mode, and shall cycle in the "Setback" mode.' . 'c. Contractor shall provide 120V/24V control transformers for control of all motor operated damper operators. Damper motor operators shall be 24V. 3.0 - EXECUTION 3.01 DUCTWORK: A. Installation shall be rigid and the ductwork free from vibration and rattles when in operation. B. Ductwork shall be installed plumb with building lines unless otherwise noted. 3.02 SUPERVISION OF ELECTRICAL WORK: A. This Contractor shall be responsible for supervision of all wiring including control wiring of equipment included in this Section. B. All equipment'shall be furnished with the electrical characteristics shown on the Electrical Drawings. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with the Electrical Contractor prior to ordering the mechanical . 96-016/5-96 15100-14 equipment. . 3.03 EQUIPMENT: . A. The work performed under this Section shall be in accordance with the Drawings, Specifications and any relevant installation instructions from equipment manufacturers ~' B. All equipment shall be put into proper operating condition prior ,to turning the building over to the Owner. 3.04 PAINTING: A. Except as speriified herein, all painting will be done by others. Leave work free from rust, dirt, grease and plaster. B. Equipment with a factory applied finish shall have scratches, ,chips, etc., primed and touched up with materials - which will protect th'e surface and match 'adjacent 'areas. 3.05 CLEANING AND A.DJUSTMENTS: A. Upon completion of work, the Contractor shall clean, oil, and g~eas~ all fan bearings, unless factory lubricate:d. . , B. All belts shall be tightened and made re~dy for testing. 3 .06 TEST AND BALANCE:' A. The work shall include testing, adjusting, measuringr,and subsequent compliance for the values listed be:low' and shown on the Drawings. B. Testing and balancing of the air distribution shall be performed'by the mechanical contractor. , , C. Testing and balancing shall be performed in complete accordi:mcewith AABC National Standards, 1982, 4th edition fo:t,Total System Balance, as published by AABC. The systems shall b~ balanced to obtairi to within 10%, the air ~uantities shown on the drawings. END OF SECTION . 96"-016/5-96 15100-15 'SECTION,15200 PLUMBING . 1.0 - GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE TO DIVISION 1: A. Reference to overall project: The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all 'applicable 'requirements of the overall-project, except as o'therwise' amended apply to all work herein .' 1.02 SCOPE: A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all 'necessary ,labor ahd ;materials for the complete installation of the plumbing system. B. Any appliances_or materials obviously a part of the plumbing work and necessary for its proper operation, although not specifically mentioned herein, shall be furnished and installed as if called for in-detail. . C. Plumbing Contractor shall extend water pipe five feet from the building and connect to exterior piping brought to. this point by ~xterior piping , contractor. . D. The sanitary sewer pipe shall be extended from the building five feet and connected to exterior piping brought to this point by exterior piping contracto~. 1.03 CODES: A. All materials' and methods shall be in accordance wi th applicable c'odes " regulations and/or ordinances and meet approval of the local inspect~on authority having jurisdict~on. Minimum code compliance shall be the 1994 Standard pluinbing Code. B. Obtain and pay for all permits required. C. 'Maintain a record set'of drawings of all. deviations. 1.04 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: . A. The submission of' this bid indicates that the Contractor has examined and has a thorough, knowledge of the a'rchitectural, structural ," ele~trical, mechanical, arid site work Drawings and Specifications~ The~ailuie of,the ~ontractor to 96-016/5-96 15200-,1 acquaint himself with all available information, shall not relieve him of any responsibility for performing his work properly. B. No additional 9om~ensation shall be allowed because of conditions that occur due to the Contractor's failure to become thoroughly familiar with all of the contract documents for this project, as described above, and with the job site. C. In the event that there is a discrepancy or conflict in the Plans and Specifications, .it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the Architect of this conflict or discrepancy prior to his acceptance of the project. Unless expressly stipulated, no additional allowance will be made in the Contractor's and/or manufacturer's favor by virtues of errors, ambiguities and/or omissions which were known or which should have been known or discovered during the preparation of the bid estimate and directed to the Architect in a timely manner. . D. The Drawings and Specifications are intended to supplement one another. Any materials or labor called for in one but not the other, shall be furnished as if both were mentioned in the Specifications and shown on the Drawings. Labor and/or materials neither shown nor specified but necessary for the completion and proper functioning of the system, shall be furnished and installed by this Contractor. . E. The Drawings are diagrammatic and schematic and are intended to depict the approximate locations of equipment, piping, and apparatus. Dimensions given on the Drawings, in figures, shall take precedence over scaled dimensions. All dimensions, whether in figures or scaled, shall be verified in the field. 1.05 DEFINITIONS: A. Review: To give limited, conditional qualified permission to use materials, equipment or methods which are in strict compliance with the contract requirements. It does not mean unqualified acceptance or waiver of the original requirement. B.' 'Approved Equal: To be equivalent, to posses the same 'performance qualities, capabilities and, characteristics and to fulfill the intended function without any decrease in quality, durability, longevity or performance. C. Install: To 'place, fix in position, secure,'anchor, .in strict compliance with the manufacturer's 15200-2 . 96-016/5-96 . . . recommendations" unless otherwise noted, including f"~..';.J:" 1 '. C r all necessary ~nd proper appurtenances and labor so that the equipmentpr installation will function as specified and intended. D. Furnish: To purchase and supply. 1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS: A. The Contractor agrees that Shop Drawing Submittals processed by the Engineer are not change orders; that the purpose of the Shop Drawing Submittal by the Contractor, is to demonstrate to the Engineer that the Contractor understands th~ design concept and that.he'demonstrates his understanding,by indicating which material and equipment he intends to furnish and install, and detailing the fabrication and installation methods he intends to use. B. The Contractor further agrees that if deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between Shop Drawings and Specifications are discovered either prior to or after Shop Drawing Submittals are processed by the Engineer, the design D~awings and Specifications shall be followed and shall control. C. Submit for review six copies of complete data and drawings for the following items: 1. Plumbing Fixtures 2. Insulation ,3. Type of Pipe for each service 4. Cleanouts 5. Water'Heaters 6. Valves Fixtures must be identified in the Shop Drawing Submi ttal \o.ri th the same tag as shown on the Drawings. D., Submittal data. will 'bereviewed by the Arehi teet only after being reviewed in detail and approved by the General Contractor. 1.07 GUARANTEE: A. All mate,rials and workmanship shall be covered for defects for'a period of one year, dating from official 'acceptance of the entire project by, the owner. 1.08 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS: A. The Plumbing Contractor shall furnish tne Owner,' 96-016/5-96 15200-3 upon completion of the work, a plumbing plan sepia showing all piping below grade as installed. 2.0 - MATERIALS 2.01 WATER PIPING: . A. All water piping shall be copper tube, ASTM B-88. Aboveground shall be type "L" hard drawn. Underground shall be type "L" soft annealed seamless copper tubing. Fittings shall be wrought with lead free solder joints. outside buried piping shall be a minimum of twenty-four (24") inches. B. Water pipe installed under paving and exterior to the building shall be type "K" copper with soldered joints. C. Water pipe in exterior walls or in attic space shall be installed on the warm side of ,the insulation. 2.02 SANITARY PIPE AND FITTINGS: A. Piping underground shall cast iron hub and spigot with lead or rubber joints. Piping aboveground may be no-hub with stainless steel clamps. B. Schedule 40 DWV PVC piping with solvent weld joints is acceptable for waste and vent piping if approved by the local inspection authority. . c. Furnish appropriate connectors for connection of dissimilar piping materials. 2.03 FLASHING: A. Plumbing vents through the roof shall be flashed and counter flashed with sheet steel lead and made water tight. Plumbing contractor shall ,be responsible for flashing penetrations of plywood deck, shingled roof. 2.04 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. Copper and Plastic - Grinnell CT-99-C B. Cast Iron, steel Grinnell #260 2.05 VALVES: A. Gate valves for 1" and smaller water pipe to be Watts B-6000 or equal. For pipe over 1" Watts Series GV or equal. B. Approved Manufacturers Watts, Hammond, or Nibco. 96-016/5-96 15200-4 . . . . 2.06 EQUIPMENT AND M~TERIALS: A. Fixtures shall be complete with all faucets, traps, supplies and stops, trim etc. All fixtures shall have the manuf~cturer's Guarantee and be of first quality. B. Fixtures are based on American standard, unless otherwise noted.~Other acceptable manufacturers are Kohler; and Eljer. 2.07 FIXTURES: , A. Plumbing fixtures shall b~ as indicated on the drawings. 2.08 'PIPE INSULATION: A. Insulation 'materials, including insulation, cloths, cements, jackets, facings, adhesives, mastics, tapes and any other accessories, shall have composite fire and smoke hazard ratings, as tested by UL procedure UL 723, not exceeding ~lame spread rating of 25 and smoke developed'rating of 50. Use of wate~ soluble treatment to achieve these ratings is not acceptable. B. Insulate domestic hot and cold water pipe with 1/2" thick fiberglass pipe insulation with all servicejacket~ Cellular foam insulation such as Rubatex or Armaflex is not acceptable'for use on water pipe. ' 2.09 NATURAL GAS SERVICE AND DtSTRIBUTION PIPING: A. Arrange with localut-ility for gas service and meter.' Pay all charges and fees with respect to service andcopnection. Meter locations shall be, per the Local -Gas Company. B. All piping shall be installed in accordanc~ with the ,1994 Standard' Gas Code and all requirements of the local utilitycompal1yand any local ordinances. Where there isa conflict between the Standard Code and local ordinances, the local ordinances shall prevail~ C. Provide shut-off cocks and pipe unions at each piece of equipment. Piping shall be installed with drip pockets. D. 'Gas piping shall be Schedule 40 black steel. Joints shall be made with malleable iron screwed fittings. 3.0, - EXECUTION: 96-016/5-96 15200-5 3.01 EXCAVATING: A. Perform all necessary excavating and backfilling for plumbing piping. B. Any existing pavement or landscaping that is disturbed by the new plumbing piping shall be repaired to'the owner's satisfaction. . 3.02 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: A. Make all water and air tests of the plumbing systems in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the Architect or his designated representative. Conduct these tests at such places and times to permit work to proceed as uninterrupted as possible. All tests shall be performed prior to the piping being covered or concealed. B. Test water piping at a hydrostatic pressure of 125 psi and hold for twenty four hours. C. Test drainage and vent piping at ten feet of water column. 3.03 STERILIZATION: A. The sterilization process shall comply with all governing regulations and with the sterilization procedures recommended by the American Water Association. The chlorination process may be simplified by first flushing the system thoroughly clean, then with water containing a minimum of 50 parts per million of chlorine, allowing this to stand for twenty four hours, then thoroughly flushing. After sterilization and final flushing, the local health authority is to be notified, and their approval obtained in writing. . END OF SECTION 96-016/5-96 15200-6 . . PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A Description: SECTION 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 1. Provide all materials, tools, and, labor for a complete electrical installation as shown on the, contract documents and indicated in the specifications. 2. Procure all permits and licenses. . 3. C,()ordinate the electrical installation with the following: a. . Architect ,b. Contractors of other trades. c. Local Electrical and Building Inspectors, or the authority having jurisdiction. d. Local Utility companies serving the project B. Related Documents: . 1.02 ABBREVIATIONS Electrical, "E", drawings. AU working drawings included in the contract documents. Sllecifications of the following divisions/sections: , , a. ' Division 1: General Requirements b. Division 3: Concrete c. Section 07270: Firestopping d. Division 11: Equipment . e. ' Division 15: Mechanical 1. 2. 3. A The following abbreviations are used throughout Division 16 specifications: 1.03 DEFINITIONS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. AJt"F : AN'SI: ASTM: HvAc: IEEE: IES: . ITL: NEC: NECA: NEMA: NFP A: NIC: UL: Above Finished Floor American National Standards Institute American Society for Testing and Materials Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Illuminating Engineering Society Independent Testing Laboratories National Electrical Code National Electrical Contractor Association National Electrical Manufacturers Association . National Fire Protection Association Not in Contract Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. A "Provide" means to furnish and install. .' 96-016/5-96 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 16050-1 1.04 CODES AND STANDARDS . A Comply with the following codes and published standards which are applicable to the electrical installation of this project: 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, 1993 edition 2. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code, 1988 edition 3. Standard Building Code, 1991 edition 4. Underwriters Laboratories Electrical Construction Directory ( "green book" ) 5. Underwriters Laboratories Electrical General Information ( "white book" ) 6. NFPA 72 1.05 STANDARDS FOR MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A Use materials that are new and, where UL or ITL has established standards; listed and/or labeled. B. Organize and execute work so that finished appearance is neat; mechanical, plumb when vertical and level when horizontal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Provide equipment, products and materials shown on the drawings, as specified in the specifications or added by addendum. 2.02 SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS . A Refer to Section 01630. 2.03 CONCRETE A Refer to Division 3 specifications. 2.04 PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS A 3/4"x size indicated on the drawings, AID grade, paint two coats gray enamel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 VISIT TO SITE A Prior to submitting bid, visit site and become familiar with the existing conditions relating to Division 16 work. 96-016/5-96 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 16050-2 . . '3.02 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS. A Cover fixturei), equipment and apparatus for protection against dirt, water, chemical or mecha~cal damage before and during construction. ' , B. Keep all conduit and other openings protected against entry of foreign matter. C. Restore tht: original finish, including shop coat, of fixtures, apparatus or equipment that has been damaged prior to substantial completion. 3.03 COORDINATION A Prior to rou:gh~in ofanymaterials, coordinate with s,:!bcontractors the physical clearances for and sequencing of DiviSion 16 work as it interfaces with and relates to architectural, structural, plumbing 21nd HV AC systems. , 3.04 SHOP DRAWINGS ANDI>RODUCT DATA SUBWTTALS , A Submit as prescribed in section 01300 shop drawings and/or product data for the electrical equipment and materials listed below. Check for compliance With contract documents and certify compliance,by affixing Electrical Contractor's "Approved" stamp and signature. . 1. Shop drawings and product data: a. ' Switchgear, Distribution Panelboards, and Panelboards b. " Life Safety Systeni (fire alarm) 2. Product data only: a. Conduits, Couplings, Connectors, and Fittings b. WiringDevices and Coverplates (receptacles, switches, wallbox dimmers) c.Fuses and Circuit Breakers , d. Junction Boxes, Outlet Boxes, and Floor Boxes e. Lighting Fixtures and Lamps f Disconnect Switches, Motor Starters, and Motor Switches g. Wire and Cable h. Time Clocks, Relays, Contactors, and Photocells Refer to respective sections for submittal instructions where instructions have been prescribed. B. C. Obtain shop drawing review by engineer before purchase of any equipment requiring shop drawing submittals. D. Include with the electrical distribution equipment Submittal Ii plan view of each electrical room. Use .1/2" = l' scale and show the submitted equipment laid out in each room. Label each piece of equipment and indicate the required maintena,nce clearance bY,a dashed line. 3.05 CERTIFICATION ANDTESTREPORTS ' A Submit the f,()llowing certifications and test reports to the Architect in the format and at the time prescribed i!J. Section 01410: 1. Te:St Reports: a. Megger test for all feeders conductors. b. Life Safety System (fire alarm) . 96-016/5-96 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 16050-3 3.06 MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A Submit the following maintenance manuals and oper~ting instructions to the Architect as prescribed in Section 01700: . 1. Life Safety System (fire alarm) , B. Use a separate three ring binder for each maintenance manual and include wiring diagrams, maintenance instructions, parts list, maintenance tools list, manufacturer's and nearest dealer's name, addresses and telephone numbers. Organize into sections with index thumb-tab markers. C. Use a three ring binder for operating instructions with a separate thumb-tab in each section for 'each system or major item. Include in the instructions start-up, operation sequence, control, shut-down, safety features and seasonal adjustments. 3.07 OPERATIONAL TEST A At the time of the substantial completion job observation, perform a test of all light fixtures, electrical systems, equipment, machinery and appliances, in the presence of the Architect or his representative, which demonstrates that all of Division 16 systems are operational. 3.08 JOB OBSERVATION ASSISTANCE A During alljob observations, provide an electrician with tools and volt/ammeter to accompany Architect and/or his representative. B. Remove any covers. trims or wiring devices and open all cabinets, disconnect switches or other equipment served electrically and designated by the Architect or his representative. . C. Restore removed or opened equipment to its installed or closed position after the job observation. 3.09 OWNER INSTRUCTION AND ASSISTANCE A At substantialjob completion job observation, instruct the Owner's operating personnel in the operation. sequencing, maintenance and safety/emergency provisions of the electrical systems. 3.10 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A Record on one set of electrical drawings all changes, deviations and underground conduits. Transfer same to a reproducible sepia and deliver same to architect as per Section 01720. END OF SECTION 16050 96-016/5-96 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 16050-4 . SECTION 16110 '. RACEWAYS , PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: 1. Provide continuous conduit systems - beginning at the service panelboard, to all distribution equipment and to every outlet and piece of electrical equipment with conduits, couplers, supports, hangers, fittings, bushing~ and accessories. B. Related Sections: 1.. Section. i6050: Electrical General. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturers Product Data Sheets. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RIGID STEEL ANI~ INTERMEDIATE METALLIC CONDUIT ' A. CondUit: . 1. 2. Rigid ferrouS steel pipe, bot-dipped galvanized or sberardized with smooth interior. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. ' Allied b. Triangle , c.' WheatIand B. Couplings an~ Connectors: 1. Couplings: a. Hot-dipped galvanized or sherardized ferrous steel, threaded. 2. Connectors: a. Steel or malleable iron, threaded with throat bushing, lock nuts and, where - prescribed, grounding lugs. 3. Erickson: a. '. Malleable iron, concrete tight. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Appleton b. Crouse Hinds c. Steel City d. Tbomas & Betts C: Joint Compound: 1. Anti-seize lubricant 'with rust and corrosion inhibitors and colloidal copper. . 96-01615-96 RACEWAYS 16110-1 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Thomas & B~tts . D. Expansion Fittings: 1. Steel with three cap mItS, phenolic bushing, packing ring, metallic copper grounding ring and copper bonding jumper. 2. Acceptable Products: a. Crouse Hinds "XJ" b. O.Z. Gedney "AX" or "DX" c. Appleton "XJ" , 2.02 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING A. Conduit: 1. Thin wall ferrous steel tubing, hot-dipped galvanized, smooth interior, square and reamed ends. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Allied b. Wheatland c. Triangle B. Couplings and Connectors: 1. Couplings: a. Steel, compression type, installed where exposed to moisture. b. Steel, setscrew type, when installed indoors. Connectors: a. Steel, compression type with nylon insulated bushings, locknuts, and where prescribed, grounding lugs, installed where exposed to moisture. b. Steel, setscrew type with nylon insulated bushings, locknuts, and where prescribed, grounding lugs, installed indoors. . 2. C. Expansion Fittings: 1. Steel with three cap mItS, phenolic bushing, packing ring, metallic copper grounding ring and copper bonding jumper. 2. Acceptable Products: a. Crouse Hinds "XJ" b. O.Z. Gedney" AX" or "DX" c. Appleton "XJ" 2.03 RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT A. Conduit: 1. Schedule 40 Polyvinyl chloride (pVC), resistant to crushing, moisture, low temperature, and corrosive agents in standard trade sizes. B. Couplings and Connectors: 1. Couplings:' Schedule 40 PVC. 96-016/5-96 RACEWAYS 16110-2 . . 2. Connectors: Schedule 40 PVC with lock nuts. C. Expansion Fittings: 1. ' Schedule 40 PVC with grommeted inner cylinder and outer sleeve. D.. Joint Cement: 1. PVC solvent. E. Acceptable Man,ufactur~rs: 1. Carlon .2. Cantex 3. Wbeatland ' 2.04 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT A. Conduit: 1. Galvanized steel single strip, interlocked, smooth inside and out, with liquid-tight flexible polyvInyl cWoride outer jacket. 2. ' AI~ceptable. Manufacturers: a. Carlon b. , Wbeatland c. Allied . B. Fittings: 1. Threaded corrosion-resistant steel or malleable iron with'~ted throat bushing, 1i<[Uid tight, locknuts and external ground lugs. 2. AGceptable M3nufacturers: a. Appleton b. O.Z. Gedney c.Thomas & Betts 2.05 FLEXlBLE MET AI. CONDUIT A. Conduit: 1. Galvanized steel single strip, interlocked, smooth inside and out. 2. Aeceptable Manufacturers: a. AFC b. Alflex c. General Cable B. Fittings: 1. 2. . 96-016/5-96 Threaded corrosion-resistant steel or malleable iron with insulated throat bushing 'and lock' nuts. Acceptable Manufacturers:, a. Appleton · RACEWAYS 16110-3 b. c. O.Z. Gedney Thomas & Betts . 2.06 SEALS A. Fire Rated Seals: 1. Flanged three hour fire and smoke stop. 2. Acceptable Products: a. O.Z. Gedney "CFSF" B. Thruwall Seals: 1. Malleable iron, hot-dipped galvanized sleeve and sealing ring with pressure rings and sealing grommets. 2. Acceptable Products: a. O.Z. Gedney "FSK" and "WSK" b. Spring City "WEP" or "WDP" c.' Thunderline Link Seal C. Explosion Proof Conduit Seals: . 1. Malleable Iron, liquidtight construction, wi drain fittings and filled with sealing compound. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Appleton b. Crouse Hinds . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATIONS A. Provide Rigid Metal Conduit or Intermediate Metallic Conduit for'service entrance, feeders, in slab on grade, areas where exposed to moisture, exposed on exterior surfaces, and exposed interior from floor to 10'-0" or where exposed to physical abuse. B. Provide Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) for interior power circuits, branch circuits and system circuits in walls, elevated concrete slabs ( those not on grade), plenums, attics or exposed above 10' -0", where not exposed to moisture. C. Provide Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit for service ground, in slab on grade, in direct contact with earth, exposed in corrosive environments above 10' -0" above floor, or service entrance when encased in concrete. D. Provide Liquid-tight Flexible Metal Conduit for final connecting link (minimum of 12", maximum of 36") to the following: 1. Plumbing equipment. 2. Kitchen equipment. 3. Exterior Mechanical equipment. E. Provide Flexible Metal Conduit for: 96-016/5-96 RACEWAYS 16110-4 . . 1. Final connection link (minimum of 12", maximum of 36" ) to: a. Motors. b. Transformers. c., Mechanical equipment. Connections between junction boxes and accessible recessed lighting fixtures. 3.02 CONDUIT SUPPORT ' 2. A. Intervals: Maximum 10 feet on center and within 3 feet of each outlet box, junction box, cabmet or ,fitting. B. Conduits 3/4" and sri:J.alJ.er: . 1. Method a. When single conduit: Attach directly to building structure o'r suspend with 1/4" rod. b. When multiple parallel and adjacent conduits and: 1) When horizontal at structure: Attach directly to structure or to support framing attached to structure. , . 2) When horizontally suspended: Attach to support framing, suspended from building structure: , 3)' When vertical: Attach to support framing attached to building structure, wall structure or suspended from building structure. Conduit attachment: a. When direct to structure or single conduit suspended: Spring steel friction, "spring steel latching or clamped with bolts or screws. b.. When on support framing: Two section bolted conduit clamp. Structural steel attachment: a. When single conduit: Spring steel friction,' clamp with bolt or bolted. b. When hanger rod: Clamp with bolt or bolted. Concrete attachment: Steel preformed conduit clamp. Attach clamp with expansion anchor installed in drilled hole or with power fastening anchor designed to meet concrete specification. In either case, m:lint:lin design support of 300 % or greater of load, ' Wood attachment: Wood screws or bolted with design support of300% or greater of load. 2. 3: 4. 5. C. For 1" or larger: . 96-016/5-96 1. 'Method: . , a. When single conduit: Attach directly to building structure or suspend with threaded rod. b. When multiple parallel and adjacent conduits: Attach to support framing attached to building structure, wall structure or suspended from building structure. 2. Conduit attachment: ' a.When single conduit: Bolted cIainp. ' b. . When on sUpport framing: Two section bolted conduit clamp. 3. Structiiral steel attachment: ' Beam clamps with bolts or bolted directly to steel. 4. Concrete attachment: Provide preset insert prior to concrete pour or coordinate drill , 10c3tions with Architect. When drilling provide expansion anchors. In either case, maintain design support of 300 % or greater of load. RACEWAYS 16110-5 5. Wood attacbmen1: Wood screws or bolted with design support of 300 % or greater of load. . D. Framing: 1. Attacbmen1, suspension and bearing members capable of supporting 300% of load. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. For conduit layout follow, generally, the diagrammatic layout shown on plans. Provide offsets and routing changes to avoid structural, architectural or equipmen1 elements. B. Provide 1/2" minimum size conduit. C. Conceal all conduit except where shown to be exposed. Install conduit concealed above a lay- in ceiling with clearance to allow easy removal of ceiling panels. D. Install exposed conduit parallel with or perpendicular to building walls at greatest height possible. Paint exposed conduit two coats of color directed by Architect. E. Extend homeruns from outlets shown to panel designated. Do not combine homeruns. F. Use benders designed for the size and type of conduit. Limit each bend to 90 degrees or less with a radius 10 times conduit diameter or greater for telephone system and 6 times conduit diameter or greater for all other systems. G. Provide insulated bushings at each end of every conduit run. . H. Provide joint compound on rigid steel conduit and intermediate metallic conduit joints. I. Provide an Erickson type coupling where two segments of a conduit run must be joined and neither can be rotated. J. Close all conduit ends during construction with plastic conduit plugs. K. Install conduit no greater than 1" trade size in concrete slabs. Route conduit between top and bottom reinforcing steel and space parallel runs a minimum of 3" apart. L. Install conduit above water and steam piping where possible. M. Maintain grounding of metallic raceways with clean and tight connections. Provide grounding conductor in plastic and fleXIble conduit. N. Provide ground lugs on all conduit connectors to service equipment enclosures. O. Provide grounding wedge lugs or locknuts designed to bite metal on conduit connectors to panel cabinet pull boxes. P. Seal all conduits which extend from the interior to the exterior of the building to prevent the circulation of air. 96-016/5-96 RACEWAYS 16110-6 . . Q. Provide a tbruwall waterproof seal on each conduit that penetrates a wall at a below grade level. ' R. Provide an expansion fitting in each conduit crossing a building expansion joint and locate the fitting at the joint. Also provide expansion fittings in building conduits exceeding 100 feet at intervals of 100 feet. S. Provide a fire rated seal on each conduit that penetrates iuiy floor or fire rated partition. Match seal rating to floor or partition rating. T. Provide an explosion-proof seal in each conduit run where it enters and leaves a hazardous ' location. U. Where liqUlidsare present, form drip loops in liquid-tight flexible conduit to prevent liquid from running into connections. V. Blowout and swab all conduit clear of trash and water prior to pUlling wire. W. Provide a nylon pullcord in all empty conduits. X. In mechanical. equipment rooms where a piece of equipment is located more than 2 feet away from wall~: or columris, serve equipment from under floor or provide a vertical conduit, minimum 1", attached' to floor and ceiling with conductors entering and exiting conduit through conduit bodies. ' Y. Coordinate coIiduit supports in precast or cast-in-place concrete prior to pour. . 3.04 UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION A. Where exte:rior of building bury conduit a minimum of 30" below finished grade. B. Encase co:nduit in 3" concrete envelope where it passes under driveways, roadways or entrarices to parking lots. C. When unde:r interior slab on grade seal vapor barrier around conduit penetration. END OF SECTION OF 16110 . 96-01615-96 RACEWAYS 16110-7 . SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: 1. Provide continuous color coded conductors beginning at service point to distribution equipment and' to each outlet and each piece of electrical energy consuming equipment. ' B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16050: Electrical General 2. Section 16420: Service Entrance 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturers Product Data Sheets. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUCTORS . A. Copper Conductors: 1. Soft drawn annealed copper, 98 % conductivity, without weld, splice or joint throughout its length; uniform in cross section without flaws, scales, or other , imperfections with THHN/THWN or XHHW insulation. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Anaconda b. Phelps podge c. Pirelli Cable d. Senator , e. ' Southwire f. . ' Triangle B. Aluminum Conductors: 1. So1ft drawn, compacted construction, XHHW insulation, 250 mcm and larger. 2. Acceptable Product: a~' Mcan " STABILOY " . b.. Pirelli "XLPE" c. Soutllwire . 96-016/5-96 CONDUCTORS 16120-1 C. Configuration: 1. No. 10 and smaller: 2. No.8 and larger: Solid Stranded . D. Insulation - 600 Volts: 1. 2. No.6 and smaller: No.4 and larger: THHN, THWN XHHW E. Jacket Color: 1. 2. No.8 and smaller: No.6 and larger: Uniform colored jacket Black F. Jacket Markings: 1. Voltage 2. Insulation type 3. Conductor Size 4. Conductor type 2.02 COLOR CODING TAPE A. VinyI3/4" wide with uniform color and adhesive backing. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: . 1. Brady 2. 3M 3. Plymouth 4. Thomas & Betts 2.03 SPLICE AND TAP MATERIALS A. No. 10 and smaller: 1. Crimp type: Cylindrically shaped conductor sleeve for crimping copper conductors. Insulated with nylon or plastic cover. 2. Twist on: Inner spiral spring or threads for holding and making electrical contact between copper conductors and with outer long skirted insulated cover of nylon or plastic. B. No.8 and Larger: I. Set-screw orbo1ted type: Metal connectors for joining copper to copper, with bolts or set-screws to apply pressure to conductors. Insulate with nylon or plastic cover or with electrical tape. , 2. Pressure type: Metal connectors for joining copper to copper, copper to aluminum, or ahuninum to aluminum with power operated crimping tool. Insu1ate with nylon or plastic cover or with electrical tape. 96-01615-96 CONDUCTORS 16120-2 . . e. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. ' AMP 2. Burndy 3 ~ Ideal 4. Il!sco 5. P'anduit 6. 3M 7. Thomas & Betts 2.04 CONDUCTOR TERMINALS A. Copper conductors: High conductivity copper terminal designed to hold conductor and make electrical contact by bolt, setscrew or power crimp and with spade to match equipment receiving conductor. B. Aluminum conductors: High conductivity terminal designed to hold aluminum conductor and make electJrical contact by crimping and with spade to match equipment receiving conductor in physical shape, physical size and material. C. Acceptabk ManufactUrers: . 1. ' Burndy' i. Ideal 3. I1sco 4. Panduit 5. Thomas & Betts 2.05 CONDUCTOR HARNESS' A. Plastic or J[lylonself-locking straps (commonly referred to as zip-ties or tie-wraps). B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Panduit - 2. Thomas & Betts 2.06 WIRE PULLING LUBRICANT A. Lubricating, i.nsula.tiDg and chemically neutral to conductors, conductor insulation and conduits . B. Acceptable ManUfacturers: 1. Greenlee 2. Ide3l , 3. ' Polywater . 96-01615-96 CONDUCTORS 16120-3 2.07 ELECTRICAL TAPE A. Vinyl plastic; moisture tight, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, alkalies, acids and corrosion; chemically neutral to conductors and conductor insulation; fire retardant; and single thiclmess dielectric strength equal to or greater than 10,OOOV. . B. Ac~eptable Manufacturers: 1. Scotch/3M 2. Plymouth , 2.08 ALUMINUM OXIDE INHIBITING COMPOUND A. Compound sball inhibit the formation of aluminum oxide on clean aluminum conductors without deteriorating the conductors. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Bumdy 2. Thomas & Betts PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install the number of ~ conductors indicated with a minimum of two (2) power conductors and one ground conductor being installed in each conduit not prescribed to be empty. Aluminum conductors may be used only where explicitly indicated. . B. Minimum Conductor Size: No. 12 C. Complete installation of raceway run prior to pulling conductors. D. Install insulated bushings in conduit fittings prior to pulling conductors. E. Use wire pulling lubricants to reduce stress on conductors. Pull all conductors of a run together. Use pulling methods which do not damage the raceway or conductors. F. Color Coding: 1. No.8 and smaller: Uniform colored jacket with respective color below. 2. No.6 and larger: Two wraps of tape applied within 6" of each conductor end with respective color below. 3. Conductor Color Code: Phase A Black Brown Black Phase B Red Orange Blue Phase C Blue Yellow Orange (208V) Neutral White Gray , White 208Y/120V 480Y 1277V 240D/120V 96-016/5-96 CONDUCTORS 16120-4 . Isolated Ground 31 I . J. K. . L. M. . 96-016/5-96 Ground Green Green wi White Stripe 4. For Different Voltages in Same Enclosure: Use a colored stripe (not green) on one neutral to differentiate between systems. Keep stripe color consistent throughout project. G. At outlets leave a minimum of 12" of conductor ends at each fixture outlet, device outlet and equipment outlet box: H. Conductor Terminals: 1. Single: Use terminals on conductors no. 8 and larger where equipment receiving conductors do not have conductor lugs with set-screw(s) 2. Multiple: Install terminals on conductors where more than one conductor is connected to a single lug. I. Route conductors' in all switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers and terminal cabinets parallel to or at right angle to the enclosure's sides and tops. Group and harness conductors in those enclosures using conductor harness straps. Prior to, energizing conductor, megger, test conductors for continuity and shorts. Correct deficiencies prior to energizing. Apply aluminum oxide inhibiting compound to the ends of all conductors prior to installing terminals or installing in mechanica11ugs. Tighten all bolted connections in and to mechanical lugs to torque rating specified per manufacturers recommendations. Tighten all conductors with mechanical connections, torqued in accordance with the conductor and/or COIDlector manufacturers markings as well as, the values referenced in the following publications: 1. Underwriters LabOratories Electrical Construction Directory (Green Book). 2. Underwriters Laboratories Electrical General Information (White Book). END OF SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS 16120-5 SECTION 16130 . BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: 1. Provide electrical boxes or, where prescribed, conduit bodies for devices, outlets, splice connection points, raceway junction and conductor pulling points complete with supports, covers and accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16050: Electrical General. C. Standards: 1. Uinderwriters Laboratories labeled and listed for application specified. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Manufactw'ers Product Data Sheets. . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 INTERIOR OUTLET BOXES AND EXTENSIONS A. Galvanized! steel, UL listed for application with conduit knockouts and threaded holes for mounting devices and/or coverplates. B. Minimum Sizes: 1. Single Device: 3"H x 2"W x 2"D 2. G;mg Device: 3"H x 2"W(per gang) x 2"0 3. Octagonal: 4"W x 1-1/2"0 4. Square: 4" Square x 1-1I2"D C. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Appl~ton 2. ~ICO' 3. Stl~el City 4. ' American Electric . 96-01615-96 BOXES 16130-1 2.02 CONCRETE BOXES . A. Galvanized steel for encasing in concrete with conduit knockouts and threaded holes for mounding devices and/or coverplates. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Appleton 2. Crouse Hinds 3. Raco 4. Steel City 2.03 MASONRY BOXES A. Galvanized steel for mounting in masonry walls with condUit knockouts and threaded holes for mowiding devices and/or coverplates. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Appleton 2. Raco 3. Steel City 4. Crouse Hinds 2.04 CAST BOXES A. Cast malleable iron, cadmium/zinc plated finish, NEMA 3R, threaded conduit entries, neoprene coverplates gasket and threaded holes for mounting devices and/or coverplates. . B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Appleton 2. Crouse Hinds 3. Raco 4. Steel City 2.05 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A. Dry Locations: Galvanized sheet steel, NEMA 1, welded seams and cover held by stainless steel screws or bolts. B. Damp or Wet Locations: Cast malleable iron with corrosion-resistant finish, NEMA 3R, threaded conduit entries, neoprene coverplate gasket, and coverplate held by stainless steel bolts. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Appleton 2. Crouse Hinds 3. . Hoffman 4. Killark 96-016/5-96 BOXES 16130-2 . . . . 2.06 FLOOR BOXES A. As sPecifkd on .the drawings for particular application. 2.07 PLASTIC BOXES A. Schedw.e 40 Polyvinyl cWoride ' B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Carlon 2. Queen City 3. Raco PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DEVICE APPLICATIONS A. Boxes for switches, receptacles, dimmers (designed for device box mounting) and future devices: 1. 2. 3. For dry Locations: a. When recessed: 1) For construction other than concrete or masonry, use interior outlet box. 2) For concrete: Concrete box 3) For masonry: Masonry box or square interior outlet box with masonry extension. b. When surface: Cast box For Damp or ,wet Locations: a. When recessed: 1) For concrete: Concrete box 2) ,For masonry: Masonry box or square interior outlet box with masonry extension. b. When surface: Cast box For hazardous Areas: Hazardous area boxes 3.02 GENERAL APPLICATIONS A. For lighting fixtures, equipment connections, pullboxes for conduit I" and smaller, and junction boxes for conduits 1 " and srilaller. 1. \,. 2. 3. 4. 96-016/5-96 Recessed Interior Box: a. For construction other than concrete or masonry, use octagonal or square interior, outlet box. b. For concrete: Concrete box c. For masonry,: Concrete box or square interior box with masonry extension. Box Above an Accessible Ceiling: Octagonal or square interior outlet box. Exposed Interior Box: a. Above 7' -0" : Octagonal or square interior' outlet box or conduit body. b. 7'-0" and below: Cast box or conduit body.. Exterior,Box: ' BOXES 16130-3 a. When recessed in vertical element or ceiling: 1) For concrete: Concrete box 2) For masonry: Concrete box or square interior box with masonry extension. 3) For construction other than concrete or masonry, provide square interior box. Flush mounted in ground: Cast junction box' Exposed: Cast box or conduit body. . b. c. B. Hazardous Locations: Hazardous area box C. Integrally Mounted Boxes: Boxes which are an integral part of an equipment assembly from the manufacturer and are UL listed for the application may be used in lieu of the boxes prescribed above. 3.03 JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES (conduits larger than 1") 3.04 SUPPORT A. Junction boxes or conduit bodies where junction is exposed. A. General: Support each box from the building structure independently of conduit as follows, utilizing a support system capable of carrying 300 % of load. 3.05 INSTALLATION 1. Surface: a. Structural Steel: Bolted directly to steel member or bolted to spring clip which is clipped to steel member. b. Concrete: Power driven rnstener or bolt to expansion anchor set in drilled hole. c. Wood: Screw or bolt to wood. Suspended: Bolted to engineered spring clip which is clipped to suspended ceiling system. Recessed: a. Concrete: Set in concrete prior to pour. b. Masonry: Set or cut into masonry during masonry erection. Grout in around box. c. Drywall: Attach directly to stud or joist by screw or bolt; or directly to a galvanized steel support which is attached directly at each end to stud or joist by screw or bolt. d. Earth: Compact earth around box . 2. 3. A. Outlet locations indicated on the plans are approximate. Coordinate and determine the exact location at the building. The architect reserves the right to shift the exact location of any outlet 10 feet before it is permanently installed. B. Install boxes plumb when vertical, level when horizontal and fluSh adjacent surface when recessed. C. Where an outlet occurs in an architectural feature, center the outlet in same. 96-016/5-96 BOXES 16130-4 . . D. Where the: mounting height of a wall outlet is ~ot shown, mount at height directed by Architect. Moimting heights are from finished floor to box centerline. . . E. The contractor may, with Architect's approval, slightly vary an outlet's mounting height so that the box's top or bottom occurs at a masonry joint. F. Where outlets at different levels are shown adjacent, install them on the same venicalline. G. Space wall switch outlets with first gang box 4" from door trim on the installed strike side. H. Locate boxes and conduit bodies so that covers are accessible and removable. .1. Limit masonry cuts from outlet boxes so that coverplate covers the cut. J. Provide plaster rings for all boxes set in plaster walls or ceilings. K. . Match configuration to application. L. Utilize box size (capacity) based upon NEC. M. For devices,.utilize boxes designed to suppon the device independently of coverplate and so install. N. Cover unused conduit openings with plastic covers for sheet steel boxes and threaded plugs for cast boxes. . O. Prior to pullling conductors or installii:1g devices, clean boxes of dirt, debris and water. P. Cover all boxes and secure with screws or bolts. Q. Install pullboxes to limit pullling distance and/or pullling bends. END OF SECTION 16130 . 96-016/5-96 BOXES 16130-5 . SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: 1. " Provide switches, receptacles, dimmers and other strap mounted wiring devices as shown on the drawings. B. Related Sel;tionS: 1. 2. Section 16050: Section 16130: Eiectrical General Boxes C. Standards: 1. Underwriters Laboratories listed and labeled. 2. NEMA (configurations as listed ) 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. ManufactUJrers Product Data Sheets. . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Acceptable Manufacturers of Switches, Receptacles, and Coverplates: " 1. Products specified as standard of quality are manufactured by Hubbell Incorporated, Wiring Device Division;referred to as Hubbell. . 2. Products of manufacturers listed below meeting indicated standards and specified manufacturer's product data characteristics, except as modified below, are acceptable for use, subject to prior approval of proposed product list. a. Arrow-Hart " b. Bryant " c. Leviton d. Pass and Seymour/Legrand . e. Slater 3. Manufacturers product numbers listed below do not include. color selection. Refer to Section 16140, 2.06 for device colors B. Acceptable ~anufacnu:ers of Wallbox Dimmer Switches: 1. Lutron, Nova Series. . 2. Lightolier, Neptune Momentium Series. 2,02 RECEPTACLES ." 96-016/5-96 WIRING DEVICES 16140-1 A. Duplex - 15A: 2-pole, 3-wire, 125 Volts, side/back wiring with ground screw, NEMA 5- 15R. . 1. Hubbell # 5262. B. Duplex - 20A: 2-pole, 3-wire, 125 Volts, side/back wiring with ground screw, NEMA 5- 20R. 1. Hubbell # '5362. C. Single - 20A: 2-pole, 3-wire, 125 Volts, side/back wiring with ground screw, NEMA 5- 20R. 1. Hubbell # 5361. D. Duplex Isolated Ground - 20A: 2-pole, 3-wire, 125 Volts, side/back wiring with insulated/isolated ground screw, NEMA 5-20R. 1. Hubbell # IG5362. E. Duplex Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter - 20A: 2-pole, 3-wire, 125 Volts, pigtail wiring, thru wiring to protect 4 receptacles downstream, test and reset buttons, NEMA 5-20R. 1. Hubbell # GF5362. F. Duplex Twist Lock - 15A: 2-pole,3-wire, 125 Volts, side/back wiring with ground screw, NEMA L5-15R. 1. Hubbell # 4700. . G. Duplex Isolated Ground Twist Lock - 15A: 2-pole, 3-wire, 125 Volts, side/back wiring with insulated/isolated ground screw, NEMA L5-15R. 1. Hubbell # IG4700. H. Single Isolated Ground Twist Lock - 20A: 2-pole, 3-wire, 125 Volts, side/backwiring with insulated/isolated ground screw, NEMA L5-20R. 1. Hubbell # IG2301A. 1. Duplex Isolated Ground Surge Suppression - 20A: 2-pole, 3-wire, 125 Volts, side/back wiring with insulated/isolated ground screw, blue face, light & alarm, NEMA 5-20R. 1. Hubbell # IG5352S. 2.03 SWITCHES r A. Single Pole Single Throw Toggle: 20 Ampere, 277 Volt AC, maint:lined contacts, quiet operating toggle, side/back wiring and gro~ screw. 1. Hubbell # 1221. 96-016/5-96 WIRING DEVICES 16140-2 . . B. DoublePok Single Throw Toggle: 20 Ampere, 277 Volt AC, m:lintained contacts, quiet operating toggle, side/back wiring and ground screw. 1. Hubbell # 1222; C. Three Way Single Throw Toggle: 20 Ampere, 277 Volt AC, maintained contacts, quiet operating toggle, side/back wiring and ground screw. 1. Hubbell # 1223. D. Four Way Single Throw Toggle: 20 Ampere, 277 Volt AC, maintained contacts, quiet operating toggle, side/back wiring and ground screw. . 1. HUlbbell # 1224. E. Key Operated Single Pole Single Throw: 20 Ampere, 277 Volt AC , maintained contacts, side/back wiring.and ground screw. 1. Hubbell # 1221. F. Key Operatl::d Double Pole Single Throw: 20 Ampere, 277Volt AC , m:lint:lined contacts, side/back' wiring and ground screw. - 1. Hubbell # 1222. G. Key Operatl::d Three Way Pole Single Throw: 20 Ampere, 277 Volt AC , m:lint:lined contacts, side/back wiring and ground screw. . 1. Hubbell # 1223. H. Key Operatl::d Four Way'Pole Single Throw: 20 Ampere, 277 Volt AC , m:lint(lined contacts, sidelOack wiring and ground screw. 1. Hubbell # 1224. 1. 120 Volt PLlot Light Switch: 20 Ampere, 120 Volt, m:lint:lined contacts, single pole single throw, side/back wiring, red handle illumiDated when circuit is ~nergized. 1., Hubbell #. 1221PL . . J. 277 V oltPiJlot Light S~itcb:. 20 Ampere, 277 Volt, m:lintained contacts, single pl;lle single throw,side/back wiring, red handle illuminated when circuit is energized. 1. Hubbell # 1221PL7. 2.04 W ALLBOXDIMMER SWITCHES A. Preset slideswitcbtype, voltage compensated with built-in filters to minimize audio and radio freque:ncy inteifaces. Each dimmer shall be power matched to the circuit it controls, using units Jrated 606w, 1000W, 1500W, and 2000W. Low voltage incandescent lighting loads dimml::d by manual wall dimmers specifically designed for use with low voltage . 96-016/5-96 WIRING DEVICES 16140-3 transformers. Switchplates shall cover the entire face of the dimmer and shall correspond in material and color with other device coverplates in same area. . 2.05 COVERPLATES A. Stainless Steel Coverplates: 1. Raised shoulder style stainless steel, brushed finish, oversize ( 3-1/8" x 4-7/8" , single gang); in configurations up to six (6) gang as indicated on the drawings, screws to match finish, and openings to match device. B. Plastic Coverplates: 1. Smooth finish nylon, oversize (3-1/8" x 4-7/8" , single gang ), in configurations up to six (6) gang as indicated on the drawings, screws to match finish, and openings to .match device. C. Surface Mounted: 1. Corrosion-resistant steel, rounded comers and edges, stainless steel screws, single or multiple gang as indicated on th~ drawings. Openings to match device(s) and construction to match box. D. Weatherproof: 1. Gasketed, hinged with spring loaded closers, secured with corrosion-resistant screws and UL listed for wet location. . 2.06 DEVICE AND COVERPLATE COLORlFINISH \ A. When the wiring device is flush mounted, the devices shall be gray with stainless steel coverplates. B. Isolated ground devices shall be orange with stainless steel coverplates. C. Devices installed in floor boxes or surface mounted boxes shall be gray. D. Isolated ground surge suppression devices shall be blue with stainless steel coverplates engraved computer only. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install the type device indicated by symbol or legend at the location shown on the plans. B. Install devices after conductors are pulled and painting is completed. C. Install devices vertically, unless otherwise noted,. with SPST switches having up as "ON" and receptacles having ground pin at bottom. 96-016/5-96 WIRING DEVICES 16140-4 . D. Where more than one ,device is indicated at a location, tJ:ie devices shall be mounted in combined sectional gang boxes and covered with a single plate. . E. Coordinate location of deviCes with other trades and architectural features. Do not locate devices on two different finishes such as half on wall title and half on painted surface. END OF SECTION 16140 . . 96-016/5-96 WIRING DEVICES 16140-5 . SECTION 16170 , MOTOR AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: 1. Provide power wiring to each motor, all mechanical equipment, all kitchen equipment, and all miscellaneous equipment included in the contract documents. Power wiring' is the system of conductors from the energy source to the equipment that conducts the electrical energy which does work or provides heat. 2. Provide a disconnect switch, fused where prescribed, for each motor or piece of equipment. B. Related. Sections: 1. Section 16440: Disconnect Switches 2. Section 16475: OvercUITent Protection 3. SI;ction 16050: Electrical General PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 STARTERS . A. Provided under other divisions except where specifically prescnbed in Division 16 documents. 2.02 MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT A. Motors, mechanical equipment, kitchen equipment, etc., provided under other divisions. 2,03 CONTROL AND INTERLOCK WIRING A. Control wiring, (i.e:, HV AC controls, remote pushbutton stations, thermostats, etc.), is excluded except" where specifically prescribed in Division 16 documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A.. Coordinate all rough-in and final power wiring and equipment connection with other subcontractors . B. Install and connect individually mounted starters provided by other subcontractors. C. Label each disconnect switch and starter with name of equipment it serves. D. Coordinateovercurrent device rating with nameplate of motor or equipmeDt which it protects. END OF SECTION 16170 . 96-016/5-96 MOTOR AND EQUIPMENT CqNNECTIONS 16170.-1 . SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: 1. Identify the following electrical equipment with a nameplate or directory indicating load served or equipment name: a., Switchboard, Main and all Branches b. Transformers c.. Panelboards, Main and Branch Breakers d, Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters e.. Contactors, Time Switches, and Relays 1.02 SUBMITT ALS A. Sample of Naineplate PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01" NAMEPLATES . A. 277 Voltaod 480 Volt equipment - Bakelite Label, red face, white core. B. 120 Volt, 208 Volt, and 240 Volt - Bakelite Label, black face, white core. C. Lettering: 1. 1Ilain Service Disconnect - 1/2" high letters. 2. All others - 1/4" high letters.- 2.02 PANELBOARD DIRECTORY . - A. Panelboardl Manufacturers Directory in plastic sleeve on inside of panel cover door. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Securely mount each nameplate to its respective equipment 'with screws or epoxy type cement. Double sided foam core type tape is not acceptable. . B. Type in the branch breaker load information onto the manufacturers panel directory. Mark . all spares in pencil. Install in plastic sleeve on inside of panel cover door. C. Label all junction box covers with the circuit number installed in the box with a permanent marker. END OF SECTION 16195 . 96-016/5-96 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16195-1 . . SECTION 16420 SERVICE ENTRANCE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description 1. Provide electrical service entrance as shown on the drawings and specifications. 2. Provide transient voltage source suppression for the service entrance. 3. Electrical service shall be 120/208 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire wye connected. B. Related Sections 1.. Section 16050: Electrical General 2. . Section 16110: Raceways 3. Section 16120: Wire and Cables PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR A. Provide Transient Voltage Surge Suppression on Service Entrance conductor~. 1. Single stage parallel hybrid design transient voltage source suppressor. . a. Line to ground protection b. U.L. Listed and tested to U.L. 1499, ANSI/IEEE C62.41 and C62.45 c.. . Maximum surge current per phase (8 x 20us) 100,000 amps/phase d. Withstand 1,000 sequential category C, Bl-wave impulses e.. Status a1an:i1 monitor Acceptable Products a.. . .. TYCOR International Corp. - PPY Series 250 or equal by LEA DYNATECH . 2. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide service entrance conductors and conduit duct bank as indicated on the drawings. B. Concreteencas-e duct baruc per NFPA 70, Article 310. 3.02 UTILITY COMPANY COORDINATION A. Obtain electrical service from local utility serving this area. . B. Provide metering as mdicated on the drawings. Obtain and comply with utility company metering rl~quirements. . 96-016/5-96 SERVICE ENTRANCE 16420-1 C. Obtain requirements for installation ofuiility company's transformers and primary cabling. Provide conduits, concrete pads, elbows, etc. as required by utility company. . D. Coordinate connection requirements of service entrance conductors to utility company transformer. END OF SECTION 16420 . 96-016/5-96 SERVICE ENTRANCE 16420-2 . . SECTION 16440 DISCONNECT SWITCHES. PART 1 - GENERAL " 1.01 SUMMARY. A. DescriptioDi 1. ProVide disconnect switches in configurations as indicated on the drawings complete wi.th enclosures "and accessories: B. . Related Sec:iions 1. . Se:ction 16050: Electrical General 2. Section 01300: Submittals 3. Se:ction 16170: Motor and EquipmeDt Connections 4. Section 16475: Overcurrent Protection 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Manufactw.ers Product Data Sheets. PART 2 - PRODUCTS . 1.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable: Manufacturers as Follows: 1. General Electric 2. Siemens/ITE 3. Square D _ 4. . Westinghouse/Cutler-Hammer 1.02 DISCONNECT SWITCHES: A. Disconnect switches shall be heavy duty (NEMA Type HD) and Underwriters Laboratories Listed. . B. All s~heS shall. have blades which are fully visible in the. "OFF" position when the switch door is operL ,All current carrying parts shall be plated to resist corrosion and promote cool operation. Switches sillill have removable arc suppressors where necessary to permit easy access to line side lugs: Lugs shall be front removable and UL listed for 60 degrees C or 75 degrees C, aluminum or copper wires. - . C. Switches shall bequick~make, quick-break such that, during normal operation of the switch, the operation of the contacts shall not be. capable of being restrained by the operating handle after the closing or opening action of the contacts has started. The operating handle shall be an integral;part of the box, not the cover. Provisions for padlocking the switch in the "OFF" position with at least three locks shall be provided. Switches shall bave a dual cover interlock . 96-016/5-96 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 16440-1 to prevent unauthorized opening of the switch door when the handle is in the "ON" position, and to prevent closing of the switch mechanism with the door open. The handle position shall indicate whether the switch is "ON" or "OFF". . D. Switches shall be furnished in NEMA 1 general purpose enclosures unless specified as NEMA 3R on the 'plans. Covers on NEMA 1 enclosures shall be attached with pin type hinges, NEMA 3R covers shall be securable in the open position. NEMA 3R enclosures for switches thru 200 amperes shall have provisions for interchangeable bolt-on hubs. Hubs shall be as indicated on the plans. NEMA 3R enclosures shall be manufactured from galvanized steel. Enclosures shall have a gray baked enamel finish, electrodeposited on cleaned, phosphatized steel. E. Switches shall be horsepower rated for ac and/ordc as indicated by the plans. All fusible switches rated 100 thru 600 amperes at 240 volts and 30 thru 600 amperes at 600 volts shall have a UL approved method of field conversion from standard Class H fuse spacing to Class J fuse spacing. The switch also must accept Class R fuses and have provisions for field installarion of a UL listed rejection feature to reject all fuses' except Class R. The UL listed shon circuit raring of the switches shall be 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes when Class R or Class J fuses are used with the appropriate rejection scheme. The UL listed shon circuit rating of the switch, when eqUipped with Class H fuses, shall be 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes. 800 and 1200 aInpere switches shall have provisions for Class L fuses and shall have a UL listed shon circuit rating of 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install disconnect switch adjacent to equipment it serves or.as located'on the plans. . B. Anchor enclosures firmly to walls and/or structural surfaces. Coordinate mounting of disconnects to roof top mechanical equipment with supplier/installer. END OF SECTION 16440 96-016/5-96 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 16440-2 . . SECTION 16450 GROUNDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 . SUMMARY: A. Description: 1. Provide a grounding system for the main building service and each separately derived system originating at the respective grounding electrode(s) and radiating to every electricaI power controlling and consuming deyice in the system. B: Related SectionS: 1. S'~ction 16050: Electrical General 2. Section 16110:, Raceways 3. Section 16120: Conductors 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. Manufacturers Product Data Sheets PART 2 - PRODUCTS . 2.01 DRIVEN GROUND RODS: A. Provide tell (10) feet long, 5/8 inch diameter copperclad steel gro~d rods. 2.02 EXOTHERMIC WELDS: A. Provide exothermic copp~r welds with materials and configuration to match application. B. Acceptable: Manufacturers: 1. Cadweld 2.03 GROUND CLAMPS: . A. Bronze, U..L. listed,' with configuration to match application. B. Acceptable: M~ufac~ers: 1. . Burndy .. 2. llsco 3. T1lOmas & Betts 4. O.Z.Ged1iey . 96-016/5-96 GROUNDING 16450-1 PART 3 - EXECUTION . 3.01 SERVICE ENTRANCE GROUNDING ELECTRODES: A. Driven Ground Rods: Install two driven ground rods minimum 10 feet apart, located outside . of building, and as close as possible to the service switchboard but a minimum of36" from the building foundation. Locate in non-paved area where fe~ible. Install so as to m:lint:lin accessibility to top of rod. Provide each with box with removable cover for inspecting ground rod connection. Install box so that top is flush with finished grade. B. Building Steel: Select a connection point on the building steel as close as possible to the domestic water service entrance that will also remain exposed. C. Domestic Water Pipe: Select a connection point on the domestic water pipe as close as possible to the point it enters the building and that will also remain exposed". D. Sprinkler Water Pipe: Select a connection point on the sprinkler water pipe as close as possible to the point it enters the building and that will also remain exposed. 3.02 MAIN SERVICE GROUNDING ELECTRODES BONDING CONDUCTORS: A. Install a 3/0 bare stranded copper conductor between each grounding electrode and its closest grounding electrode neighbor so that all electrodes are bonded together. B. Exothennic weld each bonding connection both cable to cable and cable to grounding electrode. 3.03 MAIN SERVICE GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR: . A. Install a 3/0 bare stranded copper conductor from the closest driven ground rod to the service panelboard ground bus. B. Exothermic weld the connection to the ground rod and ground bus. 3.04 SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM GROUNDING ELECTRODE: A. Select a local grounding electrode described by the National Electrical Code and make connection to a point permanently visible. 3.05 SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR: A. Install a stranded bare copper conductor sized according to NEC between the local grounding electrode and the separately derived system grounded' conductor. B. Exothermic weld the grounding electrode conductor to the grounding electrode. 96-016/5-96 GROUNDING 16450-2 . . 3.06 ADDITIONAL BONDS: A. Roof Structure: Bond roof strUcture steel at its nearest accessible point to the building steel connection point with a 3/0 bare stranded copper conductor. Exothermic weld both connections. B. Domestic Water Meter: Install bond across water meter with 3/0 stranded bare copper conductors of suffiCient length to accommodate removal of meter. Exothermic weld both connections to water pipe. C. Non-metallic Domestic Water Insulated Coupling: Install bond across insulated coupling with 3/0 stranded bare copper of sufficient length to accommodate removal of coupling. Exothermic: weld both connections to water pipe. D. Telephone Service: PTovide a No.6 bare stranded copper conductor bonded to the nearest exposed point on the grounding electrode system or the grounding electrode conductor to the t~lephone service backboard and leave six (6) feet slack at the backboard. 3.07 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR: A. General: Utilize metallic conduit and equipment enclosures for continuous equipment grounding conductor where available. Where non-metallic conduit or enclosures are used, install a separate insulated copper conductor, color coded green, from respective service panelboard or panelboard ground bus to controller and/or device. B. All steel cQnduits entering the main switch shall have a threaded conduit insulated type "BLG"grollnding busing bonded together and to the ground bUs with a No.4 bare stranded copper conductor. . '. 3.08 ADDITIONAL EQtJIPME.~\n GROUNDING CONDUCTORS: A. Roof Top HV AC Units:. Install an equipment grounding conductor from the respective switchboard or panelboard ground bus to the unit disconnect switch and from disconnect switch to equipment ground lug or to housing in absence of ground lug. B. Install a separate copper equipment grounding conductor between the respective ground buses of the following: 1. Service Panelboard' and each Panelboard 2. P~Lnelboard andeach Sub-panelboard C. Branchcira.rlt and feeder conduits: Install a green insulated grounding conductor, as shown on the plans, in eachbrancb circuit and feeder conduit. D. " Wiring Devices: At both switc~es and receptacles, con:i1ect the grounding conductor to the . grounding :;crew on the device. . 96-016/5-96 '( GROUNDING 16450-3 3.09 EQUIPMENT GROUNDIN:G CONDUCTOR ROUTING: A. Route equipment grounding conductor with respective feeder; power wiring and branch circuit conductors. . 3.10 CONDUITS: A. All grounding electrode conductors, equipment grounding conductors an!l bonds where not internal to equipment enclosures shall be installed in conduit to within 6" of terminating clamp or exothermic weld. END OF SECTION 16450 . 96-016/5-96 GROUNDING 16450-4 . . SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Descriptio:~: 1. Providepanelboards complete with enclosure, circuit breakers, spaces, trims, covers, locks and accessories in configurations as indicated on the drawings. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16050: Electrical General . 2. Section 16475: Overcurrent Protection C. Standards: 1. . UnderWriters Laboratories #67 . 2~ Underwriters Laboratories #489 3 . Underwriter~ Laboratories #50 4. NFPA70 (National Electrical Code) 1.02 SUBMITTALS . A. Manufacturers Product Data Sheets B. Shop Dra~,ings 1. Dimensional Data a. Enclosure Size b. Gutter Space- . c. Cover and Trim 2. Bussing Size 3. Lug Configuration and RatiDgs 4. Branch Breakers 5. Main Breakers PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Products specified as standard of quality are manufactured by Square D Company referred to as Square D. . 96-016/5-96 PANELBOARDS 16470-1 Products of manufacturers listed below meeting indicated standards and specified manufacturer's product data characteristics, except as modified below, are acceptable for use, subject to prior approval of proposed product list. a. General Electric b. Siemens/ITE c. Westinghouse/Cutler-Hammer 2. 2.02 GENERAL . A. PaneIboards shall be of dead front construction, equipped with thermal magnetic molded case circuit breakers of frame size and trip ratings as shown on the schedule. Circuit breakers shall be Square D type QOB (bolt-on) thermal-magnetic, molded case circuit breakers. Breakers shall be 1, 2, or 3-pole with an integral crossbar to assure simultaneous opening of all poles in multipole circuit breakers. Breakers shall have an overcenter, trip-free, toggle-type operating mechanism with quick-make, quick-break action and positive handle indication. Handles shall have "ON", "OFF" and "TRIPPED" positions. Circuit breakers shall be able to be installed in the panelboard without requiring additional mounting hardware. Circuit breakers shall be UL listed in accordance with UL Standard 489 and shall be rated 240 volts ac maximum with continuous current ratings as noted on the plans. Interrupting ratings shall be as schedule with a maximum of 65,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 240 volts ac. Single pole, 15 and 20 ampere circuit breakers intended to switch fluorescent lighting loads on a regular basis shall carry the SWD marking. 2.03 208Y/120 VOLT PANELBOARDS A. Circuit Breakers: 1. 2. B. Bussing Assembly and Temperature Rise . 1. Panelboard bus structure and main lugs or main circuit breaker shall have current ratings as shown on the panelboard schedule. Such ratings shall be established by heat rise tests, conducted in accordance with UL Standard 67. Bus structure shall be insulated. Bus. ,b~ connections to the branch circuit breakers shall be the "distributed phase" or phase sequence type and shall accept either plug-on (NQO) or bolt-on (NQOB) circuit breakers. All current carrying parts of the bus structure shall be plated. 2. Panelboard bussing shall be copper or tin plated aluminum. 96-016/5-96 PANELBOARDS 16470-2 . ,'t, . 2.04 CABINETS AND JPRONTS A. The paneIboard bus assembly shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet, 20" wide and 5 3/4" deep. The rigidity and gauge of steel to be as specified in UL Standard 67 for panelboards. The box shall be fabricated from galvanized steel or equivalent rust resistant steel. Each front shall include a door and have a flush, cylinder tumbler-type lock with catch and spring-loaded stainless steel door pull. All panelboard locks shall be keyed alike. Fronts shall have adjustable indicating trim clamps which shall be completely concealed when the doors are closed. Doors shall be mounted with completely concealed steel hinges. Fronts shall not be removable with door in the locked position. 600A panelboard fronts shall have exposed trim clamps. A circuit directory frame and card with a clear plastic covering shall be provided on the inside of the door. 2.05 INTEGRATED EQUIPMENT SHORT CIRCUIT RATING - . A. Each paneJlboard, as a complete unit, shall have a shon current rating equal to or greater than the integrated equipment rating shown on the panelboard schedule or on the plans. This rating shall be established by testing with the overCUITent devices mounted in the panelboard. . The short circuit tests on the overcurrent devices and on the panelboard structure shall be made sim~taneously By connecting the fault to each overcurrent device the panelboard connected! to its rated .voltage source. Method of testing shall be per Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 67. The source shall be capable' of supplying the specified panelboard shon circuit or greater. Testing of panelboard overcurrent devices for shon circuit rating only while individually mounted is not acceptable. Also, testing of the bus structure by applying a fixed fault to the bus structure alone is not acceptable. Panelboards shall be marked with their maximum shon circuit current ratirig at the supply voltage and shall be UL listed. . 2.06 UL LISTING A. Panelboarcls shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories and shall bear the UL label. When used as service enQ'ance device, panelboards shall be listed for use as service equipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION . 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Mount panelboard flush or surface as prescribed with top 6'-{)" A.F.F. B. Key all locks alike and give owner two key per panelboard. C. For flush mounted panelboards, provide a minimuin of three spare 3/4" conduits stubbed out into ceiling space. . D. Anchor enclosures firmly to walls and/or structural surfaces. E. Where panelboards exceed 42 poles, provide multiple sections with equal size enclosures with 4 "diameter openings with bushings between abutting enclosures. F. When panelboards are shown as feed-thru shall have an 8" bottom and side gutters. END OF SECTION 16470 . 96-016/5-96 PANELBOARDS 16470-3 . . . SECTION 16475 OVERCURRENT PROTECTION . PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide fuses and circuit breakers of ampere rating and U.L. Classification as indicated on the drawings. . B. Related Sections: 1. . Section 16050: Electrical General 2. Section 16440: Disconnect Switches 3. . Section 16170: Motors and Equipment Connections 4. Section 16470: Panelboards 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Manufacturers; .Product D~ Sheets 2. . TJime - Current Characteristic Curves (Average Melt) 3. . Current Limitation Curves PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01' MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Mimufacturers - Fuses: 1. Ptoducts specified as standard of quality are manufactured by Cooper Industries, Bussmann Division, referred to as Bussmann. 2. . Products Of manufacturers listed below meeting indicated standards and specified m;mufacturer's product data characteriStics, except. as modified below , are ac:ceptable for use, subject to prior approval .of proposed product list. a. " Gould Shawmut 3. AU fuses shall be of the same manufacturer. B. Acceptable ManufactUrers - Circuit Breakers ~~ 1. Products specified' as . standard of quality are manufactured by Square D Company, refe~ed to. as Square D. 2. Products of rilaIlufacturers listed below meeting indicated standai'ds and specified manufacturer's product data characteristics, except as modified below, are acceptable-for use, sUbject to prior approval of proposed product list. a. ;.~I?-e~ Electric . b. . Sieinens/ITE c.' . Westinghouse/Cutler-Hammer Circuit breakers shall be of the same manufacturer as the panelboard or enclosure in which they are installed. . - 3. 96-016/5-96 OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 16475-1 2.02 FUSES . A. Mains, Feeders and Branch Circuits: 1. Circuits 601 to 6000 amperes shall be protected by current limiting BUSSMANN LOW-PEAK time-delay fusesKRP-C(amp)SP. Fuses shall employ "0" rings as positive seals between the end bells and the glass melamine fuse barrel. Fuse links shall be pure silver (99.9% pure) to limit the short circuit current let-through values to low levels and comply with NEC Sections requiring component protection. The terminals shall be. peened. Fuses shall be time-delay and shall hold 500 % of rated curreilt for a minimUm of 4 seconds, clear 20 times rated current in .01 seconds or less and be listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. with an interrupting rating of 300,000 amperes RMS symmetrical. The fuses shall be UL Class L. Fuses shall be "LOW-PEAK YELLOW" in color. 2. Circuits 0 to 600 amperes shall be protected by current limiting BUSSMANN LOW- PEAKdual-element fuses LPN-RK, LPS-RK, or LPJ. Alldual-element fuses shall have separate overload and shon-circuit elements. Fuses shall incorporate a spring activated thermal overload element having a 284 degree Fahrenheit melting point alloy and shall be independent of the shon-circuit clearing chamber. The fuse shall hold 500% of rated current for a minimum of 10 seconds (30A, 250V Class RKl case size shall be a minimum of 8 seconds at 500 ~ of rated Current) and be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc with an interrupting' rating of 300,000 amperes RMS symmetrical. The fuses shall be Time-Delay UL Class RK1 or J to m:lint:lin the engineered protection of the system components. Fuses shall be "LOW-PEAK YELLOW" in color. B. Spares: . 1. Upon completion of the building, the electrical contractor shall provide the Owner with spare fuses as shown below: a. 10 % (minimum of 3) of each type and rating installed fuses shall be supplied as spares. 2. BUSSMANN spare fuse cabinet - Catalog No. SFC shall be provided to store the above spares. The spare fuse cabinet (SFC) shall include a supply of "LOW-PEAK YELLOW" NOTICE labels. 2.03 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Description: 1. Circuit breakers shall be Square D FA, KA, LA, NH, PA and/or PC one, two or three pole molded case circuit breakers rated 15 through 2500 amperes, 120V.ac, 240V.ac, 277V.ac, 480V.ac, as specified on the drawings. Breakers shall have an interrupting rating to match the panel in which they are installed or as indicated on the drawings. All circuit breakers shall be UL and CSA listed, IEC 157-1 rated, meet NEMA Standard AB1-1975 and Federal Specification W-C-375B/GEN, when applicable. Breakers covered under this specification may be installed in panelboards, switchboards, individual enclosures, motor control centers, combination motor starters or I-LINE busway plug-in units. 96-016/5-96 OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 16475-2 . . B. Construction: 1. Molded case circuit breakers shall have overcenter toggle-type me.chanisms, providing quick-make, quick-breal\ ,ac;tion. Breakers shall be calibrated for opera.ti6n in an ambient temperature of-40 degrees C. Each circuit breaker shall bave tnp indication by handle position and shall be trip-free. Two and three pole breakers shall be common trip. Each circuit breaker shall have a permanent trip unit containing individual thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole. Circuit breakers with frame sizes greater than 100 amperes shall have variable magnetic trip elements which are' set .by a single adjustment (to assure uniform tripping characteristics in each pole). A push-to-trip button shall be provided on the cover fi)r mechanically tripping the circuit breaker. the circuit breaker shall have reverse . connection capability and be suitable for mounting and operating in any position. C. Terminations: 1. Circuitbre<!kers shall have removable lugs. Lugs shall be UL listed for copper and aluminum conductors. Breakers shall be UL listed for installation of mechanical type or compression type lugs. 2.04 CURRENT LIMITlNqCIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Description: 1. Current limiting circuit breakers from Square D shall be I-LIMITER IF (20-100 aoiperes), IK (110-250 amperes) and shall be rated at (240V.ac) (480V.ac) with an interrupting rating.of 100,000 nus symmetrical amperes. IL current limiting circuit breakers (300-400 amperes) shall be rated (240V.ac) (480V.ac) with an interrupting r:tting of2oo,ooo nus symmetrical amperes. All I-LIMI'I;ER circuit breakers shall meet UL requirements as current limiting circuit breakers, be CSA listed, IEC 157-1 r:tted, meet NEMA Standard ABI-1975 and Federal Specification W-C-375B/GEN. .. B. Construction: 1. Current.1inliting cirCuit breakers shall be supplied in molded case construction. The circuit oreaker section shall have an overcenter, trip-free toggle-type mechanism with quick-make;" quick-break action. A push-to-trip button. shall be provided on the cover for mechanically tripping the circuit breaker. The circuit breaker shall have permanent: trip units containing individual thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole. . The thermal trip element shall be calibrated for 40 degrees C. ambient temperature. the breaker shall have reverse connection capability and be suitable for mowiting and operating in any position; C. Terminals: . 1. The current limiting circuit breakers shall have removable lugs. Lugs shall be UL listed for copper and aluminum conductors. Breakers shall be UL listed for installation 'of mechanical type or compression type lugs. . 96-016/5-96 OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 16475-3 D. Current and Energy Limitation: 1. - On high level fault currents, the I-LIMITER circuit breaker shall peak current and let thru energy and provide a vohage transient-free interruption at near unity power factor. On fault currents. below the threshold of limitation, the I-LIMITER circuit breaker shall proVide conventional overload and shon circuit protection. . E. Series Connected Ratings: 1. Combinations for series connected, interrupting ratings shall be recognized by Underwriters Laboratories and shall appear in the Recognized Component Directory under the "Circuit Breakers -Series Connected" product category DKSY2. Current limiting circuit breakers shall allow the use of branch circuit breakers with lower interrupting <?lPacities on systems capable of delivering fault currents up to 200,000 rIDS symmetrical amperes at 480V.ac and 100,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 600V.ac. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install fuses in all switches shown on the plans which require fuses. B. Fuses sball not be installed in the switch until equipment is ready to be energized. C. Install "LOW-PEAK YELLOW" NOTICE labels to alert the end user of the engineered level of protection of the electrical equipment. They shall be marked with the proper fuse rating, per the drawings, and placed in a conspicuous location on the enclosure. These labels are available with the spare fuse cabinet (SFC) and are also available upon request from Bussmann. . 3.02 INSTALLATION - CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Install circuit breakers in panelboards, loadcenters, switchboards, distnbution panelboards, and enclosures as shown on the drawings. B. Terminate wiring into circuit breaker lug. Tighten lug to torque level as marked on the lug. END OF SECTION 16475 96-016/5-96 OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 16475-4 . . SECTION 16500 LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Description: 1. Provide lighting fixtures as prescribed in the lighting fixture schedule complete with housing, junction boxes, ballasts, lamp sockets, lamps, lenses, baffles and trims installed "with suppon from building structure. Verbal description of fixture in schedule will take precedence over manufacturer number. B. Related Sections:. . 1. Se:ction 16050: Electrical General. C. Standards: 1. Underwriters'Laboratories labeled and listed. 2. CJ3M Approved 3. AJ~SI C82.2 . 4. 1992 National Energy Conservation Act. . 1.02 SUBMITT ALS A. ManufactW'ers Product Data Sheets. B.' Shop Drawings for Custom Fixtures. C. -ITL certified photometric repons. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 LIGHT FIXTURES: As prescribed in lighting fixture schedule. 2.02 FLUORESCENT BALLAST ,. A. Electronic: Solid state electronic, Class P, Class A sound rating, CBM certified ,90 degree Celsius, capable of operating one to four lamps. 1, Acceptable manufacturers as follows: a. . Advance: b. Motorola c. Magnatec . 96-016/5-96 LIGHTING 16500-1 2.03 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE BALLAST . A. Metal Halide Lamp: Core and coil or constant autotransformer lead-peaked, high power factor (90% minimum), starting current less th.all operating, 10% lamp power variation on 10% line potential variation, 180 degree Celsius Class H insulation, -20 degree Fahrenheit starting temperature. B. Manufacturers: 1. Acceptable manufacturers are as follows: a. Advance b. General Electric c. Universal d. . Jefferson PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Suppon: 1. Suppon each fixture from the building structure. 2. Suppon in a manner that ensures the fixture weight being equally distributed from each support and the fixture remaining in a level position. " 3. Provide suppon systems capable of carrying 300 % of load imposed. . B. For pendant or suspended fixtures mounted to suspended ceilings provide 114" steel rods above the suspended ceiling from building structure to fixture. Provide a minimum of two supports for each chassis and spaced a maximum of 4 feet on center. C. For recessed H.I.D. and fluorescent fixtures recessed in a suspended ceiling, provide 2 #10 awg. wire supports from building structure to fixture. Provide a minirri,lm of two supports for each chassis spaced a maximum of 4 feet on center and located on diagonal comers of the fixture. Provide tie down clips to secure fixture to the ceiling grid. D. For recessed single incandescent, provide #10 AWG steel hanging wire from building structure to fixture; minimum of 2 separate supports per fixture. E. For each recessed fixture, provide a trim to match the type ceiling (plaster, grid, exposed panel, etc.) in which it is being installed. F. Aim and adjust all fixtures with lamp position, tilt, shutters, rotation or other types of adjustment during installation. The Architect or his representative will determine the final aiming and adjustment of such fixtures during the substantial completion job visit. Fixtures serving areas where daylighting dominates will be adjusted after sunset. G. Provide electrician with equipment and tools to execute aiining and adjustment instruction. END OF SECTION 16500 96~016/5-96 LIGHTING 16500-2 . , SECTION 16748 . LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide a m~croprocessor based addressable fire alarm system. The system and components shall be supplied.by one manufacturer. 1. The system shall include all required hardware, raceways, interconnecting wiring and software to accomplish the requirements of this specification and the contract drawings,wheth~r itemized. or not. 2. AJll equipment furnished shall be new and products of a single manufacturer. 3. In the interest of job coordination, the contractor shall.contract with a single source for supplying job' materials, services .andprogramming, including final inspection/test services. 4. AJll references to model numbers and other peninent information herein is intended' to establish the standards of performance, quality' and appearance and is based upon eq[uipment designed and manufactured by Edwards System Technology (EST). A supplier for this equipment is Major 'Electronics @ 770-509-3820 - (Michael Monroe). Notifier AFP-400 System, subject to full compliance with the plans and specifications, shall be acceptable. Other manufacturers of similar equipment must submit for review and acceptance. 10 days prior to bid and be listed in a prebid adldendum. . I 1.02, MATERIALS AND SERVICES A. The system shall include, but not be limited to the following elements: . . 1. Fire Alarm-Control Panels (FACP). 2. P()wer supplies, batteries and battery chargers. 3. Equipment enclosures. 4. Addressable manual stations, heat detectors and smoke detectors. 5. 'All1dible and synchronized visual evacuation signals. 6. RI~mote Alphanumeric Annunciators. 7. Software and firmware as required to provide a complete functioning system. 8. Wiringand,raceway. . , 9. - Installation,:~esting and certification, and education labor. 1.03 SYSTEM OPERATION.. A. Actuation of-any :fire alarm initiating device shall immediately cause the following actions to be initiated:. . 1. Identify the type of alarm, specific device and 10catioIl on the backlit LCD display at the fire a.lan:i1 control panel and at the remote annunciators. - 2. Cause the system alarm LED to flash at the fire alarm coittrol panel. 3. Cause audible alarm signals to sound. 4. Cause all synchronized visual alarm signals to flash. . . 96-016/5-96 LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM 16748-1 5. Activate signals to the mechanical control system to cause shut down designated air handling units. Activate the digital communicator to repon the type of alarm and location to a remote monitoring'station (required telephone line and charges for central station monitoring shall be the responsibility of the building owner). . 6. B. Operation of the alarm acknowledge switch at the fire alarm control panel or at the remote anmmciator shall permit the silencing of the alarm signals during the alarm condition. The silencing of the alarm signals shall not prevent the resoundiD.g of the alarm devices should a subsequent alarm condition occur. 1.04 CODES AND REFERENCES A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only.- The latest version of eacb listed publication shall be used as a guide unless the authority having jurisdiction has adopted an earlier version. 1. Factory. Mutual (PM) a. FM AG Approval Guide Natiorial-Fire Protection Associa~on (NFPA) a. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code. b. NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code. c. NFPA 101 Life Safety Code. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) a. ,Appropriate UL Standards. Local, State and National Building Codes as adoptled by the authorities having jurisdiction. . 2. 3. 4. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS OF THE INSTALLER A. The contractor must have successfully installed fire' alarm systems of the same type and design as specified, or have a firm contractual agreement with a subcontractor having the required manufacturers' training and experience. . 1.06 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Shop Drawings: The contractor shall include the following information in the equipment submittal: 96-016/5-96 1. Complete manufacturer's catalog data including supervisory power usage, alarm power usage, physical dimensions, finish and mounting requirements. Submit panel configuration and interconnection of modules and 'all other data as required to make an informed judgement regarding product suitability. At a minimum, data shall be submitted on the following: a. Fire alarm control panels and annunciators. b. Power supplies, batteries and battery chargers. c. Equipment enclosures. d. Manual stations, heat detectors, smoke detectors, and other alarm initiating devices. e. Addressable interface and control modules. f. Wire and cable. LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM 16748-2 . .' 2. Power calculations. a. Battery capacity calculations. b. Supervisory power requirements for all equipment. c. Alarm power requirements for all equipment. Data describing more than one type of item shall be clearly marked to indicate the type the contractor intends to provide for a given application. .' , CoinpIete drawings covering the following shall be.submitted by the contractor for the proposed system: a. Boor plans showing all initiating, end of line, supervisory, indicating appli.ances, and output control devices. Raceways shall be shown, marked for size, conductor count with type and size. b. . Wiring diagrams showing points of connection and. terminals used for all electrical connections to the system devices and panels. 3. 4. B. MaintenaiJ.c:e Manuals: A complete operation and maintenance manual with two sets of installation drawings shall be submitted prior to the final inspection. . 1. TIle following information shall be inscribed on the cover: a. "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL' b. Building location. c. The name, address and phone number of _the contractor, system manufacturer and system subcontractor. d. The name and phone munber of the fire department required to respond to ,. alarms at the project location. , The mamJal shall be legIble and easily read with large drawings folded and contained , in pockets. Included in the manual shall be circuit drawings, wiring and control . diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each item of "equipment and a control sequence describing start up instructions. Included shall be installation .instructions, maintenance instructions, safety precautions, test pJ:ocedures, perlormance data, and software documentation. A copy' of the system certification and final tests results, as called out in Pan 3 of this section of specifications shall be -included in this manual. 2. 3. 1.07 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. All equipment shall be Dew and unused. All components and systems shall be designed for uninterrupted duty. All equipment, materials, accessories, devices and other facilities covered by this specification or noted on contract drawings and installation specifications ,shall be the best suite for the. intended use and shall be provided by a single manufacturer of if provided by differellt nianufacturers, recognized as compatible by both manufacturers. B. System installation and~operations shall be verified by the manufacturer's representative and a verification ceJt!ficate presented upon completion; The manufacturer's representative shall be responsible for an: on-site demonstration of the operation of the system and initial staff trainingal; requiredby.theArchitect and Consulting Engineer. . 96-016/5-96 LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM 16748-3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 96-016/5-96 Fire Alarm Control Panel . A. The fire alarm control panel shall be Edwards Systems Technology (EST) type EST2 series or EST3 Series and shall incorporate all control electronics, relays, and necessary modules and components in a surface or semi-flush mounted cabinet. The operating controls and zone/supervisory indicators shall be located behind a locked door with viewing window. All control modules shall be labeled, and all zone locations shall be identified. The cabinet shall be steel, with a gray finish. The assembly shall contain a base panel, system power supply and battery charger with optional modules suitable to meet the requirements of these specifications . The system shall be supervised, site programmable, and of modular design with expansion modules to serve up to 96 detectors (expandable to 192) and 94 remote modules (expandable to 188), and two (2) notification appliance circuits (NACs) convertIble to power risers to serve remote multiple NAC modules. The system shall store all basic system functionality and job specific data in non-volatile memory. The system shall survive a complete power failure intact. The system shall have built-in automatic system programming to automatically address and map all system devices and provide a minimum default single stage alarm system operation with suppon of alarm silence, trouble silence, drill, lamp test, and reset common controls. The system shall allow down loading of a job specific custom program created by system application software. It shall support programming of any input point to any output point. The system shall suppon the use of Bar Code readers to assist custom programming functions. It shall allow authorized customization of fundamental system operations using initiating events to start actions, timers, sequences and logical algorithms. The system shall suppon distributed processor intelligent detectors with the following operational attributes; integral multiple differential sensors, automatic device mapping, electronic addressing, environmental compensation, pre-alarm, dirty detector identification, automatic day/nigltt sensitivity adjustment, dual normal/alarm LEDs, relay bases, and isolator bases. The system shall use full digital communications to supervise all addressable loop devices for placement, correct location, and operation. It shall allow swapping of "same type" devices without the need of addressing and impose the "location" parameters on replacement device. It shall initiate and m:lint:lin a trouble if a device is added to a loop and clear the trouble when the new device is mapped and defined into the system. The system shall have a U.L. Listed Detector Sensitivity test feature, which will be a function of the smoke detectors and performed automatically every 4 hours. The system shall support 100% of all remote devices in alarm and provide suppon for a 100 % compliment of detector isolator bases. All panel modules shall be supervised for placement and return trouble if damaged or removed. The system shall have a CPU watchdog circuit to initiate trouble should the CPU fail. The system program shall meet the requirements of this project, current codes and standards, and satisfy the local Authority Having Jurisdiction. Passwords shall protect any changes to system operations. . B. C. D. E. F. G. H. 1. J. K. LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM 16748-4 . ......."-. :: . . L. The power supply shall be a high efficiency switch' mode type with line monitoring to automatically switch to batteries for power failure or brown out conditions. The automatic battery charger shall have low battery discharge protection. The power supply shall provide internal power and 24 Vdc at 4A continuous for notification appliance circuits. Auxiliary power supply/battery charger units shall be as required to power all system alarm signal devices with a miilimwn of 50 % reserve capacity. All outputs shall be power limited. The batteries shall be sized to suppon the system for twenty-four (24) hours of supervisory and trouble signal current plus general alarm for ten (10) minutes. . The LCD DiisplayModule shall be of membrane style construction with a four line by twenty character Liquid Crystal'Display. The LCD shall use supenwist technology and backlighting for high contrast visual clarity. In the normal mode display the time, the total number of events and the total number of disable points. In the alarm mode display the total number of . events and. the type of event on display. Reserve forty (40) characters of display space for user custom messages. The module shall have visual indicators for the following common control fun:tions; AC Power, alarm supervisory, monitor, trouble, disable, ground fault, CPU fail, and test. There shall be common control keys and visual indicators for; reset, , alarm silence, trouble silence, drill, and one custom programmable key/indicator. Provide four pairs of display control keys for selection of event display by type (alarm, supervisory, monitor and trouble) and.forward / backward scrolling through event listings. The operation of these keys shall be integrated with the related common control indicators to flash the indicators when undisplayed events are' available for display and turn on steady when all events have been displayed. Allow the first event of the highest priority to capture the LCD for display so that arriving fire fighters can view the first alarm event "hands free". Provide system function keys; status, repons, enable, disable, activate, restore, program, and test. The modull~ shall have a numeric keypad, zero through nine with delete and enter keys. The Main Controller Module (MCM) shall control and monitor all local or remote peripherals. It shall support the LCD Display Module, power supply, remote LCD and zone display annunciators.. strip and carriage printers" and suppon 'communication interface standard protocol (CSI) devices such as color computer annunciators and color graphic displays. lbe RS-485 port shall be capable of supponing up to 32 remote annunciators. The MCM shall proVide one loop controller circuit, two notification' appliance circuits, and common form "C contacts for alarm, supervisory; and trouble.. Contact ratings shall be 24 Vdc at lA, Provide sealed 'maintenance free lead acid batteries to, provide backup power. System batteries shall be mounted in the equipment enclosures or in a separate battery enclosure. M. N. o. 2.02 Manual Stations: . 96-016/5-96 A. Furnish and install where indicated on the plans type SIGA-270 Addressable Manual Stations. Manual Stltions shall be constiucted of die-cast zinc and finished with red epoxy powder coat paint complemented by,almninum colored stripes and markings. The integral microprocessor built into each station shall .provide self-diagnostics and history log, automatic device mapping, s:taI:ll;l-alone operation and fast, stable communication. Stations shall mount on 2.5" deep single gangbox, 4,", square box with single gang ring or type 27193-1 Surface Box. LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM 16748-5 2.03 Smoke Detectors: . A. Furnish and install where indicated on the plans type SIGA-PS Intelligent Multisensor Detectors with type SIGA-SB4 Bases. . Each detector shall integrate two sensing technologies (photoelectric and heat) within one device. Each detector shall process and analyze information from each of its sensors separately using dynamic filters and apply a sophisticate algorithm of optimum detection accuracy. Each detector shall incorporate non-volatile memory, autOmatlC device mapping, electronic addressing environmental cOrDpensation and integral microprocessor. B. Furnish and install where indicated on the plans for duct mounted locations type SIGA-DH Duct Housings with type SIGA-PS Photoelectric Sensors, type SIGA-SB Mounting Bases, type SIGA-LED Alarm Indicators, type 6261-010 Sampling Tubes and type SIGA-CR Addressable Control Relays. Intelligent Sensors shall be suitable for air velocities up to 5,000 feet per minute. 2.04 Heat Detectors: A. Provide type SIGA-HFS Intelligent Fixed-Temperature Heat Detectors and type SIGA-HRS Intelligent Fixed-Temperature/Rate-of-Rise Heat Detectors with type SIGA-SB4 Bases as shown on the plans or noted herein. Each Intelligent Heat Detector shall gather analog information from its fixed temperature and/or rate-of-rise heat sensing element and conven it into digital signals. Each detector's on-board microprocessor shall measure and analyzes the signals. The information shall be compared to historical readings and time patterns to make an alarm decision. Digital fihers shall be utilized to remove signal patterns that are not typical of fires. B. The microprocessor in each detector shall also provide self-diagnostics and history log, automatic device mapping, stand-alone operation, and fast, stable communication. 2.05 Remote Relays: . A. Provide type SIGA-CR Intelligent Micro-Processor Based Control Relay Modules as required to provide all auxiliary output control. Each SIGA-CR Module shall provide one form "C" dry relay contact rated at 2 amps @ 24VDC to control external appliances or equipment shutdown. The control relay shall be rated for pilot duty and releasing systems. 2.06 Sprinkler Flow and Valve Supervisory Switches: A. Sprinkler flow and valve supervisory switches shall be furnished and installed by the sprinkler contractor. This contractor shall furnish typeSIGA-WTM or type SIGA-CT2 Addressable Input Modules as required to monitor each sprinkler flow and each sprinkler valve supervisory switch and connect these devices to the fire alarm system. 2.07 Alarm Signals: A. All appliances shall be U.L. Listed for Fire Protective Service. All Strobe appliances or combination appliances with strobes shall be capable of providing the "Equivalent Facilitation" which is allowed under the Americans with Disabilities Act Access Abilities Guidelines (ADA(AG)), and shall be UL 1971, and ULC S526 Listed. 96-016/5-96 LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM 16748-6 ,. "'-,- . B. Furnish and install where shown on the plans: 1. Self-Synchronized 'Strobes a: ' Strobes shall be mam.1factured by EST ,C~t. No. 202 Series. In-Out screw >. .: . t~rminals shall be provided for wiring. The Strobes shall be a red plastic ',. 'face plate. Strobes shall provide 15/75ed and 110ed (as noted on the plans) synchronized flash outputs. Strobes shall mount in a I-gang box with lens . markings oriented for wall mounting. 2. Electronic Horn Strobes ,a. Horns/Strobes shall be nlam.uactured by EST, Cat. No. 757 Series. In-Out screw terminals shall be provided for wiring. The Horn/Strobes shall have a red plastic housing. The Strobe shall provide15/75cd and 110ed (as noted on the plans) synchronized flash outputs. Strobes shall have lens markings oriented for wall mounting. Horns shall provide a 100 dBA Peak , sound output. Horn/Strobes . shall mount in a 4 "electrical box with extension ring. 2.08 Remote Communicator: > ' A. Provide 21 type D2071AC Dual Lme Fire Alarm Communicator (or equal EST Digital ComnnmiGator) with J>ower Supply/Battery Charger and Battery. Installing contractor shall provide ce:ntral'starlonmonitoring for one year by ,a UL listed central station. Required phone lines and phone jacks shall be furnished and installed by the building owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION " 3.01 INSTALLATION ,. A. Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all conduit and outlet boxes, and shall furnish and install all equipment and wiring in accordance with applicable local, state, and national codes, the manufacturer's recommendations, these plans and specifications. The contractor may contract with a manufacturers authorized equipment installer for any portion of the installation, but is u!timately responsible for the complete installation. 3.02 TEST A.The contractOr must Contract with a manufacturers authorized agent or installation firm to test and certify the system,meets all provisions of the specifications and that the system is fully functional., A serVi~ technician authorized by the manufacturer of the fire alarm equipment shall sup~rvise and p3!1icipate during all of the following checks, adjustments, and tests of the system. . 1. Bef~re energizing the cables and wires, check for correct connections and test for shon cirCuits, ground faults, continuity, and insulation. 2. Open initiating device circuits and verify that the trouble signal actuates. 3. Open arid shon signaling line circuits and verify tliat.the trouble signal actuates. 4. Open and shon Notification Appliance Circuits. and verify that trouble signal actuates. . ' 5. Ground all circuits and verify response of trouble signals. 6. Check presence and auchbility of tone at all alarm notification devices. 7. Check inStallation, supervision, and operation of all addressable smoke detectors using the Walk Test. .~ 96-016/5-96 LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM 16748-7 8. Each of the' alarm conditions that the system is- required to detect should be introduced on the system. Verify the proper receipt and the proper processing of the signal at the FACP and the correct activation of the control points. When the system is equipped with optional features, the manufacturer's manual should be consulted to determine the proper testing procedures. This is intended to address such items as verifying the controls performance by individually addressed or grouped devices', sensitivity monitoring, verification functionality and similar. . 9. B. The supervising agent of the manufacturer shall provide a completed test results form for "inclusion in the maintenance manuals. 3.03 FINAL INSPECTION A. At the final inspection, a trained representative shall demonstrate that the system functions properly in every respect. 3.04 INSTRUCTION A. -, The Contractor and/or the Systems Manufacturer's representatives shall provide a typewritten "Sequence of Operation" to the Owner for inclusion in the maintenance manuals. B. Provide one four hour session of on-site instructions', with a complete and functioning system, for the designated owner representatives from the system manufacturer's authorized agent. This agent shall havea full working knowledge of this installed system and be fully prepared to present this information to the Owner to their satisfaction. "Hands-on" demonstrations of the operation of all system components and the entire system including program changes and functions shall be provided. 3.05 PERMITS AND APPROVALS . A. Penirits necessary for installation of the work shall be obtained prior to the commencement of work. B. Prior to commencement and after completion of work, notify authorities having jurisdiction. C. All applicable portions of the National Electrical Code shall be implicitly followed, in particular with regard to material type and quality, circuitry extensions from and connections to outlet and junction boxes, panel boards and similar appurtenances. 3.06 WARRANTY A. The equipment manufacturer shall guarantee the system equipment to the Owner for a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance of the system. B. The contractor shall guarantee all wiring and raceways to be free from inherent mechanical or electrical defects for one (1) year from the date of final acceptance of the system. C. Copies .of these warranties, along with phone numbers and addresses of the manufacturer, contractor, and supervising agent shall be included. END OF SECTION 16748 96-016/5-96 LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM 16748-8 \. ..'. .